niet) sachs Every are ae Brae ge wy ne Hae > WAN Gebbede betel a i! ae rey “t Laie ie alten ‘eit ti Wiehe y Cana 1 ate ae TY} a a? eae Fait TER eA sleit a8 9 ai wi pens Teton ane ne eS ‘ an BS ee ‘ bi yank ve Batra i brie Pgs nisi i. ! agers Ba a ty ny 2 i ves i ih fs ae as Ah Bp aes we vy li) we %, | s, AS PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON VOLUME 65 OFFICERS FOR THE YEAR 1963 resident 2-5. pi Cb ala Seer Sn Pasar sche a aan one aa ie ee eer Un aL NL eon) Dye" 1) BAKO SCLIN LE TRESOGLAICUD UAC ies en ee ee belle Peoria iy OE 2 ee D Oe REN. _.Ross H. ARNETT, JR. ECOL GMS CCUM) saat fen eg Meee Peau OuivEeR S. FLINT, JR. Gormespondinig Secretary 2 ss eT Sepa Setbre ys. baie week ha te PAuL J. SPANGLER SI ICUN LTC pei aise ede eT ncaa Tae LUA ee MER A tae a NEL Be SN CARL BLICKENSTAFF LE GURIO EY, Boe Sek OLS il a ea Ra oT ee ae Se EON Sole ERIN a SHOGUGN ee aee ss eeeta ee tN et ines ie PaO he CM eed ip kt SD Ce a H. J. CONKLE Program Comnuttee Chairman —..... 2) PP ILIP LUGINBILL, JR: Membership Committee Chairman —- Bape eS GEORGE. CANT WiETT Delegate to the Washington Academy of Sciences _........ FRANK L. CAMPBELL PUBLISHED BY THE SOCIPTY WASHINGTON, D. C. 1963 TABLE OF CONTENTS VOLUME 65 ALLRED, D. M.—Mites from pocket mice at the Nevada Test Site (Acarina) ARNAUD, P. H., Jr.—Medetera longimana Van Duzee a Synonym of Medetera california Wheeler (Diptera: Dolichopodidac)) 222 ee — The Type Locality of REE: virilis (Aldrich and Webber) piers Macha iG ae) i. ee oe a Neti he, ey Arie dhe Bn Vi Atrwoop, C. E.: See KNERER, G. Buakr, D. H.—Hight New Chrysomelid Beetles from the West Indies (GS OlEOphenay) ye aoe UW eer APD Pee AEN AE are aahntees Orinda COUN os) BopENSTEIN, O. F.: See FAues, J. H. Borkovec, A. B:—Talk by —-_._----_-- SOO 2 BY NDT Tae cova? Ys gia 1 Cook, D. R—New species of Bandakia from North America (Acarina: MAMET SOP SING) inet oe ko WP ee ee Darsiz, KR. F., JR.: See Kurz, F. W. Davis, R.: See HuntTER, P. E. DHADIAL, R. K.: See Maruur, P. S. Downes, W. L., Jr.i—A reinterpretation of certain head structures in calyptrate Diptera __..___ sete NEE SE RN oe ee RN OS Se Evans, H. E—Notes on some Spider Wasps of Incorrect or Ambiguous ikvperluocalihyaccuymenopbtera: —2ormpillideve)): pees ce eeesen eer Faues, J. H., O. F. BopENSTEIN and G. D. Minus, Jr.—Treatment of a recreation area lake for control of backswimmers —..... 2 Fuint, O. S., Jr——The species of Limnephilus from Central America and Haitres(irichoptera: lammephilidaie) cs ees one ese heen aeeeemnee Foorr, B. A—Notes on the Larval Habitat of Tabanus monoensis Hine CDipteraeeMabanidae)) =.= a reeere wo Ae ee Sa FRENETTE, BRoTHER—Talk by __...... eee he a ee ge GILLASPY, A note on United States Microbembex (Hymenoptera: Sphecrdaeceb ember)» bate ns sik ceatee cere ee) eee oe ee il A a re Gupta, A. P.—A Consideration of the Systematic Position of the Saldidae and Mesoveliidae. (Hemiptera-Heteroptera)) 2. = eae Hopers, R. W.—A new species of Crasimorpha reared from Schinus (Lepidoptera: Gelechiidae) Oy Ale ioe sale Beg 0 oe UNE a a a HorrmMan, R. L.—A new genus of Chytodesmid millipeds from Peru Hunver, P. EB. and R. Davis—Observations on Histiosoma gordius (Vitz.) (Anoetidae) and other mites associated with Ips beetles JouNnson, P. T.—Two new rare Anoplura from Kenya KISSINGER, D. G.—Studies on North American Apion: The Apion parallelum Group. (Coleoptera: Curculionidae) +2 eee —————— Studies on North American Apion: The Apion peculiare Group (Coleoptera: Curculionidae) il 231 62 116 14 293 108 213 211 168 78 230 31 303 274 287 226 39 153 KXNerer, G. and C. KE, Arwoop—The Male of Dialictus helerognathus Mitchell (CLS Ex araa ea ak oy oy xevete vera cUee yb (en 9 Coleco) uy a eS AIS men cel MU IRE De seria av Oa 167 Knutson, L. V.—Revision of the genus Hadrobregmus of North America C@GLEG terest eNO biG ete eye lea NE ee ee ee ee ae ny, KorMiLev, N. A.—Notes on American Phymatidae III (Hemiptera: Hetero- tena): es eee Ee BET eke MNS EU SOU ET ten atl a ak gi SER OL Noy Neh Aes Pol et 215 Kramer, J. P—New Neotrcpical Neobalinae with keys to the genera and to the species of GonalaCHomopteral-” Cicadellidae))s = ee olay 201 Kranvz, G. W.—A new Parholaspid Mite from Costa Rica (Acarina: Par- TanC@oTRETRSY CG FC i ae a Pe Bay Dee WN es Ar EE Ld Ar eS et A FS 149 KromBein, K. V.—The host-parasite relationship of Xylocelia virginiana Rohwer and Omalus intermedius (Aaron) (Hymenoptera: Sphecidae, CGhimy.s7 Cae) ayes aioe ene tee eS a es Ama ee Te 212 S Ghee yee 264 KURCZEWSKI, E. J.: See KurczZEwskKI, F. E. Kurczewskl, F. E. and E. J. Kurczewskt—An Annotated List of Digger Wasps from Presque Isle State Park, Pennsylvania (Hymenoptera: mN@uleatan) foe ih, Weise" Baya wiles sake aie nn OS ON ee PN ce SAU No 141 Kurz, F. W. and R. F. Darsir, Jr.—Notes on American mosquito pupae ITI. Description of nearetic subgenus Mansonia and key to all nearetie SecteseOl wile weenie! Mi avSOMUdr i Be eee ea ee ee ck Oe ee 281 LEoNARD, M. D.—The Distribution and Habits of the Mint ee Ovatus crataegarius (Walker). (Homoptera: Aphidae) Rea ee IES NO GERUTO NGS RIO OIG, len — PUR Rasy Sees 2 eS a aT I ade RT a 172 Linna, E.: See Townes, M. Lyon, R. J.—The alternate generation of Heteroecus pacificus (Ashmead) ihitvmenopierac s Oy DUpOLdea,) re. stk ie fo tN ees Fe ah eee ee 250 MALDONADO-CAPRILES, J.—A New Species of Ghilianella from Haiti (Hemip- HSRC CLV WC AC)) sud kes sheer et Se A thee a iol es Derkan eae npaenis a an 64 Manson, D. C. M.—A New Species of Hyadesia (Acarina: Carpoglyphidae) 163 Maruur, P. S. and R. K. DuHApiAt—Morphology of the head capsule and mouth parts of Caryedon gonagra Fabricius (Coleoptera: Bruehidae) — 265 ie SUTURE Cis wh Ar allie, oye A ae ee aS Miuuts, G. D., Jr.: See Fars, J. H. MuESEBECK, C. F. W.—Host relationships of the Euphorini (Hymenoptera: Pee eetaen) UO ec A Sg ep Me en a WS ee AMEN eke NRCan tan jn te SSP 8 306 Rozesoom, L. E.—Mutant Forms of Anopheles albimanus Wiedemann (Dip- ener CTC rae) ce a ST RRR! BR he a 2 a en ene yotte 110 Rozen, J. G., JR—Two pupae of the primitive suborder Archostemata (Cole- INLET Ay Meee te ee UU ee oy Pe Se eae i 3 UE NS al Ca ara Nd 307 Ruunorr, F. A.—A homonym in Zemnostethus (Hemiptera: Anthocoridae) —. 246 RycKMAN, R. E. and N. UrsHima—Hesperocimex cochimiensis new species, from Baja California, Mexico (Hemiptera: Cimicidae) ‘SUARDIPA TRIS, JER 18 UE UE Uke oe eo a BR SS rss SN IL 173 Samira, M. R.—Notes on the leaf-cutting ants, Atta spp. of the United States and. Wexi¢co 1Chayimenop tera: HOrmicidaes) esc = tae =o annua EEousaee SpipmMan, T. J.—The American Genus Mycotrogus: A Synopsis, a New Species from Cuba, and a Note on a Larva (Coleoptera: Tenebrionidae )— Panel vadiscussionie == sess ee ee OBS END NOLO Ene be aE STEINHAUER, A. L.: See STEPHEN, W. P. SrePpHeN, W. P. and A. L. Srery#AvuER—Variation in the Quantitative and Qualitative Evaluation of Free Amino Acids in Insects Due to Sampling Techniques SrrysKaL, G. C.—A Second North American Species of Traginops (Diptera: Odinidae) Ae ee puted des "EER mi sO Pl Sand ee ave te AL os Cea yen eae sR SE as en ee us The genus Notogramma Loew (Diptera Acalyptratae: Otitidae) Sronr, A.—A Synoptie Catalog of the Mosquitoes of the World, Supplement. PEtGDipteratyOulicidae): ss ee oe ee Townes, H.—A Revision of Demopheles (Hymenoptera: Ichneumonidae) _— Notes on the Types of Nearctic Pepsinae and Ceropalinae that ares ine Wondon, lund, Ottawas.and, Quebec 224302 See ee Townes, M. and E. Linna—The location of some obscure entomological collect- ing localities in the United States and Canada TrAauB, R—-The Fleas of Egypt. Hopkinsipsella occulta, a New Genus and Species of Flea Parasitizing Jerboas. (Siphonaptera: Leptopsyllidae) The Fleas of Egypt. Two New Fleas of the Genus Nosopsyllus Jordan, 1933 (Siphonaptera: Ceratophyllidae ) Ussuima, N.: See RycKMAN, R. E. WaALKLEY, LUELLA M.—The Type-Species of Austrapophua Girault (Hymen- Opteray) = Lehme um once) 0 ee ee Weser, N. A.—Ten Kilometer of Swarms of an Ant Witson, N.—Correction in the Type Locality of HEnderleinellus marmotae Ferris (Anoplura: Hoplopleuridae) WirtH, W. W—New Synonyms in American Culicoides (Diptera: Cerato- TO OMICS) sarsseae te my Ge Ne cae ee ee ee ee he Pass iv 299 116 109 Vol. 65 URS: A Gs: Not Tite | ) .~ PROCEEDINGS ~ i" ue eo ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY . WASHINGTON U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM WASHINGTON 25, D. C. PUBLISHED QUARTERLY CONTENTS ARNAUD, P. H., JR.—Medetera longimana Van Duzee a Synonym of Medetera californiensis Wheeler (Diptera: Dolichopodidae) ___________-- 62 BLAKE, D. H.—Eight New Chrysomelid Beetles from the West Indies (Coleoptera) LEONE Epa la A Bo GUPTA, A. P.—A Paneidecation of the Bie lee Position of the e Saldidae and Mesoveliidae (Hemiptera-Heteroptera) ______-__-______-_ 31 KISSINGER, D. G.—Studies on North American Apion: The Apion paral- — lelum Group. (Coleoptera: Curculionidae) _—____-___________.-_ 39 , LEONARD, M. D.—The Distribution and Habits of the Mint Aphid Ovatus _ erataegarius (Walker). (Homoptera: Aphidae) —_________-__-_-_----__-_____ ae MALDONADO.- CAPRILES, J.—A New Species of Ghilianella from Haiti (Hemiptera: Reduviidae) __-_______-____-___-- 64 } SPILMAN, T. J.—The American Genus Mycotrogus: A Synopsis, a aes j Species from Cuba, and a Note on a Larva (Coleoptera: Tenebrionidae)__._ 21 STEYSKAL, G. C.—A Second North American Species of Traginops (Diptera: Odiniidae) ————___-- ‘TOWNES, H.—A Revision of Demopheles (Hymenoptera: Ichneumonidae) 47 TRAUB, R.—The Fleas of Egypt. Hopkinsipsella occulta, a New Genus and ed OE Oe NIL en Shae VE) Species of Flea Parasitizing Jerboas. (Siphonaptera: Leptopsyllidae)__..._—s 1 q WILSON, N.—Correction in the Type Locality of Enderleinellus marmotae Ferris (Anoplura: Plog lnpicnruine) soe ee he WIRTH, W. W.—New Synonyms in American Culicoides (Diptera: Ceratopogonidae) —_ SOURED fkta/: Absa 0 oe: hrs Nita tee eee es Oe OBITUARY—Ruric Creegan Roark, 1887-1962_..______________.._._ 69 BOOK REVIEWS — Pn aN aa CF 38, 63 SOCIETY MEETINGS & NOTICES __-___ 4’ 54", '78 ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCLETY OF WASHINGTON ORGANIZED MARCH 12, 1884 OPFICERS FOR 1962 W. E. BicKLEY, President Dept. Entomology University of Maryland, College Park Ross H. ARNETT, JR., President- -Blect Dept. Biology es Catholic University Washington 17, D. C. OLIVER 8. FLINT, JE., Recording Secretary Division of Insects U.S. National Museum Washington 25, D. C. PavuL J. SPANGLER, Corresponding Secretary Division of Insects U.S. National Museum Washington 25, D. C. OakL BLICKENSTAFF, Treasurer Entomology Research Division, ARS, USDA ARO, Beltsville, Maryland Jon L. HERRING, Editor c/o Division of Insects U. 8. National Museum Washington 25, D. 0. . CONKLE, Custodian ciraren Quarantine Division, ARS, USDA Washington 25, D. O. GEORGE E. CANTWELL, Membership Committee OChmn. Insect Pathology Laboratory Agric. Research Center Beltsville, Maryland FRANK L. CAMPBELL, Delegate to the Washington Anes of Sciences NAS-NR: 2101 Constitution Ave. Washington, D Honorary Members OG. F. W. Muzsxszox, U. 8. National Museum L. H. Weup, Arlington, Virginia T. E. Swypgx, U. 8. National Museum the Society at Washington, D. 0. Members in in good per printed page, plus cost of all engraving. Titles name of publication, volume and page are given in- MEETINGS Regular meetings of the Society are held Room 43 of the U. S. National Museum on Pr: first Thursday of each month from October to June, inclusive, at 8 P.M. Minutes of meetings are pub- lished regularly in the Preeeeae Members shall be persons who have demon- strated interest in the science | of entomology. Annual dues for members are $5.00; initiation fee is $1.00 (U. S. currency). e PROCEEDINGS Published — quarterly beginning with March by 4 standing are entitled to the Proceedings tree of charge. Non-member subscriptions year, both domestic and foreign (U _¢ payable in advance. All remittances | \ made payable to The Entomological Bociety of Washington. i The Society does not exchange ita “publications for those of other societies. All manuscripts intended for panlioseent should be addressed to the Editor. Acceptable pa papers eub- mitted by members will be ‘published in» the order received and will be given precedence over those by non-members. Immediate publication may be obtained at a cost to the author of about $15.00 of papers should be concise but ‘comprehensive and should indicate the systematic position of the sub- ject insect. By-lines should indicate present mail- ing address of the author and his. organizational afiiliation, if possible. Citations in the text of pa- pers longer than one printed page should be by author and date and should refer to a list of con- cluding references in which author, year, title, that order. In shorter articles, references to litera- ture should be included in parentheses in the text. Proportions of full-page illustrations should closely approximate 4-5/16 x 6” (26 x 86 picas); this usually allows explanatory matter to appear on the same page. Cost of illustrations in excess of that for one full-page line cut will be borne by the author. — j Reprints of published papers may be obtained at the following costs plus postage and insurance, provided that a statement of the number desired accompanies the returned proofs. (Prices of sad- dle stapling and covers available on request.) | 2 pp. 4 pp. 8 pp. 12 pp. 16 pp. 50 copies: $4. 00 $6.00 $10.00 $11.20 $12.50 100 copies: 5.00 7.60 12. 00 14.40 16.50 | Additional copies per 100: ‘ 2.00 ( 2.30. 4.00 5.20 6.30 Purchase of eichins by institutions whose in-— voices are subject to notarization or other invoice | fees will have the cost of such fees added to the purchase price. WOPTE: Send all changes of address to Corresponding Secretary. Second class postage paid at Washington, D. C. a PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Vol. 65 MARCH 1963 No. = THE FLEAS OF EGYPT. HOPKINSIPSYLLA OCCULTA, A NEW GENUS AND SPECIES OF FLEA PARASITIZING JERBOAS (SIPHONAPTERA: LEPTOPSYLLIDAE) Ropert Traus, Ph.D., Colonel, U.S.A. (Ret.),1 Department of Microbiology, University of Maryland School of Medicine, Baltimore. The U. S. Naval Medical Research Unit No. 3, based at Cairo, Egypt, United Arab Republic, has been engaged in a broad research program on infectious diseases in Egypt, and a major aspect of this undertaking has been the study by the Department of Medical Zoology on potential vectors and reservoirs of disease. As a result, this De- partment, under the direction of Dr. Harry Hoogstraal, has collected and examined thousands of mammals and ectoparasites, and has con- tributed greatly to our knowledge of the medical ecology of the re- gion. Among the fleas thus made available for investigation is a genus and species new to science, apparently chiefly parasitizing the four-toed jerboa, Allactaga tetradactyla, and herewith described in one of a series of articles on the Siphonaptera of Egypt. Family LEPTOPSYLLIDAE Subfamily AMPHIPSYLLINAE Hopkinsipsylla, gen. nov. Diagnosis—Near Ophthalmopsylla Wagner and Toff, 1926, and Paradoxopsyllus Miyajima and Koidzumi, 1909, but readily separable from both by the following characters: 1) Eye (fig. 1, E.) deeply and broadly excised ventrally, the result- ing sinus conspicuous; with the ventral margin weakly sclerotized, inapparent ; double in appearance in that it is divided into a larger, anterior and dorsal por- tion which is lightly sclerotized, and a ventro-posterior darker portion somewhat reniform in shape; the demarcation between the two areas not clearly delineated. In Ophthalmopsylla the ventral margin of the eye is convex or biconvex, not broadly excised, and the pale anterodorsal portion is clearly demarcated in sharp 1Consultant, Dept. of Medical Zoology, U. S. Naval Medical Research Unit No. 3, Cairo, Egypt. From Research Project MR005.09-1402.5; Bureau of Medi- cine and Surgery, Navy Dept., Washington, D. C. Article prepared with the sup- port of Grant No. E4242 of the National Institute of Health, Washington, D. C. The opinions and assertions contained herein are the private ones of the author and are not to be construed as official or reflecting the views of the Navy Depart- ment or the Naval Service at large. a 2 “PROC, ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65 NO. 1, MARCH, 1963 contrast to the darker ventroposterior area, which is pyriform in shape. In Para- doxopsyllus the eye is not double in appearance, and is not so deeply excised and/or there is a sclerotized ridge delineating the ventral margin. 2) Male eighth tergum (fig. 6, 8 T.) reduced so that dorsally it scarcely extends beyond base of the immovable process (P.), while ventrally it fails to reach below the ventral margin of P. In the other two genera, the eighth tergum is relatively much larger, extending caudad to level of acetabulum or beyond, and sufficiently ventrad so as to cover much of the aedeagus. 3) Male eighth sternum (fig. 6, 8 ST.) pro- portionately and relatively very large, extending both caudad and dorsad to ex- treme margins of acetabulum of clasper, overlapping 8 T., and extending to its midline; with many (+10) large non-marginal bristles, as large or larger than those of 8 T., and also with about an equal number of smaller bristles; essentially unmodified structurally. In Paradoxopsyllus, the 8 S. is proportionately and rela- tively smaller, normally not extending dorsad further than midline of body, gen- erally in vicinity of the manubrium, and with the caudoventral angle no further posterior than level of apodemal strut; with only about four bristles and these ventral in caudomarginal region. While the 8 S. may be highly modified in Ophthalmopsylla, it is always smaller than in the new genus. 4) Male lacking acetabular bristles on process of clasper (fig. 13), whereas in the other two genera, there are typically one or two such bristles. 5) First pair of plantar bristles on fifth hind-tarsal segment (fig. 7) displaced mesad; the other plantar bristles much more lateral in position. In the other two genera, the plantar bristles are all lateral, their bases in line. 6) Bulga (head) of spermatheca (fig. 17, B.) shaped like a broad triangle with a rounded apex, instead of being gibbous or globate, or pyriform. 7) The homologue of the central tuber (trabeeula cen- tralis, T.C.) appearing as a large, lightly sclerotized, spherical structure lying above the eye, along the margin of the antennal groove, recalling Peromyscopsylla I, Fox, 1939, and Cratynius Jordan, 1933. The central tuber is distinct in Oph- thalmopsylla and Paradoxopsyllus, much more sclerotized, smaller, and more ovate. Generic Description—Caput integrecipit (fig. 1, male and fig. 2, female). Hye broadly and deeply excised along ventral margin. Anterior arm of tentorium (T.A.) well-developed. Lacking a distinct sclerotized central tuber. Frontal tubercle (T.B.) distinct. Preantennal region with two rows of bristles and the first of these incomplete; at times with but one bristle representing an anterior third row. Second antennal segment (2 A.) with bristles short in both sexes. Antennal groove not extending onto propleuron. Postantennal region with only one complete row of bristles, that row caudomarginal. Labial palpi (l.P.) ex- tending about four-fifths length of procoxae. First vinculum or link-plate (VC. 1) received in distinct sinus of prosternosome. Pronotum narrower than length of spines of its combs with one row of bristles. Pronotal comb (P.C.) consisting of a total of about 18 narrow spines; near mid- dle of comb, the spines are slightly longer than the breadth of pronotum at that level. Mesonotum (fig. 4, MSN.) with a total of about six or eight pseudosetae (PS.S.). Metanotum (MTN.) with a few apical spinelets. Mesepisternum (MPS8.) and mesepimere (MPM.) clearly differentiated. Lateral metanotal area (.M.) dis- tinct. Pleural region of metasternosome fitting into a well-sclerotized pleural arch (PL.A.). Procoxa (fig. 1, 1 C.) with many lateral bristles. Meso- and metacoxae with a submarginal, vertical row of thin bristles. Metacoxae (fig. 11) lacking a PROC. ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 65 NO. 1, MARCH, 1963 3 HOPKINSIPSYLLA OCCULTA GEN. & SR NOV Fig. 1, head and prothorax of male; fig. 2, head of female; fig. 3, immovable process and movable finger of clasper; fig. 4, meso- and metathorax; first abdom- inal tergum (male); fig. 5, distal arm of male ninth segment. f PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65 NO. 1, MARCH, 1963 patch of mesal spiniform bristles, but with scattered, thin, marginal, mesal bristles. Profemora with some thin, seattered, lateral, non-marginal bristles. Dorsolateral bristles on posterior (outer) margin of tibiae (figs. 8 and 9) largely paired, tibial “combs” therefore lacking. First pair of tarsal plantar bristles displaced mesad but nevertheless proximad of second pair (fig. 7). Metanotum and some of typical abdominal terga with apical spinelets. Unmodified terga with two rows of bristles, but first row usually somewhat reduced in number. Representa- tive abdominal spiracles subovate. Both sexes with three antesensiliary bristles per side, of which the middle one is the longest by far. Male—Eighth tergum (fig> 6, 8 T.) reduced, extending ventrad only to about level of seventh spiracular fossa (7 SPC.) and caudad not beyond level of proc- tiger. Eighth sternum (8 S.) large but relatively unmodified, about twice as broad (high) as long. Manubrium (fig. 13, MB.) long and narrow. Immovable process of clasper (figs. 3 and 13, P.) relatively unspecialized; higher than long; apex a broadly rounded triangle; the process directed dorsocaudad. Acetabular bristles absent. Clasper with movable finger or digitoid (F.) in shape of an inverted triangle with a broad apex and dorsocaudal angle rounded; lacking spiniform bristles. Tergal apodeme of ninth segment (T.AP.9) about 14% times as long as broad at midpoint; apically about twice as broad as proximally. Distal arm of ninth sternum (figs. 5 and 13, D.A.9) relatively simple in structure; elongate, scarcely broader than proximal arm (P.A.9), which is subequal in length; lacking spiniform bristles. Apodemal rod or tendon of ninth segment (AP.R.9) well-developed, following cephalic course of penis rods for most their length. Aedeagus (figs. 14 and 15) relatively unspecialized; apodeme relatively long and narrow; apical appendage absent; proximal spur present; wall of aedeagal pouch (P.W.) weakly sclerotized; the bay in the apodeme (B.L.PT.) due to a convexity in the lateral plates (L.PT.), not the middle plate of apodeme (M.PT.) ; sclerotized inner tube (S.1.T.) short, straight and relatively unarmored ; with a conspicuous apicomedian sclerite (A.M.S.); erochets (CR.) much longer than sclerotized inner tube, conspicuous; penis rods (tendons of phallosome) (P.R.) partially coiled anteriorly. Female——Spermatheca (figs. 10 and 17) with hilla (tail) (H.) much longer than bulga (B.), but its diameter only about half the height of hilla. Anal stylet (fig. 12, A.S.) slightly upeurved; more than 2% times as long as broad. Stout bristles on ventral anal lobe (figs. 16 and 17, V.A.L.) relatively straight. The type species of the new genus is Hopkinsipsylla occulta sp. n., described below. The genus is named for G. H. E. Hopkins, of the Zoological Mu- seum, Tring, Herts., England. Hopkinsipsylla occulta, sp. n. Types.—Holotype male and allotype female (B-50761-1) ex Allac- taga tetradactyla, the four-toed jerboa; Egypt: Western Desert Gov- ernorate, 35 km. West of Mersa Matruh, 18 Feb., 1960, collector, H. Hoogstraal, for U. S. Naval Medical Research Unit No. 3 (Cairo). Paratypes as follows: 32 males and 34 females with same date or from nest of this particular individual jerboa; four males and two PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65 NO. 1, MARCH, 1963 5 HOPKINSIPSYLLA OCCULTA GEN. & SP NOV. Fig. 6, seventh, eighth and tenth segments of male; fig. 7, metatarsus (male) ; fig. 8, protibia (male) ; fig. 9, metatibia (male); fig. 10, modified abdominal seg- ments of female; fig. 11, metacoxa (male); fig. 12, anal stylet. 6 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65 NO. 1, MARCH, 1963 females (B-50766), ibid. but 19 Feb., 1960 one male and five females (B-50771) reared at NAMRU-3 Laboratory, on 23 Feb., 1960 from same nest as B-50761; three males and 13 females (B-50773), ibid. but reared 25 Feb., 1960; two females (B-50782) ibid. but reared 14 March, 1960; three males and 11 females (B-50763) ex a nest contain- ing Jaculus orientalis orientalis, the greater Egyptian jerboa, other- wise with same data as holotype; one female (B-50765), same data as B-50763; two females (B-50764) ex nest of Pachywromys duprasi natronensis, otherwise with same data as holotype; three females (B-10049), ex Allactaga tetradactyla, Egypt: Western Desert Gov- ernorate, Mersa Matruh, 2 May, 1952, collector H. Hoogstraal; four females (B-22334) ex Allactaga tetradactyla, Egypt; Western Desert Governorate, 5 mi. East of Sidi Barrani, 24 April, 1954, collector, H. Hoogstraal. Holotype and allotype and two pairs of paratypes deposited in the collection of the U. S. National Museum, Washington, D. C. Para- types deposited in the British Museum of Natural History (Tring, Herts.), the Chicago Natural History Museum, and in other institu- tions, as well as in the author’s collection. Head.— (fig. 1, male and fig. 2, female). Frontal tuberele (TB.) acute, median, conspicuous. Preantennal region with a row of two large bristles well anterior to eye; with a row of about four fairly small bristles at level of internal por- tions of stylets, uppermost of these bristles, bordering antennal groove, very small. Eye (H.) slightly more than twice as long as broad at midpoint; the ventral incision extending for a distance equal to about one fourth breadth of eye. Genal process quite broad and subtrunecate apically. Maxillary lobe in shape of an acute elongate triangle, extending to approximate level of apex of third segment of maxillary palpus. Labial palpi (L.P.) 5-segmented, extending about four-fifths length of procoxae (1 C.); penultimate segment slightly more than one-half length of apical one, third segment slightly smaller than fourth. Maxil- lary palpi (M.P.) with third segment about one-half length of fourth. Scape of antenna with a few seattered, thin, apico- and dorso-marginal bristles. Second antennal segment (2 A.) with bristles shorter than width of segment. Club (A.C.) broadly ovate in outline. Postantennal region with longest bristle near ventro- caudal angle, slightly out of line with row; another large bristle submedian below midline; generally with two small thin bristles above the submedian large bristle and forming an equilateral triangle with it as an apex, directed ventrad; with one or two small bristles along antennal groove near midpoint and two or three more posterior in position. First vineulum or link-plate (VC. 1) elongate, cylin- drical. Thorax.—Pronotum with breadth from margin to base of spines of pronotal comb (P.C.) about two-thirds of length of spines of comb, as measured at middle level; bristles subequal in length to spines of comb, except for ventralmost, which is stout and very long nearly twice the length of the others. Pronotal comb con- sisting of a total of about 18 spines, whose bases form a shallow are in outline, the are facing cephalad; the middle spines about 41% or five times as long as broad at midpoint; these slightly concave; spines generally with emarginate bases. Second vinculum (VC. 2) with portion distad of center of spiracular plate sub- PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65 NO. 1, MARCH, 1963 7 HOPKINSIPSYLLA OCCULTA GEN. & SP NOV Fig. 13, male ninth sternum and elasper; fig. 14, apex of aedeagus; fig. 15, aedeagus; fig. 16, ventral anal lobe of female proctiger; fig. 17, female modified abdominal segments (enlarged). 8 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65 NO. 1, MARCH, 1963 equal in length to that of pronotum, as measured above. Mensonotum (fig. 4, MSN.) with two distinet rows of bristles; with a broad flange, about three-fifths breadth of mesonotum proper. Mesonotal flange with four pseudosetae (PS.S.). Mesepis- ternum (MPS.) with about four bristles in ventrocaudal region, of which the uppermost is median, but near the seclerotization separating MPS. from the mesepimere (MPM.); with three very thin bristles near anterodorsal angle. Mesepimere (MPM.) with eight or nine bristles, of which generally three are ventromarginal. Metanotum (MTN.), together with its flange, about subequal in length to MSN., with two rows of bristles; the anterior row dorsally pre- ceded by one or two dorsal bristles. Metanotal flange with three apical teeth per side, the teeth in recessed sinuses so that their apices are virtually in line with margin of flange. Lateral metanotal area (L.M.) broader (higher) than long. Metepisternum (MTS.) with one large bristle in posterodorsal region; squamulum (SQ.) relatively elongate. Metepimere (MTM.) generally with seven or eight bristles, frequently arranged 3(4)-3-1. Spiracular fossa of metepimere ovate, oblate, slightly longer than broad. Legs.—Metacoxa (fig. 11) with about 11-14 thin submarginal and submedial lateral bristles; with about 13-17 small, thin, submarginal mesal bristles, mainly on apical half. Profemur with about eight or nine small, thin, scattered, non- marginal lateral bristles. Meso- and metafemur with two submarginal lateral bristles, subventral in position; these segments also with two subapical bristles on ventral margin. Protibia (fig. 8) with five pairs of stout dorsomarginal bristles in notches; the basal bristle single, and with another single bristle be- tween third and fourth pair; at times (especially in female) with an additional single stout bristle between first and second pair. Mesotibia with seven pairs of stout dorsomarginal bristles (excluding most proximal pair, which consists of one stout and one thin bristle); at times (especially in female) with additional single dorsomarginal bristles as follows: one between first and second pairs and one between fourth and fifth, chaetotaxy thereby agreeing in this respect with metatibia (fig. 9). Meso- and metatarsi with one distomarginal bristle on third segment extending beyond apex of fourth segment. Metatarsus with at least one apical bristle of second segment extending beyond apex of third. The displaced first pair of plantar bristles on last tarsal segment virtually subequal in size to the four lateral plantar bristles but straight, not somewhat convex, as shown for metatarsus in fig. 7. Measurements (in microns) of tibiae and segments of tarsi (petiolate base deleted) of holotype: Tarsal Segments Leg Tibia if 10 OL IV V Pro 198 (le 75 il 39 93 Meso 3155 129 114 75 39 102 Meta 396 306 186 ata 57 120 Abdomen.—First tergum (fig. 4, 1 T.), including anterior phragma and caudal flange slightly longer than metanota including its phragma and flange; with two rows of bristles and an apical, recessed spinelet per side. Basal sternum with about three well-separated ventromarginal bristles, the caudalmost large; with one or two submedian bristles. Terga 1, 2, and, in male especially, sometimes 3, PROG, EN‘, SOC. WASH., VOL. 65 No. 1, MARCH, 1963 i) with one apical spinelet per side. Unmodified terga in both sexes with two rows of bristles; the posterior row of long bristles, extending slightly below level of subovate spiracular fossa (fig. 6, 7 SPC.), the anterior row short, of one to three smaller bristles and extending much less than half way down to spiracle. Typical sterna in male, on each side, with a vertical row of about three (or four) approxi- mated large bristles, the lowest ventromarginal, preceded by one or two sub- marginal smaller ones; in female the row generally consists of four large bristles preceded by two groups of two smaller ventromarginal ones. Antesensiliary bristles in each sex (figs. 6 and 10, A.B.) consisting of three bristles of which the middle one is somewhat more than twice the length of the upper one and slightly less than twice that of the lower one; in female the lowest bristle somewhat longer than in male. Modified Abdominal Segments—Male.—Hight tergum (fig. 6, 8 T.) with about six to seven small thin bristles on dorsal anterior third of segment; with three long bristles in a row as follows: one median, subventral; one at dorso-caudal angle and the third between these; with one smaller bristle between ventral two long ones and one dorsomarginal small bristle immediately preceding and, at times, also caudad to the dorsalmost long one. Eighth spiracular fossa (8 SPC.) small, subovate, thin (especially the portion extending dorsad). Eighth sternum (8 8.) with a conspicuous fringe-like row of dorsocaudal, marginal, small bristles and three long caudomarginal bristles of which one is at dorsocaudal angle, one median and one subventral; with a submarginal row of four or five small bristles along lower half of caudal margin and a row of seven to eight such bristles on posterior fourth, and a group of about seven to ten bristles in two irregular rows, largely submedian, above midline and ranging to near caudal margin. Highth sternum spiculose submedially; caudal margin convex above and becoming some- what convex subventrally. Immovable process of clasper (figs. 3 and 13, P.) produced into a snout-like projection with a broad base; its height (measured from transverse suture above base of manubrium) greater than its morphological length—about twice as high as broad at midpoint; its snout bearing three long dorsal or subdorsal bristles and one subapieal ventromarginal bristle. Clasper with movable process or finger (F.) roughly ham-shaped; about 24% times as long as broad at midpoint; with cephalic and dorsal margins quite straight for most their lengths; margin broadly rounded dorsoeaudally; with a fairly long bristle at junction of dorsal and caudal margins; this preceded by a small marginal bristle and with a small dorsomarginal bristle near cephalodorsal angle; with four to six small bristles on distal third of caudal margin; with many small, thin bristles, scattered over mesal surface. Manubrium (fig. 13, MB.) about 10% times as long (measured from suture on P. to apex) as broad at midpoint, its margins relatively straight and tapering, but eurving ecaudad subapically. Ninth sternum with proximal arm (P.A. 9) nar- row, about 12 times as long as broad at midpoint; margins subparallel except for expansion near apical end, which is produced in the shape of an equilateral triangle with rounded angles, whose base is more than twice the breadth of P.A. 9. Distal arm of ninth segment (D.A. 9 and fig. 5) long and narrow; biconvex caudally, due to a deep, broad sinus at apical fourth; apical portion with a row of about six small, thin cephalomarginal bristles, the uppermost at dorsal margin; 10 PROC, ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65 NO. 1, MARCH, 1963 with one caudomarginal bristle near midpoint of apical lobe; with one to three such bristles in region of sinus, proximal portion with about 12 small, thin, seat- tered bristles, about half of which are non-marginal. Aedeagus (figs. 14 and 15) with lateral plates (.PT.) beyond apodemal strut (AP.S.) more than six times as long as broad at midpoint. Proximal spur (P.S.) fairly straight, about one fourth the length of lateral plates. Crescent sclerite relatively straight and thin. Sclerotized inner tube (S.1.T.) about twice as broad near base as near apex; abruptly narrowed near midpoint; distal half with sides subparallel. Armature of inner tube (A.I.T.) represented primarily only as a bulge at dorsobasal region. Apicomedian sclerite (A.M.S.) distinctive as a broad crescentic or semicircular structure. Crochets (CR.) conspicuous as a pair of long oblong lobes with rounded apices, extending well beyond end-chamber; about four times as long as broad; with sclerotized submedian ridge extending most of the length. Ventral intramural rod (V.I.R.) terminating in a weakly-developed vesicle (V.). One of penis rods (tendons of phallosome) (P.R.) typically making a complrte cephalic loop, the other a partial one. Sensilium or pygidium (fig. 6, SN.) very flat dorsally, longer than broad; with about 18-21 sensory pits per side. Dorsal anal lobe of proctiger.(D.A.L.) conical, with a patch of about 8-12 small proximal and submedian bristles and four to six distal ones, of which one or two near apex are the longest. Ventral lobe of proctiger (V.A.L.) with four to six dorsomarginal bristles, and one or two long apical ones; ventral margin rather well-sclerotized. Female, (figs. 10 and 17). Seventh sternum (7 S.) with apical margin quite’ straight and subvertical; caudal margin mainly at an angle of about 45° with horizontal axis, essentially straight except for a slight subventral sinus; caudo- ventral angle broadly rounded, lacking submedian or caudal bristles; with two virtually contiguous ventromarginal long bristles near apical third, preceded by a smaller slightly more dorsal bristle; with three or four small ventromarginal bristles on proximal two-thirds, and three or four submarginal small bristles. Eighth tergum (8 T.) with many small bristles preceding eighth spiracular fossa (8 SPC.); two subdorsal ones near ventral margin of tenth segment (V. 1) 2 with about 18-20 submedian bristles scattered over surface, some below ventral anal lobe (V.A.L.); in addition with four somewhat longer ventromarginal ones near caudal margin; with a patch of about 14 small, thin, mesal bristles anterior and laterad to ventral anal lobe. Tenth segment with about seven small sub- dorsal and submedian bristles caudad to sensilium; its ventral margin (V. 10) with one long bristle at ventrocaudal angle, immediately next to base of anal stylet (A.S.); this bristle preceded by a fairly long, submarginal one and two smaller ones in a vertical row. Dorsal anal lobe of proctiger (D.A.L.) with a group of four or five subapical bristles, of which one is very long. Anal stylet (A.S. and fig. 12) slightly more than thrice as long as broad at midpoint; with a very long, apical bristle, a subapical bristle near ventral margin and two very small dorsal ones. Ventral anal lobe (V.A.L. and fig. 16) with a conspicuous sinus Subapically, flanked anteriorly by a pair of stout contiguous bristles and apically by a pair of long ones of which one is mesal; with three thin apical bristles and one long dorsal one; the margin of the sinus bearing one fairly stout mesal bristle and one thin bristle; proximal portion of ventral margin generally with three bristles; with three submarginal bristles, one near ventral large pair and two near sinus. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65 NO. 1, MARCH, 1963 i131 Spermatheca (figs. 10 and 17) with bulga (head) (B.) somewhat orbiculate, but oblate, with ventral margin flat, and much broader than the rounded dorsal margin; about 1.6 times as high as broad at midline. Hilla (Gen) (UBL) ae spermatheea long and broad; more than twice as long as broad, and more than 1.5 times as long as bulga is high; apex broadly rounded; lacking an apical papilla; fairly well delineated from bulga. The sclerotized duct of the bursa copulatrix (fig. 17, S.D.B.) the most conspicuous part of this organ, appearing as annulated erescent. The dilated portion of the bursa copulatrix, herein called the perula (P.B.C.) weakly sclerotized, apically somewhat biconvex above the point of entry of the duct of the spermatheca (D.SP.). The portion of the bursa copulatrix entering the vagina, herein designated the lura (.B.C.), somewhat dilated. Remarks.—The specific name of this species was suggested by the fact that intensive search over a period of years was required before the males were discovered and an adequate number of specimens col- lected for description. The first specimens taken in 1952 by Harry Hoogstraal were four females from the four-toed jerboa, Allactaga tetradactyla. He obligingly returned to seek more material upon being notified that these specimens undoubtedly represented an un- described genus of flea, and although Allactaga are difficult to collect in Egypt, he and his colleagues managed to examine more than 200 during the next eight years without collecting any Hopkinsipsylla. The author also failed to get additional material during a short col- lecting trip kindly arranged by the Division of Medical Zoology of NAMRU-3. The long series ultimately collected in 1960, cited above as types, indicate that this species of flea may be a nidicolous form, perhaps most prevalent during the winter months, and even then primarily in nests. In this connection it may be noteworthy that the only species of host to be infested with this flea was the four-toed jerboa, Allac- taga, and that even though Dr. Hoogstraal and his associates examined over 500 specimens of Jaculus jaculus, the lesser Egyptian jerboa, and 500 Jaculus orientalis orientalis, the greater Egyptian jerboa, no specimens were taken from any of these animals (Hoogstraal and Traub, in preparation). The only records of Hopkinsipsylla from sources other than Allactaga or their nests were 14 specimens from a nest containing Jaculus and two from the nest of Pachyuromys, mM the type localitv, and it is possible that these nests may once have harbored Allactaga. It also seems significant that many of the above mentioned Jaculus were from other areas, even from the well-studied Giza district, and that many nests of Jaculus, as well as many other rodents, were carefully examined without finding any Hopkinsipsylla. It therefore appears that Allactaga is the true host of Hopkinsipsylla. This new genus of flea is apparently most closely allied to Ophthal- mopsylla, a genus which has been found thus far only in the desert and semi-desert regions of Europe and Asia, where it parasitizes Allactaqa and related rodents. It would be premature to postulate, on the basis of available evidence, that Hopkinsipsylla may have re- 12 _PROC. ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 65 NO. 1, MARCH, 1963 placed or was evolved from Ophthalmopsylla in the North African habitats of jerboas, because too little is known of the Siphonapteran fauna of that part of the world. It may be that Ophthalmopsylla occurs in Tunis or Algeria and yet be absent from Egypt. If so, it would parallel the discontinuous distribution of another genus of flea infesting desert rodents in the Mediterranean-Siberian region, Cop- topsylla Jordan and Rothschild, 1908, which, as shown by Hopkins and Rothschild (1956), is known both from regions west of Egypt and in Turkestan, ete., but has not been found in Egypt itelf, despite the intensive collecting of Harry Hoogstraal’s unit. SUMMARY Hopkinsipsylla occulta, a new genus and species of flea from Allac- taga tetradactyla and from the nests of Allactaga and other jerboas in the Mersa Matruh-Sidi Barrani area of the Western Desert Goy- ernorate of Egypt, is described and figured. Hopkinsipsylla is close to Ophthalmopsylla and Paradoxopsyllus, but is separable in that the eye is ventrally broadly and deeply excised, not convex or biconvex ; the eighth tergum is greatly reduced so that dorsally it scarcely ex- tends beyond the movable process; the male lacks acetabular bristles on the process of the clasper, among other differences. The collection- data suggests that this flea is nidicolous and perhaps seasonal (late winter and early spring) in nature. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS I am indebted to Dr. Harry Hoogstraal of NAMRU-3 for making it possible to study this genus of flea as well as the many other fine Egyptian Siphonaptera which have become available largely through his sustained efforts. My thanks are extended to Dr. G. H. E. Hopkins and Dr. F. G. A. M. Smit of the British Museum (Natural History) at Tring, Herts., for verifying the status of this flea, and to Dr. V. E. Tiflov, of the Parasitological Laboratory, Stavropol, Caucasus, U.S.S.R., for supplying specimens of Ophthalmopsylla for comparison. List oF ABBREVIATIONS A.B., Antesensiliary bristle; A.C., Club of antenna; A.I.T., Armature of sclero- tized inner tube; A.M.S., Apicomedian sclerite of aedeagus; AP.R.9, Apodemal rod of ninth sternum; AP.S., Apodemal strut of aedeagus; A.S., Anal stylet; B., Bulga (head) of spermatheca; B.L.PT., Bay or ventral convexity of lateral plate of aedeagal apodeme; CR., Crochet of aedeagus; D.A.L., Dorsal anal lobe of proctiger; D.A.9, Distal arm of male ninth sternum; D.SP. Duct of sperm- atheca; E., Eye; F., Movable finger or digitoid of clasper; H., Hilla (tail) of spermatheca; L.B.C., Lura of bursa copulatrix; L.M., Lateral metanotal area of metathorax; L.P., Labial palpus; L.PT., Lateral plate of aedeagal apodeme; M.P., Maxillary palpus, M.PT., Middle plate of aedeagal apodeme; MB., Manu- brium; MPM., Mesepimere; MPS., Mesepisternum; MSN., Mesonotum; MTM., Metepimere; MTN., Metanotum, MTS., Metepisternum; P., Immovable process of clasper; P.A.9, Proximal arm of male ninth sternum; P.B.C., Perula—dilated portion of bursa copulatrix; P.C., Pronotal comb; P.R., Penis rod; P.S., Proximal spur of aedeagus; P.W., Wall of aedeagal pouch; PL.A., Pleural arch of meta- thorax; PS.S., Pseudosetae; S.D.B., Sclerotized duct of bursa copulatrix; S.I.T., Sclerotized inner tube of aedeagus; SN., Sensilium; SQ., Squamulum; T.A., Arm of tentorium; T.AP.9, Tergal apodeme of ninth segment; T.C., Trabecula cen- tralis; TB., Frontal tubercle; V., Vesicle of aedeagus; V.A.L., Ventral anal lobe of proctiger; V.I.R., Ventral intramural rod of aedeagus; V.10, Ventral margin PROG. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65 NO. 1, MARCH, 1963 13 of female tenth segment; VC. 1, First vineulum; VC. 2, Second vineulum; 1 C., Procoxa; 1 T., First tergum; 2 A., Second antennal segment; 7 8., Seventh ster- num; 7 SPC., Spiracle (fossa) of seventh segment; 8 S., Eighth sternum; 8 SPC., Spiracle (fossa) of eighth segment; 8 ST., Eighth sternum; 8 T., Eighth tergum. REFERENCES Hoogstraal, H. and R. Traub. The Fleas (Siphonaptera) of Egypt. Host-Parasite Relationships. (In preparation). Hopkins, G. H. E. and M. Rothschild. 1956. An Illustrated Catalogue of the Rothschild Collection of Fleas (Siphonaptera) in the British Museum (Natural History). Coptopsyllidae, Vermipsyllidae, Stephanocireidae, Ischnopsyllidae, Hypsophthalmidae and Xiphiopsyllidae. Vol. II, xi + 445 pp., figs. 1-707, 32 pls. BOOK REVIEW THE INSECT FACTOR IN WOOD DECAY, by Norman E. Hickin, 1968, 336 pages, 263 figures, 2 col. pls. Hutchinson & Co., London and New York. Price: £2 S10. Dr. N. E. Hickin, a distinguished British entomologist, has written a general account of insects as factors in wood destruction, particularly to timber indoors. Insects are by far the most important animal group causing deterioration. One of the results of the great upsurge of the use of imported softwoods into Britain after the first World War was the increase in damage to buildings by the anobiid beetle Anobium punctatum, or wood worm. Control work is costing the public £10 million annually. Of course this anobiid has world-wide distribution. Details are given on its appearance and habits. Dr. Hickin is an authority on this beetle. Other species of British anobiids are discussed, particularly the ‘“death-watch beetle’ NXestobium rufovillosum, which is also injurious in the U. 8. Its sex noise, or rapping on wood, was supposed to predict death. Lyctidae and Bostrichidae, also injurious powder-post beetles, the habits and damage by various species are given in detail. Buprestid beetles, the wharf borer and certain wood-boring weevils, which cause damage to wooden structures in both Britain and the U.S. are briefly described and their habits given. Next to the anobiid beetles, the cerambycids are given a great deal of attention, with deseription and keys. Hylotrupes bajulus, called the old house borer in the U. S. where it is very injurious, is as yet only local in Britain. Britain has 64 species of cerambyeid beetles. Termites do not oceur in Britain, but have been accidentally introduced several times, and Dr. Hickin has investigated existing legislation to prevent importation in bringing live termites for study to the remarkable Rentokil laboratory in Sussex from France. Wood-boring wasps, bees, ants and moths which occasionally damage structures are briefly noted as being injurious elsewhere. To summarize Jan.-Dec. 1961 the comparative importance of wood-boring insects in Britain: woodworm 77.4%, death-wateh 5.0%, Lyctus 1.2, weevils 4.1, ceramby- cids 0.5, number of surveys 18,015. Control, after sanitation, is the application of an insecticide proven affective in the laboratory for each type of borer—TuHomas EH. Snyper, U. S, National Museum, Washington, D. C, 14 PROC, ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65 NO. 1, MARCH, 1963 EIGHT NEW CHRYSOMELID BEETLES FROM THE WEST INDIES (COLEOPTERA ) Doris H. BLAKE, Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D. C. The present paper is concerned with a miscellaneous lot of beetles from the West Indies that have been accumulating in the collection of the United States National Museum. There are also three sent from Jamaica by T. H. Farr and two other closely related ones sent me by John A. Wilcox, who had picked them out from the collection of the Museum of Comparative Zoology. Chthoneis insularis (Harold) (Fig. 7) Exora insularis Harold, Col. Heft., vol. XIII, 1875, p. 93. About 7 mm. in length, elongate oblong oval, somewhat shiny, finely punctate, dirty yellowish brown with three piceous elytral fasciae, the apical one not extend- ing to lateral margin. Head with interocular space about one-third width of head, occiput finely pune- tate, especially over frontal tubercles which are well marked, a short distinct carina down lower front; head dusky yellowish brown with piceous mouthparts. Antennae with the third joint shorter than fourth, the rest a little shorter and about equal, piceous, hairy. Prothorax almost twice as broad as long with rounded sides a broad tooth at apical angle and a smaller one at basal, surface a little humpy, finely and rather rensely punetate, somewhat shiny and dirty yellowish brown. Seutellum dark. Elytra elongate, moderately convex, with traces of lateral costae, densely and distinctly punctate, a dirty yellowish brown with broad dark brown or piceous fasciae, the suture dark, a fascia before and one after the middle, and a smaller one near apex, the apical one not reaching margin. Body beneath and femora dirty yellowish brown, deeper on the breast, tibiae and tarsi deep hrown. Anterior coxal cavities open, claws appendiculate. Length 6.2-7 mm.; width 3 mm. Type.—Whereabouts unknown, collected in Cuba. Remarks.—A single female specimen in the U.S. National Museum collection from Vista Alegre, Santiago, Cuba, collected 3 May 1940 by C. T. Ramsden, and two specimens sent me by J. A. Wileox who picked them out of the collection at the Museum of Comparative Zoology, from Soledad, Cienfuegos Province, Cuba, collected on 28 November 1926 by P. J. Darlington Jr., ‘correspond, as J. A. Wilcox has pointed out to me, with Harold’s description of Exora insularis, described from Cuba. Wilcox does not believe that any of these that I have described under the genus Chthonets really belong there, but to an undescribed genus from the West Indies that is endemic there. Chthoneis ferruginea, n. sp. (Fig. 9) About 7 mm. in length, elongate oblong oval, shining, finely punctate, the head, prothorax, undersurface and femora yellowish brown, the elytra reddish brown, an- tennae, tibiae and tarsi piceous, PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65 No. 1, MARCH, 1963 15 Head with interocular space half width of head, frontal tubercles a little swol- len, occiput finely punctate, a row of coarse punctures on each side near eye; carina short, lower front short, head entirely yellowish brown. Antennae barely reaching the middle of the elytra, deep reddish brown almost piceous. Prothorax twice as broad as long, with rounded sides, finely and densely punctate, the surface a little humpy, rather flat. Seutellum yellowish brown. Elytra elongate, with faint costae, finely and moderately densely punctate, shining reddish brown, in the one specimen known faint traces of paler fasciae near the middle, possibly these only an irregular fading of color in that area. Body beneath entirely pale yellowish brown, femora yellowish brown, tibiae and tarsi deep brown or piceous, anterior coxal cavities open, claws appendiculate. Length 7 mm.; width 3.3 mm, Type—FKFemale, Museum of Comparative Zoology Type No. 30404 from Port-au-Prince and vicinity, Haiti, collected 2 October 1934 by P. J. Darlington, Jr. Remarks.—Only one specimen, female, is known, which J. A. Wil- cox has sent me to deseribe after picking it out of the collection at the Museum of Comparative Zoology. In size and general coloration it is not unlike C. insularis (Harold) from Cuba. Whether the faint pale traces of fasciae on the elytra are merely irregular fading of color or are traces of real fasciae cannot be determined from one specimen alone. Nyctiplanctus, new genus (vukrimdayxros—roaming by night.) Slender beetles between 4 and 8 mm. in length, with antennae not as long as the body, with short broad prothorax and long elytra and long slender legs. Elongate oblong oval, the head smoothly rounded over oeciput, with well-marked frontal tubercles, a short, broad and rather flat carina between antennal sockets ending in a ridge extending on either side slantwise below the antennal sockets to beneath eyes; lower front short, eyes large, entire, with interocular space less than half width of head. Antennae not extending much below middle of elytra, third joint a little longer than second, fourth more than twice as long as third and long- est, fifth a little shorter, the rest gradually diminishing a little in length. Pro- thorax about twice as broad as long at widest, widest anteriorly and with a broad tooth at anterior angle and a smaller one at basal angle; the sides curved inwards towards base; disk rather flat, with a faint trace of lateral humpiness. Elytra about four times as long as the prothorax, moderately convex, with a trace of costae, a narrow explanate margin, epipleura disappearing at apical curve. Body beneath with the anterior coxal cavities open, legs long and slender, neither the anterior tibiae nor the first tarsal joint in males noticeably enlarged, claws ap- pendiculate. Type of genus.—N yctiplanctus farri, n. sp. T. H. Farr, who has collected both species, writes that he found NV. jamaicensis on Cordia globosa, which is also the food plant of Chtho- neis insulana Blake from Cuba, and feeding only at night. These two Jamaican species are closely related to the Cuban and Haitian species that I have described under the genus Chthoneis. They are probably not of that genus but a closely related one that is endemic in the West 16 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65 NO. 1, MARCH, 1963 ZHeikertingerella dar lington f aniale 4 Nyctiplanctus farri , 5.Nyctiplanctus jamaicensis 6Diabrotica hispani ae NG 7.Chthoneis insularisHar) 8.Lactica grenadensis Ichthoneis ferruginea PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65 NO. 1, MARCH, 1963 Wee Indies. Whether they are all even congeneric¢ is problematic. The two Jamaican species are stouter and more robust than the others and the aedeagi are somewhat different. John A. Wilcox has managed to in- flate the internal sac and made drawings of these which he has sent me and which I am including in my plate together with the figure of an internal sae of Chthoneis insularts (Harold) which he also inflated. The species of Nyctiplanctus differ from species of Chthoneis from Central and South America in having shorter antennae and differently formed aedeael. Nyctiplanctus jamaicensis, n. sp (Fig. 5) Between 4 and 5 mm. in length, elongate oblong oval, somewhat shiny, finely punctate, the elytra with faint traces of costae in some specimens; a reddish brown fascia in lower half of dark piceous elytra, and the apex also reddish brown. Head with interocular space less than half width of head, occiput smooth, nearly impunctate, a short median line above frontal tubercles, carina short, broad and flattish; yellowish brown. Antennae with third joint shorter than fourth, remainder subequal, hairy, piceous and not extending much below the middle of the elytra. Prothorax twice as broad as long, widest anteriorly, with rounded sides, a broad tooth at apical and a smaller one at basal angle, surface shining, finely punctate, yellowish brown. Scutellum yellowish brown. Elytra piceous with a reddish brown fascia slightly below the middle, shining, very finely punctate. Body beneath yel- lowish brown to dark brown, femora pale with the apex dark, tibiae and tarsi dark. Anterior coxal cavities open, claws appendiculate. Length 4-5.3 mm.; width 2-2.7 mm. Types.—Male, and 10 paratypes, U.S.N.M. Type No. 65927, 12 para- types in Institute of Jamaica, Kingston, Jamaica, collected at Tre- lawny, 3 miles south of Falmouth, 20 July 1960 by T. H. Farr, on Cordia globosa, feeding at night. Remarks —This species was collected on the same foodplant as Chthoneis insulana Blake of Cuba. It is somewhat similar in colora- tion although it has, unlike the Cuban species a pale fascia across the elytra. Nyctiplanctus farri, n. sp. (Fig. 4) Between 5 and 7.5 mm. in length, elongate oblong oval, shining, very finely punctate, the elytra faintly costate, reddish brown with piceous elytra, tibiae and tarsi, the elytra having a reddish brown spot on the humerus, a reddish brown band not extending to the margin below the middle, and the apex also reddish brown. Head with interocular space a little less than half width of head, occiput smooth, shining, minutely punctate, a median line above the well marked frontal tubercles, carina short, broad and flattish, entirely reddish brown. Antennae with the third joint approximately half as long as the fourth, which is longest, the rest a little shorter and subequal, hairy, piceous, with the terminal joints tending to be brown- ish. Prothorax twice as broad as long, widest anteriorly, with rounded sides, a broad tooth at apical angle, and a smaller one at base, surface a little humpy, 18 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65 NO. 1, MARCH, 1963 finely punctate, shining, reddish or yellowish brown. Scutellum reddish or yellow- ish brown. Elytra shining, rather densely and finely punctate, with faint traces of costae, piceous with a reddish or yellowish brown spot on humerus, a pale fascia widest at suture below the middle and not reaching the lateral margin, and the apex pale. Body beneath entirely reddish or yellowish brown, femora pale with the apex dark, tibiae and tarsi dark. Anterior coxal cavities open, claws appendicu- late. Length 5.3-7.5 mm.; width 2.7-3.5 mm. Types.—Male and 4 paratypes U.S.N.M. Type No. 65928, 3 other paratypes in the Institute of Jamaica, Kingston, Jamaica, all but one collected at St. Thomas, Morant Bay Road, 14 miles east of Kingston on 20 Jan. and 12 March 1961. One collected at Clarendon, Portland Ridge, north side, on the 23 July 1958 by T. H. Farr, who beat them from dead palm fronds. Remarks.—The beetles strongly resemble N. jamaicensis but are larger and have a little different elytral marking, with a spot on the humerus and a fascia that is wider at the suture and does not extend all the way across elytra. The aedeagus also is a little different. I take pleasure in naming this after its collector, Thomas H. Farr. Diabrotica hispaniolae, n. sp. (Fig. 6) Between 5 and 7 mm. in length, elongate oblong oval, shining, very finely pune- tate, black, with pale yellow prothorax, femora and basal joints of antennae, the elytra with a pale margin and part of the suture pale and three transverse pale elytral fasciae and a short pale median vitta at base of each elytron. Head with interocular space about one-third width of head, eyes large, occiput smooth, impunctate, a median depression over frontal tubercles, a broad carina running down lower front; entirely black and shining. Antennae with first three basal joints yellowish brown, remainder dark brown, three terminal joints some- times a little paler brown. Prothorax a little wider than long, with curved sides and flattish smooth disk, finely punctate, shining, pale yellow. Secutellum black. Elytra somewhat wider in apical half, smooth, very finely punctate, shining, deep brown or black with pale yellow margin and three pale yellow fasciae and a short pale vitta in the middle of base of each elytron. Body beneath piceous with pale femora, the tibiae and tarsi dark. Length 5.5-7 mm.; width 2.8-3.4 mm. Type.—Male, and 4 paratypes U.S.N.M. Type No. 65929 from Valle del Rio, Province La Vega, Dominican Republic, collected 26 Dee. 1955 by J. Maldonado Capriles. Other localities—Dominican Republic: San Francisco Mts., col- lected in April 1915 by August Buseck; Haiti: Port-au-Prince, Mari- ana, Sept. 26, 1924, Attelye, Oct. 21, 1925, Rio Friode, Jan. 28, 1925, all collected by W. A. Hoffman: Carrefour, May 1908, collected by Dr. M. Cameron. Remarks.—The elytral color pattern of this species is similar to that of some species of Cerotoma, such as C. atrofasciata Jac. but the front of the head in the male is not excavate nor the male antennae modified as in Cerotoma. Dr. B. J. Selman has sent me two specimens of this from the British Museum with the note that it is an undescribed species. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65 NO. 1, MARCH, 1963 19 Heikertingerella darlingtoni, n. sp. (Fig. 2) About 2 mm. in length, ovate, shiny, yellow brown, very finely punctate. Head with interocular space less than half width of head, eyes large, front and occiput very finely punctate, carina short and knoblike, entirely brown except mouthparts which are darker. Antennae with the outer joints deeper brown. Pro- thorax entirely pale yellowish brown, shining, minutely and densely punctate. Seutellum, dark reddish brown. Elytra shining, yellow brown, minutely and rather densely punctate. Body beneath and legs yellow brown, hind tibiae grooved and with an outer tooth before the apex and a spur at apex. Length 2.4 mm.; width 1.5 mm, Type.—Male, Museum of Comparative Zoology Type No. 30405 from Mt. Diego de Ocampo, Dominican Republic, 3-4000 ft. collected in July 1938 by P. J. Darlington, Jr. Remarks.—Only one specimen of this small species of Heikertinge- rella is known. It is shorter and less distinctly punctate than H. krugi Weise or H. minima (Suffrian), and the aedeagus has a more rounded tip. Lactica grenadensis, n. sp. (Fig. 8) About 5 mm. in length, oblong oval, shining, pale yellow with the antennae, ex- cept for the basal joint, black and black lower half of tibiae and tarsal joints. Head with interocular space less than half width of head, occiput smooth, nearly impunctate, carina somewhat produced, lower front narrow, pale yellow with some- what darker mouthparts. Antennae execpt for the pale basal joint entirely piceous, not extending to middle of the elytra. Prothorax with slightly curved sides, widest at base, a broad basal suleus with limiting ends, pale yellow, shining, nearly im- punctate. Seutellum pale. Elytra entirely pale yellow, shining, nearly impunctate; body beneath pale, lightly pubescent, the femora pale, the tibiae with the lower part, lower half in two anterior pairs, piceous, tarsal joints piceous. Length 5 mm; width 2.7 mm. Se er 7 ee. ene Raye TD %) = = Type.—Female, U.S.N.M. Type No. 65930 from Grenada, B.W.I collected in 1936 by Sebastian Gates. Remarks.—This strongly resembles all the other pale species of Lactica from the West Indies but differs slightly in coloration, having apical parts of the tibiae and all the tarsal joints dark. It is perhaps closest to Lactica dominicae Baly in which species only the tips of the tibiae are dark as well as the tarsal joints, but in L. dominicae the apex of the femora is dark. | “3 Apraea jamaicensis, n. sp. (Fig. 1) About 3 mm. in length, oval, shining, the elytra rather irregularly striate pune- tate with costae between, piceous with a bronzy lustre, legs, antennae and under- surface yellowish brown. Head with interocular space not one-third width of head, eyes large, antennal sockets closely set with a very short knob-like carina between, frontal tubereles 20 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65 NO. 1, MARCH, 1963 not well defined, occiput shining, finely punctate. Antennae with the third joint a little shorter than fourth, rest subequal, yellowish brown. Prothorax broad and somewhat convex, widest at base with the base sinuate over the scutellum, disk shining, rugosely punctate with groups of coarse punctures on sides anteriorly and in middle of base, between these rough places finer punctures. Seutellum small, shiny bronze. Elytra convex, costate with strong somewhat irregular striate pune- tation and seattered finer punctures, all this tending to produce a rugose surface, shining with a bronzy lustre. Undersurface shining, yellowish brown, hind tibiae with a short channel near apex and with a spur at end, tarsal joint of hind tibiae somewhat longer than in many species of Apraea. Length 3 mm.; width 1.8 mm. Type—Male, U.S.N.M. Type No. 65931 from St. Ann Parish, Dry Harbour, Jamaica, B.W.I., collected 14 July 1959 by T. H. Farr. Remarks—This species has the coloring of A. pyritosa (Suffrian) from Cuba, but has a much rougher surface with more irregular and coarser elytral punctation and costae. It is also more costate than A. jansonm Baly, also from Jamaica, and has a differently shaped aedea- ous. Apraea fulgens, n. sp. (Fig. 3) About 3 mm. in length, oval, shining, the pronotum distinctly but not coarsely punctate in places with fined punctures intermixed, the elytra with small striate punctures and in the intervals finer punctures, deep brown with a bronzy lustre, antennae, legs and undersurface reddish brown. Head with interocular space about one-third width of head, eyes very large, a depressed groove near them, the narrow front finely punctate, carina and lower front short; entirely deep brown. Antennae reddish brown. Prothorax widest at base, with the basal margin sinuate over the scutellum, covered with fine punctures with groups of larger punctures scattered on sides and along base, entirely brown with a bronze lustre. Seutellum brown. Elytra elongate, moderately convex, with a faint transverse depression about one-third the way down; ten rows of dense stri- ate punctures with finer punctures scattered in the intervals between the striate punctures, the striate punctures not coarse but distinct, towards apex and on sides the intervals becoming a little costate; shining with a bronzy lustre. Body beneath and legs reddish brown, middle and hind tibiae suleate, a short spur on hind ones, claws appendiculate. Length 3.1-3.5 mm.; width 1.7-1.9 mm. Type—FKemale, U.S.N.M. Type No. 65932 and one female paratype from Port-au-Prince, Haiti, R. J. Crew collector from the Wickham collection. Remarks.—This Haitian species resembles A. pyritosa (Suffrian) from Cuba, A. jamaicensis Blake and A. jansoni Baly from Jamaica in being bronzy brown in color, but whereas A. jamaicensis is more rugose than pyritosa, this species 1s smoother with finer punctures than any of them. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65 NO. 1, MARCH, 1963 2] THE AMERICAN GENUS MYCOTROGUS: A SYNOPSIS, A NEW SPECIES FROM CUBA, AND A NOTE ON A LARVA (COLEOPTERA: TENEBRIONIDAE ) T. J. SprnMan, Entomology Research Division, A.R.S., U. S. Department of Agriculture, Washington 25, D. C. Many beetles of importance to stored products in North America are contained in the Ulomini, and those species have been discussed very often in the literature. But other species and genera of the tribe have been seriously neglected. Sixty years have passed since an American taxonomic paper was published on the tribe, except for the description of new species; and except for determination keys to genera, the relationships of ulomine genera have not been discussed in the last 90 years. One of the first steps toward adequate knowledge of intratribal relationships is a study of each genus and its members Mycotrogus is one of the least known ulomine genera. Most specimens used in this study are in the collection of the Unite! States National Museum. The others, indicated below by (CAS), ave in the California Academy of Sciences. The latter specimens were kindly lent by Hugh B. Leech, and to him I tender my thanks. Also I thank J. A. G. Rehn for courtesies during my visit to the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia to examine. the lectotype of Mycotrogus angustus Horn. Mycotrogus Horn Mycotrogus Horn, 1870. Trans. American Philos. Soc. (mew series) 14: 364, 367. Description.—Shape elongate, subparallel-sided, width of pronotum subequal to width of elytra, lateral borders of pronotum almost continuous with lateral borders of combined elytra. Head with anterior border of epistoma straight or almost so; male with protuberance above each eye; female without protuberanee, evenly rounded. Eye strongly emarginate, dorsal and ventral lobes large. Antenna slender, gradually enlarged apically; distal segments subtriangular and loosely fitting. Maxillary palpus with terminal segment strongly or weakly divergent distally. Labium of same shape in male and female, with mentum small, very strongly convex, not bordered with minute setae; surface with long, golden, erect setae which curve medially; in male with a coarse central puncture which contains a short bristlelike seta. Pronotum in dorsal view wider than long; anterior angles distinct; posterior angles approximately right-angled; lateral border with a distinct carina and suleus; posterior border strongly sinuate; dorsal surface either with punctures of approximately the same small size or with punctures of two obviously different sizes, large laterally and small over whole surface. Prosternum with intercoxal process narrow, elongate, almost flat, acute apieally. Mesosternum with a strong V-shaped notch to receive prosternal process, walls of notch very thick. Procoxal cavity cireular in ventral view. Protibia weakly com- pressed anteroposteriorly, gradually expanded dorsally, convex on both anterior and posterior surfaces; dorsal border entire, with a single row of very short, very coarse setae; ventral border with a very narrow row of fine, depressed, dense setae; posterior surface with elongate punctures and a dull microseulpture; apex with relatively long spurs. Protarsus with basal segments asymmetrical, the PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65 NO. 1, MARCH, 1963 bo bo ventroanterior, apical angle projecting. Metafemur either subelliptical in both sexes, or strongly sinuate ventrally in the male and weakly sinuate in the female. Elytra in dorsal view with lateral borders straight throughout most of their lengths and weakly converging posteriorly, apex evenly rounded; pseudopleural carina completely visible in dorsal view; pseudopleuron relatively wide and attain- ing apex of elytra; striae very weakly suleate and composed of small punctures; intervals almost flat, not carinate, with very fine punctures. Metathoracie wings complete. Abdomen with intercoxal process of first visible sternum broad and weakly rounded apically; last visible sternum not suleate. Male genitalia with the paramere either lightly sclerotized and subeylindrical or strongly sclerotized and depressed and sinuate apically. Posterior digestive tract with cireular or sinuous rectal valve. Type species—M ycotrogus piceus Horn, 1870. Subsequent designa- tion by Gebien (1940, Mitt. Mtinechner Ent. Ges. 30(2) : 768(575) ). In current catalogues Mycotrogus is placed near Alegoria, but the two genera actually have little in common. Mycotrogus is better placed near the end of the Ulomini with Ulosonia and Phayllus. These three genera are similar in the following characteristics: The asym- metrical protarsal segments, the pseudopleuron extending to the elytral apex, the simple mentum, a prominence above the eye in the male, and a prolonged intercoxal process of the prosternum. In addi- tion, Ulosonia has a pronotum with punctures of two sizes. The species of Mycotrogus separate into two groups: In the first, paripunctatus, with approximately uniform pronotal punctures, sex- ual dimorphism in the metafemur, and a heavily sclerotized, sinuate paramere; and in the second group, mentalis, angustus, and piceus, with the pronotal punctures being of two sizes, the metafemur being alike in the sexes, and with a lightly sclerotized, rather straight paramere. The differences in the metafemur and genitalia prompted me to isolate paripunctatus in a new genus, but I finally became con- vinced that it is better at present to put this species in Mycotrogus. Two alternatives in the eventual solution of this problem should be considered, either the splitting of Mycotrogus into two genera, or the uniting of Mycotrogus, Phayllus, and possibly Ulosonia into one genus. The morphological gap previously existing between Myco- trogus and Phayllus will probably be closed by the new species Myco- trogus paripunctatus. I am not prepared to solve the problem now, and I think that our knowledge of the Ulomini is not sufficient to allow solution. By keeping paripunctatus within Mycotrogus we can at least avoid another generic name, and also have what appear to be closely related species together. Kry To THE KNown Species or Mycorroagus (Mycotrogus piceus is not included) 1. Pronotum on dorsal surface with punctures small, of approximately uniform SUZ Gj eee fue oe eed es itis Su olson le a ee paripunctatus, new species Pronotum on dorsal surface with punctures both small and very large __.- 2 PROG. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65 NO. 1, MARCH, 1963 23 29. Pronotum in dorsal view with lateral borders almost straight in posterior two-thirds and moderately convex in anterior one-third ____. angustus Horn Pronotum in dorsal view with lateral borders weakly convex in posterior three-fourths and strongly convex in anterior one-fourth __mentalis Blaisdell Mycotrogus paripunctatus new species This species is easily distinguished from other members of the genus by its approximately uniform pronotal punctures, hence the specific name. It is larger than the others, the shape of the pronotum in dorsal view is different, and the shape of the metafemur is sexually dimorphic. The paramere of the male genitalia is very different. Holotype, male.—Black with a brownish hue, shiny; elongate; subparallel- sided, lateral borders of pronotum and elytra almost continuous. Head. Epistoma with anterior border straight medially, then evenly convex to region above antennal insertion; with surface convex and having a shallow longitudinal depres- sion; epistomal suleus relatively deep; a weak protuberance above each eye, the area between protuberances concave; dorsal surface with punctures fine on epistoma, coarse between and posterior to eyes. Eye strongly emarginate on anterior border, ventral area obviously larger than dorsal area. Antenna with segments 2-5 nearly cylindrical, each very gradually wider at apex; segments 6-11 obviously wider than 2-5, progressively becoming weakly compressed, broadly triangular, and gradually wider; segment 6 with width of 0.15 mm., segment 10 with width of 0.19 mm.; segments with following lengths, in millimeters: 2—0.10, 3—0.15, 4—0.15, 5—0.15, 6—0.15, 7—0.15, 8—0.15, 9—0.15, 10—0.125, 11—0.175; segments covered with golden setae of moderate length and density. Maxillary palpus with apical segment (fig. 1) strongly divergent distally. Mentum with surface convex; laterally with long setae curving medialy, center with a coarse puneture which contains a short bristle. Thorax.—Pronotum in dorsal view (fig. 2) wider than long; anterior border strongly, evenly concave, with fine suleus on lateral third; anterior angles obtuse, though definite; lateral border almost straight on posterior half, thence strongly convex on anterior half, strongly carinate; posterior angles weakly acute; posterior border strongly bisinuate, finely carinate; surface strongly convex transversely on lateral thirds, weakly convex on medial third, weakly convex longitudinally, with weak longitudinal depression extending a short distance from near posterior border at approximately one-third of width from posterior angle; with fine punctures of approximately uniform size except becoming slightly finer toward borders, without coarse punctures. Pronotal hypomeron finely, sparsely punctured, weakly wrinkled. Prosternum with dense, small punctures; intercoxal process simple, apex acute but without nodule. Mesothoraciec and metathoracie sterna and pleura finely punctured, punctures denser laterally. Legs.—Profemur strongly narrowed basally, in anterior view the ventral border sinuate. Protibia (fig. 3) slightly more slender and dorsal border slightly straighter than in other species; posterior surface dull, with elongate coarse punctures apically, punctures becoming smaller toward base, with dense golden setae subapically on ventral surface. Protarsus (fig. 3) slender, slightly longer than in other species; first segment strongly projecting on anterodistal corner 24 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL, 65 NO 1, MARCH, 1963 of ventral surface, other segmeuts gradually less strongly projecting at same corner. (Note that figure 3 is a ventral view of tarsus, not a lateral view.) Mesofemur in anterior view with dorsal border sinuate basally. Mesotibia slightly enlarged toward apex. Mesotarsus normal, without ventral projections on seg- ments. Metafemur in anterior view (fig. 6) with dorsal border evenly convex; ventral border strongly sinuate. Metatibia slightly enlarged toward apex. Metatarsus normal, without ventral projections on segments. Elytra with lateral borders very weakly narrowed posteriorly on basal two- thirds, then strongly convex to apex which is weakly emarginate at posterior end of suture; with transverse convexity strong laterally; striae composed of coarse, round punctures, connected by a shallow sulcus, depth and coarseness of striae becoming slightly greater laterally; intervals weakly convex near suture, becoming more convex laterally, eighth interval not more convex than adjacent intervals, all intervals with very fine punctures. Abdomen finely, densely punctate on first three visible sterna, very finely, densely punctate on last two visible sterna. Genitalia not examined. Allotype, female.—Head without protuberance above each eye, the area between eyes therefore convex. Maxillary palpus with apical segment slightly narrower than in holotype. Mentum without central seta, but with other setae as in holo- type. Protarsus with first segment having ventral projection on anterodistal corner smaller than in holotype; projection on second segment very small; other seg- ments without projections. Metafemur in anterior view (fig. 7) with ventral border weakly sinuate. Antenna slightly shorter than in holotype. Variation.—Paratypes, males. No variations from holotype, except in size, are noticeable. The following structures were not dissected in the holotype. Male genitalia with tegmen (figs. 4, 5) heavily sclerotized, dark; pars basalis elongate, troughlike membranous ven- trally; paramere in dorsal view with lateral borders gradually con- verging posteriorly, then strongly sinuate to form angular apex; paramere in lateral view slender, sinuate; penis small, membranous, difficult to delimit. Posterior digestive tract (fig. 8) with a simple, circular rectal valve (see Appendix I). Mycotrogus paripunctatus new species (figs. 1-8). Fig. 1, Apical segment of maxillary palpus; fig. 2, Pronotum, dorsal view; fig. 3, Left protibia, posterior view, and left protarsus, ventral view; fig. 4, Tegmen of male genitalia, ventral view; fig. 5, Tegmen of male genitalia, lateral view; fig. 6, Metafemur of male, anterior view; fig. 7, Metafemur of female, anterior view; fig. 8, Part of pos- terior digestive tract. Mycotrogus mentalis Blaisdell. Fig. 9, Pronotum, dorsal view. Mycotrogus angustus Horn (figs. 10-15). Fig. 10, Pronotum, dorsal view; fig. 11, Apical segment of maxillary palpus; fig. 12, Tegmen of male genitalia, ventral view; fig. 13, Tegmen of male genitalia, lateral view; fig. 14, Metafemur of male and female, anterior view; fig. 15, Part of posterior digestive tract. Larva, possibly Mycotrogus angustus Horn (figs. 16-21). Fig. 16, Antenna; fig. 17, Hypopharyngeal sclerome of labium, adoral view; fig. 18, Right prothoracic leg, posterior view; “a”, the position of a seta on mesofemur; “b’’, the position of a seta on mesotibia; fig. 19, First abdominal segment, lateral view; fig. 20, Ninth abdominal segment, lateral view; fig. 21, Ninth abdominal segment, dorsal view. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65 NO. 1, MARCH, 26 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65 NO. 1, MARCH, 1963 Measurements.—The following order is maintained in each measure- ment: First, holotype male; second, paratype male; third, paratype male; and fourth, allotype female. Millimeters are the units of measure. Approximate total length: 5.9, 5.7, 5.6, 5.3. Medial length of head, from anterior epistomal border to imaginary line between posterior borders of eyes: 0.65, 0.55, 0.60, 0.55. Medial leneth of pronotum: 1.5, 1.4, 1.2, 1.3. Maximum length of elytra: 4.0, 4.0, 3.8, 3.6. Maximum width, at elytral humeri: 2.4, 2.2, 2.2, 2.1. Specimens studied.—Holotype male (USNM Type No. 65950), Cayamas, Cuba; 14-1, E. A. Schwarz collector, in Ceiba. Allotype female, and two paratypes males, all with the same data as on holotype. The name Cayamas is used for at least two populated localities in Cuba. The Cayamas at which Schwarz collected is at Latitude 22° 15” N., Longitude 80° 48” W., in Las Villas Province (formerly called Santa Clara Provinee), For Schwarz’s description of the Cayamas region, see Sherman (1929, Jour. New York Ent. Soe. 31(3) : 330-359). Mycotrogus angustus Horn Mycotrogus angustus Horn, 1870. Trans. Ameriean Philos. Soe. (new series) 14: 368. r ° . . . . . he species angustus is relatively common. It is externally distinct in the shape of the pronotum, the moderate convexity, the shiny luster, and the relatively moderate size of the large pronotal pune- tures. Diagnosis. Reddish brown, shiny. Head in dorsal view with anterior border of epistoma weakly concave; in male with protuberance above eye relatively weak; in female without protuberance, evenly convex. Maxillary palpus with apical segment (fig. 11) weakly divergent distally. Pronotum in dorsal view (fig. 10) with lateral borders almost straight in posterior two-thirds, then moderately convex in anterior one-third; surface moderately convex, with very large punctures laterally and fine punctures over whole surface. Metafemur elliptical, in anterior view (fig. 14) with ventral border convex in both sexes. Male genitalia with tegmen (figs. 12, 13) lightly sclerotized; paramere sub- cylindrical, with borders evenly arcuate, not sinuate. Posterior digestive tract (fig. 15) with a sinuous rectal valve (see Appendix I). Measurements: Approxi- mate total length, 3.9-4.8 mm. Specimens examined.—Arizona: Ft. Yuma, 27-1, Hubbard and Schwarz Collection, 2 specimens; Sabino Canyon, 3-29-1919, in dead Cercidium torreyanum, G. Hofer collector, 1 specimen; Santa Cata- lina Mts., 16-5, Hubbard and Schwarz Collection, 2 specimens. Cali- forma: Painted Canyon, near Indio, 1-2-39, Van Dyke Collection (CAS), 4 specimens; Palm Springs, 5-3, Hubbard and Schwarz Collection, 15 specimens. In addition, I have examined a male specimen labeled “Ar.” in the Horn Collection of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia ; bo | PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65 NO. 1, MARCH, 1963 I hereby designate it Lectotype No. 3989 for the species Mycotrogus angustus. It contains the identification label of Horn. I cannot locate the other specimens Horn used in his original description. In that original description Horn says specimens found at “Camp Grant, Arizona, under Cottonwood bark.” In the previous century authors commonly published more collecting data than they put on labels on specimens. Schwarz wrote to Hubbard concerning the California specimens collected by the latter, “March 5, 1896 In dead palm bud, Palm Canyon—M ycotrogus angustus Horn (Tenebrionid). Two specimens were found by you before at Yuma under willow bark... .” The statements between quotation marks are from the collected letters published by Sherman (1929, Jour. New York Ent. Soe. 37(3) : 266). The locality Santa Catalina Mountains is my interpretation of the label “Catal Mts., Ariz.” on specimens in the U. S. National Museum. Most of the Hubbard and Schwarz Collection labels did not include a year, but I did find in Hubbard’s field notes in the archives of the National Museum that he was in Sabino Canyon of the Santa Catalina Mountains on May 16, 1897. I assume the label applies to that partic- ular collecting trip, for I cannot find “Catal Mts.” on a map or in a gazetteer. One male specimen from 5 miles south of Miraflores, Baja Cali- fornia, Mexico, VII-10-1938, Michelbacher and Ross collectors (CAS), appears to be angustus, at first glance. However, Blaisdell had identi- fied it as mentalis, according to an attached label. It resembles angustus in the shape of the lateral borders of the pronotum and by the moderate curvature of the dorsal surface of the pronotum, but it has the more pronounced male protuberance above the eye as in mentalis. It is intermediate in color between angustus and mentalis. The large punctures of the pronotum are even smaller than those of angustus. I prefer to identify it as “possibly angustus” until more specimens and more complete distributional data for both species are available. Mycotrogus mentalis Blaisdell Mycotrogus mentalis Blaisdell, 1923. Proce. California Acad. Sei. (4) 12 (12): 279. The species mentalis is externally distinct in the shape of the pronotum, the strong convexity, the dull luster, and the relatively large size of the large pro- notal punctures. Diagnosis. Brownish black, with a dull luster. Head in dorsal view with anterior border of epistoma weakly concave; in male with protuberance above eye relatively strong; in female without protuberance, evenly convex. Maxillary palpus with apical segment weakly divergent distally, same as in angustus (fig. 11). Pronotum in dorsal view (fig. 9) with lateral borders weakly convex in posterior three-fourths, then strongly convex in anterior one-fourth; surface strongly convex, with very large punetures laterally and fine punctures over whole surface. Metafemur elliptical, in anterior view with ventral border convex in both Sexes, same as in angustus (fig. 14). Male genitalia with tegmen more heavily 2 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65 NO. 1, MARCH, 1963 sclerotized than in angustus ; paramere subeylindrical, with borders evenly arcuate, not sinuate, same as in angustus (figs. 12, 13). Posterior digestive tract with a sinuous rectal valve, same as in angustus (fig. 15) (see Appendix I). Measure- ments: Approximate total length, 5.4-5.9 mm. Specimens examined.—Baja California: Las Animas Bay, May 8, 1921, J. C. Chamberlin collector, 4 paratypes, male and female, (CAS). Arizona: Santa Catalina Mts., 16-5, Hubbard and Schwarz Collection, 1 specimen. The holotype of mentalis is also from Las Animas Bay; it is in the California Academy of Sciences, but I have not examined it. Blaisdell (1943, Proce. California Acad. Sci. (4)24(7): 269) gave additional localities for this species; all are in the southern half of Baja Cali- fornia, the most northern being Santa Rosalia. The above addition of southeastern Arizona to the known distribution creates a large geographical gap. More specimens and localities should resolve this problem. SPECIES INQUIRENDA Mycotrogus piceas Horn Mycotrogus piceus Horn, 1870. Trans. American Philos. Soc. (new series) 14: 367. This species is unknown to me. The holotype and only specimen Horn used in his original description is not in the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, the Museum of Comparative Zoology at Harvard, or the California Academy of Sciences. I assume Blaisdell never obtained specimens of piceus for there are none in the Cali- fornia Academy of Sciences; he must have used Horn’s original description when making comparisons with his own new species. Blaisdell’s mentalis might eventually be synonymized with pices Horn. Specimens of the former agree somewhat with the original deseription of the latter. In addition, the recording of mentalis from Arizona eliminates in part the previously recorded geographical gap between the two species. Even so, for the following reasons I prefer not to synonymize the two species: Horn’s description is rather short ; the distribution of piceus in California is not known (Horn listed only the State); the distribution of mentalis must be better known, especially in the United States, now that it is recorded from Arizona ; and Horn’s holotype might yet be found. The status of inqwrenda is most unfortunate, for piceus is the type species of Mycotrogus. APPENDIX I—RECTAL VALVES The differences in the rectal valve mentioned above are very inter- esting. Every tenebrionid I had previously dissected possessed the circular type of rectal valve (fig. 8). Finding the sinuous type (fig. 15) was quite a surprise. In tenebrionids the posterior digestive tract, the proctodaeum, suddenly turns to become directed anteriorly, then again suddenly turns to become directed posteriorly ; this last straight section extends from approximately the base of the abdomen to the anus, In the PROG. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65 NO. 1, MARCH, 1963 29 basal three-fourths of this final straight section the cuticular layer (that layer remaining after treatment with KOH) is transparent and has small transverse wrinkles. Then a longitudinally wrinkled section extends to the anus. The transversely and longitudinally wrinkled sections are separated by a slender, heavily sclerotized ring embedded in the cuticle. This ring was called the rectal valve by El-Kifl (1953, Bull. Soc. Fouad Ent. 37: 223, figs. 54, 55). The Malpighian tubules lie on the outside of the transversely wrinkled section and terminate at the rectal valve. The typical position of the Malpighian tubules in Tenebrio molitor is given by Mareus (1930, Zeitsch. morph. okol. Tiere, Abt. A, 19(4): fig. 38) in his study of the tubules in beetles ; their position in Tribolium confusum is given by El-Kifl (op. cit., p. 220, fig. 55). Mycotrogus paripunctatus has a circular rectal valve (fig. 8), which is the usual type. In the dried specimen which I dissected, the Malpighian tubules were obscured, hence they are not shown on the illustration. The rectal valve of the other species is very odd. Myco- trogus angustus has a strongly sinuous rectal valve (fig. 15). The valve is a little closer to the anus than in paripunctatus, causing the longitudinally wrinkled section to be slightly shorter. The valve is composed of a comparatively broad, sclerotized band, with six deep sinuosities. The valve is attached to the transversely wrinkled section in such a manner that six pockets are formed along the anterior edge of the valve. Into each of these pockets is tucked the distal end of a sinuous Malpighian tubule. APPENDIX JI—A LARVA TENTATIVELY IDENTIFIED AS MYCOTROGUS ANGUSTUS A larva was pasted on the cardboard point that held one of the adult specimens of angustus Horn. The accompanying label for both read: Painted Canyon, near Indio, California, January 2, 1939, Van Dyke Collection (CAS). I ean assume only that the larva was col- lected with the adult. Only if the larva had been reared to adulthood could we be sure of the association of the two stages. However, because the larva is undescribed, because it is a ulomine, and because there is a very good chance that it is angustus, I am describing and identify- ing it as “possibly Mycotrogus angustus.” When the true identity of the larva is known, a more exact name can be attached. Head.—Dorsal surface with two long, slender setae anteriorly and one pos- teriorly on each side of midline. Labrum without transverse carina, with two slender setae on each side of midline on sclerotized area; membranous anteriorly. Clypeus with two slender setae on each side. Eyes very faintly evident. Antenna (fig. 16) slender, with segment 2 much slenderer than 1, segment 3 long and slender. Mandible stout; with blunt tooth or angulation on dorsal cutting edge at helf of distance from apex to molar area, with acute tooth forming apex and with one smaller subapical tooth ventrally; area opposite to cutting edge with two contiguous setae near dorsal articular fossa and one stiff seta near ventral articular process. Maxilla stout, palpus of moderate length, last segment slender ; lacinia extending to half length of second palpal segment, medial border with long, stiff setae, Labium stout; palpus of moderate length; hypopharyngeal 30 “PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65 NO. 1, MARCH, 1963 selerome (fig. 17) with lateral borders converging from base, apical border angu- late medially, concave on adoral surface, especially basally. Legs—Procoxa (fig. 18) long, projecting, with long, slender setae which are especially numerous on anterior surface. Protrochanter (fig. 18) stout, with a short, coarse, spinous seta on ventral surface at one-third of length from apical border. Profemur (fig. 18) stout, with two coarse, spinous setae of moderate length on ventral surface and with a long slender seta between them; posterior surface with two short slender setae on apical third. Protibia (fig. 18) slender, with two long setae of moderate coarseness on ventral surface on apical half of length; with a slender seta on dorsal surface near apex. Protarsungulus (fig. 18) slender, darkened apically. Mesothoracie and metathoracie legs subequal to pro- thoracie leg in length but more slender; both otherwise like prothoracie leg except as follows: mesofemur and metafemur with a coarse seta on posterior surface near apical border (at position “a” in figure 18), mesotibia and metatibia with only the more basal seta on ventral surface and with a coarse seta on the postero- dorsal surface at approximately two-fifths of the length from the base (as posi- tion “b” in figure 18). Thoracic and abdominal segments.—Terga of thoracic and anterior abdominal segments sclerotized or darkened on anterior half, those of posterior abdominal segments gradually becoming sclerotized over complete surface and much darker. Protergum with long, slender seta at anterolateral corner, one near posterolateral corner, one on anterior margin of sclerotized area on each side of midline, and one on the vague lateral line. Mesothorax and metathorax shorter than prothorax; each tergum with long, slender seta at posterolateral corner, one at lateral third on posterior border, one near midline on posterior border, and one on vague lateral line. Abdominal segments 1 (fig. 19) and 2 having tergum with long, slender seta at posterolateral corner, one near midline on posterior border, and one on lateral line. Abdominal segments 3-8 having each tergum with long, slender seta at posterolateral corner, and one near midline on posterior border. Lateral line on abdominal segments 1-8 distinct, though not dark. Spiracles on abdominal segments circular, near anterior limit of lateral line and separated from lateral line approximately by distance equal to width of lateral line. Diameter of spir- acles on segments 2-8 approximately two-thirds diameter of spiracle on segment 1. Segment 9 in dorsal view (fig. 21) in the form of an equilateral triangle, in lateral view (fig. 20) slightly curved dorsally at apex; apex with a very coarse, spinous seta, on each side of which is a smaller coarse seta, and laterally approxi- mately one-third length from apex with coarse seta placed on short tubercle; other setal arrangement as in illustrations; anal opening with a pair of short membranous papillae. Measurement.—Total length approximately 7.7 mm. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65 No, 1, MARCH, 1963 31 A CONSIDERATION OF THE SYSTEMATIC POSITION OF THE SALDIDAE AND THE MESOVELIIDAE (HemIPrerA: HrvTEROPTERA) ! A. P. Gupta, Department of Entomology, University of Idaho, Moscow It has been stated elsewhere (Gupta, in press) that Saldidae and Mesoveliidae are not related closely as stated by Scudder (1959). This conclusion was reached on the basis of anatomical studies of these two families. The purpose of this paper is to consider the systematic positions of these two families on the basis of their important struc- tural characters. While there is comparatively little disagreement among the heteropterists regarding the systematic position of the Mesoveliidae, there has been little agreement on the probable position of the Saldidae. Tables I and II show in chronological order the views of different authors on the positions of the Mesoveliidae and the Saldidae respectively. It is evident from Table II that Saldidae has had no recognized position to date. In order to throw some light on the probable positions of the Saldidae and the Mesoveliidae, it was considered necessary to compile a table showing the important features of the four higher taxonomic eroups usually recognized in the Heteroptera (Leston et al., 1954). Information on the internal anatomy and other important features has been obtained from the literature to supplement characters found from the study of the external anatomy of these two families (Gupta, in press). References on the mandibular lever (Spooner, 1938), acces- sory salivary glands (Baptist, 1941; Southwood, 1954), wing venation (Hoke, 1926), testes (Pendergrast, 1956), ovary (Carayon, 1950; Miyamoto, 1957), sex determining mechanism (Makino, 1950), aeces- sory fecundation canal (Pendergrast, 1957), eggs (Southwood, 1956) were consulted and the information obtained is included in Table IIT. This table lists only characters considered in recent works to be of real importance in the higher classification of the group. If the same characters are listed for the Saldidae and the Mesoveliidae (Table IV), and a comparison be made between Table III and IV, the possible systematic positions of the two families could be worked out. Systematic position of the Saldidae.—It has already been stated in the introduction that the systematic position of the Saldidae is uncertain. A comparison of Table III and IV shows that on the basis of the labrum, mandibular lever, mesoscutum, lateral opening of scent-apparatus, metacoxal cleft, male genitalia and testicular follicles, the Saldidae cannot be ineluded in the Amphibicorisae. And since Hydrocorisae are almost identical with the Cimicomorpha, the position of the Saldidae is to be sought either among Pentatomo- morpha or Cimicomorpha. On the basis of labrum, accessory salivary 1Based in part on a thesis submitted in partial fulfillment of the requirement for the degree of Master of Science of the University of British Columbia, Van- ecouver, B. C., Canada. 32 PROC, ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65 NO. 1, MARCH, 1963 CIMICOMORPHA & HY DROCORISAE AMPHIBICORI SAE ME SOVELIIDAE PENTATOMOMORRHA SALDIDAE CIMICOMORPHA Fig. A C—labrum not broad, and flap-like; accessory salivary gland tubular type; R and M in the hind wing separate distally; male genitalia pentatomomorph type; female genitalia usuall without gonoplacs; eggs with micropylar processes. D—labrum broad and flap-like; accessory salivary gland of vesicular type; R and M of hind wing fused distally; female genitalia usually with gonoplaes; eggs with micropylar apparatus. E—labrum broad and flap-like; mandibular lever three branched or triangular; orifice of scent-gland lateral or absent; metacoxal cleft present or absent; testicular follicles usually seven; accessory fecundation canal absent. F—labrum broad, flap-like with epipharyngeal process; mandibular lever quad- rangular; orifice of scent-gland median or absent; metacoxal cleft absent; testicular follicle one; accessory fecundation canal present except in Och- teridae. gland, distally fused Radius and Media of hind wing and the oval reservoir of the scent-apparatus (Gupta, 1961) Saldidae shows affinity with Cimicomorpha, but in the structure of the male genitalia and the eggs it clearly belongs to Pentatomomorpha. Two alternative interpretations of this situation are possible, and these are pictorially PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65 NO. 1, MARCH, 1963 Qe CIMICOMOR PHA & HY DROCORISAE AMPHIBICORISAE ME SOVE LIIDAE PENTATOMOMORPHA SALDIDAE CIMICOMOR PHA Fig. B D, E, F as in Figure A; G—male genitalia, eggs. illustrated in Figures A and B. If we consider the cimicomorph characters as the most important, and if it is accepted that parallel evolution can occur in the egg and male genitalia, it can be argued that the Saldidae is a cimicomorph, which has branched off the main cimicomorph stem and has evolved parallel to the pentatomomorph line, having subsequently developed the pentatomomorph type of male genitalia and eggs. However, it should be noted that there is little evidence for parallel evolution. But its possibility cannot be dis- counted since many cases are known elsewhere in the animal kingdom. The alternative systematic position can be determined by assuming that parallel evolution has not occurred. One must also state in this alternative scheme that the pentatomomorph complex of characters 34 PROC, ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 65 NO. 1, MARCH, 1963 has evolved gradually and not by a single ‘saltation’. The alternative scheme shows the Saldidae as a side branch of the main pentatomo- morph stem, a branch which arose after the evolution of the male genitalia and eggs but before the evolution of the rest of the penta- tomomorph characters. The data that we have at the present time are not sufficient to enable one to state which of the two alternatives mentioned in this study is the correct one, although I am inclined to consider the Saldidae as a branch of the cimicomorph line, which probably sub- sequently developed the pentatomomorph male genitaha and eggs. Systematie position of the Mesoveliidae——The study of the external anatomy of the Mesoveliidae showed that this family is correctly placed in the Amphibicorisae. On the basis of the epipharyngeal process, mandibular lever, mesoscutum, mesosternum, median orifice of scent-apparatus, absence of metacoxal cleft, number of testicular follicles and the presence of accessory fecundation canal, Mesoveliidae distinctly belongs to Amphibicorisae. However, Seudder (1959) showed that the female genitalia of Mesoveliidae are of a primitive type with a well developed gonoplac; gonoplacs are usually absent in other Amphibicorisae as far as is known. It is probable that Mesoveliidae represents a primitive stage or separate branch of the amphibicorisae stem—a branch which separated before the gonoplacs were lost in the phylogeny (Fig. A). ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS.—This work was partly supported by a re- search grant from the National Research Council of Canada, in-the Department of Zoology, University of British Columbia, Vancouver, B. C. I am thankful to Dr. G. G. E. Scudder for his help during the progress of the work. I am indebted to Professor W. F. Barr and Dr. A. R. Gittins of the University of Idaho, for reading the manu- script and making many valuable suggestions. TABLE I. VIEWS OF VARIOUS AUTHORS ON THE SYSTEMATIC POSITION OF MESOVELIIDAE Author Date Views Handlirsch 1908 Included both Mesoveliidae and Saldidae in Gymnocerata. He probably thought that Aepophilidae arose from Mesovelii- dae. Reuter 1910 Did not agree that Mesoveliidae is a branch of Gerroidea. Pruthi 1925 Included Mesoveliidae and Hydrometri- dae in Gerridae. Ekblom 1928 Maintained that Mesoveliidae showed perfect conformity with Hydrometra group. China 1933 Ineluded Mesoveliidae and Hydrometri- dae in Gerridae. Leston et al. 1954 Placed Mesoveliidae in Amphibicorisae. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65 NO. 1, MARCH, 1963 35 TABLE II. VIEWS OF VARIOUS AUTHORS ON THE SYSTEMATIC POSITION OF THE SALDIDAE Author Date Views Latreille 1825 Grouped Saldidae in Oculatae (Geocori- sae). Amyot & Serville 1843 Included Saldidae in Nudirostres (Geo- corisae ). Osborn 1898 Allied Saldidae with Gerridae. Kirkaldy 1908 Included Saldidae in the superfamily Notonectoidea. Handlirsch 1908 Ineluded Saldidae and Mesoveliidae in Gymnocerata. Distant 1902-18 Associated Saldidae with Reduviidae. Reuter 1912 Stated that Saldidae are closely allied to Nabidae. Pruthi 1925 Put Saldidae in Pentatoma. Ekblom 1926 Stated that Saldidae have affinities with Nabidae. Esaki and China 1927, Put Saldidae and Leptopodidae in Hy- drocorisae. Borner 1934 Included Saldidae in superfamily Redu- viodea. Spooner 1938 Grouped Saldidae, Anthocoridae ard Cimicidae together on the basis of flay- like labrum. ; Larsen 1945 Differed in placing Saldidae intermedi- ate between Cryptocerata and Gymnocer- ata. Leston et al. 1954 Ineluded Saldidae in Pentatomomorpha, although they stated “Saldoidea is far removed from the main Pentatomomorph stem.” China 1955 Put Saldidae at the base of Amphibicori- sae on the basis of three pairs of ¢e- phalie trichobothria. Pendergrast 1957 Stated that Saldidae have the type of spermatheea found in most Trichophora. Seudder 1959 Included Saldidae in Cimicomorpha on the basis of the female genitalia. TasLe II. Taxonomic CHARACTERS OF PENTATOMOMORPHA, CIMICOMORPHA, AMPHIBICORISAE AND HyDROCORISAE Pentato- Cimico- Amphibi- Hydro- Parts momorpha morpha corisae corisae Labrum. Longer than Broad, flap- Broad, flap- Broad, flap- broad. like or long. like, with like. epipharyn- geal proe- ess. Mandibular Triangular Triangular. Quadrangu- Three lever. lar. branched or triangu- lar. Accessory sali- Tubular. Vesicular. Vesicular. Vesicular. vary gland. Mesoscu- tellum.2 Does or does not project over abdo- men. Does not pro- ject over abdomen. Does not pro- jeet over abdomen. Does or does not project over abdo- men, 36 PROG. EN'T. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65 NO. 1, MARCH, 1963 Mesosternum.? Orifice of scent- apparatus. Metacoxal cleft. R and M in hind wing.” Male genitalia. Does or does not project over meta- sternum. Lateral. Present. Distally separated. Pentatomid type or re- Does or does not project over meta- sternum. Lateral. Present or absent. Distally fused. Reduyviid type or related Does not pro- jeet over meta- sternum. Median or absent. Absent. Distally fused. Does or does not project over meta- sternum. Lateral or absent. Present or absent. Distally fused. Reduviid type. Reduviid type. lated there- thereto. to Female geni- Gonoplaes Gonoplaes Gonoplacs Gonoplaes talia. usually ab- usually pres- usually ab- usually sent; 8th ent; 8th sent; 8th present but paratergite paratergite paratergite may be ab- not fused often fused usually sent; 8th with Ist with Ist fused with paratergite gonocoxa. gonocoxa. Ist gono- usually not coxa. fused with Ist gono- coxa. Testicular Usually seven. Usually seven. Usually one. Usually seven. follicles. Male sex chro- OL Oe XO) XY or XO XO type. XY or XO mosomes. type. type. type. Eggs. Waka iaaiereoyon— Walle vamoretoyjoyye lar proe- Jar appara- esses. tus. Accessory Absent. Absent. Present ex- Absent. fecundation cept in Och- canal. teridae. TABLE IV. TAXONOMIC CHARACTERS OF THE SALDIDAE AND THE MESOVELIIDAE Parts Saldidae Mesoveliidae Labrum. Mandibular lever. Accessory salvary gland. Mesoseutum. Mesosternum. Orifice of scent-appara- tus. Metacoxal eleft. R and M of hind wing. Male genitalia. Female genitalia. Testicular follicles. Male sex chromosomes. Eggs. Accessory fecundation eanal. Broad, flap-like. Triangular. Vesicular. Projects over abdomen. Projects over meta- sternum. Lateral. Present. Distally fused. Pentatomid type. Gonoplaecs present; 8th paratergite fused with Ist gonocoxa. Seven. XO Operculum absent, egg buster present. Absent. Broad, flap-like, with epipharyngeal process. Quadrangular. Does not project over abdomen. Does not project over metasternum. Median. Absent. Distally fused. Reduviid type. Gonoplaes present; 8th paratergite fused with Ist gonocoxa. One. XY type. Present. “Personal observation. PROG. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65 NO. 1, MARCH, 1963 LITERATURE CITED Amyot, C. J. and A. Serville. 1848. Histoire naturelle des insectes Hemipteres. Librairei Encyclopedique de Roret, Paris. Baptist, B. A. 1941. The morphology and physiology of the salivary glands of Hemiptera-Heteroptera. Quart. J. mier. Sei., 82: 91-139. 3Borner, C. 1934. Uber System und Stammesgeschichte der Schnabelkerfe. Ent. Beih., Berl. Dahlem., 1: 138-44. Carayon, J. 1950. Nombre et disposition des ovarioles dans les ovaires des Hemipteres-Heteropteres. Bull. Mus. Hist. nat., Paris, IT series, 22(4): 470-475. China, W. BE. 1933. A new family of Hemiptera-Heteroptera with notes on the phylogeny of the sub-order. Ann. Mag. nat. Hist., ser. 10, 12: 180-198. 1955. The evolution of the water bugs. Bull. nat. Inst. Sci. India, 7: 91-103. Distant, L. 1902-1918. Fauna of British India: Rhynchota, vols. I-VII. Taylor and Francis, London. Ekblom, T. 1926. Morphological and biological studies of the Swedish families of Hemiptera-Heteroptera. Part I. The families Saldidae, Nabidae, Lygaeidae, Hydrometridae, Veliidae and Gerridae. Zool. Bidr., Uppsala, 10: 31-179. 1928. Morphological and biological studies of the Swedish families of Hemiptera-Heteroptera. Part II. The families Mesoveliidae Corizidae and Corixidae. Ibid, 12: 113-150. 1941. Chromosomenuntersuchungen bei Salda littoralis l., Calocoris chenopodii Fall. und Mesovelia furcata Muls. und Rey, sowie Studien uber die Chromosomen bei verschiedenen Hemiptera-Heteroptera im Hinblick auf phylo- genetische Betrachtungen. Chromosoma, 2: 12-35. Esaki, T. and W. E. China; 1927. A new family of aquatic Heteroptera. Trans. R. ent. Soe. Lond., 75: 279-95. Gupta, A. P. 1961. A eritical review of the studies on the so-called stink or repugnatorial glands of Heteroptera with further comments. Canad. Ent., 93: 482-486. 1962. Comparative morphology of the Saldidae and Mesoveliidae (Heteroptera). (in press). 3Handlirsch, A. 1908. Die fossilen Insekten und die Phylogenie der rezenten Forman., Leipzig. Hoke, S. 1926. Preliminary paper on the wing venation of Hemiptera. Ann. Ent. Soe. Amer., 19: 13-34. Kirkaldy, G. W. 1908. Some remarks on the phylogeny of the Hemiptera- Heteroptera. Canad. Ent., 40: 357-364. Larsen, O. 1954. Der Thorax der Heteroptera, Skelett und Muskulatur. Acta Univ. Lund. (N.S.) Avd. 2, 41(No. 11): 1-83. 3Latreille, P. A. 1825. Familles naturelles du regne animal; exposees succinct- ment et dans un ordre analytique, avee l’indication de leur genres. Paris. Leston, D., J. G. Pendergrast, T. R. E. Southwood, 1954. Classification of terrestrial Heteroptera (Geocorisae). Nature, 174: 91-92. Makino, S. 1950. Chromosome numbers in animals. The Iowa State College Press. 3Not seen in original. 38 ~PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65 NO. 1, MARCH, 1963 Miyamoto, S. 1957. List of ovarioles in Japanese Heteroptera. Sieboldia, 2(1): 69-82. 3O0sborn, H. 1898. The phylogeny of the Hemiptera. Proce. ent. Soc. Wash., 3: 185-90. Pendergrast, J. G. 1956. Testes follicle numbers in the Heteroptera. Ent. mon. Mag., 92: 275-76. 1957. Studies on the reproductive organs of the Heteroptera with a consideration of their bearing on classification. Trans. R. ent. Soe. Lond., 109 (1): 1-63. Pruthi, H. S. 1925. The morphology of the male genitalia in Rhynchota. Trans. R. ent. Soe. Lond., 73: 121-263. 3Reuter, O. M. 1912. Bermerkungen uber mein neues Heteropteren System. Ofvers, finska Vetensk. Soe. Forh, 54 A (6): 1-62. Scudder, G. G. E. 1959. The female genitalia of the Heteroptera: morphology and bearing on classification. Trans. R. ent. Soe. Lond., 111 (14): 405. Southwood, T. R. E. 1955. The morphology of the salivary glands of terrestrial Heteroptera (Geocorisae) and its bearing on elassification. Tijdschr. Ent., 98: 77-84. 1956. The structure of the eggs of the terrestrial Heteroptera and its relationship to the classification of the group. Trans. R. ent. Soe. Lond., 108 (6): 163-221. Spooner, C. S. 1938. The phylogeny of Hemiptera based on a study of the head capsule, Illinois Biol. Monog., 16 (3): 1-102. BOOK REVIEW Pests of Stored Grain and Grain Products by Richard T. Cotton, Bureau of Entomology and Plant Quarantine, U. S. Department of Agriculture. i + 318 pp., 108 figs., 18 tables. Burgess Publishing Co., Minneapolis, 1963. (5th Edition). Price $5.00. For over 20 years, this book in its four editions has been a standard guide for control of insects and rodents. The 1963 (5th) edition is essentially identical to the 1956 edition with an additional chapter on insect control in bakeries. In- cluded in the various chapters are thorough and succinct discussions of protective insecticides and of fumigants, fumigation methods and sanitation practices for seed and grain storage warehouses, flour mills and bakeries. The work is of limited use to taxonomists because of the lack of keys and of technical information essential to the positive identification of many of the impor- tant insects, but this is not the primary purpose of the book. For the layman or field man, sufficient detail is included in the chapter on insects to enable him to be fairly sure of his problem species. JOHN M. KINGSOLVER, Entomology Research Division, U.S. Department of Agriculture, Washington 25, D. C. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65 NO. 1, MARCH, 1963 39 STUDIES ON NORTH AMERICAN APION: THE APION PARALLELUM GROUP (COLEOPTERA: CURCULIONIDAE) ! D. G. KISSINGER, Atlantic Union College, South Lancaster, Mass. This paper is a continuation of a series in which revision will be completed of the 260 species of Apion occurring in North America. Kissinger (1959a) presents a key to the 29 species groups of Apion known from this region. Explanation of abbreviations and measure- ments is given by Kissinger (1957b, 1959b). Seven species known to belong to this group range from North Central and Eastern United States to Guatemala. Only two species, A. pauper Sharp and A. disparipes Fall, occur south of the United States. No host plants are known with certainty for the group. Speci- mens of A. graciliforme Fall are associated with Kuhnistra obovata. A. disparipes Fall was taken in quarantine ‘in unidentified plant,” the two specimens are teneral. Three distinctive characters of the group are the secondary sexual modifications of the tarsi of the male in which the first segment of one or two pairs of tarsi is produced into a spine on the posterior medial surface; the narrow, subcylindrical form of the body (as op- posed to the usual pear-shaped outline seen in Apion) ; and the eylin- drical prothorax which is not expanded laterally at the base. Addi- tional characters are as follows Dorsal surface with very sparse but apparent, generally uniform pubescence; integument usually black (piceus in graciliforme), legs nearly black; beak slender, not expanded at the insertion of antenna, sexual dimorphism of beak not marked; antenna inserted at distance from eye equal to or slightly greater than width of frons, dorsal margin of antennal scrobe horizontal; frons moderately wide, wider than dorsal tip of beak, flat, at most feebly striate; eyes at most feebly prominent; prothorax subeylindrical, feebly constricted apically, apex not less than four-fifths as wide as base, base slightly bisinuate, not expanded laterally ; femur and tarsus not stout; third tarsal segment strongly bilobed ; claws with acute basal tooth (reduced in tenwiforme Fall). The members of the Apion spretissimum group have similar male secondary sexual modifications of the tarsus. This group differs from the parallelum group in that the form is shorter, more robust; the anterior dorsal margin of the antennal scrobe is oblique; and the pro- thorax is acutely expanded laterally at the base. Key To MALES or NortH AMERICAN SPECIES oF Apion parallelum Group 1. Two pairs of tarsi spined— One pair of tarsi spined 1This study was aided by grant G 19600 from the National Science Foundation. 40 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65 NO. 1, MARCH, 1963 2. Femur 2 greatly swollen, tibia 8 with fringe of cilia on inner side, femur 3 with fine tooth —____- pee ee ee Se saree es __disparipes Fall Kemora 2 and 3 and tibia 3 not so modified _..._ spinipes Fall Ben eBlemiir 2 enortalb leva sO ere tila eaaal tee Ta UT pee 4 Intention 2 Aiasl &} Cue oxone Selene yl 2 6 4. Color brown or piceus; pubescence rather coarse, scale-like _. graciliforme Fall Color: black; pubescence’ tne = = Se eee ag) 5. Eyltral intervals nearly flat, alee in striae and on intervals equal in width and length, minute - oe ee ee ee ee ee ee eee ee ee SPT Seales in striae teen tee fhiose On ANnteRV als aes See ee tenuiforme Fall 6. Size greater than 2.0 mm.; elytral intervals nearly flat, finely, transversely rugose, with two rows of fine punctures; pubescence conspicuous = AES os hee PRO, i ee ee see oe ee xtensummsmuim Size less than 2.0 mm.; elytral intervals convex, nearly smooth, with one row of fine punctures; pubescence moderate...» = parallelum Smith Apion disparipes Fall (Figure 2, 3, and 7) Apion disparipes Fall, 1898, Trans. American Ent. Soc., 25: 169.—Kissinger, 1957a, Proce. Ent. Soe. Washington, 59: 40 [Holotype: male, Las Cruces, N. Mex., in Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh. | Apion brunneotibiale Wagner, 1912, Arch. Naturg. 78 (Abt. A. Heft 2): 122— Kissinger, 1957a, Proce. Ent. Soe. Washington, 59: 40 | Lectotype male, Guana- juate, Mexico, (BMNH) ] I hereby designate the lectotype of Apion brunneotibiale Wagner as the male type in the British Museum; a lectoparatype is supposed to be in the Wagener collection, but this may have been destroyed. I am greatly indebted to Mr. J. Balfour- Browne, of the British Mu- seum (Natural History), who kindly compared a specimen of A. disparipes Fall with the type of Wagner’s species; they are synonyms. The male of this species is easily recognized by its unique combina- tion of secondary sex characters, as listed in the key. It is the only Apion known to me that has the hind femur toothed. The female is very similar to the female of A. pawper Sharp and A. tenwiforme Fall and is rather difficult to distinguish from females of these species. The female of disparipes has the beak slightly, evenly curved and the scales in the elytral striae are as coarse as those on the intervals 1-3 being about 0.04 mm. long; the females of pauper and tenuiforme have the beak rather strongly curved. A. pauper has very fine, short scales on the elytral intervals and striae, the scales are about 0.02 mm. long, on the sutural interval the scales are arranged in two rows. A, tenuiforme has the seales on intervals 1-3 uniserial and about 0.03- 0.04 mm. long, the scales in adjacent striae are a trifle longer but are distinctly coarser than the seales on intervals 1-3. I have attempted to illustrate these differences on the plate where portions of intervals 1-3 are pictured, the sutural interval is to the left. The three species differ from A. parallelum Smith in that the intervals have more or less distinct, fine, transverse rugae; parallelum has intervals which PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65 NO. 1, MARCH, 1963 41 are nearly smooth, also the scales on the intervals are uniserial, the scales are rather coarse and about 0.04-0.05 mm. long, and scales in the striae are distinctly coarser than those on adjacent intervals. Females of A. spinipes Fall and A. extenswm Smith may be distin- euished from females of the four species mentioned above by their length which is more than 2.0 mm., and lack of greenish luster on the elytra; females of the four species mentioned above are less than 2.0 mm. long and the elytra have more or less pronounced greenish luster. The female of graciliforme Fall is apparently distinct from the fe- males of all of the other species because of its brownish or piceus integument. Length.—1.75 to 2.00 mm.; width 0.72 to 0.81 mm. Material has been seen from the following localities : UNITED STATES: Arizona: Sunnyside Canyon, Huachuca Mts., 9 VII 1940, L. J. Lipovsky (UK). New Mexico: no specific locality (TLCC) ; Grant Co. (ELS); Las Cruces, 3 VII 1940, L. C. Kuitert (UK) ; Jemez Spring, 8 and 20 VI 1922 (MCZ). MEXICO: Distrito Federal :Mexico City, 20 VI 1922, KE. C. Smyth (USNM) ; 37 miles southeast Mexico City, 15 III 1953, D. G. Kissin- ger (BMNH, DGK); Xochimileo, 26 IV 1946, J. & D. Pallister (AMNH). Durango: Tepehuanes (TLCC). Guanajuato (BMNH). Jalisco: Guadelajara, 16 X 1943, in unidentified plant intercepted at Nogales, Ariz. (USNM). Morelos: Puente de Ixtla (TLCC). Puebla: unspecified locality (CAS). Sonora: Nogales, 14 XI 1943, with geraneum leaves intercepted at Nogales, Ariz. (USNM). Apion spinipes Fall Apion spinipes Fall, 1898, Trans. American Ent. Soe., 25: 169. [Leetotype: male, Arizona (MCOZ #25124) }. Apion notabile Buchanan, 1922, Proce. Ent. Soc. Washington, 24: 83.—Bleasdell, 1937, Iowa State College Jr. Sei., 11: 410. [ Holotype: male, Lake Okoboji, Towa (USNM)] New synonymy. I hereby designate the lectotype of this species as the male speci- men labeled “Arizona,” in the Fall Collection, MCZ 3£25124; a lecto- paratype is in the U. S. National Museum, male, with same data, #4240. A comparison of types in the U.S.N.M reveals no specific difference between spinipes Fall and notabile Buchanan. The male of spinipes can be recognized easily because of the secon- dary sexual modifications of the tarsi. See discussion under disparipes for characters distinguishing the female from other species in group. The female is very similar to that of extenswm Smith. The female of spinipes has the beak strongly curved; the elytral intervals are somewhat convex, nearly smooth with one row of fine punctures; and the punctures on the metasternum are separated by an interval wider than one-half the diameter of the punctures. The female of extensum has the beak slightly curved; the elytral intervals are nearly flat, with fine, transverse rugae, and there are two rows of punctures; and the punctures on the metasternum are separated by less than one-half the diameter of the punctures. 42 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65 NO, 1, MARCH, 1963 Length.—1.87 to 2.56 mm.; width: 0.84 to 1.18 mm. Material has been seen from the following localities: CANADA: Montreal (MCZ). UNITED STATES: Arizona: unspecified locality (USNM, MCZ) ; Chiricahua Mts., 18 VII 1944 (ELS) ; Portal, 22 VII 1945, W. W. Jones (CIS) ; Georgia: Prattsburg, 25 VII 1930, P. W. Oman (UK). Iowa: Dickinson Co. (Bleasdell, 1937) ; Lake Okoboji, 24 VIT 1916, L. Buchanan (USNM). Kansas: Bourbon Co., 800 ft., 1916, R. H. Beamer (UK). Missouri: St. Louis, 16 VI, Liebeck Colln. (MCZ). Nebraska: Grandledge, 3 VII 1946, A. T. MecClay (UC); Platte River southeast of Grand Isle, 21 VI 1953, B. & B. Valentine (BDV, BMNH, DGK)-—fexas: Kerrville, 10 IV 1907, F. C. Pratt (USNM). Apion graciliforme Fall Apion graciliforme Fall, 1898, Tr. American Ent. Soc., 25: 170 [ Holotype: male, “Dac.” (Dakota), USNM.] I have seen only a few specimens of this species. The outstanding distinguishing feature of the species is the brown integument; all other members of the group are nearly black. As suggested by Fall the color may be due to a teneral condition but there is at present no way to settle the point. The species is distinct in features other than coloration. The beak of the female is strongly curved, as in spinipes. The scales of the elytra are comparatively wide, between 0.005 and 0.01 mm. wide, and between 0.04 to 0.06 mm. long; the scales on the elytra of all the other species except extensum are distinctly finer. The intervals have fine, minute transverse rugae. The scales in the striae are shehtly coarser than those on the intervals. There is a tendency for the scales on intervals 1-8 to be arranged in two irregular rows, this is espe- cially apparent on the sutural interval. Length.—1.80 to 1.87 mm.; width: 0.75 to 0.87 mm. Material has been from the following localities: ‘““Dacota”: no fur- ther data (USNM). Texas: Colorado Co., 25 VI 42 (ELS) ; Colum- bus, 20 VI 07, Kuhnistra obovata (USNM). Apion pauper Sharp (Figure 6) Apion pauper Sharp, 1890, Biol. Centrali-Americana, Coleoptera, 4 (pt. 3): 54. [Type locality originally not specified, hereby fixed as Cuernavaca, Mexico, BMNM.] See key and discussion under disparipes for characters distinguish- ine this species from other members of the group. In addition the female may be separated from the female of disparipes because it has shorter, more bristling pubescence, especially on the legs. Length.—1.44 to 1.68 mm; width: 0.63 to 0.68 mm. Material has been seen from the following localities: GUATEMALA: Guatemala, Champion, compared with type by Sharp (BMNH). MEXICO: “Puente de Ixtla” (TLCC). Mexico: PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65 NO. 1, MARCH, 1963 43 Temesealtepee (CAS). Michoacan: Ciudad Hidalgo, 14 VII 55, on grass, R. E. Selander (Kingsolver). Morelos: Cuernava, June (BMNH) ; 22 III 34, 8S. E. Jones (Texas A. & M.). Nayarit: Tepic, 15-17 IX 53, B. Malkin (Cas). Puebla: 35 mi. southeast Puebla, 25 II 53, D. G. Kissinger (DGK). Veracruz: Lago de Catemaco, 13 II 53 D. G. Kissinger (DGK). ot SCALE pi i! NCTE TOM ANAL nN ag, NTA t i t t 2 a = (3 Apion parallelum Smith. Fig. 1, entire dorsal view of female; fig. 4, middle femur, tibia and tarsus of male. Apion disparipes Fall. Fig. 2, hind femur, tibia and tarsus of male; fig. 3: lateral view of head and prothorax of female; fig. 7: ely- tral intervals 1-3 immediately behind secutellum, semidiagrammatic. Apion tenwi- forme Fall. Fig. 5, lateral view of head and prothorax of female; fig. 8, elytral intervals 1-3 immediately behind seutellum, semidiagrammatic. Apion pauper Sharp. Fig. 6, elytral intervals 1-3 immediately behind scutellum, semidiagram- matic. Note: scale equals 0.25 mm. for all figures except 1 and 3 where it equals 0.5 mm. 44 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65 NO. 1, MARCH, 1963 Apion tenuiforme Fall (Figure 5 and 8) Apion tenuiforme Fall, 1898, Trans. American Ent. Soc. 25: 129, pl. 3, fig. 5, 5a—Blatehley and Leng, 1916, Rhynech. or Weevils of Northeastern America, p. 74. | Leetotype: male, Tampa, Florida, May MCZ.]| I hereby designate the lectotype of this species as the male specimen labeled ‘Tampa, Fla. 1.5 #¢ 25127” in the Fall Collection; a female lectoparatype labeled “Orange Co., Fla. 8.5, Hubbard and Schwarz #1215” and a male lectoparatype labeled “Fla.” are in the U. SB. National Museum. The only other specimen seen is a female labeled “Dade Co., Fla., 2 VI 33” (ELS). Fall describes the tarsal claws as simple but examination under 160 X reveals a small basal tooth on the tarsal claws. See under discussion of disparipes for characters distinguishing female of this species from other members of the group. Length.—1.50 mm.; width: 0.65 mm. Apion extensum Smith Apion extensum Smith, 1884, Trans, American Ent. Soc., 11: 61.— Fall, 1898, Trans. American Ent. Soc., 25: 170 | Holotype: female, Montana (no specific locality), USNM.| See discussion under disparipes for characters distinguishing female from other species in group. Length: 2.2 mm. The species has not been collected very often but it apparently has quite a wide range. I have seen specimens from the following local- ties: CANADA: Saskatchewan: Pike Lake, 24 V 1940, A. R. Brooks (CNC). UNITED STATES: “Dak.” [ota], no further data (MCZ). Kansas: Decatur Co., 6 July 1925, R. H. Beamer (UK). Montana: no further data (USNM). North Dakota: Bismark (MCZ). The large size; flat, rugose elytral intervals with two rows of punctures bearing comparatively coarse scales; and the coarsely, densely punctured metasternum will separate this species from related forms. Apion parallelum Smith (Figure 1 and 4) Apion parallelum Smith, 1884, Trans. American Ent. Soe., 11: 47— Fall, 1898, Trans. American Ent. Soc., 25: 170.—Blatchley and Leng, 1916, Rhynch. or Weevils of Northeastern American, p. 88. [Holotype: male, Washington, D. C., 25. IX # 392 in LeConte Collection, MCZ. | See discussion under disparipes for characters distinguishing female from others in group. Length.—1.37 to 1.98 mm.; width: 0.62 to 0.81 mm. The following list of localities includes data on specimens I have seen plus data from Fall (1898) : Alabama: 5 mi. northwest Huntsville, 15 VI 59, D. G. Kissinger, PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65 NO. 1, MARCH, 1963 45 DISTRIBUTION OF APION PARALLELUM GROUP KEY : STATE RECORD : DISPARIPES FALL : EXTENSUM SMITH : GRACILIFORME FALL : PAUPER SHARP > SPINIPES FALL > TENUIFORME FALL : PARALLELUM SMITH 5 specimens on Desmodium, possibly associated with larvae found in July burrowing in pith in basal region of stem (DGIK); 5 mi. north York, VII 54, D. G. Kissinger (DGK). District of Columbia, no data (MCZ), 17 V, Hubbard and Schwarz (USNM). Illinois: Roslyn, 7 VIII 50, Ross and Sanderson (INHS). Maryland: Cabin John, IX 1920, on Meibomia, Schwarz and Barber (USNM), Greenbelt, 46 PROC, ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65 NO. 1, MARCH, 1963 11 TX 55, on Desmodium, D. G. Kissinger (DGK), Takoma Park, 1 VI50 (DGK), 22 VI 50 (ELS). Massachusetts: no specific locality (Fall, 1898). Michigan: Detroit 23 VI, Hubbard and Schwarz (USNM). Mississippi: Belmont, 6 VII 21 (CAS). Missouri: no specific locality (USNM). New Jersey: southern part (Fall, 1898). North Carolina: Raleigh, 22 VIII 50, H. and A. Howden, weed field (Howden); Southern Pines, no data (TLCC), 30 V 19 (USNM). Virginia: Rosslyn, 4 VI, Chittenden (USNM). REFERENCES Blatchley, W. S. and C. W. Leng. 1916. Rhynchophora or weevils of northeast- ern America. Nature Publ. Co., Indianapolis, 682 pp. Bleasdell, G. G. 1937. The Rhynchophora of Iowa. Iowa State College Journ. Sci., 11: 405-445. Buchanan, L. L. 1922. Notes on Apion, with descriptions of two new species (Coleop., Cureulionidae). Proce. Ent. Soc. Washington, 24: 82-84. Fall, H. C. 1898. Revision of the species of Apion of America north of Mexico. Trans. American Ent. Soe., 25: 105-184, pls. 2-5. Kissinger, D. G. 1957a. Taxonomic notes on North American Apion. Proe. Ent. Soc. Washington, 59: 40. 1957 b. Studies on North American Apion with descriptions of two new species (Coleoptera: Curculionidae). Coleopt. Bull., 11: 17-24. 1959a. The species groups of Apion occurring in North and Central America (Curculionidae). Coleopt. Bull., 13: 21-32. 1959b. Revision of the Apion subgenus Trichapion Wagner in the New World (Coleoptera, Curculionidae). Proe. United States Nat. Mus., 110: 247-389. Sharp, D. 1890-1891. In Godman and Salvin, Biologia Centrali-Americana, In- secta, Coleoptera, Curculionidae: Apioninae, 4 (pt. 3): 48-86, pls. 2 and 3. Smith, J. B., 1884. Synopsis of the Apioninae of the United States. Trans. American Ent. Soe., 11: 41-68. Wagner, H. 1912. Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Apion- Fauna Central- und Sud- Amerikas. Beschreibungen neuen Arten. II. Arch. Naturg., 78 (Abt. A, Heft 2): 99-136. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65 NO. 1, MARCH, 1963 47 A REVISION OF DEMOPHELES (HYMENOPTERA, ICHNEUMONIDAE) ! Henry Townes, Museum of Zoology, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor Demopheles is a Holarctie genus of ichneumonids belonging to the subfamily Gelinae. In recent years it has been placed in the tribe Hemigasterini (— Aptesini) because it agrees with the characters of this tribe as usually defined. (See the tribal definition by Townes and Townes, 1962, U. S. Natl. Mus. Bul. 216 (3): 4, 6.) Recent studies, however, indicate that it is probably best placed in the tribe Gelini, as in spite of its vertical second recurrent vein with a single bulla, and the white face of the male, it disagrees with other Hemigasterini and is similar to certain genera of @elinis in having the apical trunea- tion of the scape rather weakly instead of strongly oblique, epipleur- um of second tergite turned under rather than pendant, and lower tooth of mandible shorter than the upper tooth. The Gelini itself is a heterogeneous tribe. When the relations between its many genera are better worked out the tribe will probably be subdivided and at that time the taxonomic position of Demopheles can be indicated more exactly. Genus Demopheles Demopheles Foerster, 1868. Verh. Naturh. Ver. Rheinlande 25: 186. Type: (Phy- gadeuon caliginosus Gravenhorst 9, not 6) = corruptor Taschenberg. Included by Dalla Torre, 1902. Mecocryptus Thomson, 1873. Opuscula entomologica fase. 5, p. 520, 521. Type: (Phygadeuon caliginosus Gravenhorst 2, not ¢@) = corruptor Taschenberg. Original designation. Demopheles can best be recognized from the habitus figure accom- panying this article. (The figure is by Miss Y. Morimoto of Kyoto Prefectual University.) A peculiarity of the female is the strong, pre- apical transverse ridge on the eclypeus which has a deep median notch, as shown in the figure. In the male the clypeus is simple but unusu- ally wide, with its apical margin blunt and broadly, convexly arcuate. The genus contains a single polytypic species, of Holaretice distri- bution. Our collections of it have been usually from damp, rich de- ciduous woods. The only known host is Clytus (Cerambycidae). A single cocoon of the parasite is at hand. It is elliptic, papery, and of a medium brown color. The exit hole is terminal. Demopheles corruptor Taschenberg (Fig. 1) Front wing of male 3.5 to 4.5 mm. long, of female 3.8 to 6.3 mm. long. Strue- tural characters of female as in the figure. Male somewhat more slender than 1This paper is an incidental result of other studies on ichneumonid taxonomy supported by the National Institutes of Health. 48 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65 NO. 1, MARCH, 1963 female, the apical margin of clypeus without a median notch but very bluntly rounded, and flagellum with about three elongate elliptic, strongly raised but flat- topped tyloids on segments 10-12, the largest tyloid on segment 11. The species is Holarctic, with four subspecies as keyed and de- scribed below. Maes (SO FAR AS KNOWN) 1. Hind coxa ferruginous, often fuscous basally; range: eastern United States and! (Canadas. = =s Ss ee _--..--- &, Corruptor maturus Provancher Hind coxa black; range: Europe —..-_- ¢, corruptor corruptor Taschenberg FEMALES 1. Hind coxa ferruginous; wrinkling on mesopleurum rather weak 2 Hind coxa black; wrinkling on mesopleurum rather strong 3 2. Tergites 2 and 3 black; face entirely black or partly ferruginous; range: eastern United States and Canada — — a. corruptor maturus Provancher Tergites 2 and 8 ferruginous; face entirely ferruginous; range: western (Wimenreyel) Shes ee ect 2 b. corruptor rufatus, new subspecies 3. Femora ferruginous; punctures on frons just below ocelli separated by about 0.8 their diameter; range: Europe c. corruptor cOrruptor Taschenberg Femora blackish; punctures on frons just below ocelli separated by about 1.3 their diameter; range: Japan _..... d. corruptor atripes, new subspecies a. Demopheles corruptor maturus Provancher, new status Phygadeuon maturus Provancher, 1879. Nat. Canad. 11: 68 (Faune, p. 314). 9. Type: 2, St. Hyacinthe, Que. (Quebec). Male.—Black. Frontal orbit, face, cheek, clypeus, mouth parts, scape except above, under side of pedicel, collar and lower edge of pronotum, hind corner of pronotum, tegula, subtegular ridge, and front and middle coxae and trochanters, white; front and middle legs beyond trochanters pale fulvous, their tarsi tinged with brown toward apex; hind coxa and femur ferruginous, the base of coxa often fuscous; hind trochanters fulvous; hind tibia fulvous, somewhat infuseate apieally; hind tarsus fuscous. Female.—Punctures on upper part of frons separated by about 1.8 their diam- eter; mesopleurum (except on speculum) with rather small but distinct punctures that are separated by about 1.5 their diameter, at and below the middle with fine longitudinal wrinkling in addition to the punctures. Black. Orbital stripe on lower 0.6 of frons which often extends to upper corner of face, and tegula white; clypeus, usually part and sometimes all of face and cheek, mandible, under side of scape and pedicel, and usually narrow collar and lower margin of pronotum, ferruginous; palpi fulvous; flagellum brown apically, especially beneath; sub- tegular ridge ferruginous to whitish; legs fulvoferruginous, the hind tibia and tarsus sometimes a little darkened. Specimens—46 ¢, 29 2 from Alberta (Edmonton) ; Connecticut (Litchfield) ; Georgia (Pine Mountain in Rabun Co. at 1,400 ft) ; Maine (Lincoln Co.); Maryland (Glen Eeho and Takoma Park) ; Massachusetts (Holliston and Winchenden) ; Michigan (Ann Arbor, Clare Co., East Lansing, Gogebic Co., Huron Mountains, and Yellow Dog Plains in Marquette Co.) ; New York (Artists Brook in Essex PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65 NO. 1, MARCH, 1963 49 Co., Babylon, Ithaca, Lancaster, Millwood, and Poughkeepsie) ; North Carolina (Tryon); Ontario (MacDiarmid near Lake Nipigon, Mus- koka District, Ottawa, and Timagami); Pennsylvania (Dushore) ; Quebee (Duchesnay, Laniel, L’ Avenir, Quebec, and Stoneham) ; South Carolina (Cleveland) ; and Vermont (laurel Lake near Jacksonville). The record from Edmonton, Alta., reported above, is based on a male specimen. Since it is not known how males of maturus may be distinguished from those of the western subspecies rufatus, this speci- men could possibly represent rufatus instead of maturus. Collection dates are from late spring to mid fall. The earliest and latest dates are: May 1 at Winchenden, Mass.; May 14 at Pine Moun- tain, 1,400 ft., Rabun Co., Ga.; May 23 at L’Avenir, Que.; May 23 to 28 in Clare Co., Mich.; May 30 at Ann Arbor, Mich. and at Syracuse, N. Y.; August 26 to 28 at Ann Arbor, Mich.; September 9 at Tima- gami, Ont. and at Holliston, Mass.; and October 10 at Holliston, Mass. There is one reared specimen: ¢, from Clytus ruricola, Du- chesnay, Que., June 4, 1941, Jos. I. Beaulne. This subspecies oceurs in North America east of the Rocky Moun- tains, ranging from the Upper Austral to the Canadian Zone. Figure 1. Demopheles corruptor 9, side view, front view of head, and top view of propodeum and first two segments of abdomen. b. Demopheles corruptor rufatus, new subspecies Male—Unknown. Female.—Similar in structure to the female of the subspecies maturus except 50 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65 NO. 1, MARCH, 1963 that the frontal and pleural punctures are slightly stronger. Black. Face, cheek, clypeus, mandible, scape, pedicel, collar and lower margin of pronotum, hind corner of pronotum, subtegular ridge, legs, and much or most of abdomen, ferru- ginous; orbital stripe on lower 0.6 of frons and tegula white; flagellum brown, ferruginous basally; palpi fulvous; abdomen ferruginous, the basal 0.4 to 0.8 of its first segment and more or less of its apical tergites blackish, the second and third tergites always ferruginous, with or without fuscous tinges. Type— ?, Fish Creek, Mt. Rainier, 2,900 ft., Wash., H. and M. Townes (Townes). Paratypes.— 2, Phantom Valley, Rocky Mountain National Park, 9,400 ft., Colo., Aug. 10, 1948, H., M., D., and J. Townes (Townes). ?, Lincoln National Forest, Cloudcroft, N. Mex., 1951 (Washington). ?, same data as type (Townes). c. Demopheles corruptor corruptor Taschenberg Phygadeuon caliginosus Gravenhorst, 1829. Ichneumonologia europaea 2: 645. 2, not d. The ¢ described by Gravenhorst is the true caliginosus, teste Tas- chenberg, 1865, Ztschr. Gesam. Naturw. 25: 22, 49. Phygadeuon corruptor Taschenberg, 1865. Ztschr. Gesam. Naturw. 25: 49. 9. Lectotype, hereby designated: 2 (labeled lectotype by Townes), Warmbrunn, Germany (Wroclaw). Male—The male is unknown to me but Thomson and Morley describe it as having the hind coxa black and the femora ferruginous, as in the female. Female.—Punetures on upper part of frons coarse, separated by about 0.8 their diameter; mesopleurum with small punctures that are separated by about 2.0 their diameter and with rather fine, mostly longitudinal wrinkling. The specu- lum is without wrinkles and partly punctate. Black. Apical 0.6 of elypeus, mouth parts, under side of scape and pedicel, and legs ferruginous, the hind coxa black and hind tibia and tarsus sometimes infuseate; narrow orbital stripe on lower 0.6 of frons and tegula white; flagellum brownish basally and apically, especially be- low; subtegular ridge ferruginous to whitish. Specimens: 3 @ from Germany (Berchtesgaden, and Bodmann on the Bodensee). This subspecies is widespread in Europe. d. Demopheles caliginosus atripes, new subspecies Male.—Unknown. Female.—Punctures on upper part of frons separated by about 1.3 their diame- ter; mesopleurum covered with rather strong, mostly longitudinal wrinkling and rather small punctures that are partly obscured by the wrinkling. A part of the speculum is unsculptured. Black. Orbital stripe on lower 0.6 of frons (inter- rupted by the tentorial attachment) and tegula white; palpi and apical 0.4 of mandible fulvous or brown; front and middle legs beyond first trochanter brown, their knees and front side of front tibia pale brown. Type.— 2, Sapporo, Japan, July 6, 1954, Townes family (Townes). Paratypes—@, Aizankei (Ishikari), Hokkaido, Japan, Aug. 4, 1937, K. Yasumatsu (Townes), @, Mt. Norikura, 2,000 m., Japan, July 30, 1954, Townes family (Townes). PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65 NO. 1, MARCH, 1963 51 A SECOND NORTH AMERICAN SPECIES OF TRAGINOPS COQUILLETT (DiprERA, ODINIIDAE) GEORGE C. StryskAL, Grosse Ile, Mich.! In 1944, when I collected a few specimens of Traginops sp. on a tree wound, I noticed that some of them had red eyes while others were dark purple, but I could detect no other differences. Since that time the use of the postabdomen of both sexes has become of prime importance in distinguishing species of acalyptrate Diptera and I have had the opportunity of examining the postabdomen of the type specimen of Traginops irroratus, the type of the genus and only de- scribed North American species. I found ample differences in the postabdomens of both sexes and that the species with red eyes 1s T. irroratus. The other species is described below as 7. purpurops, new species. In view of the facts here brought forth, it seems likely that the other known taxa, 7. orientalis De Meijere, T. orientalis naganensis Kato, and T. clathratus Hendel (vide Shewell 1960) will be found just as distinet species—the figures of T. orientalis male in Hennig (1938, pp. 204, 207) certainly indicate a species distinct from our two, Traginops irroratus Coquillett (Figs. 1-3, 6) 1900. Traginops irrorata Coquillett, Entomol. News 11: 429. Eyes in life red. A single vibrissa on each side, ending a row of much smaller bristly hairs. Male postabdomen gaping widely after maceration (fig. 1); tergite 6 sym- metrical, entirely free, bearing spiracles 6 near each lateral margin; spiracles 7 not evident; epandrium (fig. 2) nearly or quite divided dorsimedially; surstylus angularly bent forward, with rather long hairs on posterior hump and in pos- terior view straight on mesal margin; hypandrium (fig. 3) with pair of charac- teristic long pencils of hairs, compacted basally and frayed out apically, near base of each lateral lobe; cereci mesally conjoined by membrane, forming a scoop-like organ with a single pair of small bristles apically. Female postabdomen or ovipositor (fig. 6) with no evident spiracles; all ster- nites and tergites well separated; tergite 7 nearly semicireularly emarginate apically, forming a pair of pointed lobes narrowly connected across dorsum; tergite 6 without distinct basidorsal suleus and apically only slightly sinuate. Two spermatheecae present, black, at ends of slender duets approximately 0.9 mm. long. At the base of the ducts a pair of spindle shaped accessory glands on much shorter ducts and a single short duct (? third spermatheea) ending in a black cap. Two specimens (Kerrville, Tex.) showed a pair of spermathecae of the form shown in Fig. 6a; those of a third specimen (Angora, Pa.) had one spermatheca each of the types shown in Figs. 6a and 6b; two more specimens (Albuquerque, N. Mex., and South Haven, Mich.) had both long-dueted sper- mathecae as in Fig. 6b. The subject calls for additional investigation. INow Entomology Research Division, A.R.S., U. S. Department of Agriculture, Washington 25, D. C, C1 bo PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65 NO. 1, MARCH, 1963 I have examined the following specimens. FLORIDA: Flagler Co., 18 March 1930, fruit fly trap survey (D. B. Webb), 12 ; Hillsboro Co., 8-15 March 1930, fruit fly trap survey (C. L. Rabb), 1 ¢ ; Se- bring, 31 Dec. 1949, at exuding sap of oak (H. V. Weems, Jr.), 1 ¢ ; GEORGIA: “Southern Georgia” (Morrison), ¢ lectotype, allotype, and 7 paratypes; MARYLAND: Aitkin, 1 Nov. 1930 (C. T. Greene), 2 9; Camp Meade, June 1919 (R. C. Shannon), 8 ¢,3 2; College Park, 5 July 1925 (G. M. Greene), 1 ? ; Plummers Id., 7 Aug. 1912 (P. R. Myers), 1 2? ; MICHIGAN: Detroit, 11 June 1944 (G. C. Figs. 1-3. Traginops irroratus Coq. 1, Camp Meade, Va., male postabdomen in lateral view and dorsal view of andrium; 2, So. Georgia, paratype, lateral view of epandrium; 3, same, ventral view of hypandrium. Figs. 4, 5. Traginops pur- purops Stey., sp. nov. 4, Plummers Id., Md., paratype, lateral view of epandrium ; 5, same, ventral view of andrium, or Je) PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65 NO. 1, MARCH, 1963 Steyskal), 2 ¢ ; South Haven, 23 June 1938 (C. W. Sabrosky), 1 ¢ ; NEW MEXICO: Albuquerque, 18 July 1944; “orient survey / 44- 17802 / peach cherry,” 1 9; PENNSYLVANIA: Angora, 18 Aug. i907 (CG. I. Greene), 2 6, 3 9; Lehigh Gap, 14 July 1907, 2 ¢; THXAS: Kerrville, 30 June 1953 (L. J. Bottimer), 3 2; VIR- CUNTA- Falls Chureh, 15 July, 1 2; same, 17 July 1912 (C. T. Greene), resting on trunk of Fagus, 2 3 ; same, 22 June 1912 (C. T. Greene), resting on trunk of Quercus, 2. 8; all in United States National Museum, except the Michigan specimens, of which those from Detroit are in my collection and that from South Haven is in the collection of C. W. Sabrosky. Dr. Guy E. Shewell advices me that specimens from Ottawa and Niagara Glen, Ontario, are of this species. Traginops purpurops, new species (Figs. 4, 5, 7) Very similar to 7. irroratus Coq., except in postabdomen, dark purple color of eye in life, and in having duplicate vibrissae, that is, consisting of two bristles of nearly equal size on each side, about 0.1 mm. apart. Male.—Postabdomen in general conformation much as in J. irroratus; epan- drium (Fig. 4) somewhat broader and more curved in profile, anterior prong rela- tively longer and more curved; surstylus straighter, narrower, and in posterior view with 60° median tooth on mesal side; inner copulatory apparatus (Fig. 5) without the hair pencils of TZ. irroratus, in their place being only a few short, Fig. 6. Traginops irroratus Coq., Angora, Pa., dorsal and lateral views of fe- male postabdomen (ovipositor); A, B, two types of spermathecae. Fig. 7. Tragi- nops purpurops Stey., sp. nov., Detroit, Mich., paratype, dorsal and lateral views of female postabdomen. N.B.: In Figs. 6 and 7, tergite 6 is cross-hatched, 54 ' PROC, ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65 NO. 1, MARCH, 1963 inconspicuos hairs; lateral lobes of hypandrium of quite different shape; phallo- base with flared apical collar. Female.—Postabdomen (Fig. 7) with tergite 6 distinctly scalloped apically, subbasally with pronounced transverse sulcus; tergite 7 deeply angularly emargi- nate, its lateral lobes knobbed at tip and followed by a saddle-like groove across the dorsum, at each side of which a small area bears two or three ridges. Spermathecae two, much as in 7. irroratus, one of the topotypical paratypes with one spermatheea each of types A and B and a Falls Church paratype with both spermathecae of type B; accessory glands oval, at the end of duets nearly as long as those of the spermatheeae. Holotype (4 ), allotype, and one pair of paratypes, Detroit, Michi- gan, 21 June 1942, on trunk of Robina pseudacacia feeding at borer frass (G. C. Steyskal), in my collection; paratypes: same locality, 28 June 1942, 1 2, and 11 June 1944, 4 ¢?, all collected by me and in my collection; KANSAS: Troy, 25 Aug. 1932 (R. L. Parker), 1 6; MARYLAND: Bowie, 12 June 1945, DDT Expt., 1 9 ; Camp Meade, May-June 1919 (R. C. Shannon), 2 ¢ ; Plummers Id., 3 Aug. 1912 (J. R. Malloch), 4 3 ; same, 4 Aug. 1912 (W. L. McAtee), 1 9; same, 7 Aug. 1912 (P. R. Myers), 1 pr.; MICHIGAN: Cassopolis, 24 June 1943 (C. W. Sabrosky), 2 ¢ ; TEXAS: Columbus, 15 Aug. 1904,, on sap of Celtis, 1 pr.; VIRGINIA: Falls Church, reared 9 May 1916, Robinia, host Ecdytolopha insitiana Zell., Hopkins no. 12103 N6 (C. Heinrich), 3 9 ; same, 9 July 1956 (W. W. Wirth), 1 2 ; Glencarlyn, 2 July (N. Banks), 1 ¢ ; all in U.S. Natl. Mus. LITERATURE CITED Hennig, W. 1938. Beitriige zur Kenntnis des Kopulationsapparates und der Systematik der Acalyptraten, I. Arb. morphol. taxon. Entomol. 5: 201-213, pl. 3. Shewell, G. E. 1960. Notes on the family Odiniidae with a key to the genera and descriptions of new species (Diptera). Canad. Entomol. 92: 625-633. COMMITTEE APPOINTMENTS FOR 1963 Advertising Committee: Douglas BE. Gould Robert H. Nelson, Chairman Allen L. Steinhauer John H. Hughes Program Committee: Thomas J. Henneberry, Chairman Louis G. Davis Eugene J. Gerberg Philip Luginbill, Jr. Finance Committee: Treasurer Editor Custodian Program Chairman Advertising Chairman a he 2 Publication Committee: Membership Committee: Jon L. Herring, Chairman George E. Cantwell, Chairman Richard H. Foote Roy J. Barker Paul Oman William B, Hull Kellie O’Neil] 2) | On PROC, ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65 NO. 1, MARCH, 1963 THE DISTRIBUTION AND HABITS OF THE MINT APHID OVATUS CRATAEGARIUS (WALKER)! (HomoprerRA: APHIDAE) Mortimer D. LEONARD, Washington, D. C. On May 29, 1960 a few small greenish yellow aphids, about 1.5 mm. in length, were found in the spearmint patch in the garden of Dr. Harold H. Shepard in Arlington, Virginia. These proved to be what has been called in American literature and collections as Phorodon menthae (Buckton). Never having seen this aphid alive before my curiosity was aroused to find out what is known about its distribution and habits. Its earliest occurrence in North America was recorded by Williams who collected it at Weeping Water, Nebraska in 1888, the next was from Aurora, Oregon in 1893 and the third was its collection by Pergande in 1902 at Cabin John Bridge, Maryland just over the District of Columbia line. It was not subsequently found on this Continent until 1933 when George E. Gould collected it in Indiana. { 44 In his “Francis Walker’s Aphids” on page 50, 1961 Mr. J. P. Doneaster ealls this aphid Ovatus crataegarius (Walker). Dr. D. Hille Ris Lambers coneurs in Doneaster’s synonymy and wrote me in support of it on Mareh 15, 1962. I quote what he says: “The question of Phorodon menthae (Buckton) is more complicated than it would seem and it is certainly not a matter of preference whether this name or Ovatus crataegarius (Wlk.) should be used. From Buckton’s material, which still exists, it is clear that the apterous female is not at all what you think but Auwla- corthum solani (Kalt.) (Myzus pseudosolani). Doneaster is emphatically right in using the specific name crataegarius Wlk. for the mint aphid. This species also in North America hibernates as eggs on Crataegus and sometimes on apple and Cydonia. That is the reason why it got the name crataegarius. Besides, vivi- parae hibernate on Mentha when the climate is sufficiently mild. “Ovatus is undoubtedly a name that ought to be used instead of Phorodon as far as this species is concerned. There is a well defined group of four old-world species that comprise the genus Ovatus which primarily is associated with Pomoideae (apple-like Rosaceae), migrates to Labiatae as summer hosts or has developed an independent cyelus with sexuales on Labiatae. “Phorodon on the other hand is associated with Prunoideae (plum-like Rosa- ceae), from where it migrates to Urticaceae as summer hosts or has developed a complete cycle on Urticaceae with three old-world species of which you have one.” Examination of the literature and correspondence with other ento- mologists has shown that the mint aphid is widely distributed in the United States but that it is largely confined to the northern and temperate sections. Its known world distribution would indicate its preference for such areas which coincides with the distribution of the species of Mentha, its exclusive summer food plants. 1Paper read at the 33rd Annual Meeting of the Eastern Branch, Ent. Soc. Am., Baltimore, Md., Oet. 30, 1961. PROC. EN'T. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65 No. 1, MARCH, 1963 ry This aphid has never been found in Florida or Louisiana although a great deal of careful aphid collecting has been done in these States, especially in the former, for many years. Dr. Tissot in Florida writes me that the mints are scarce in the State but Dr. Boudreaux says that in Louisiana they are locally common. It is now known to occur in 21 States and the District of Columbia. In six of these it was not known to oceur until 1960 when I induced a local entomologist in each to go out and establish its presence. It is probable that the mint aphid can be found in every State but its relative scarcity and small size renders it difficult of detection. In this hemisphere it has been collected only twice on Crataegus, both collections in New York and in 1960. California —‘Collected at Stanford University, Cal. from April 1-30.” (Paul S. Bartholomew, Ann. Ent. Soc. Am. 25: 727, 1932.). Berkeley, 30 Mar 1935 on Mentha spicata (Essig coll and det, 1 slide of 10 apterae in MDL’s Coll.). Colorado —‘On leaves of Mentha sp. Boulder and Ft. Collins. Apterous summer viviparae all months of the year; alate viviparae all months except April, May and July; fairly common.” (M. A. Palmer in “Aphids of the Rocky Mountain Region” p. 345, 1952). In August 1960 Dr. Palmer wrote me that a total of 26 collections had been made from 1911 to 1929 and that it had also been recorded from Longmont. Connecticut.—Y alesville, Sept 1954 (J. Curtiss col.) and Walling- ford, June 1960 (J. Kring ecoll.)—in letter from Dr. Kring, Sept 1960. District of Columbia—Washington (Cosmos Club), 21 July 1960 (MDE coll.) on Mentha spicata, scarce, no alates. Hawaii.—Paio (Prison Camp), Island of Hawaii, 3900 ft. on leaves of Mentha sp. (C. J. Davis, Proc. Hawaiian Ent. Soc. for 1946 13 (1): 20, 1947). C. E. Pemberton wrote me in 1960 that this locality is a cool mountain town and distinctly not tropical in climate. Illinois —Urbana, 7 Aug. 1960 on Mentha vulgaris, many apterae and nymphs (H. H. Ross & C. O. Mohr eoll.). Urbana, 23 May 1952 on mint (KE. A. H. Smith coll., 4 slides with 4 specimens in Canadian Nat. Coll.). Indiana.—Although this aphid is undoubtedly present in small numbers throughout the commercial mint growing areas of the State it has only rarely been identified. In his “Insect Pests of Mint” (Purdue Univ. Agr. Exp. Sta. Cire. 211: 7, 1935) George E. Gould says “Several species of plant lice occur on field mint but no serious infestations have been observed to date. Plants used in the laboratory for insecticidal tests were severely infested with Phorodon menthae (Buckton). A decided preference was shown for the terminal growth with most of the lice feeding on the stems, although a few were found on the underside of the leaves. In a few weeks time the stems became twisted and the leaves curled so that the plants had to be discarded. The field infestations to date would not warrant the usual insecticide control measures recommended for plant lice,” Or I PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65 NO. 1, MARCH, 1963 The USNM has 2 slides with several apterae from Warsaw, Ind., 8 Aug 1933 on peppermint collected by Geo. E. Gould. In Noy 1960 Dr. Gould wrote me that mint growers tell him that lee are found on spearmint but are rare on peppermint. He adds “I found none on peppermint this summer and I did do quite a httle searching for them.” Maine.—Presque Isle, Sept 1951 from trap catches, in Me. Agr. Exp. Sta. Coll. (Essig det., data from G. W. Simpson). Maryland.—Cabin John Bridge, 20 June 1902 on “wild mint,” many apterae, 1 alate (2 slides by Pergande in USNM). Westgate (almost on the DC line) 8 June 1960 on Mentha sp. (KE. J. Hambleton eoll., LMR det.). College Park, 28 July 1960 on Mentha spicata, about 3 dozen apterae (P. J. Spangler, Jr. coll.) ; Lusby (Calvert Co.), 15 June 1960 on Mentha spicata (T. L. Bissell coll.). University Park, 9 July 1960 and 28 May 1961 on Mentha spicata (T. L. Bissell coll. ). Massachusetts—Amherst, 6 Aug 1960 on Mentha piperata (C. P. Alexander coll.). Michigan.—Although Michigan is one of the principal mint grow- ing States the mint aphid has never been identified from it. Dr. Ray Hutson, Head, Department of Entomology, Michigan State Univer- sity, wrote me in July 1960 “We have never recognized Phorodon menthae (Buckton) on mint.” Missourt—Columbia, 4 June 1961 on Mentha spicata, apterae and 1 immature (W. R. Enns coll.). Nebraska—Weeping Water, 11 Oct. 1888 on wild mint (Mentha canadensis, now called M. arvensis var. villosa) (T. A. Williams, Nebraska Univ. Studies 10 (2) : 82-83, 1911): Nevada.—Logandale, 13 May 1935 Knowlton coll. (George Knowl- ton, Ent. News 54: 124, 1943). Reno, Idlewild Park, 21 Oct 1939 on mint (EK. A. Drews, Pan-Pacifie Ent. 17(2): 59, 1949). New Jersey—Highland Park, 5 June and Mountainville, 4 Nov 1960 on Mentha spicata (H. E. Wave coll.). Medford, 7 Oct a few apterae and 20 Oct 1962 several apterae on M. spicata (Marie C. Quinden coll.). Medford Lakes, 25 Sept 1961, 1 aptera on M. spicata (G. G. Rohwer coll.). New Mexico—Mesilla Park, 5 April 1956 on mint (1 slide in USNM). New York—lIts known distribution indicates that this aphid is present cepenoun the State. Ithaca, 26 July 1939 on Mentha spicata (Griswold coll. 2 slides in CU Coll. Neon June 19: 92, an alate col- lected “near a potato field” (Kerr coll., 1 slide in USNM). Lockport, 11 Aug. and 22 Nov. 1960 on Mentha spicata, a very few apterae lp aPaelustaere coll.) and 4 July 1960 on Crataegus oxrycantha var. paulu (Pechuman coll., CFS det.). Remsen, 24 Sept. 1960 on Mentha cardiaca, a very few apterae and a few alatoids on the leaves and stems (Geo. N. Wolcott coll.). Long Island: Orient 11 Aug. 1959, in heads, and 27 July 1960, a few young in top leaves of Mentha crispa; also 23 July 1960, a few, nearly all immature, on Mentha spicata 58 ~ PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65 NO. 1, MARCH, 1963 (Roy Latham coll.) ; Orient, 11 June 1960 on Crataegus chrysocarpus (Latham coll., Clyde F. Smith det.) ; Orient, 13 Sept. on M. crispa and 1 Nov. on M. citrata 1961 and 14 Sept. on M. crispa, 4 Oct. on M. piperata and 21 Oct. on M. longifolia 1962—only a few specimens in each ease and all Latham coll. North Carolina.—l0 Mar. 20, 28 May 1959 and 16 Apr. 1960, all on mint (data from C. F. Smith). Oregon.—Although this is the second largest mint producing State the mint aphid is little known here. The only definite records of its occurrence are the following: Amora, 6 June 1893 on mint, many apterae, 1 alate (3 slides in USNM, Pergande det. No. 5764).1 Madras (in central Oregon) 22 July 1960 and in the Wilamette Valley, 20 July 1960 a number of apterae, on peppermint (H. E. Morrison coll.). Pennsylvania.—Dr. J. O. Pepper collected the mint aphid in a garden in State College on 12 and 25 Aug. 1960 and again nearby at The Rock along Spring Creek, 20 Aug. 1961. He writes that only a very few wingless aphids were found outdoors but that when sprigs of mint were brought indoors and placed in a glass of water the aphids soon reproduced so rapidly as to kill the little branches. He states this was the only way he could get winged specimens. Utah.—‘In Utah on Mentha spicata at Hooper, 24 July 1942 with Orius tristicolor Wh. feeding on one of the specimens; Hurricane, Logan, Ogden, Providence, St. George and Santa Clara; on Mentha penardi [canadensis (arvensis)—Canada mint] at Mt. Timpanagos, 26 July 1942; (Geo. F. Knowlton, Ent. News 54: 124, 1943). “A five-spotted ladybird beetle, Hippodamia quinquesignata Kirby, was found to be feeding on a tiny wingless aphid, Phorodon menthae (Buckton), on Mentha spicata at Nephi, Utah, 26 June 1945” (Geo. F. Knowlton, Ent. News 60: 234, 1949). “The two-spotted ladybird beetle, Adalia bipunctata (.) was observed feeding on .. . Phorodon menthae on ditch bank spearmint at North Farmington, Utah, 9 July 1947. For several weeks this Mentha spicata was heavily infested with this little aphid which in turn was attacked by numerous larval and adult ladybird beetles of several species as well as by large numbers of Orius tristicolor besides a few Anthocoris melanocerus Reuter and Syrphid and aphid-lion larvae.” (Knowlton, l.c. pp. 235-236). “Common on Mentha spicata in Northwestern Utah; being preyed upon by both 2-spotted and convergent ladybird beetles, by Orius tristicolor (White) and by Syrphid larvae in a heavy infestation at Farmington on the Experimental Farm, 19 June 1947 (Knowlton) ; at Hooper, Logan, Magna, Nephi, Ogden, Provo Canyon, Mt. Tim- 1Although these slides are clearly labelled in ink “Amora, Ore” Dr. Morrison ean find no such locality on any Oregon maps, past or present, available to him. He suggests that Amora may have been written in error for Aurora which is a small town on 99E between Oregon City and Woodburn about 200 miles South of Portland. PROC, ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65 NO. 1, MARCH, 1963 59 panogos and Midvale.‘ (Knowlton in Utah Agr. Exp, Sta. Mimeo Series 387: 21-22, 1952). Virginia—Arlington (residence of Dr. Harold H. Shepard), 29 May 1960, several apterae, a few immatures and 3 alatae from a small patch of spearmint (D. P. Leonard coll.) on 2 Dec. 1960, although nearly all the plants were dead, 3 apterae and 1 alatoid nymph were found and several apterae on 25 June 1962 (MDL Coll.). Washington—This is the largest commercial mint growing State. According to USDA’s Crop Reporting Board in 1958 there were 1200 acres of peppermint and 3000 acres of spearmint under cultivation. The State Extension Service reported the value of the oil at about $3.8 million and $1.1 milion respectively. Plantings are concentrated mostly in the Yakima Valley where mint has been grown for many years. B. J. Landis, Entomology Research Branch, ARS, USDA, wrote me in July 1960 that “This species causes economic damage to pepper- mint during some years, and in some fields—usually the latter part of July. I have seen peppermint foliage sticky from honewdew, most of which, I presume, came from apterae of menthae. Usually the infestation does not last too long; growers have, in past years, ap- plied TEPP and possibly other phosphate-type insecticides for con- trol of this aphid.” Davis, Landis and Gibson report the earliest collection of the mint aphid (on peppermint) in the Yakima Valley between 1947 and 1953 as 24 August and the latest on 21 October. (Jour. Econ. Ent. (47(6) : 1120, 1954). Herman Menke, Consulting Entomologist of Wapato, Wash., has worked closely for several years past with the mint growers in the Yakima Valley on their insect control problems. He wrote me in November 1960 that the mint aphid is not a critical economic pest of peppermint and spearmint there, having been bad in only one year out of the past four, to the extent that there is considerable honewdew a few weeks before cutting. K. E. Frick, also working in the same area, reports that “The mint aphid has seldom become sufficiently numerous to cause damage, but its continued presence in most mint fields has posed a constant threat. An application is generally made for aphid control, usually in combi- nation with an acaracide. Several of the phosphate insecticides have been used successfully.” (Jour. Econ. Ent. 54(4) : 645, 1961). Specific records available are as follows: Toppenish, 6 July 1949, alatae from potato foliage; Union Gap, 24 Aug. 1951, apterae on peppermint; Harrash, 24 Aug. 1951 apterae on peppermint; Wapato, Aug. 1955 on peppermint (data from B. J. Landis, LMR det.) ; Prosser, 31 July 1956 (1’ slide in USNM, LMR. det.). Othello, 22 July 1960 on mint, alates and apterae (B. J. Landis coll., MDL det.). Puerto Rico—tIn “The Insects of Puerto Rico” (Jour. Agr. Univ. P. R. 32(1): 155, 1948) G. N. Wolcott states that aphids from mint have been identified by P. W. Mason as Phorodon methae (Buckton). No slides to support this statement can be found in the USNM. Dr. 60 PROC. ENT. SOG. WASH., VOL. 65 NO. 1, MARCH, 1963 C. F. Smith tells me that he was unable to find any aphids on a pateh of mint at Rio Piedras he examined in the spring of 1960. Latin America.—In the USNM are slides of this aphid from inter- ceptions on mint made by USDA Plant Quarantine inspectors from Mexico, Brazil and Chili. The localities in which the mint originated are unknown except for Brazil which came from Campinas on Mentha arvensis. The interception was made in New York, 10 Mar. 1937. Edson J. Hambleton of USDA, who was formerly Entomologist of the Instituto Biologico there, tells me that Campinas is in a semi- tropical climate in which bananas and citrus fruits are grown. Canada.—British Columbia—Vancouver, 8 May 1958.0n Mentha sp., 2 slides, 2 specimens, H. R. MacCarthy coll. and Ontario—8 June 1954 on apple, 1 slide, 5 specimens, G. Garlick (data from W. R. Richards from records in the Canadian National Collection). The following records are from Dr. M. E. MacGillivray: New 3runswick—Covered Bridge, 10 June 1957, alates, Curries Mt., 17 June, 1 aptera and 24 June, 1 alate 1957 on Malus ‘(apple), MacGil- livray coll.; Maugerville, 21 Oct. 1955 on Mentha arvensis, 1 aptera (Pond. coll.) ; Fredericton, 12 Sept. 1951, 3 nymphs and 30 Oet. 1955, 4 nymphs on Mentha (MacGillivray coll.). Nova Scotia—all on Malus (apple): Horton, 14 Jan. 1959, alates (Horsbure coll.) ; Brookland, 13 Jan. 1950 (CH. T. Stultz coll.): North Grand Pre, 14 \@chaignur alate (Horsburg coll.) ; Gaspereaux, 14 Oct. 1959, 2 alate females and 3 alate males (Horsburg eoll.). Europe—In August 1960 Dr. Hille Ris Lambers wrote me that this aphid is indigenous to Europe and so common that there is no need to specify localities. He stated that it occurs in: Denmark, Sweden, England, Netherlands, Germany, Poland, Czechoslovakia, Romania, Bulgaria, Yugoslavia, Austria, Italy, France, Switzerland, Belgium and that the countries not here listed undoubtedly have it if they have Mentha. Great Britain—Mr. V. F. Eastop writes me that the BM has nu- merous records for England from Walker’s time onward but gives two specific records from the BM—Wales, 10 July 1923 on garden mint (Theobald coll.) and Gurnsey, 4 June 1951 on Mentha piperata (VFE coll.). He adds that it has not been recorded from either Scotland or Ireland but assumes it occurs in both. I have found a slide with 2 apterae from mint in the USNM. This is from an inter- ception from ‘Scotland’ by USDA’s Plant Quarantine Inspector Max Kisliuk, Jr. at Philadelphia, Pa. on 7 Sept. 1923. In “The Plantlice or Aphididae of Great Britain” vol. II, pp. 278- 279, 1926 Theobald, under the name Phorodon menthae (Buckton) lists this aphid from Windermere, Wye, Bartley, New Forest, Chelsea, South Wales; Penyfford, North Wales. He gives as food plants water mint (Mentha aquatica), Mentha arvensis var. vulgaris and garden mint (Mentha viridis). He states “It lives under the leaves of water- mint, often close to the damp earth or water, and also in the blossom heads. On the garden mint it lives in the same manner.” Australia—E. H. Zeck in the Australian Naturalist, 9(2): 135, PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65 NO. 1, MARCH, 1963 61 1933, records it from Haberfield, New South Wales, on Mentha viri- dis. USDA Plant Quarantine inspectors at Hawai intercepted this aphid on the leaves and stems of spearmint from “Australia” 21 June 1952 (1 slide in USNM). V. F. Eastop (in litt.) adds records in the BM from Canberra, A.T.C., 9 Sept. 1959 on mint (Mary Carver coll.) ; Melbourne, Victoria, 22 Mar. 1959 on garden mint and 3 June 1959 on Mentha rotiundifolia (VEE ecoll.). Russia—It also occurs here where it may be widely distributed although I have been able to locate only two published references. One is by V. P. Nevsky in Usbek Exp. Plant Sta. (Uzostazra) No. 16, p. 148, 1929 who records this aphis from Tashkent on the stems and both sides of the leaves of Mentha sylvestris and on the leaves of Inula among colonies of Phorodon inulae. The other reference is by J. Zirnitz in Zeitschr, f. Wiss. Insectenbiol. bd. 22: 207, 1927 who records it from Priekuli near Riga, 30 July 1926 on Mentha arvensis. New Zealand—In his excellent book ‘‘Aphids of New Zealand” (N:Z. Dept. SCI. and IND. Res., Bul. 106, 1953) Dr. W. Cottier discusses the mint aphid on pp. 263-269 under the name of Ovatus menthae (Walker). Feeling that there was a possibility that the aphids occurring on Crataegus and on Mentha might be different species he describes and figures each in detail. Concerning this aphid he says: “In New Zealand the insect is very common on garden mint (Men- tha spicata L.). It seldom causes severe damage, however, although beds of this plant are often heavily infested. It has been taken on young shoots of hawthorn (Crataegus oxrycantha lL.) in December and January. Infestation does not appear to be severe enough to be of much economic importance, colonies containing only a few indi- viduals. In May apterous viviparous females and overwintering eggs were collected on hawthorn, eggs when first laid being greenish but later turning glistening black. It is probable that the species is widely distributed, since it has been found on widely separated locali- ties such as Palmerston North in the North Island and Lumsden in the South.” Hosts and Distribution are given as follows: Crataegus oxycantha l., Lumsden, W. Cottier, 22 Jan. 1930; Palm- erston North, W. Cottier, 14 Jan. 1935, 5 Jan. 1937. Mentha piperata l., Aukland, W. Cottier, 10 Oct. 1939. Mentha spicata L., Stratford, W. Cottier, 28 Dec. 1936, 29 Mar. 1937; Palmerston North, W. Cottier, Dec. 1936; Aukland, W. Cottier. Oct 1939). V. F. Kastop (in litt. March 1962) adds: Ashburton, Dec. 1929, Cottier coll., in BM on Mentha viridis and Ohakune, March 1923, no plant given, T. H. Harris coll., in BM). Formosa.—The only record is by Takahashi from Taihoku. “Many winged and wingless viviparous females were collected by the author on Oct. 24, 1922 on Mentha arvensis Li. var. vulgaris Beuth. (“Aphids of Formosa,” Pt. 2, pp. 23-24, 1923). 62 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65 NO. 1, MARCH, 1963 Japan.—M. Hori recorded the mint aphid on Mentha arvensis var. vulgaris in Hokkaido Agr. Exp. Sta. Rept. No. 23, pp. 80-82, Oct. 1929. Dr. Takahashi, in a letter of Oct. 1960 calls to my attention that the late George O. Shinji listed Myzus menthae (Buckton) from over 50 localities in Hokkaido, Honshu and Kyushu in his “Mono- grap of Japanese Aphididae” p. 997, published in Japanese in Tokyo, 1941. Takahashi adds “The species is common near Osaka on the wild species of Mentha.” China.—Takahashi (in litt. Sept. 1960) writes that he knows of no records from China but believes it is probably found there. Mr. J. P. Doneaster wrote me in September 1960 that the BM has a slide with 3 aptere collected before the war by a Chinese entomologist, M. S. Yang, about whom he has no information. He is not sure if these aphids are crataegarius or insitus although the available evi- dence on their distribution suggests that the former is more probable. South Africa— ‘Some of the apterae were found together with larvae on Mentha sp. on 29 Aug. 1956 at Irene.” (Miiller and Scholl, Jour. Ent. Soc. 8. Afr. 21(2): 401, 1958). Southern Rhodesia.—3 Feb. 1958 on garden mint (Dept. Agr.)—a record in the BM furnished by V. F. Eastop. MEDETERA LONGIMANA VAN DUZEE A SYNONYM OF MEDETERA CALIFORNIENSIS WHEELER (DietTERA: DOLICHOPODIDAE) It has been possible to examine and compare the holotype male of Medetera longimana M. C. Van Duzee (1933, Amer. Mus. Nov., No. 655: 12) with the series of eight cotypes (four males and four fe- males) of Medetera californiensis W. M. Wheeler (1899, Proe. Cali- fornia Acad. Sci., (8)2(1): 27) that are deposited in the collection of the American Museum of Natural History. As a result of this study I believe M. longimana Van Duzee, 1933, to be a synonym of M. californiensis Wheeler, 1899. The type locality for both names is Palo Alto, California. The holotype male of M. longimana is a teneral specimen with the head, abdomen, and legs partially collapsed. It was described as 2.5 mm. in length, but this short length is due to the collapse of the abdomen; probably it would be at least 3 mm. in length if the abdomen were properly extended. Also the wing length of 4 mm. given for longi- mana 1s excessive ; it is closer to 3.5 mm. When the type of longimana and the cotypes of californiensis are run in Van Duzee’s key to the genus Medetera (1928, Psyche, 35: 38-43), the interpretation of couplet 18, which compares “Bristles above fore coxae black” versus “Bristles above fore coxae pale, white or yellowish,” offers some diffi- PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65 NO, 1, MARCH, 1963 63 culties. There are two bristles on the left side above the front coxa visible in the type of longimana, and the color of these appears to be brown for the lower bristle and off white for the upper bristle, rather than black, as described by Van Duzee. Wheeler described the bristles above the fore coxae in californiensis as white, which Van Duzee fol- lowed in his key, but I find that these may vary from light yellowish- white to brown, differing on various cotype specimens. Wheeler keenly observed a “small tooth-like projection” on the inner side of the hind metatarsus in the male of californiensis. I find this also present in longimana, even though it is not mentioned in the original descrip- tion.— Paunt H. ARNAUD, JR., California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco 18 BOOK REVIEW A Catalogue and Reclassification of the Indo-Australian Ichneumonidae by Henry Townes, Marjorie Townes, Virendra K. Gupta. With collaboration on the subfamily Ichneumoninae by Gerd Heinrich, and a key to the genera by Henry Townes. iv, + 522 pp. Published by The American Entomological Institute, 5950 Warren Road, Ann Arbor, Mich. 1961. Photolithoprinted. Price $14.50 postpaid. This publication is a must for taxonomists interested in, or working on Ichneu- monidae from the Indo-Australian region as defined by the authors on page one. The prospective user of this work should make certain he first reads the para- graphs at the beginning headed: Geographic and Biblographic Scope; Taxonomic Objectives; Nomenclature; and Type Specimens. The catalogue has a format very similar to that of Hymenoptera of America North of Mexico—Synoptie Catalog, U. S. Dept. Agr. Monograph No. 2. It con- tains keys to the subfamilies and tribes as well as to the genera of the Indo- Australian region. These are very useful keys and are helpful to workers in Ichneumonidae of other regions as well, and especially so, if the user will remem- ber the author’s statement to the effect that characters used were in some in- stances applicable only to the species from the Indo-Australian area. This was done “for the sake of an easier key.’’ Generally, characters applicable to world fauna were used. Other good features of the publication are: The index to hosts and parasites of ichneumonid species; the table of contents which is quite complete, giving not only the subfamilies and tribes but the subtribes and genera also; and a list of Museums and collections containing type specimens noted in the catalogue. In this, as in other recent works of Dr. Townes, the names Pimpla, Ichnewmon, Ephialtes, and Cryptus, for example, are not applied in the sense of the type spe- cies set by the International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature and this must be kept in mind when using the catalogue. LuettA M. WaLkuLEy, Entomology Research Division, A.R.S., U. S. Department of Agriculture, Washington 25, D. C. 64 - PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65 NO. 1, MARCH, 1963 A NEW SPECIES OF GHILIANELLA FROM HAITI (HEMIPTERA REDUVIIDAE ) J. MaLponapo-Caprites, College of Agriculture 6 Mechanic Arts, Mayaguez, Puerto Rico The present paper describes a new species of Ghilianella from Haiti. This is the third species known from Haiti, the other two are G. haiti- ana Maldonado and G. gerstaeckert (Dohrn) The author is indebted to Mr. Leonce Bonnefil, entomologist from the Department of Agriculture, Port-au-Prince, for his cooperation and assistance. Ghilianella zomata, new species Easily separated from all other known species, excepting G. monense Maldonado, by the banded appearance of the abdomen. G. monense also has a banded abdomen but the silver bands are basal while the eolden bands of G. zomata, new species, are caudal. Male.—Head dorsally, thorax, abdomen, and mid and hind legs blackish; head ventrally, beak, and fore legs dark brown. Abdomen with banded appearance due to a heavy concentration of short golden yellow hairs on caudal fourth of segments three to five; on the sterna the hairs are more concentrated laterally. Interanten- nal spine yellowish; legs unbanded. Sparse, short, appressed pilosity over body, more concentrated on abdomen and causing the above mentioned banding. Head sparsely granulated; eyes small. Interantennal spine long and straight. Fourth antennal segment twice as long as third. Thoracic segments sparsely granulate, relative lengths of segments: 4.2, 4.0, 3.3. Claws of fore tarsi two, the inner very short and closely appressed to base of outer. First spine of fore femur at three and one half times its own length from tip of trochanter; basal half of fore femur gradually thickened to first spine. Armature of fore femur with inner row consisting of bristles arising from wart-like bases. Abdomen almost parallel sided; posterior angles of terga not produced; terga with low longitudinal median ridge. Hind margin of each tergum straight, with small black median wart. Fifth tergum longer than sixth; sixth longer than seventh (relative lengths: 3.5, 3.1, 2.9). Seventh tergum slightly widening to basal third where the constriction begins, thence tapering in a very shallow s-curve to apex; reaching to apex of hypopygium (fig. 9). Hind margins of second to fifth sterna straight; of sixth concave medianly and convex on sides; of seventh very shallowly concave on sides; of eighth straight. Eighth sternum visible on its entire width, spiracle pedunculate (fig. 5). Hypopygium opening upwards; upper margin laterally with a shallow elongate coneavity. Clasper on lateral view nearly three times as long as wide, curved mesad as seen from above (figs. 6 and 7). Apical process of hypopygium hidden by claspers, upper margin shallowly concave, lateral margin concave (fig. 4). Over-all body length: 26 mm. Female.—Body dark brown, paler than male. Interantennal spine straw colored. Mid and hind legs and antennae light brown; antenna with first and second seg- ments with five or six dark brown annuli; mid and hind femora each with three or four brownish annuli; mid and hind tibiae each with a conspicuous dark brown 7 PROC, ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65 NO. 1, MARCH, 1963 6! — ~~ ae, Ghilianella monense Maldonado, male. Fig. 1, clasper, dorsal view; fig. 2, clasper, lateral view; fig. 3, apical process of hypopygium, caudal. Ghilianella zomata n. sp. Fig. 4, male, apical process of hypopygium; fig. 5 male, last abdominal segments, lateral; fig. 6, male, clasper, dorsal; fig. 7, male, clasper, lateral; fig. 8, female, last abdominal segments, lateral; fig. 9, male, seventh tergum; fig. 10, female, last abdominal segments dorsal; fig. 11, female ’ > genitalia, caudal. [ops lors PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65 NO. 1, MARCH, 1963 basal and apical band. Tarsi dark brown. Forelegs brownish, irregularly varie- gated with yellowish brown; femoral spines pale yellow with black apices. Thorax with very searee short pilosity. Third to fifth abdominal segments with a concentration of golden short appressed pilosity on apieal third giving them a banded appearance; pilosity heavier on terga than on sterna, banding less con- spicuous than in male. Remaining parts of abdomen with searee pilosity but heavier than on thorax. Head very sparsely granulate; eyes small. Long interantennal spine, straight. Fourth antennal segment twice as long as third. | Thoracic segments very sparsely granulate; relative lengths of segments: 3.1, 3.0, 2.5. Claws of fore tarsi two, the inner very short and closely appressed to outer. First spine of fore femur at three and one-half times its own length from tip of trochanter; basal half of fore femur gradually thickened to first spine. Armature of fore femur as in the male. Abdomen parallel-sided, not bulbous; last abdominal segment the widest (fig. 10). Posterior angles of terga not produced; each tergum with a low median ridge and a small inconspicuous wart medianly on apical margin. Fifth tergum longer than sixth; sixth longer than seventh (4, 3.5, 2.1). Seventh tergum longer than wide; hind margin not declivate; with apical angles produced, with a median tubercle subequal to apical angles (fig. 10). Eighth tergum slightly over twice as long; hind margin roundly produced; transversely corrugate and with a median ridge. Ninth tergum corrugate; apex upcurved (fig. 8), apical margin distinctly emarginate; with three transverse corrugations on basal half and a median carina on apical half of dise, as in figure 11. Seventh sternum shorter than sixth, somewhat inflated below before middle; hind margin produced; projection rectangular, slightly longer than wide at base (fig. 8). Over all body length: 28 mm. This species is very closely related to Ghalianella monense, the only other species with a banded abdomen. In both cases, the banded ap- pearance is due to a concentration of pilosity. However, in G. monense the pilosity is basal and silvery and in G@. zomata it is apical and golden. The external genitalia of both male and female are different in these two species. Details of the claspers (fig. 1 and 2) and of the apical process of the hypopygium (fig. 3) of G. monense are illustrated. Types.—Holotype, male, collected five miles south of Cap Haitien, along the road to Grande Riviére-du-Nord, from hanging dead leaves of banana plants, July 26, 1961; J. Maldonado-Capriles and Leonce Bonnefil collectors; U.S.N.M. Type No. 65934. Allotype, female, same data: in the author’s collection. REFERENCE Maldonado-Capriles, J., 1960. Assassin bugs of the genus Ghilianella in the Americas (Hemiptera, Reduviidae, Emesinae). Proe. U. S. Nat. Museum 112 (3440): 393-450. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65 NO. 1, MARCH, 1963 67 CORRECTION IN THE TYPE LOCALITY OF ENDERLEINELLUS MARMOTAE FERRIS (ANOPLURA: HOPLOPLEURIDAE ) Recently when reviewing the published records for Enderleinellus marmotae I became aware of a discrepancy in the type locality as listed by Ferris (Stamford Univ. Pub., Univ. Ser., Biol. Sei. 2(1) 47, 1920) in his original description. This error was repeated by Ferris in one of his later publications and by at least one other author. It is felt this mistake should be corrected before it becomes firmly entrenched in the entomological literature. In the original description the holotype female is listed as collected from Marmota monaz rufescens at “Grafton, S. D.” The same locality was listed by Werneck (Mem. Inst. Osw. Cruz 45(2) : 305, 1947) and again by Ferris (Mem. Pacifie Coast Ent. Soe. 1:110, 1951). Insofar as I am aware these are the only published references in which the type locality is mentioned. The examination of several atlases failed to disclose a Grafton, South Dakota but always a Grafton, North Dakota. The type host has never been recorded from South Dakota although it is known from eastern North Dakota and there is a record from Grafton, North Dakota (Hall and Kelson, The mammals of North America, p. 324, 1959). For these reasons I propose Grafton, North Dakota as the type locality for Enderleinellus marmotae Ferris. The correct citation should read: Enderleinellus marmotae Ferris, 1920 Type loecality—Grafton, North Dakota Type host—Marmota monax rufescens In an attempt to determine the origin of this error, information was solicited concerning the exact labeling on slides of the type series, from this locality. Only one slide, containing two paratypes (BM (NH) 1920-558), could be located and it bore the designation “Grafton, S. Dakota.” Inquiries addressed to Stanford University Natural History Museum, U.S. National Museum, British Museum (NH) and Zoologi- eal Survey of India failed to disclose the holotype. It is evident that the type locality designation was not a typographical error but an error in the transcribing of collection data, either at the time the host was collected or from the host label if the lice were collected from a museum skin, Information on the material in the four collections was supplied by J. P. Wourms, Jr. (SUNHM), C. F. W. Muesebeck (USNM), T. Clay (BM(NH)) and K. S. Pradhan (ZSI). Their assistance is appreciated. Nixon Wiison, Bernice P, Bishop Museum, Honolulu 17, Hawaii 68 ~ PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65 NO. 1, MARCH, 1963 NEW SYNONYMS IN AMERICAN CULICOIDES (DIPTERA: CERATOPOGONIDAE ) Culicoides hollensis (Melander and Brues) Ceratopogon hollensis Melander and Brues, 1903, Biol. Bull. 5: 13 (Woods Hole, Massachusetts ). Culicoides canithorax Hoffman, 1925, Amer. Jour. Hyg. 5: 284 (Brunswick, Geor- gia). NEW SYNONYMY. One of the two syntype specimens (see Foote and Pratt, 1954, Pub. Hlth. Monogr. 18: 24) of hollensis has come to the U. S. National Museum in the Melander collection. It was mounted on a shde and upon examination proved to be the salt marsh species from the Atlan- tic and Gulf Coasts known until now as canithorax Hoffman. This specimen is hereby designated as the lectotype of hollensis and bears the U.S.N.M. Type Number 66,589. The second specimen could not be found and is presumed lost. Culicoides luglani Jones and Wirth Culicoides luglani Jones and Wirth, 1958, Jour. Kansas Ent. Soc. 31: 89 (Texas). Culicoides tenuilobus Wirth and Blanton, 1959, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 109: 354 (Panama). NEW SYNONYMY. A close comparison of the types, and examination of more extensive material from the Southwest, reveals this unfortunate synonymy. New records of luglani: ARIZONA: Cave Creek, Chiricahua Mts., 7000 ft., 24 June 1927, J. A. Kusche, 1 female. Montezuma Wells Nat. Mon., 30 June 1953, W. W. Wirth, 1 female. Oak Creek Canyon, Sedona Ranger Station, 1 July 1953, W. W. Wirth, light trap, 12 males, 10 females; 22 July 1959, C. W. O’Brien, light trap, 3 males, 3 females. Superior, South- west Arboretum, 16 Aug. 1953, B. Benson, light trap, 1 male, Spring- erville, Water Canyon Ranger Station, 2 July 1953, W. W. Wirth, light trap, 1 female. Sycamore Canyon, Ruby, Santa Cruz Co., 22 May 1954, G. D. Butler, 1 male, 3 females. MEXICO: Agua Caliente, Sonora, 25 Aug. 1954, Ryckman, Christianson and Spencer, light trap, 1 female. Cholla Bay, Sonora, 25 Apr. 1959, M. 8. Adachi, light trap, 1 male. Baja California, 4 mi. n. Todos Santos, 2 Sept. 1959, Radford and Werner, light trap, 1 female. NEW MEXICO: Catron Co., 5 mi. e. Glenwood, 24 June 1953, W. W. Wirth, at ght, 1 male. W. W. Wirt, Entomology Research Division, A.R.S., U. 8S. Department of Agriculture, Washington 25, D. C. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65 NO. 1, MARCH, 1963 69 RURIC CREEGAN ROARK 1887 - 1962 Dr. Rurie Creegan Roark, head of the chemical research on insecti- cides in the U.S. Department of Agriculture from 1927 to 1956, died suddenly on May 9, 1962 at his home in Washington, D. C. Dr. Roark was the son of Ruric Nevel Roark and Mary Creegan Roark. He was born in Glasgow, Kentucky on March 13, 1887. He attended Kentucky State University, Clark College in Worcester, Mass., and the University of Cincimnati, where he received his B.A. degree in 1907. His graduate work was carried out at the University of Illinois (M.A. 1908), University of Wisconsin, and George Wash- ington University (Ph.D. 1917—A Chemical Study of Pyrethrum). In 1913 he married Anna Brown, who survives him. In 1908 Dr. Roark entered the U. S. Department of Agriculture as an Assistant Chemist in the Laboratory of Vegetable Physiology, Bureau of Chemistry, in Washington, D. C. In 1910 he transferred to the Insecticide and Fungicide Laboratory to work on the develop- ment of chemical methods of analysis for insecticides, fungicides, and disinfectants, which the Insecticide Act of 1910 brought under federal inspection, He served as Referee on Insecticides for the Association 70 - PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65 NO. 1, MARCH, 1963 of Official Agricultural Chemists. In 1918 he left the federal service for employment in industry. He was chief chemist of the United States Sanitary Specialties Corporation in Chicago for a short time, during which he originated and patented the widely used perfumed paradichlorobenzene deodorizing block. From 1918 to 1923 he was a research chemist with the General Chemical Company in Baltimore, where he carried on research to develop products and processes from the laboratory stage to full scale production and also supervised the laboratory which tested all raw materials and finished products of a factory that produced insecticides and a number of other chemicals. In 1923 Dr. Roark returned to the Department of Agriculture as an Associate Chemist. He spent some time in Texas in association with Dr. F. C. Bishopp and E. W. Laake investigating repellents for the serewworm fly. Later he collaborated with Dr. R. T. Cotton in developing a number of new fumigants, including ethylene dichlo- ride, ethylene oxide, and the formates, to replace the highly flam- mable carbon disulfide then widely used. Millions of pounds of these new fumigants were used for destroying insects in stored products. The National Association of Manufacturers recognized this accom- plishment with a Modern Pioneer Award presented to Drs. Roark and Cotton in February 1940. A Department reorganization in 1927 resulted in the creation of the Insecticide Division in the Bureau of Chemistry and Soils. Dr. Roark was appointed chief of this Division, which was transferred in 1934 to the Bureau of Entomology and Plant Quarantine and now is the Pesticide Chemicals Research Branch of the Entomology Re- search Division. Under Dr. Roark’s leadership this group made many contributions to the development of new insecticides, improvements in formulating and applying insecticides, and research on insecticide residues. The group also carried out chemical research on insect con- trol materials important to national defense. Dr. Roark served as an adviser on insecticides to the War Production Board during World War II. In 1946 the Surgeon General of the Navy commended Dr. Roark and his staff for exceptionally meritorious service rendered to our naval forees in that war. The Department of Agriculture pre- sented a Distinguished Service Award to this research group in 1948 and honored Dr. Roark personally in 1956 with a Superior Service Award for his inspirational leadership and service to agriculture in developing and improving the use of chemical control methods for insect pests. When Dr. Roark retired toward the end of 1956 he had published nearly 200 papers and reviews on the chemistry and economics of insecticides and had obtained 11 patents. Although Dr. Roark’s major interest was in the field of chemistry, he was closely associated with entomology throughout his career. He joined the Entomological Society of Washington in 1937. He also was a member of the Entomological Society of America, the American Chemical Society, the Association of Official Agricultural Chemists, the American Association for the Advancement of Science, and the PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65 NO. 1, MARCH, 1963 71 Insecticide Society of Washington. He served as vice-chairman and chairman of the Division of Agricultural and Food Chemistry of the American Chemical Society in 1928-30 and for a number of years before his death was editor of the Pesticides section of Chemical Abstracts. He was active in the organization of the National Associ- ation of Insecticide and Disinfectant Manufacturers, which was the predecessor of the Chemical Specialties Manufacturers Association, was an honorary member of the National Pest Control Association, and also maintained close contact with the National Agricultural Chemicals Association. He was elected to Sigma Xi while a graduate student at the University of Illinois and was a charter member of the Illinois Academy of Science. He also belonged to the National Geo- graphic Society and the Audubon Society and greatly enjoyed their lectures and activities. Dr. Roark’s even temperament, unfailing courtesy, and keen but kindly sense of humor won him many friends. His respect for the individual and his encouragement of his coworkers to develop their abilities and work out their own ideas were characteristic of the big- ness of his nature. He will be remembered with warm regard by all his associates. Rutru L. Bussey List oF PuBLICATIONS By R. C. ROARK Determination of Lead in Lead Arsenate as Lead Chromate (with C. C. MeDon- nell). U. S. Dept. Agr. Bureau of Chemistry Bull. 137, pp. 40-42. 1911. Oil from Mentha Citrata. Journal of the American Pharmaceutical (2(7): 839- 841. 1913. An Unusual Oil of Wormwood, ibid, 2(7): 841-842. 1913. A Comparison of the Iodin Titration and Zine Chlorid Methods for the Analysis of Lime-Sulfur Solutions. Jour. Assoc. Office. Agr. Chemists 1(1): 76-94. 1915. Report on Insecticides (for 1914), ibid, 1(3): 4385-457. 1915. The Reduction of As‘ to As''* by Cuprous Chlorid and the Determination of Ar- senie by Distillation as Arsenic Trichlorid. Jour. Indus. and Engin. Chem. 8(4): 327-331 (with C. C. MeDonnell). 1916. Report on Insecticides (for 1915). Jour. Assoe. Offic. Agr. Chemists 3(1): 157- 186. 1917. Occurrence of Manganese in Insect Flowers and Insect Flower Stems. Jour. Agr. Research 11(3): 77-82 (with C. C. McDonnell). 1917. Plants used as Insecticides. Amer. Jour. Pharmacy 91: 25-37; 91-107. 1919. The Adulteration of Insect Powder with Powdered Daisy Flowers (Chrysanthe- mum leucanghemum )—(with G. L. Keenan). U.S. Dept. Agr. Bull. 795: 1-12. 1919. Report on Insecticides (for 1916). Jour. Assoe. Offic. Agr. Chemists 3: 331-358. 1920. Occurrence and Determination of As''' and As” in the Presence of Each Other in Arsenical Insecticides. Jour. Assoe. Offic. Agr. Chemists 3: 358-368. 1920. Insect Powder. U. S. Dept. Agr. Bull. 824, 100 pp. (with C. C. McDonnell and G. L. Keenan). 1920. A Quick Method for Determining Water-soluble Arsenic in Lead Arsenate and Zine Arsenite. Jour. Assoc. Offic. Agr. Chemists 7(4): 322-327. 1924. Fumigation against Grain Weevils with Various Volatile Organic Compounds. U.S. Dept. Agr. Department Bull. No. 1313, pp. 1-40, (with I. E. Neifert, F. C. Cook, W. H. Tonkin, E. A. Back and R. T. Cotton). 1925. Repellants and Larvicides for the Screw Worm and Other Flies. Jour. Econ. Ent. =) te PROG. ENT. SOC. WASH., VoL. 65 No. 1, MARCH, 1963 18(6): 776-778 (with F. C. Bishopp, D. C. Parman and E. W. Laake). Decem- ber 1925. Fluorides vs. Fluosilicates as Insecticides. Science 63(1634): 431-4382. April 23, 1926. Field Tests with Repellents for the Screw Worm Fly upon Domestic Animals. Jour. Econ. Ent. 19(3): 536-539 (with E. W. Laake and D. C. Parman). June 1926. Chloropicrin. Chemistry Bibliography No. 1. 73 pp. mimeographed. July 1926. Chemotropic Tests with the Screw Worm Fly. U. S. Dept. Agr. Bull. No. 1472 (with D. C. Parman, HE. W. Laake and F. C. Bishopp). 1927. Supplement to Chloropicrin Bibliography. 8 pp. mimeographed. May 1927. Repellents for Blowflies. Indus. and Engin. Chem. 19(8): 942-944. August 1927. Ethylene Dichloride-Carbon Tetrachloride Mixture; A New Non-burnable Non- explosive Fumigant. Jour. Econ. Ent. 20(4): 636-639. Aug. 1927. Importance of Patent Literature to Economie Entomologists. Jour. Econ. Ent. 20: 640-641. August 1927. Modern Methods of Disinfecting and Fumigating. National Safety News, pp. 23-24. Jan. 11928. Fumigation Tests with Certain Aliphatic Chlorides. Jour. Eeon. Ent. 21(1): 135- 142 (with R. T. Cotton). February 1928. Economic Aspects of the Use of Insecticides. Chemical Markets 22(3): 303-304. March 1928. Composition of Fluorides and Fluosilicates Sold as Insecticides (with R. H. Carter). Jour. Econ. Ent. 21(5): 762-773. October 1928. Fumigation of Stored Product Insects with Certain Alkyl and Alkylene Formates (with R. T. Cotton). Indus. and Engin. Chem. 20(4): 380-384. April 1928. Insecticidal Action of Some Esters of Halogenated Fatty Acids in the Vapor Phase (with R. T. Cotton). Indus. and Engin. Chem. (20(5): 512-516. May 1928. Tests of Blowfly Baits and Repellents during 1926 (with D. C. Parman, F. C. Bishopp and E. W. Laake). U. S. Dept. Agr. Tech. Bull. No. 80, 14 pp. Sep- tember 1928. Insecticide Investigations. U. S. Daily 3(45): 9. April 25, 1928. Tobacco and Gases as Insecticides. U. S. Daily 3(46): 11. April 26, 1928. Chemists in Front Ranks in Warfare on Harmful Insects. U. 8. Dept. Agr. Year- book—1927, pp. 177-179. July 1928. Chemically Combating Clothes Moths. Soap 3(12): 95, 97, 99, 101. Aug. 1928. Ethylene Oxide as a Fumigant, (with R. T. Cotton). Indus. and Engin. Chem. 20(8): 805. August 1928. Some Recently Proposed Methods for the Assay of Pyrethrum Flowers. Oil, Paint and Drug Reporter 114(27): 50. December 1928. Also published under Chemi- cal Estimation of Pyrethrum. Soap 4(7): 101. March 1929. Recent Progress in the Chemistry of Derris. Jour. Econ. Ent. 22(2): 378-381. April 1929. Maximum Weights of Various Fumigants Which Can Exist in Vapor Form in a 1,000 Cubie Foot Fumigating Chamber, (with O. A. Nelson). Jour. Econ. Ent. 22(2): 381-387. April 1929. Insecticide Residues Removed from Fruit by Various Washes. U. 8S. Dept. Agr. Yearbook—1928, pp. 389-390. June 1929. Insecticide Patents. Jour. Econ. Ent. 22(3): 596. June 1929. United States Insecticide Statistics for 1928. Jour. Econ. Ent. 22(4): 699-701. August 1929. Valiosas Plantas Insecticidas Sudamericanas. Boletin de la Union Panamericana 63: 1298-1299. December 1929. Some Recently Proposed Stomach Insecticides, a Review of the Patent Literature. Trans. Fourth Internatl. Cong. Ent. Ithaca 2: 728-736. December 1929. Recent Mothproofing Patents. Textile Colorist 51(612): 828-830, December 1929; 52(613): 25-28, January 1930. New Insecticides Developed to Improve Crop Protection. U. S. Daily 4(274): 8. January 1930. Tests of Various Aliphatic Compounds as Fumigants, (with R. T. Cotton). U. 8. Dept. Agr. Tech. Bull. 162: 52 pp. March 1930. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65 NO. 1, MARCH, 1963 73 Insecticides and Fungicides. Ann. Survey Amer. Chem. 4: 358-382. July 1, 1928 to December 31, 1929. April 1930. Pyrethrum and Soap, a Chemically Incompatible Mixture. Jour. Econ. Ent. 23(2): 460-462. April 1930. Derris, Cube and Tephrosia as Insecticides. A review of American and Foreign Patents. Soap 6(1): 105, 107, 109. September 1930. The American Market for Tuba Root (Derris elliptica). The Malayan Agr. Jour. 18(9): 455-458. September 1930. Problems in the Production and Use of Insecticides in the South. Jour. Chemical Edueation 7(10): 2301-2306. October 1930. Densities of Mixtures of Air and Various Fumigants, (with O, A. Nelson). Jour. Econ. Ent. 23(6): 985-987. December 1930. Rotenone as a Mothproofing Agent, (with E. A. Back, and R. T. Cotton). Jour. Eeon. Ent. 23(6): 1014. December 1930. The Use of Rosin in Insecticides and Disinfectants. Proc. American Society for Testing Materials, held at Atlantic City, N. J. vol. 30, part 2; pp. 832-833, 1930; Symposium on Rosin, held June 23-27, 1930, pp. 794-851, Jan. 1931. [33rd Ann. Meeting. | Plants Reputed to Have Insecticidal Value; Plants Found in India, (with G. L. Keenan). U. S. Bur. Ent. and Plant Quar. Publ. 22 pp., February 1931. [Pro- cessed | Genuine Darris Root May Contain No Rotenone. Jour. Econ. Ent. 24(1): 328, 330. February 1931. The Insecticide Possibilities of Derris Root. Soap 7(3): 97, 99, 101. March 1931. Insecticides and Fungicides. Ann. Survey of American Chemistry 5(1930): 398- 491. May 1931. An Index of Patented Mothproofing Materials. U. S. Bur. Ent. and Plant Quar. Publ. 125 pp. May 1931. [Processed ] Recent Progress in Mothproofing. Textile Colorist 53(629): 301-305. May 1931. Excerpts from Consular Correspondence Relating to Insecticidal and Fish Poison Plants. U. S. Bur. Ent. and Plant Quar. Publ. 39 pp., June 1931. [Processed | Use of ‘Economie Poisons” to Safeguard Crops. U. S. Daily 6(117): 8. July 20, 1931. New Fumigants for Destroying Insect Pests in Foodstuffs. Food Industries 3(9) : 398-399. September 1931. The Chemotropie Response of the House Fly, the Green-bottle Flies, and the Black Blowfly, (with E. W. Laake, D. C. Parman, and F. C. Bishopp). U. S. Dept. Agr. Tech. Bull. 270, 10 pp. November 1931. A Digest of the Literature of Derris (Deguelia) Species Used as Insecticides, 1747-1931. U. S. Dept. Agr. Publ. No. 120, 86 pp. April 1932. Insecticides and Fungicides. Ann. Survey of Amer. Chemistry 6(1931): 380-407. May 1932. Chemically Combating Insect Pests of Foodstuffs. Indus. and Engin. Chem. 24(6): 646-648. June 1932. A Review of Recent Mothproofing Patents. Textile Colorist 54(642): 369-374. June 1932. The Trend in Pest Control Inventions in the United States. Jour. Eeon. Ent. 25(38): 730-731. June 1932. Derris Now Produced and Used on a Large Seale. Jour. Econ. Ent. 25(6): 1244- 1245. December 1932. A Second Index of Patented Mothproofing Materials. U. S. Bur. Ent. and Plant Quar. Publ., 109 pp. February 1933. [Processed ] Rotenone. Indus. and Engin. Chem. 25(6): 639-642. June 1933. The Chemical Relationship Between Certain Insecticidal Species of Fabaceous Plants. Jour. Econ. Ent. 26(3): 587-594. June 1933. An Index of Chemicals Mentioned in the Review of United States Patents Relat- ing to Pest Control Issued in 1931. U. S. Bur. Ent. and Plant Quar. Publ., 33 pp. October 1933. [Processed | Book Review of “Pyrethrum Flowers,” (with C. B. Gnadinger). Indus. and Engin. Chem. News Edition 12(2): 33 January 20, 1934. A Bibliography of Chloropicrin, 1848-1932. U. S. Dept. Agr. Mise. Publ. No. 176, 88 pp. February 1934. 74 - PROG. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65 NO. 1, MARCH, 1963 A Review of Derris Patents Issued in Various Countries Recently Covering Derris, Cube, and Tephrosia Insecticides. Soap 10(3): 91, 95, 97, 99. March 1934. Insecticides and Fungicides. Ann. Survey of Amer. Chemistry 8(1933): 221-242. May 1934. Devil’s Shoestring (Cracca virginiana L.), a Potential Source of Rotenone and Related Insecticides. U. S. Bur. Ent. and Plant Quar. Publ., 12 pp. June 1934. [ Processed | Recent Advances in the Knowledge of Derris and Cube. Soap 11(2): 97, 99, 105, 107. February 1935. Advantages and Limitations of Organic Insecticides. Jour. Econ. Ent. 28(1): 211-215. February 1935. Recent. Developments in Insecticide Research. Proe. 5th Pacific Sei. Cong. Canada, 1933. Pp. 3405-3410. Toronto, 1934. What is Cube? Soap 11(4): 95, 97, 99. April 1935. Insecticides and Fungicides. Indus. and Engin. Chem. 27(5): 530-532. May 1935. A List of Organic Sulphur Compounds (Exclusive of Mothproofing Materials) Used as Insecticides, (with R. L. Busbey). U. 8S. Bur. Ent. and Plant Quar. Publ. E-344, 104 pp. May 1935. [Processed ] Bibliography of Chloropicrin, 1932-1934 (first Supplement to U. S. Dept. Agr. Mise. Publ. 176), (with R. L. Busbey). U. S. Bur. Ent. and Plant Quar. Publ. E-351, 15 pp. June 1935. [ Processed | A Review of Non-chemical United States Patents Issued from 1917 to 1933, In- elusive, Relating to Insect Control. U. S. Bur. Ent. and Plant Quar. Publ., 4 pp. June 1935. [| Processed ] Insecticides for Combating Household Pests. Exterminators Log 3(11): 11-13. Noy. 1935. Also published under the title Household Insecticides. Soap 11(11): 101, 103, 117. November 1935. A Third Index of Patented Mothproofing Materials, (with R. L. Busbey). U. S. Bur. Ent. and Plant Quar. Publ., 104 pp. February 1936. [ Processed ] Lonchocarpus Species (Barbaseo, Cube, Haiari, Nekoe, and Timbo) Used as In- secticides. U. S. Bur. Ent. and Plant Quar. Publ. E-367, 133 pp. March 1936. [ Processed | Insecticides and Fungicides. Ann. Survey of Amer. Chemistry 10(1935): 253-279. June 1936. Research to Find Substitutes for Lead Arsenate. Conn. Pomological Society Proe. 45 Annual Meeting Dee. 10-13, 1935, vol. 38, pp. 159-165. 1935. A Bibliography of Nicotine. Part II. The Insecticidal Uses of Nicotine and Tobacco, (with N. E. MeIndoo and R. L. Busbey). U. S. Bur. Ent. and Plant Quar. Publ. E-392. (Section 1, 198 pp.; Section 2, pp. 199-358; and Section 3, pp. 359-628). September 1936. [Processed | Tephrosia as an Insecticide—a Review of the Literature. U. S. Bur. Ent. and Plant Quar. Publ. E 402, 165 pp. February 1937. [Processed | An Insect That Breathes Through Its Nose. Jour. Econ. Ent. 30(3): 522-527. June 1937. Derris Versus Cube. Is Cube Equal to Derris as an Insecticide? Soap and Sani- tary Chemicals 14(1): 111-113, 120. January 1938. Insecticides and Fungicides, 1918-38. Chemical Industries 42(6): 636, 637, 639— Part 1. June 1938. Discussion of the Term “Derris Resinate.” Jour. Econ. Ent. 31(4): 545. August 1938. Abstracts of Foreign and Domestic Patents Relating to Derris Lonchocarpus, Tephrosia, and Rotenone. U. 8S. Bur. Ent. and Plant Quar. Publ. H-446. 69 pp. August 1938. | Processed | Lonchocarpus (Barbaseco, Cube, and Timbo)—a Review of Recent Literature. U.S. Bur. Ent. and Plant Quar. Publ. H-453. 174 pp. October 1938. | Processed } The Early History (1848-1918) of the Use of Derris as an Insecticide. Extermi- nators Log 6(12): 8-10. December 1938. A Resume of Insecticide Literature and Patents. Soap and Sanitary Chemicals 15(1): 105, 107, 115. January 1939. Synthetic Organic Compounds Used as Insecticides. Canadian Entomologist 70(12): 248-253. December 1938. ~I oO PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65 NO. 1, MARCH, 1963 Agricultural Products as Insecticides. Indus. Engin. Chem., Ind. Ed. 31(2): 168- 171. February 1939. The History of the Use of Derris as an Insecticide. Part I1—the period 1919- 1928. U. S. Bur. Ent. and Plant Quar. Publ. E-468. 79 pp. February 1939. | Processed ] Insect Pests of Derris. Jour. Econ. Ent. 32(2): 305-309. April 19389. List of Common Names Used for Species of Derris in Connection with Insecti- cidal Properties. U. S. Bur. Ent. and Plant Quar. Publ. E-477. 18 pp. June 1939. | Processed | Chemistry in Pest Control. Soap and Sanit. Chem. 15(11): 93, 95, 97, 123. Novem- ber 1939. (Also published under the title “Importance of Chemistry in Pest Control,” in Pests 7(11): 14-17. November 1939.) Definition of the Word “Rotenoid.” Jour. Econ. Ent. 33(2): 416. April 1940. Abstracts of Recent Foreign and Domestic Patents Relating to Derris, Loncho- carpus, Tephrosia, and Rotenone. (First supplement to E-446). U. S. Bur. Ent. and Plant Quar. Publ. E-514, 43 pp. October 1940. [Processed | A Review of Information on Anabasine. U. S. Bur. Ent. and Plant Quar. Publ. E-537. 55 pp. April 1941. [Processed ] The Work of the Division of Insecticide Investigations, 1927-1939. U. S. Bur. Ent. and Plant Quar. Publ. E-516. 90 pp. November 1940. [ Processed ] Insecticide. Encyclopedia Americana 15: 157-160. May 1941. The Rise of Rotenone. Agriculture in the Americas 1(8): 11-14. Sept. 1941. Toxicity of Rotenone. Soap and Sanit. Chem. 17(9): 93. September 1941. Present Status of Rotenone and Rotenoids. Jour. Econ. Ent. 34(5): 684-692. October 1941. Rotenone—Hero of the Agricultural World. Radio Interview Broadeast on Na- tional Farm and Home Hour. October 2, 1941. Definition of Aerosol. Jour. Econ. Ent. 35(1): 105-106. February 1942. Introduction to Symposium on Insecticides, Fungicides, and Hormone Sprays. Presented before Div. of Agr. and Food Chem. at 102nd meeting of Amer. Chem. Soc., Atlantic City, N. J. Indus. Engin. Chem., Indus. Ed. 34(4): 489. April 1942. Some New or Little-used Insecticides Worthy of Further Testing. Part I. Copper- arsenic Compounds. U.S. Bur. Ent. and Plant Quar. Publ. H-564, 7 pp. April 1942 .[ Processed | ; The Examination of Plants for Insecticidal Constituents. Jour. Econ. Ent. 35(2): 273-275. April 1942. What is London Purple? Jour. Eeon. Ent. 35(2): 287-288. April 1942. The Insecticide Supply Situation—Second Report of Special Committee, (with C. C. Hamilton and J. L. Horsfall, Chairman). Jour. Eeon. Ent. 35(2): 307. April 1942. Insecticides: Present Demand and Long-term Outlook. Contributed to Second Inter-American Conference of Agriculture, Mexico City, July 6-16, 1942. Oil, Paint and Drug Reptr. 142(3): 7, 72. July 20, 1942. Insecticides for Control of Cotton Insects. Chem. and Engin. News 20(18): 1169- 1172. Septemebr 25, 1942. A Review of the Insecticidal Uses of Rotenone and Rotenoids from Derris, Lon- choearpus (Cube and Timbo), Tephrosia, and Related Plants. Part I: Collem- bola, Orthoptera, Dermaptera, Odonata, Isoptera, Corrodentia, and Mallophaga. U.S. Bur. Ent. and Plant Quar. Publ. B-579. 31 pp. October 1942. [ Processed | New Potential Insecticides. Soap and Sanit. Chem. 9(1): 95-96. Jan. 1943. A Review of the Insecticidal Uses of Rotenone and Rotenoids from Derris, Lon- chocarpus (Cube and Timbo), Tephrosia, and Related Plants. Part II: Thysan- optera. U. S. Bur. Ent. and Plant Quar. Publ. H-581. 35 pp. December 1942. [| Processed | Table 762.—Insecticides, Fungicides, and Disinfectants: Estimated Consumption in the United States, 1941. U. S. Dept. Agr. Separate from Agricultural Sta- tistics, 1942, no. 69. Farm Capital and Income Statistics, p. 690. 1943. A Review of the Insecticidal Uses of Rotenone and Rotenoids from Derris, Lon- choearpus (Cube and Timbo), Tephrosia, and Related Plants. Part IV: Hem- Seek U. S. Bur. Ent. and Plant Quar. Publ. E-594. 33 pp. May 1943. [Pro- cessed 76 - PROC, ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65 NO. 1, MARCH, 1963 Volatile Fluorine Compounds as Insecticides. Jour. Econ. Ent. 36(1): 111-112. February 1943. The Insecticide Supply Situation. Final Report of Special Committee, (with C. C. Hamilton and J. L. Horsfall, Chairman). Jour. Econ. Ent. 36(1): 137-138. February 1943. The Present Insecticide and Fungicide Problem and Its Solution. [Abstract.] Minutes of the Eighteenth Annual Meeting of the National Plant Board, Balti- more, Md., October 12, 13, and 14, 1942. P. 87. A Review of the Insecticidal Uses of Rotenone and Rotenoids from Derris, Lon- chocarpus (Cube and Timbo), Tephrosia, and Related Plants. Part III: Hom- optera. U. S. Bur. Ent. and Plant Quar. Publ. H-593. 121 pp. May 1943. [ Processed | A Review of the Insecticidal Uses of Rotenone and Rotenoids from Derris, Lon- chocarpus (Cube and Timbo), Tephrosia, and Related Plants. Part V: Anoplura. U. S. Bur. Ent. and Plant Quar. Publ. E-598. 12 pp. June 1943. [Processed | Agricultural Insecticides and Critical War Materials. Jour. Econ. Ent. 36(5): 720-724. October 1943. A Review of the Insecticidal Uses of Rotenone and Rotenoids from Derris, Lon- chocarpus (Cube and Timbo), Tephrosia, and Related Plants. Part VI: Cole- optera. U. S. Bur. Ent. and Plant. Quar. Publ. E-603. 170 pp. October 1943. [ Processed | Report of Committee on Insecticide Terminology, (with M. D. Farrar, W. D. Horsfall, C. H. Richardson, and R. H. Robinson, Chairman). Jour. Econ. Ent. 37(1): 178. February 1944. A List of Publications on 2,2-bis(Parachlorophenyl)-1,1,1-trichloroethane (Called DDT) from 1874 to April 30, 1944. Inclusive. U. S. Bur. Ent. and Plant Quar. Publ. 12 pp. June 1944. [Processed | “Incompatibility” of Insecticides. Jour. Econ. Ent. 37(2): 302. April 1944. New Insecticides Aid the War Effort. Chem. and Engin. News 22(17): 1464- 1469. September 10, 1944. Insecticide. Grolier Encyclopedia, 1944 ed. p. 146. A Review of the Insecticidal Uses of Rotenone and Rotenoids from Derris, Lon- chocarpus (Cube and Timbo), Tephrosia, and Related Plants. Part VII: Lepid- mea U. S. Bur. Ent. and Quar. Publ. E-625. 226 pp. October 1944. [Pro- cessed A Review of the Insecticidal Uses of Rotenone and Rotenoids from Derris, Lon- chocarpus (Cube and Timbo), Tephrosia, and Related Plants. Part VIIL: Hymen- optera. U. S. Bur. Ent. and Plant Quar. Publ. E-630, 42 pp. December 1944. [ Processed | A Digest of the Literature on DDT Through April 30, 1944, (with N. E. MeIn- doo). U. S. Bur. Ent. and Plant Quar. Publ. E-631, 53 pp. December 1944. [ Processed | A Review of Information on Anabasine and Nornicotine, 1938-1944. (Supplement to E-537 and E-561). U. S. Bur. Ent. and Plant Quar. Publ. E-636, 23 pp. March 1945. [Processed ] Trade Marked Insecticides Containing DDT. Soap and Sanit. Chem. 21(4): 137, 155 and 157. April 1945. A Review of the Insecticidal Uses of Rotenone and Rotenoids from Derris, Lon- chocarpus (Cube and Timbo), Tephrosia, and Related Plants. Part X: Siphon- eee U.S. Bur. Ent. and Plant Quar. Publ. E-654, 15 pp. April 1945. [Pro- cessed A Review of the Insecticidal Uses of Rotenone and Rotenoids from Derris, Lon- chocarpus (Cube and Timbo), Tephrosia, and Related Plants. Part XI: Acar- ina. at S. Bur. Ent. and Plant Quar. Publ. E-655. 63 pp. May 1945. [Pro- cessed A List of Arthropods, Arranged According to Order, Family, and Genus, and Their Susceptibility to Rotenone and the Rotenoids. U. S. Bur. Ent. and Plant Quar. Publ. E-656, 27 pp. May 1945. [Processed ] A Second List of Publications on DDT. U.S. Bur. Ent. and Plant Quar. Publ. E-660, 27 pp. May 1945. [Processed ] A Review of the Insecticidal Uses of Rotenone and Rotenoids from Derris, Lon- chocarpus (Cube and Timbo), Tephrosia, and Related Plants. Part IX: Dip- PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65 NO. 1, MARCH, 1963 UU tera. U. S. Bur. Ent. and Plant Quar. Publ. E-652, 126 pp. April 1945. [Pro- cessed | A Third List of Publications on DDT. U. S. Bur. Ent. and Plant Quar. Publ. E-674, 28 pp. November 1945. [Processed | Feeding Chemicals to Plants and Animals for Pest Control. Jour. Econ. Ent. 39(1): 35-38. February 1946. A Second Digest of the Literature on DDT. (May 1, 1944 to December 31, 1944). (with N. E. MeIndoo). U. S. Bur. Ent. and Plant Quar. Publ. E-687, 73 pp. May 1946 [Processed | Early DDT Investigations in Foreign Countries. Part I. Agr. Chem. 1(3): 21 23, 57-61, July 1946. How Foreign Countries Carried on Early DDT Investiga- tions. Part II. Agr. Chem. 1(4): 29-32. August 1946. Abstracts of Recent Patents Relating to Rotenone (Second Supplement to H-446). U. S. Bur. Ent. and Plant Quar. Publ. E-706, 45 pp. November 1946. [Pro- cessed. A Digest of Information on Hexaethyl Tetraphosphate. U.S. Bur. Ent. and Plant Quar. Publ. E-721. 12 pp. April 1947. [Processed | A Third Digest of the Literature on DDT (January through June 1945), (with N. E. MeIndoo). U. S. Bur. Ent. and Plant Quar. Publ. H-728, 164 pp. June 1947. Some Promising Insecticidal Plants. Economie Botany 1(4): 437-445. October- December 1947. New Organic Insecticides. The Scientifie Monthly 68(1): 59-61. January 1949. A Digest of Information on Toxaphene. U. S. Bur. Ent. and Plant Quar. Publ. E-802, 85 pp. June 1950. Seabrin, the New Botanical Insecticide. Chem. Spee. Mfrs. Assoc. Proe. 37th Ann. Meeting, Dee. 3-5, 1950, p. 77. (Soap and Sanit. Chem. Special Issue). Also in Soap and Sanit. Chem. 27(3): 125, 137. March 1951. A Digest of Information on Chlordane. U. S. Bur. Ent. and Plant Quar. Publ. E-817, 132 pp. April 1951. How Insecticides are Developed. Inseects—the Yearbook of Agriculture, 1952, pp. 200-202. A Digest of Information on Allethrin. U. S. Bur. Ent. and Plant Quar. E-846, 58 pp. September 1952. Synthesis of Insecticides with Low Toxicity to Man Will Keep Chemists Busy. Agric. and Food Chem. 1(12): 766. September 2, 1953. A Second Digest of Information on Allethrin and Related Compounds, (with R. H. Nelson). U. S. Entomology Research Branch, ARS-33-12, 33 pp. November 1955. List oF PATENTS ISSUED TO R. C. Roark No. Date Issued Date of Application Title 1,346,337 July 13, 1920 Oct. 23, 19118 Deodorizing Material 1,515,864 Nov. 11, 1924 Apr. 19, 1922 Deodorant and Insecticide 1,524,882 Feb. 3, 1925 Aug. 6, 1923 Insecticide 1,524,883 Feb. 3, 1925 Aug. 6, 1923 Insecticide 1,524,884 Feb. 4, 1925 Aug. 6, 1923 Insecticide 1,549,220 Aug. 11, 1925 Mar. 23, 1922 Insecticide Uns UY Sept. 8, 1925 July 16, 1923 Insecticide 234,456 (Brit. ) Apr. 22, 1926 Mar. 30, 1925 Insecticide or Fumi- gant and Fumi- gating Method 1,649 254 Nov. 115, 1927 Aug. 4, 1924 Fumigant 1,789,322 Jan. 20, 1931 Nov. 23, 1927 Fumigant 1,791,429 Mebwos 93M Feb. 23, 1929 Fumigant 78 PROC. ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 65 NO. 1, MARCH, 1963 SOCIETY MEETINGS 710th Regular Meeting, Oct. 4, 1962 The 710th meeting of the Society was called to order by the President, Dr. H. H. Shepard, on October 4, 1962, at 8 p.m. in the regular meeting room in the U. S. National Museum. Forty members and 16 guests were in attendance. Min- utes of the previous meeting were accepted as read. Four candidates to membership were announced: Marjorie C. Townes, A. M. Heimpel, Hans O. Longlitz, and Philip O. Charpentier. Three candidates were accepted to membership: Leonard W. Trager, Jr., Jay Linham, and C. Jacot Guillarmod. An announcement was made of the death of Dr. Ruric C. Roark for whom an obituary is being prepared by Ruth Busby. The death of our honorary president, Dr, Robert E. Snodgrass, was announced by the president. Dr. Foote told of plans for making the December issue of the Proceedings a memorial to Dr. Snodgrass. The Snodgrass Memorial Fund which is to be used to provide scholarships to entomology students was announced. It is being administered by R. H. Nelson. T. E. Snyder read a review (which is being published separately in the Pro- ceedings) of Rachel Carson’s Silent Spring, and presented arguments in rebuttal. Dr. Shepard placed the book, its original serialization in the New Yorker, and many newspaper clippings about it on exhibit. T. J. Spilman exhibited specimens of a large tenebrionid, Megazopherus chilien- sis (Gray), decorated with bright paints, with pieces of colored velvet, or with brilliant costume jewels. The decorated beetles were alive when captured at U. S. ports of entry and were apparently purchased in Yucatan, Mexico. They were worn as ornaments, being attached to the wearer’s coat lapel by fine thread or chain. This is possible because of their sluggish demeanor and ability to live a long time without food or water. Brother Frenette of Catholic University gave a most interesting and informative illustrated talk on “Collecting in the Seychelles.” Dr. Eugene J. Gerberg of Insect Control and Research, Ine., showed slides taken as “An entomologist on a U. S. trade mission to Nigeria.” The meeting was adjourned at 10:30. OLIveR S. Fuint, Jr., Recording Secretary. 711th Regular Meeting, Nov. 1, 1962 The 711th meeting of the Society was called to order by the President, Dr. H. H. Shepard, on November 1, 1962, at 8 p.m. in the regular meeting room in the U. 8. National Museum. Twenty one members and six guests were in attend- ance. Minutes of the previous meeting were accepted as read. Three candidates to membership were announced: Wallace T. Garrett, H. Irving Brigham, and Dale W. Parrish. Four candidates were accepted to membership: Marjorie C. Townes, A. M. Heimpel, Hans O. Longlitz, and Philip O. Charpentier. Alan Stone showed two new books on mosquitoes. The first in 2 volumes, titled The Mosquitoes of the South Pacific by John N. Belkin, and the second, Ento- mologica Medica, 1°volume, Parte Geral, Diptera, Anophelini by Oswald Paulo Forattini from the Faculdade de Higene e Satie Piblica da Universidade de Sao Paulo. PROC, ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65 NO. 1, MARCH, 1963 79 H. H. Shepard showed a new edition of Open Door to Plenty, a resume of the use of agricultural chemicals prepared by the National Agricultural Chemical Association, and a booklet-ecatalogue, Product Handbook, from Plant Protee- tion, Ltd. C. W. Sabrosky noted that the face fly was recorded from Labrador in 1930 under the name Musca corvina, a synonym of M. autumnalis, An attempt is being made to locate the specimen on which the record is based. Dr. George C. Steyskal of the Insect Identification and Parasite Introduction Research Branch, U.S.D.A. presented the evening’s talk titled “Extrapolating Taxonomic Trends.” After showing that the eurves of the number of insects described in most groups are apparently asymptotic, he suggested that the ento- mologists have only begun to describe the insect world. After considerable dis- cussion the meeting was adjourned at 9:30. Ouiver S. Fuint, Jr., Recording Secretary PUBLICATION DATE The date of publication of Vol. 64, No. 4 was January 15, 1963. The date of publication of Vol. 65, No. 1, will be found in Vol. 65, No. 2. 80 PROC, ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 65 NO. 1, MARCH, 1963 CHLORDANE — HEPTACHLOR BOLL WEEVIL TERMITE GRUB Chlordane, Heptachlor and Endrin are among the most versatile insecticides now in common use. They are recommended for many different types of insect control: agricultural; household, lawn and garden; and public health. Each kills a wide variety of insects, providing the effective combination of high initial kill and lasting residual action. If you are engaged in economic entomology, we think that you will find these insecticides often have the advantages of better control and lower cost. If you are in research, we think that you will find it well worthwhile to include Chlordane, Heptachlor and Endrin in your testing programs. For technical information and service, please fei write Velsicol Chemical Corporation, 330 East Grand Ave., Chicago 11, III. The versatile insecticides for agriculture, homes, lawns, gardens and public health! insecticides. Sygon* 400... new low-hazard systemic ~ insecticide Recently cleared by USDA for protection of certain vegetables, non-bearing fruits and ornamentals. Now, from the laboratories of ; oe American Cyanamid Company comes another new advance in des...CYGON 400. Wide- ly tested under the name di- ’ _methoate, CYGON brings an added dimension to phosphate insecticides. It combines Sys- temic activity with low-hazard to man and animal. Wide safety margin - Unlike previous systemics, which have generally been of a rather high order of toxicity, -CYGON is so low in toxicity to warm blooded animals that its use does not require “special” protective measures—other than those normally taken with any pesticide. *Trademark ei Outstanding control CYGON 400 gives outstanding control of aphids, leafhoppers and leaf miners and has so far been cleared by USDA for use on potatoes, tomatoes and watermelons. CYGON can also be used on non-bearing apples, pears and citrus fruits to con- trol aphids, mites, thrips and pear psylla..In addition, CYGON can be used to control aphids, thrips, leaf miners, scales, leaf- hoppers and mites attacking a number of ornamental plants. CYGON 400 will be widely available this year in one gal- lon and five gallon sizes. For further information, write ad- dress below. AMERICAN CYANAMID COMPANY PRINCETON, NEW JERSEY QUALITY INSECTICIDES Preferred by Home Owners, Food Processors and Dairymen GULF HOUSE GARDEN INSECT KILLER (Bomb) A new insecticide that kills numerous insect pests in the house and in the garden. Contains 0.25% Pyrethrins, 1.00% Piperony! Butoxide, 2.00% DDT. QUICK ACTION GULFSPRAY (Liquid) A “space spray” for quick knockdown and kill of many kinds of fying and crawling in- sects. Contains 0.10% Pyrethrins, 0.12% Piperony| Butoxide, and 0.75% Methoxychlor. *GULFSPRAY AEROSOL (Bomb) Gulf’s carefully researched formula provides quick knockdown action and high kill. Contains 0.25% Pyrethrins, 1% Piperonyl Butoxide, and 2% Methoxychlor. *GULF MOTH PROOFER (Bomb) An easy-to-use pressurized spray fer protecting woolens against moth and carpet beetle damage. Contains 39% DDT and 3% Perthane. GULF LIQUID ROACH ANT KILLER An effective, economical liquid spray with built-in sprayer that kills a wide range of household pests, including resistant cockroaches. Contains 0.08% Pyrethrins, 1.00% Chlordane and 0.33% Diazinon. *GULF ANT ROACH BOMB A convenient pressurized spray containing contact and residual insecticides for killing ants and cockroaches. Contains 0.08% Pyrethrins and 2% Chlordane. SPECIAL GULFSPRAY (Liquid) A superlative-quality insecticide specially formulated for use where foodstuffs are processed, stored, served and sold. Contains 0.25% Pyrethrins and 0.20% Piperonyl Butoxide. GULF LIVESTOCK SPRAY New formula with faster knockdown, and increased killing power of resistant flies, Contains 0.05% Pyrethrins, 0.25% Piperonyl Butoxide and 0.6% Organic Thio- cyanates (Lethane 384). *Gulf's New Valve—permits bomb to be used in any position, even upside down. Makes if easy to spray hard-to-reach places. GULF OIL CORPORATION _ JUNE 1963, [EEDINGS of the f ‘PUBLISHED QUARTERLY CONTENTS» t es on some Spider Wane: of Incorrect or Ambiguous renoptera: Pompilidae) BSS IOTEL COE iio 6. St Sele el Ta a j ass hes} i otes on hic Larval Habitat of Tabanus monoensis Hine ER, D. ee Bp aidies on North American Apion: The Apion pe- up ey analgan Reecslipasdae) pase Dat oi AL Seana wee ene us + Ey pon E. S KURCZEWSKI—An Annotated List of pas tele ae ‘Park, Pennsylvania aera ae 3 N, D. 5S M— A New Species of Ata (Acarina: Carpogly- hh i) Preece Sue SG ~The Be Locality of, Eusisyropa virilis (Aldrich ota: Tachinidae) PEMD LTA des SAAT cell ee eo esas ONL) ? W. A New gee Mite from Costa Rica aot | MOLOGICAL SOCIETY ~, WASHINGTON _ U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM . WASHINGTON 25, D. C. 116 108 168 153 167 149 141 163 OFFICERS FOR 1963 W. E. Bickizy, President Dept. of Entomology University of Maryland College Park Ross H. ARNETT, JR., President-Elect Dept. Biology Catholic University 7: <= Washington 17, D. C. I. OLIVER S. FLINT, JR., Recording Secretary Division of Insects U. S. National Museum Washington 25, D. C. PavL J. SPANGLER, Corresponding Secretary Division of Insects U. 8S. National Museum Washington 25, D. ©. CARL BLICKENSTAFF, Treasurer Entomology Research Division, ARS, USDA ARC, Beltsville, Maryland JON L. HERRING, Editor c/o Division of Insects U. S. National Museum Washington 25, D. OC. H. J. CONKLE, Custodian Plant Quarantine Division, ARS, USDA Washington 25, D .C. GuoRrGE E. CANTWELL, Membership Committee Chmn. Insect Pathology Laboratory Agric. Research Center Beltsville, Maryland FRANK L. CAMPBELL, Delegate to the Washington Academy of Sciences NAS-NRC ; 2101 Constitution Ave. Washington, D. OC. Honorary Members C. F. W. Mupsrepeck, U. S. National Museum L. H. Wxxp, Arlington, Virginia T. E. Snypmr, U. S. National Museum NOTE: Send all changes of address to Corresponding ‘Secretary. Second class postage paid at Washington, D. py i ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY ! OF WASHINGTON Neg OncaNizeD Maron 12, 1884 de yh - fee is $1.00 (U. S. currency). MEETINGS — Regular meetings of the Society are held | Room 43 of the U. S. National Museum on the, first Thursday of each month from October June, inclusive, at 8 P.M. Minutes of meet are published regularly in the Proceedings. q MEMBERSHIP Members shall be persons who have demg strated interest in the science of entomolla Annual dues for members are $5.00; initiatio PROCEEDINGS Published quarterly beginning _ with March | the Society at Washington, D. ©. Members in g00 standing are entitled to the Proceedings free. ¢ charge. Non-member subscriptions are $6. 00 p year, both domestic and foreign (U. S. curren payable in advance. All remittances should 1 made payable to The Entomological Society ¢ Washington. The Society does not exchange its publicatio for those of other societies. All manuscripts intended for publication shoul be addressed to the Editor. Acceptable | papers su mitted by members will be published in the o received and will be given precedence over thos by non-members. Immediate publication may — obtained at a cost to the author of about $15.0 per printed page, plus cost of. all engraving. Titl of papers should be concise but comprehensive a should indicate the systematic position of the ject insect. By-lines should indicate present ing address of the author and his organizati affiliation, if possible. Citations in the text of pers longer than one printed page should be author and date and should refer to a list of cor cluding references in which author, year, titl é name of publication, volume and page are given i that order. In shorter articles, refeernces to liter ture should be included in parentheses in the te Proporations of full-page illustrations shoul closely approximate 4-5/16 x 6” (26 x 36 picas ) this usually allows explanatory matter to appear the same page. Cost of illustrations in exces that for one-full-page line cut will be borne by » author. Reprints of published papers may be obtained | the following costs plus postage and insuran¢ provided that a statement of the number desire accompanies the returned proofs. (Prices of sa¢ dle stapling and covers available on request.) Ee a aes «2 pp. 4 pp. 8 pp. 12 pp. 50 copies: - $4.00 $6.00 $10.00 $11.20 $12. 100 copies: 5.00 7.60 12.00 14.40 Additional copies, per 100: : 2.00 2.30 4.00 £5.20 Purchase of reprints by institutions whose it # voices are subject to notarization or other invoi¢ fees will have the cost of such fees added to th purchase price. y . aa PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Vol. 65 JUNE 1963 No. 2 THE FLEAS OF EGYPT. TWO NEW FLEAS OF THE GENUS NOSOPSYLLUS JORDAN, 1933 (SIPHONAPTERA: CERATOPHYLLIDAE ) Rosert Traus, Ph.D., Colonel, U.S.A. (Ret.)1 Department of Microbiology, University of Maryland School of Medicine, Baltimore. Fleas of the genus Nosopsyllus Jordan, 1933, rank second to X enop- sylla Glink., 1907 in number of references to plague relationships in medical literature. Since members of the subgenus Nosopsyllus reg- ularly infest Rattus, they are suspect as potential vectors of zoonoses involving rats. Most Nosopsyllus fleas oceur in northern Africa, the Middle East, Europe, Asiatic U.S.S.R. and China. Certain species, such as N. fasciatus (Bose, 1801) and N. londiniensis (Rothschild, 1903), are quite cosmopolitan, apparently having been transported with their hosts to many parts of the globe. Indeed, V. fasciatus has even been found on Rattus rattus on the subantarctic island of Mac- quarie (Dunnet, 1961). In desert regions, Nosopsyllus generally infest gerbils (Gerbillus) and belong to the subgenus Gerbillophilus Wag- ner, 1934. The subgenus Nosinius Smit, 1960 was also based on a parasite of gerbils. Both nomenclatorially and biologically the genus Nosopsyllus is a rich one. Many names and some synonyms occur in the literature. Nevertheless, species obviously new to science are being collected in the Near East, the Middle East, and other relatively unstudied areas. The status of some names and species is very difficult to evaluate, owing largely to inadequate series of specimens available for study. Intensive collecting in desert areas often fails to yield more than one or two specimens of Nosopsyllus (Gerbillophilus), even though many other kinds of fleas may be present. As Smit (1960) points out, the genus is in need of revision but it is still premature to undertake such a venture. 1Consultant, Dept. of Medical Zoology, U. S. Naval Medical Research Unit No. 3, Cairo, Egypt. From Researeh Project MR005.09-1402.5; Bureau of Medicine and Surgery, Navy Dept., Washington. The opinions and assertions contained herein are the private ones of the author and are not to be construed as official or reflecting the views of the Navy Department or the Naval Service at large. Ar- ticle prepared with the support of Grant No. E4242 of the National Institutes of Health, Washington, D.C. MOTT ak 82 _ PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 2, JUNE, 1963 Thanks to the investigations of the U.S. Naval Medical Research Unit No. 3, based in Cairo, much has recently been learned about arthropods of potential medical importance in Egypt. The Depart- ment of Medical Zoology, under the direction of Dr. Harry Hoog- straal, as part of its organized program, has collected and examined thousands of Egyptian rodents from various habitats. As a result, val- uable and extensive collections of fleas have become available for study. Among the material represented are two species of Nosopsyllus which add to our knowledge of this important group of parasites. One of these, from spiny mice (Acomys), in Sinai, is herein described as a new subgenus and new species. The second, a very common para- site of Arvicanthis niloticus niloticus, the Nile Grass Rat, is described as a new subspecies of N. (Nosopsyllus) londiniensis. The new sub- species of N. londinicnsis and Xenopsylla cheopis (Rothschild, 1903), the established vector of plague, both infest the same host in Eeypt, (Traub and Hoogstraal, in preparation). Penicus subgen. nov. Diagnosis and Description—Immediately separable from nominate subgenus Nosopsyllus and subgenera Gerbillophilus Wagner, 1934 and Nosinius Smit, 1960 by the possession of three rows of postantennal bristles, instead of merely one row (caudomarginal) and only one or two ventro-marginal or subventral bristles representing a second row. Similar to Gerbillophilus and Nosiniws in that the bristles on the second segment of the hind tarsus extend beyond the fourth seg- ment (in contrast to nominate Nosopsyllus), but differing from them by the presence of two complete rows of bristles on the preantennal region rather than a single ocular row plus (at most) two or three bristles near antennal groove. (In the subgenus Nosopsyllus there may be an anterior preantennal row, but often it is not complete.) In the subgenus Penicus, the bristles on the second antennal segment of the female are short, less than a third of the length of the club, in- stead of ranging in size from more than half the length to exceeding the club in length. With the manubrium (fig. 7, MB.) relatively narrower than in the other subgenera, about ten times as long (measured from level of ventral margin of tergal apodeme (T.AP.9)) as broad at midpoint, instead of about five to seven times as long as broad. Resembling Gerbillophilus in major respects except for diagnostic features above and further points as follows: Movable finger (figs. 7 and 9, F.) relatively short and broad, slightly shorter than or subequal to over-all height of immovable clasper, instead of clearly exceeding it. Terga! apodeme of ninth segment (fig. 7, T.AP.9) proportionately longer, due to narrowness of manubrium. Spermatheca with hilla (fig. 6, H.) not recurved over bulga (B.) to any appreciable degree. Type of subgenus: The new species described immediately below. Nosopsyllus (Penicus) geneatus sp. n. Types—Holotype male and allotype female (B-15347-1) ex Acomys russatus russatus Wagner, 1840, the golden spiny mouse; Egypt: Sinai Province, St. Catherine’s Monastery, approx. 5000 ft. elev.; 16 Nov., 1952; collector, H. Hoogstraal, for U.S. Naval Medical Research PROG. ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 2, JUNE, 1963 83 NOSOPSYLLUS (PENICGUS) GENEATUS N.SUBGEN,,N.SR_ FIGS.1-7 Fig. 1, Head and prothorax; fig. 2, Meso- and metathorax; first abdominal ter- gum; fig. 3, Modified abdominal segments of female; fig. 4, Ventral anal lobe of female proctiger; fig. 5, Anal stylet; fig. 6, Spermatheca; fig. 7, Male ninth tergum, immovable process and movable finger of clasper. 84 - PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 2, JUNE, 1963 Unit No. 3 (Cairo). Paratypes as follows: One female with same accession number and data as holotype; two pairs (B-15349) ibid. ; one male (B-17444) ibid. but collected 13 May, 1953; seven males and four females (B-15350) ex Acomys dimidiatus dimidiatus (Cretz- schmar, 1826), the Arabian spiny mouse; loc. cit., 16 Nov., 1952; two males and one female (B-15335) with same data as B-15350, but 13 Nov., 1952, and one female (B-15348) ibid. but 16 Nov., 1952. The holotype and allotype and one pair of paratypes deposited in the collections of the U.S. National Museum. One pair of paratypes deposited in the British Museum (Natural History) at Tring, Herts. ; one pair in the Chicago Natural History Museum, and the remainder in the author’s collection pending further distribution. Diagnosis—The chaetotaxy of the head, mentioned above, serves to distinguish NV. (Penicus) geneatus from all other species in the genus. The other characters cited categorize the species, as does the fact that the crochets of the aedeagus (figs. 11 and 12, CR.) are very broad proximad to the acuminate beak-like apex, whereas in Nosopsyllus and Gerbillophilus the margins of the crochets are subapically rather parallel. Head—(fig. 1, male). With a distinct frontal tubercle (TB.). Preantennal re- gion in the male typically with an ocular row of four bristles, of which the first ventromarginal and third are much longer than the second and fourth; in female generally with three bristles in ocular row, of which the middle one is the shortest. Preantennal region with a second row of bristles, ranging from base of maxillary palpi to base of antennal groove, and in the male consisting of about seven or eight bristles in an irregular row, at times preceded by two or three small bristles; in female with about six or seven bristles in the main row. Eye (E.) distinct, well sclerotized, subovate. Genal process subacute, more subtruneate in female. Maxillary lobe acutely triangular, extending to near apex of third segment of maxillary palpus (M.P.). Labial palpi (L.P.) five-segmented; the distal segment more than 14% times length of penultimate; extending slightly beyond apex of procoxae. First antennal segment with small bristles upon apparent dorsal margin and an apical fringe of similar bristles. Second antennal segment (2 A.) about thrice or four times as broad as long; in male with apical bristles scarcely longer than segment; in female these bristles about twice length of segment but less than one-third length of club. Postantennal region with three rows of bristles arranged in male approximately 4(5)-4-5 per side; in female generally 2(3)-3-5, the first two rows often irregular in spacing; in each sex the ventralmost bristle in third row is the longest, and it is about twice lengh of bristle above it. Thorax—Pronotum quite narrow, at midpoint about two-thirds as long as spine of pronotal comb (P.C.) at that level; with one row of bristles of which ventral- most is more than twice length of one above it. Pronotal comb with a total of about 18 fairly narrow spines, of which the fifth spine from bottom is about 6% times as long as broad at midpoint. Mesonotum (fig. 2, MSN.) with two com- plete rows of bristles; its flange with about six or seven pseudo-setae (PS.S.) per side. Mesepisternum (MPS.) generally with two fairly long caudomarginal bris- tles, of which that at ventrocaudal angle at times appearing to be on mesepimere; with two smaller bristles between these but submedian in origin; with about two —e PROC. ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 2, JUNE, 1963 85 small bristles anterior to last-mentioned and a group of 9-12 small thin bristles scattered near cephalodorsal angle. Mesepimere (MPM.) with one marginal bristle near cephaloventral angle; with a median vertical row of three bristles and a subeaudal vertical row of three bristles, one of these below and anterior to spiracular fossa, one above it and the uppermost subdorsal. Metanotum (MTN.) with two full rows of bristles preceded by one or two subdorsal small bristles; its flange with two subdorsal apical spinelets. Lateral metanotal area (L.M.) higher than ventral half is long; with a long bristle near dorsocaudal angle and a smaller submedian one; at times with an additional very small ventromarginal bristle. Metepisternum (MTS.) with one long bristle in dorsocaudal quadrant; squamulum (SQ.) small and weakly sclerotized. Pleural arch (PL.A.) well- developed, strongly convex and narrow. Metepimere (MTM.) about three-fifths as long as high at maxima; generally with two small bristles in cephalodorsal quadrant and a vertical row of four bristles starting below small oblate spiracular fossa of first abdominal segment (1 SPC.) and extending down to below midpoint ; of these, ventralmost bristle by far the longest; with a long submedian bristle midway between row and caudal margin. Dorsal margin of metepimere short, straight; caudal margin with a sinus at dorsal and ventral extremities; ventral margin with a narrow deep convexity. Meso- and metanota (and anteriormost abdominal terga) lacking a “mane” formed by conspicuous dorsomarginal sub- vertical longish bristles. Profemur with about seven to ten small, thin, lateral submedian bristles; with two to four such bristles near the dorsomarginal bristles and two short stout ones near dorsoapical long bristle; with a subapical long ventromarginal bristle; with one mesal submedian bristle. Protibia with stout single and paired notched dorso- marginal bristles arranged as follows: 1:2:1:2:1:2:2 (the last of which are sub- apical). Protarsus with none of tarsal bristles extending beyond apex of next segment, but first segment with two long dorso-marginal bristles. Fifth seg- ment of protarsus with basal pair of lateral plantar bristles displaced mesad but still proximad to second pair. Mesocoxa with two subapical lateral bristles and two apical longer ones; with a row of three to five bristles almost contiguous to the cephalomarginal ones, of which the ventralmost in row is adjacent to the leucodise on coxa. Mesofemur with only two non-marginal lateral bristles, and these in dorsoapical region; with two widely separated mesal bristles; with one subapical ventromarginal bristle. Mesotibia with notched dorsomarginal bristles as follows: 1:2:1:2:2:1:2:2. Mesotarsus with no bristles extending beyond apex of following segment. Distal segment of mesotarsus with first pair of plantar bris- tles displaced somewhat mesad. Metafemur with three small lateral bristles near ventral margin, on middle third; one long ventromarginal bristle at apical third; and a shorter subapical one; the latter virtually paired with a mesal one; with two small mesal bristles near dorsal margin, subapical in position. Metatibia with notehed dorsomarginal bristles as follows: 1:2:1:2:2:1:2:2; with seattered lat- eral bristles over dorsal two-thirds; these bristles single basally, occurring in horizontal rows of two medially, and in such groups of three or four apically; with five or six mesal bristles extending the length of segment, mainly subventral in position. With one apicodorsal bristle on second segment of metatarsus ex- tending to or beyond apex of fourth segment. Fifth tarsal segment with first pair of plantar bristles only slightly displaced. Measurements (in microns) of tibiae and tarsal segments of holotype (petiolate base deleted) as follows: 86 ' PROG. ENT. SOC. WASH., vou. 65, NO. 2, JUNE, 1963 Tarsal Segments Leg Tibia iH IT iLL 1 V Pro 65 63 63 51 42 96 Meso 297 ial 8) 63 51 111 Meta 396 279 lralt 96 54 120 Abdomen—First tergum (fig. 2, 1 T.) subdorsally somewhat longer than broad (high) ; with two rows of bristles, preceded by one or two subdorsal ones; with a total of four to six apical spinelets. Terga 2, 3 and 4 generally with total number of apical spinelets as follows: Male: 4 to 6-4-2 or 0; female: 4 to 5-2-0. Un- modified terga with first row of bristles terminating above level of spiracular fossa, those of second row extend slightly be!ow this level (figs. 3 and 8, 7 SPC.). Bristles of second row about three-fourths length of tergum. Spiracular fossa very small, only about as long as large adjacent setal bases, and 14% times as broad (high); ovate. Second sternum in male devoid of bristles except for one ventromarginal one per side; female in addition with one median. Typical sterna in male with a vertical row of two bristles near ventral margin of anterior seg- ments; with a row of three such bristles on the more caudal segments. In female, these sterna with three and four such bristles, respectively. With three ante- sensiliary bristles per side in each sex; in male (fig. 8, A.B.) the middle one is very long, the upper and lower ones are minute, vet the dorsalmost is 144-2 times the length of the ventralmost. In the female (fig. 3, A.B.), the middle bristle is about 14% times the length of the lower one and thrice the length of the upper one. The plate bearing bases of antesensiliary bristles dorsomarginal in position. Modified Abdominal Segments—Male—Highth tergum (fig. 8, 8 T.) extending caudad to a point slightly beyond apex of anal lobe and ventrad to a level below the ventral margin of the clasper; that portion eaudad to ah imaginary vertieal line down ventrad at level of caudal margin of sensilium (SN.) is about as long as broad; with four long dorsomarginal bristles; a vertical row of three median bristles, two small bristles below first of dorso-marginal row; a small bristle ventrad and caudad to base of elongate fossa of eighth spiratle (8 SPC.) ; cephalo- dorsal area, between 8 SPC. and base of A.B., with a row of small bristles. Highth sternum (8 S.) extremely reduced; indistinet, visible only as a vestige mesad to seventh sternum (7 8.). Immovable process of clasper (figs. 7 avd 9, P.) short and broadly rounded; that portion apicad of the caudal noteh which articulates with the sclerotized papilla on the anterior margin of the movable finger (F.), searcely longer (higher) than broad at midpoint; with three small apical bristles. Dorsal margin of clasper with a long shallow sinus whose posterior margin is the anterior margin of P. Caudal margin of P. declivous below noteh to acetabulum, whose bristles arise from contiguous bases that are marginal at ventrocaudal angle. Movable finger or process of clasper (F.) ovate; only about 2% times as long as broad at level of sclerotized papilla at midpoint of anterior margin, its broadest point; with one long apical bristle; one long caudomarginal bristle at apical fifth; a small bristle between the foregoing; a fairly long bristle near middle of caudal margin; with a small subapical bristle on anterior margin; with a few cephalo- marginal, very small, thin bristles on distal half, and with a few such bristles scattered over F. Manubrium (fig. 7, MB.) relatively elongate, sides subparallel except where slightly narrowed at middle. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 2, JUNE, 1963 87 NOSOPSYLLUS (PENICUS) GENEATUS N.SUBGEN,N.SP_ FIGS. 8-12 Fig. 8, Seventh, eighth and tenth segments of male; fig. 9, Immovable process and movable finger of clasper; fig. 10, Distal arm of male ninth segment; fig. 11, Apex of aedeagus; fig. 12, Aedeagus. 88 ' PROC. ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 2, JUNE, 1963 Ninth sternum with proximal arm (fig. 12, P.A.9) relatively long and narrow, about 16 times as long as broad at midpoint; ventral margin with a subapical convexity so that dorsal portion appears extended as short sub-rounded process; arm somewhat narrowed apicad at midpoint. Distal arm of ninth sternum (D.A.9 and fig. 10) with apical lobe (A.L.9) almost twice as long as broad at midpoint. Cephalie (dorsal) margin of A.L.9 fairly straight but becoming convex near insertion of single subapical bristle; caudal margin almost paralleling cephale margin but slightly convex, so that lobe is generally gently narrowed apically; with many thin scattered bristles, most congregate at cephalic third, but about 10-14 near caudal margin. Proximal lobe (P.L.9) of distal arm of ninth sternum, as measured from base of arm to conspicuous notch, longer than A.L.9 and more than twice as long as broad at maximum level; with two stout sub- median bristles near apex of bulge; two or three smaller bristles proximad to these and one marginal bristle at apex of lobe. Apodemal rod or tendon of ninth segment (fig. 12, AP.R.9) terminating in one coil. Aedeagal apodeme (fig. 12, AE.A.) with a long apical appendage (AP.A.) which is somewhat coiled distally, and a well developed proximal spur (P.S. and fig. 11); about 61% times as long (measured from base of apodemal strut to base of apical appendage) as broad (measured to ventral margin of well-sclerotized middle plate (M.PT.)). Middle plate with a conspicuous bay (B.M.PT.) that is as long as middle plate is broad at this point. The caudal extensions of lateral plates (E.L.PT.) appearing on each side as a broad protrusion that rapidly be- comes acuminate and reaches level of dorsal lobe (D.S.) of apodemal strut and the fairly thick crescent sclerite (C.S.). Pouch wall (P.W.) weakly selerotized and largely inapparent. Apicomedian sclerite of end-echamber (A.M.S.) talon- shaped, about twice as long as broad below base of stout, curved eclaw-like apex; extending from just below short median dorsal lobe (M.D.L.) to a level below the apex of the sclerotized inner tube (A.S.I.); somewhat larger in size than the conspicuous, biconvex lobed portion of the median sclerite (M.S.) of the apodemal strut. The distal portion of the sclerotized inner tube consisting of 1) a truneate apex (A.S.I.) which is narrower than base of A.M.S., and which possesses an acuminate spur directed cephalad, and 2) a broad expanded basal portion which terminates dorsally (anteriorly) into a conspicuous upturned spur-like ex- tension of the armature (A,S.), the spur of which extends into the end-chamber for a distance equal to two-thirds the length of the crescent selerite (C.S.). The proximal portion of the sclerotized inner tube consists of a subquadrate structure whose armature projects into the end-chamber as a broad spur-like thickening (A2S.) which is stouter and longer than AiS. The lateral sclerotization of the armature of the inner tube (L.S.I.) elongate, arising from just below A.S.I. and extending ventrad to below the lightly selerotized vesicle (V.); its apex slightly dilated. Selerotized band of inner tube (B.1.T.) long, paralleling L.S.I. and ex- tending somewhat beyond its apex, before becoming semimembranous. Crochet (CR.) a somewhat globose structure with a flattened base and a narrow beak-like distal portion, whose acuminate apex is fairly well sclerotized; basal portions of crochet weakly sclerotized; ventral margin subapically semimembranous, frayed and here appearing as a series of tiny tufted filaments or spicules. Lateral lobes (.L.) lightly selerotized. Ventral intramural rod (V.I.R.) fairly well sclerotized. Penis rods (tendons) (P.R.) making one or two coils proximally. PROC. ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 2, JUNE, 1963 89 Sensilium (fig. 8, SN.) dorsally flat or slightly concave; with about 21 sensory pits per side. Proetiger proximally spiculose (SPI.); its dorsal anal lobe (D.A.L.) in shape of an acute triangle and possessing about four or five small dorsomar- ginal bristles and four apical ones, of which one is quite long, and two small submedian ones. Ventral anal lobe of proctiger (V.A.L.) apically very narrow, almost eylindrical; with two or three small dorsomarginal bristles; two or three submedian ones and two fairly long apical ones. Ventral sclerite of proctiger (V.P.) or subanal sclerite lightly sclerotized. Modified Abdominal Seqgments—Female—Seventh sternum (fig. 38, 7 8.) with cephalic margin fairly straight and long, so that segment is nearly twice as broad (high) as long at midpoint; caudal margin shallowly coneave for upper two-thirds and slanting at an angle of about 45°; with a small sinus at ventral fourth; margin below sinus somewhat convex; with an oblique row of four large bristles, the uppermost of which is median but below midline of segment, and lowermost near yentral margin at caudal third; with a small bristle near bases of uppermost two bristles. Eighth tergum (8 T.) with cephalic margin shallow convex for most its length; with a group of 9-13 small bristles in two irregular rows above and in front of narrow eighth spiracular fossa (8 SPC.); with two long submedian bristles, the uppermost of which is at dorsal third, in line with sensilium; with about four bristles near straight portion of caudal margin commencing at level of the ventral anal lobe (V.A.L.); one caudomarginal bristle just below V.A.L. and a group of about five marginal or submarginal bristles along ventrocaudal margin; with two submedian bristles at ventral fourth of segment. Highth sternum (8 S.) long and narrow; apically elliptical, weakly developed. Sensilium (SN.) somewhat longer and narrower than in male; with about 18 sensory pits per side. Tenth abdominal segment with about 8-11 non-marginal bristles; a row of dorsomarginal bristles, of which the subapical ones of dorsal anal lobe of proctiger are the longest; with a group of two or three ventromarginal bristles immediately below cephaloventral angle of anal stylet (A.S.), which, in turn, is about 3% times as long as broad at midpoint (fig. 5) and possesses one ventromarginal bristle at apical fourth, in addition to the usual long apical one. Ventral anal lobe (V.A.L. and fig. 4) trapezoidal; about twice as long as broad at level of ventrocaudal angle; caudal margin with bristles as follows: one short and one long bristle near dorsocaudal angle, one long subapical bristle; a thin one adja- cent to this, three short, stout, slightly curved ones ranging from about midpoint to ventrocaudal angle, the last preceded by two or three submarginals; with five to eight submedian small bristles. Bulga of spermatheea (figs. 3 and 6, B.) ovate, about 1.2 times as long as broad; dorsal margin slightly convex; ventral margin quite straight. Hilla (H.) of spermatheea broad; about 2.5 times as long as broad; evenly curved somewhat towards bulga, but only slightly extending over anterior part of bulga, if at all; lacking an apical papilla; hilla and bulga well demarcated. Bursa copulatrix of the usual “?” shape so characteristic of the genus; the sclerotized duet (S.D.B.) in the shape of a shallow are about 16 times as long as broad at midpoint, the are facing ecaudad. Perula of bursa copulatrix (P.B.C.) coloniform, cucullate or shaped like a reversed letter “C”; about 714 times as long as broad. Lura of the bursa copulatrix (L.B.C.) about as broad as perula; lightly selerotized; arched as a quarter circle. 90 PROG. ENT. SOC. WASH., vol. 65, NO. 2, JUNE, 1963 Remarks—The chaetotaxy of the head of this species does not agree with the generic description of Nosopsyllus, and hence specimens would not key down correctly in taxonomic keys and diagnoses to the genera of fleas such as those of Jordan (1933). Nevertheless, the generic placement of this species is unmistakable on the basis of the reduction of the male eighth sternum; the structure of the ninth sternum, including the characteristic shape of the apical and proximal lobes of the distal arm and the presence of the two large bristles on the latter ; the morphology of the aedeagus, such as the shape of the apico- median sclerite and the details of the armature of the sclerotized inner tube; the stout, curved hilla and the broadly ovate bulga of the spermatheca; and the diagnostic pattern of the bursa copulatrix. The subgeneric name derived from the Greek word for false hairs or wigs, was suggested by the “anomalous” presence of bristles on the postantennal region of this species, just as the specific name, based upon the Greek term for bearded, was chosen because of the super- humary preantennal bristles. Despite the intensive collection of fleas by Dr. Hoogstraal and his colleagues in a variety of habitats in Eeypt, this species was taken only in the Sinai area. In addition to the paratype series, taken from two species of spiny mice (Acomys) at St. Catherine’s Mon- astery at 5000 ft. elevation, one male was taken from a gerbil (G@Ger- billus) at sea level. This last specimen exhibits some morphological differences from the type series, but these cannot be evaluated with- out additional material. Among the seven males and four females from Acomys d. dimidia- tus (B-15350) were two female NV. (P.) geneatus which were unusual in possessing four antesensiliary bristles and, in general, a somewhat denser chaetotaxy than all the other specimens—havine one or two additional bristles on MPS., MPM., MTM., ete., but in other respects essentially agreeing with typical geneatus. In the light of our insuffi- cient knowledge of this group of fleas from Sinai, it is not known if these differences represent individual variations, as I believe they do. These specimens have not been designated as paratypes pending elari- fication of their status. Nosopsyllus (Nosopsyllus) londiniensis declivus ssp. n. Types—HUolotype male and allotype female (B-17327-1) ex nest of Arvicanthis niloticus niloticus, the Nile Grass Rat or Nile Kusu; Keypt: Giza Province, Imbaba, Ausim; 28 Feb., 1953; collector H. Hoogstraal (U.S. Naval Medical Research Unit No. 3). Paratypes, all from Egypt and collected by H. Hoogstraal, as follows: six males and six females with same data as holotype; five males and five females (B-22374) ibid., but from Saft El Laban; 14 Apr., 1954; two males and one female (B-30360) ibid.; 21 March, 1955; two females (B- 30378) ibid.; 2 Feb., 1955; one female (B-15941) ibid., but from Bashtil; 12 Mareh, 1953; five females (B-22006) ibid., but from Kir- dasa; 14 Dec., 1953; six males and two females (B-30635) ibid., but PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, No. 2, JUNE, 1963 91 ’ pene NOSOPSYLLUS (NOSOPSYLLUS) LONDINIENSIS LONDINIENSIS (ROTHS,,1903) FIGS. 15,16 NOSOPSYLLUS (NOSOPSYLLUS) LONDINIENSIS DECLIVUS SSP NOV. — FIGS. 13,14,17 Fig. 13, Immovable process and movable finger of clasper; fig. 14, Seventh, eighth and tenth segments of male; fig. 15, Immovable process and movable finger of clasper; fig. 16, Distal arm of male ninth segment; fig. 17, Distal arm of male ninth segment. from Minshat El Bakkari; 10 Apr., 1955; one male (B-21828) ibid., but from Nahya; 1 Nov., 1953; one male (B-17286) ibid., but from Beheira Province, E] Dilingat ; Feb., 1953; one female (B-17287) ibid., but from Abu Sveifa; Feb., 1953; one male and seven females (B- 17293) ibid., but from Daqahliya Provinee, Aga, Kafr Tveilib; Feb., 1953; one male and one female (B-21838) ibid., but from Minshat El Ikhwa; 12 Nov., 1953; four males and three females (B-21875) ibid., 92 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 2, JUNE, 1963 but from Royal Shooting Club, 3 mi. N. of Faiyum; 5 Jan., 1954; three males and three females (B-17199) ex Arvicanthis niloticus nilocticus; Giza Province, Imbaba, Minshat El Bakkari; 22 March, 198 5 one male and two females (B- 17203) ibid., but from Nahya; 2 March, 1953; two males and 12 females (B- 8635) ibid., but from fae Province ; Oct., 1951; five males and two females ‘(B- 21878) ex Crocidura olivier, Egyptian Giant Shrew; Royal Shooting Club, 3 mi. N. of Faiyum; 5 Jan., 1954; one male (B-17306) ex nest of Crocidura oliviert; Gharbiya Bienes: Shirbin, Kafr El Battik; 11 Feb., 1953; one male and one female (B-21874) ibid., but from Giza Province, Imbaba, Nahya; 4 Jan., 1954; one male (B- 17383) ex nest of Mus musculus, house mouse ; ‘ibid., but from Saft El Laban; 4 March, 1953; one male (B- 21876) ex Mus musculus; Royal Shooting Club, 3 mi. N. of Faiyum; 5 Jan., 1954; one female (B- 17381) ex nest of Rattus rattus ; Giza Sees Imbaba, Kirdasa; 4 March, 1953; one male (B-17344) ee nest of Gerbillus ¢ gerbillus, a cerbil ; ibid., but from El Mansuriya; 25 Feb., 1953; one male (9001) ex Vulpes vulpes niloticus, a fox; eile iPcasties. Kom O Shim; 6 Feb., 1948; one female (B-15642) ex rodent burrow; Daqahliya Province, Kom El Nur, Mit Ghamr; 28 Jan., 1953. Holotype and alloty pe one four pairs of paratypes deposited in the collections of the U.S. National Museum. Paratypes deposited in the British Museum (Natural History) at Tring, Herts. (three pairs) ; the Chicago Natural History Museum (two pairs); the U.S. Naval Medical Research Unit No. 3, at Cairo (three pairs) and the re- mainder in the author’s collection pending further distribution. Diagnosis—Separable from Nosopsyllus (Nosopsyllus) londiniensis londiniensis (Rothschild, 1903) in that in the new subspecies there is a deep sinus on the caudal margin of the immovable process of the clasper (figs. 13 and 21, P.), so that the excised area distad to the upper acetabular bristle is only about 1.3 times as long as deep; the processe is narrow, about 2.5 times as long (high) as broad') ; caudal margin declivous to apex of deep sinus, distad of acetabulum; this portion of caudal margin forming an angle of about 23° with vertical axis of P.; movable finger (F.) relatively narrow, about 3.6 times as long as broad at maxima; anterior margin of F., above papilla straight ; distal arm of ninth sternum with apical lobe (fig. 17, A.L.9) distally relatively acute; narrow, about 2.5 times as long as broad at midpoint. In contrast, in N. / londiniensis, described “from Lon- don, England, the sinus above acetabulum on the immovable proc- ess (fig. 15, P.) is extremely shallow, about 10-20 times as long as deep ; the process P. is broader so that it is only about 1.4-1.8 times as long as broad; apex somewhat rounded; caudal margin apically shehtly convex and forming an angle of about 40° with vertical axis of P.; movable finger (F.) about 2.8 times as long as broad at maxi- ‘Height measured from distal margin of sinus, opposite sclerotized papilla on cephalic margin of movable finger (F.), to apex; breadth measured at midpoint of caudal margin of P. PROC. ENT, SOC. WASH., VoL. 65, NO. 2, JUNE, 1963 93 ma; EF, with cephalic margin sinuate, upper portion slightly concave ; distal arm of ninth sternum with apical lobe (fig. 16, A.L.9) apically subtruncate distad of bristle at cephalodorsal angle; about 2.2 times as long as broad at midpoint. The females of the two subspecies ap- parently lack significant distinguishing features. Description—Head—Frontal tubercle small. With an ocular row of three bris- tles; preceded by a fairly complete row of six to seven bristles, some of these irregular in position. Eye distinct, subovate. Labial palpi reaching to apex of procoxae. Bristles on second segment of antenna about length of this segment in male; in female, some bristles about half the length of club. With a single, caudomarginal complete row of postantennal bristles; with a long ventral bristle near midpoint of antennal groove; with a smaller one in line, near base of scape of antenna. Thoraz—Pronotal comb with a total of about 20 spines; the length of most spines definitely greater than that of pronotum. Mesonotum with two rows of bristles and about five to eight pseudosetae per side. Mesepisternum with one long bristle near ventrocaudal quadrant and four or five scattered small ones. Mesepimere with about six bristles, of which three are ventromarginal. Metanotum with two rows of bristles and one or two apical spinelets per side. Lateral metanotal area with two bristles. Pleural arch distinct. Squamulum feebly sclerotized. Metepimere often with bristles arranged 3-2-1, or 4-3-1. Meso- and metanota (and anteriormost abdominal terga) with dorso-marginal bristles sub- vertical, fairly long, forming a “mane.” Tibiae with numbers of stout dorso- lateral bristles, arising in notches, arranged as follows (from base to apex): 1:2:2:2:2:2, except for metatibiae, which bear a group of three bristles apically. Metatibiae with an additional small bristle above the penultimate pair; this at times appears to arise from a notch, and thus simulates a dorsolateral bristle. Pro- and mesotarsi lacking bristles which extend beyond apex of following segment. Metatarsi with second segment bearing a distomarginal bristle which extends beyond apex of third segment. Proximal pair of lateral plantar bristles of fifth segment of pro- and mesotarsi somewhat displaced mesad, but not distad. In metatarsi this mesad displacement is very slight. Abdomen—First abdominal tergum generally with a total of three or four apical spinelets. Terga 2, 3 and 4 usually with total number of apical spinelets as follows: 4(3)-2-2. Unmodified terga generally with first row of bristles ex- tending only about one-half or three-fourths of distance towards spiracular fossae in males; almost to fossae in females; second row of bristles terminating at or slightly below level of fossae in males and somewhat more ventrad in females. Second abdominal sternum with only one pair of bristles and that ventro-marginal. Other unmodified sterna in males with a vertical row of three fairly long bristles; with one or two small ones above these; in females the row consists of four to five bristles with one or two small ones above or in front of these. Spiracular fossae (figs. 14 and 18, 7 SPC.) gibbous or globate, almost thrice size of bases of adjacent large setae. Male with one long antesensiliary bristle per side (fig. 14, A.B.), a very small one above this and a minute one below. Female with three antesensiliary bristles (fig. 18, A.B.) of which the ventralmost is usually almost as long as middle one (subequal in allotype) and uppermost about one-third length of middle one. J+ PROC. ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO: 2; JUNE, 1963 Modified Abdominal Segments—Male—HKighth tergum (fig. 14, 8 T.) with por- tion caudad of sensilium (SN.) about 1.2 times as long as broad (high) at maxima; with four dorsomarginal bristles and a median row of three commencing with caudalmost of dorsal margin. Immovable process of clasper (figs. 13 and 21, P.) thumb-like, with margins subapically almost parallel; with three apical bris- tles. Movable finger (F.) with anterior margin straight except for selerotized papilla near midpoint. Caudal margin of F. broadest near this level; distal half convex, sharply becoming coneave so that proximal half of F. is narrowed, with margins subparallel for proximal third. Caudomarginal long bristles on F. as follows: one at apical fourth, one at level of anterior papilla, near maximum convexity. Manubrium (MB.) about 5% times as long as broad at midpoint. Ninth sternum with proximal arm (P.A.9) subequal in length to distal arm (D.A.9); arched medially; sides somewhat parallel except for rather dilated distal portion, which is subovate apically. Proximal lobe of distal arm (P.1.9) broadly ovate; with the two stout bristles almost contiguous in a horizontal line. Apical lobe of distal arm (D.L.9) with 25-30 scattered, small, thin bristles of which usually six to ten are at or near caudal margin. Aedeagal apodeme with an apical appendage whose sclerotized portion is short and straight, much shorter than breadth of apodeme at midpoint, and about one- third length of sclerotized portion of proximal spur (fig. 22, P.S.); apical append- age with an additional lightly sclerotized thin distal portion, at times not readily apparent, which extends toward cephalic ends of penis rods, but is not coiled. Aedeagal apodeme about 5.5 times as long as broad. Bay of middle plate (B.M.PT.) as broad as long. Extensions of lateral plates (H.L.PT.) highly acu- minate. Pouch wall (P.W.) weakly sclerotized; emarginate at basal point of origin, the resulting convexity broad. Apicomedian selerite (A.M.S.) talon- shaped, but narrow, more than 2.5 times as long as broad. Apex of sclerotized inner tube (A.S.1.) slightly sinuate, its spur acuminate. Apical spur of armature of inner tube (AiS.) up-curved, almost as long as A.S.I. Proximal extension of armature (A.S.) broad, not well demarcated. Lateral selerotization of inner tube (1L.8.1.) vermiform, extending to vesicle (V.). Selerotized band of inner tube (B.1.T.) well-developed; very long. Crochet (CR.) apically truneate and pointing dorsocaudad; margins subparallel for distal third or fourth; then diverging sharply towards broad, weakly selerotized base. Penis rods or tendons (P.R.) making two or more coils proximally. Sensilium (fig. 14, SN.) dorsally flat or slightly concave, with about 20-22 sensory pits per side. Proctiger proximally spiculose. Ventral anal lobe (V.A.L.) subapically more narrowed than dorsal anal lobe (D.A.L.). Modified Abdominal Segments—Female—Seventh sternum (fig. 18, 7 S.) about 1% times as broad (high) as long at maxima; caudal margin with a conspicuous subventral flattened lobe; with an oblique row of five or six long bristles, preceded by a row of three to five smaller ones. Highth tergum (8 T.) with two large bristles below sensilium; with about three long submarginal ventral and three long submedian bristles; with five to nine smaller submedian bristles; with two caudomarginal bristles and two submarginal mesal bristles below ventral anal lobe. Tenth abdominal segment with two or three bristles at ventrocaudal angle, immediately below base of anal stylet (A.S.), which, in turn is about 3% times as long as broad at midpoint and possesses one long apieal bristle, often a PROC. ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 2, JUNE, 1963 95 / NOSOPSYLLUS (NOSOPSYLLUS) LONDINIENSIS DECLIVUS SSP NOV. FIGS. 18-22 Fig. 18, Modified adominal segments of female; fig. 19, Spermatheca; fig. 20, Anal stylet and ventral anal lobe of female proctiger; fig. 21, Male ninth sternum and eclasper; fig. 22, Apex of aedeagus. 96 PROC. ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 2, JUNE, 1963 minute one at its base, and a ventral one at apical fifth (fig. 20, A.S.). Ventral anal lobe (V.A.L.) with caudal margin sinuate subapieally; the three stout bris- tles near ventrocaudal angle slightly curved; with two long subapical bristles. Bulga of spermatheea (figs. 18 and 19, B.) subovate but dorsal and ventral margins somewhat flattened; about 144 times as long as broad. Hilla (H.) of spermatheca about 31% times as long as broad, arching back towards bulga or ex- tending slightly over it. Selerotized duet of bursa copulatrix (S.D.B.) about 16 times as long as broad at midpoint; only slightly convex. Perula (P.B.C.) eoloni- form, cucullate, about 74% times as long as broad. Lura (.B.C.) narrower than perula. Remarks—In EKegypt Nosopsyllus (Nosopsyllus) londiniensis de- clivus is apparently a prime parasite of Arvicanthis niloticus, the Nile Grass Rat. The majority of specimens in the long series of paratypes were taken from this host and from its nest. Significantly, this form was taken only in cultivated areas in the Nile Delta, although Dr. Hoogstraal and his associates examined thousands of rodents, in all types of habitats in Egypt. All specimens were taken from October to April, the cool months of the year (Hoogstraal and Traub, in preparation ). It is of especial interest that Venopsylla cheopis (Rothschild, 1903) also predominates as a parasite of Arvicanthis in Egypt. Data indi- cate that 81 per cent of all XY. cheopis collected by Hoogstraal were from this host and from the Nile Valley and Delta area only. Other rodents (including Rattus) and predators inhabiting the same vicin- ity or habitat carried relatively few . cheopis, as is evidenced by the fact that the remaining 19 per cent of the Y. cheopis were taken from different hosts throughout the country (Traub and Hoogstraal, in preparation). These observations suggest that both XY. cheopis and N. londiniensis may have originated on Arvicanthis in the Nile Delta, secondarily became adapted to rats of the genus Rattus, and were transported with it to various parts of the world. The new subspecies of N. londiniensts is based on comparison with material from England, received from the N. C. Rothschild Collection through the courtesy of the late Dr. Karl Jordan, who had kindly verified the status of the Egyptian form. Sinee N. londiniensis, like X .cheopis, has been introduced into many parts of the world as ac- couterments of rats, some importations may be recent and successive introductions may have occurred. A mingling of forms of N. lon- diniensis may have taken place in some areas, and it is not surprising that specimens from France or even England at times exhibit a nar- rowed immovable process P. These structures, however, are not as narrowed as in N. 1. declivus, and the sinus on P. is not nearly so pro- nounced, along with other characters mentioned in the diagnosis. If the Nile Valley was indeed the center of development for N. lon- diniensis and X. cheopis (as Rothschild’s name also intimates), and Arvicanthis is the true host for both species of fleas, then study of the vector efficiency of N. londiniensis in plague, utilizing modern meth- ods, may be warranted, for its role in this regard has never been defi- nitely evaluated. ; PROC, ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 2, JUNE, 1963 97 ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS Once again I am indebted to Dr. Harry Hoogstraal for his interest, enthusiasm and diligence in furthering our knowledge of the ecto- parasitic fauna of Egyptian mammals, and for making it possible for me to study the resultant valuable collections of fleas. Thanks are extended to Miss Helle Starcke and Mr. Thomas M. Evans for edi- torial assistance. List oF ABBREVIATIONS A.B., Antesensiliary bristle; A.L.9, Apical lobe of distal arm of ninth sternum; A.M.S., Apicomedian sclerite of aedeagus; A.S., Anal stylet; A.S.L., Apex of sclerotized inner tube; AE.A., Aedeagal apodeme; AP.A., Apical appendage of aedeagal apodeme; AP.R.9, Apodemal rod of ninth sternum; A.S., Conspicuous spur-like thickening at base of distal portion of armature of sclerotized inner tube of aedeagus; AS., Broad sclerite on proximal portion of sclerotized inner tube; B., Bulga (head) of spermatheca; B.I.T., Sclerotized band of inner tube; B.M.PT., Bay or ventral convexity of middle plate of aedeagal apodeme; C.S., Crescent selerite of aedeagus; CR. Crochet of aedeagus; D.A.L., Dorsal anal lobe of proctiger; D.A.9, Distal arm of male ninth sternum; D.L.9, Apical lobe of distal arm; D.S., Dorsal lobe of apodemal strut of aedeagus; E., Eye; E.L.PT., Caudal extensions of lateral plates of aedeagal apodeme; F., Movy- able finger or digitoid of clasper; H., Hilla (tail) of spermatheca; L.B.C., Lura of bursa copulatrix; L.L., Lateral lobe of aedeagus; L.M., Lateral metanotal area of metathorax; L.P., Labial palpus; L.S.I. Lateral sclerotization of inner tube; M.D.L., Median dorsal lobe of aedeagus; M.P.; Maxillary palpus; M.PT., Middle plate of aedeagal apodeme; M.S., Median sclerite of apodemal strut of aedeagus; MB. Manubrium; MPM., Mesepimere; MPS., Mesepisternum; MSN., Mesonotum ; MTM., Metepimere; MTN., Metanotum; P., Immovable process of clasper; P.A.9, Proximal arm of male ninth sternum; P.B.C., Perula - dilated portion of bursa copulatrix; PC., Pronotal comb; P.L.9, Proximal lobe of distal arm of ninth ster- num; P.R., Penis rods; P.S., Proximal spur of aedeagus; P.W., Wall of aedeagal pouch: PL.A., Pleural arch of metathorax; PS.S., Pseudosetae; §.D.B., Sclero- tized duct of bursa copulatrix: SN., Sensilium; SPI., Spicules; SQ., Squamulum ; T.AP.2, Tergal apodeme of ninth segment; TB. Frontal tubercle; V. Vesicle of aedeagus; V.A.L., Ventral anal lobe of proctiger; V.I.R., Ventral intramural rod of aedeagus: V.P., Subanal sclerite (ventral or proximoventral sclerite of proe- tiger); 1 SPC., First abdominal spiracle (associated with metepimere); 1 T., First tergum; 2 A., Second antennal segment; 7 S., Seventh sternum; 7 SPC., Spiracle (fossa) of seventh segment: 8 S., Eighth sternum; 8 SPC., Spiracle (fossa) of eighth segment; 8 T., Eighth tergum. REFERENCES Dunnet, G. M. 1961. Fleas from Macquarie Island with a description of a new species of Parapsyllus Enderlein. Proc. R. ent. Soe. Lond. (B), 30(3-4) :43-49, 3 figs., 5 refs. Hoogstraal, H., and R. Traub. The fleas (Siphonaptera) of Egypt. Host-Para- site relationships. (In preparation). Jordan, K. 1933. A survey of the classification of the American species of Ceratophyllus s. lat. Novit. Zool. 39:70-79. Emit, F. G. A. M. 1960. New Siphonaptera from Eastern Mediterranean coun- tries. Bull. British Mus. (Nat. Hist.), Ent 8:335-366, 41 figs., 6 refs. Traub, R. and H. Hoogstraal. The fleas (Siphonaptera) of Egypt. The species of fleas and their host-preferences. (In preparation). 98 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 2, JUNE, 1963 BOOK REVIEW MAYFLIES OF MICHIGAN TROUT STREAMS, by Justin W. Leonard and Fannie A. Leonard. Bloomfield Hills, Michigan, Cranbrook Institute of Sci- ence. x +139 p. Col. fronts., 6 col. pls., 82 figs. 1962. $6.00 paper, $7.00 cloth. This handsomely illustrated volume by the Leonards, due for publication several years ago, has at last appeared under the imprint of the Cranbook Institute. The original intent of the study of the Michigan mayflies was to present a professional report of this order as it occurs in Michigan. However, there has been a decided changed in the orientation of the work so that the information has been slanted to appeal to the informed trout fisherman. I believe, though, that there are few of those who will do more than study the colored press illustrating the adult stage and the black-and-white illustrations of the nymphs. Because the Leonards had completed their work on this volume several years ago, no references later than 1954 are included and the reorganization of families proposed in that year by Edmunds and Traver, although used by other Ephemer- opterists today, is not employed here. Nevetheless, most of the research subsequent to 1954 would not significantly alter the material contained in the volume in spite of the fact that some rather important papers have been published since then, many in Europe. There are features of this volume that will be particularly useful to the ento- mologist such as a graph showing the seasonal occurrence of the adult stage of 28 species. The Leonards also deseribe and illustrate the methods by which they ob- tained their excellent color photographs and have ineluded a useful section on ecol- lecting, preserving, and rearing mayflies. The bulk of this little volume, pages 22-132, is devoted to classification, includ- ing simplified keys to families and genera of both nymphs and adults. The keys are designed to help the novice separate the higher categories easily, mostly with only the assistance of a hand lens. Further, the key to genera is limited to those which oceupy trout streams. There are no keys to species, but the nymph, sub- imago, and imago, where these forms are known, are briefly described. The descrip- tions are followed by a discussion of the ecology of the species and pertinent char- acteristics distinguishing them are given. For the student of Ephemeroptera there are drawings of the male genitalia of 62 of the species treated in the book. However, the most helpful parts of the book for the professional entomologist or aquatic biologist are the illustrations, com- ments on habitat, period of emergence, and habits of the adults and nymphs with regard to their specific ecological niches and mating swarms. This little volume will be a welcome addition to the literature on North American Ephemeroptera and helps vastly in enlarging our knowledge of these fragile and beautiful insects. LEWIS BERNER, Department of Biology, University of Florida, Gainesville. ANNOUNCEMENT Short scientific articles not exceeding one printed page, with or without small illustrations, are weleome and usually will be published promptly. A printed page equals approximately 55 typewritten lines. See this issue for format.—Hditor. PROC. ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 2, JUNE, 1963 99 VARIATION IN THE QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE EVALUATION OF FREE AMINO ACIDS IN INSECTS DUE TO SAMPLING TECHNIQUES! W. P. SrerHEN and A. L. STEINHAUER,” Department of Entomology, Oregon State University, Corvallis, Oregon INTRODUCTION For a score of years the investigation of the amino acids and their role in insect metabolism and nutrition has been supplemented by more rapid, accurate methods of analysis. Paper chromatography, and the trace amounts of material necessary for analysis, has permitted tracing orally administered dietary supplements through the alimen- tary canal and its eventual disposition as fecal excretion or incorpo- ration in the body fluid of the organism. Demonstration by Auclair and Maltais (1950) that the resistance of the certain pea varieties to pea aphid attack is largely due to the differences in essential amino acids; by Lemonde and Bernard (1951), House (1949), Singh and Brown (1957) and others that each species of insect has its own specific daily minimum requirements of essen- tial amino acids; by Bricteaux-Gregoire et al (1957) that hydrolysis of larval tissue to free amino acids serves as the source material for adult tissue synthesis, in part attests to the basic information that ean be made available through chromatographic techniques. More recently several authors have proposed the evaluation of amino acids as tools in systematics (Ball and Clark, 1953; Buzzati- Traverso and Reehnitzer, 1953; Micks, 1954, 1956; and Micks and Gibson, 1957), suggesting that the degree of similarity in the amino acids is a direct indication of the relationship among the forms tested. Our attempts to repeat some of the experiments have resulted in data not at all comparable with those of other workers. At least two major causes for these discrepancies immediately come to mind. One is that the genetic variability between and among populations of the same species is of such magnitude that the quantitative and qualita- tive differences observed are inherent with the populations tested; the second is that the differences in analytical technique alone can account for the lack of replieability. Although many of the studies have claimed blood analysis, the sampling techniques include: heart puncture; whole body homoge- nates followed by centrifugation; whole body homogenates followed by deproteinization with ethanol and chloroform; inserting several Specimens in a syringe and expelling the exudate for analysis; using adults of various degrees of maturity; and aging or heating spotted chromatograms prior to running to prevent peptide or protein streaking. 1Aided by grants from the Graduate School Research Fund and Basie Research Committee, Oregon State University. Technical Paper No. 1174, Oregon Agri- cultural Experiment Station. “Present address: Dept. of Entomology, University of Maryland, College Park. 100 PROC. ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 2, JUNE, 1963 The purpose of this work is to explore the amount of variability that can be attributed to these different sampling methods. MATERIALS AND MrtTHops The American cockroach, Periplaneta americana (1i.), was selected as the test animal because of its availability and ease of manipulation. Single adult specimens of the roach were used in each of the four experiments undertaken. Five roaches more than two months beyond the adult moult were isolated and starved for a period of one month; the sixth specimen used was a non-starved adult that had just emerged from the last larval moult. In all four tests the sample of whole blood, taken directly from a heart puncture in the dorsal inter- segmental membrane, was used as the standard of comparison to the other methods. The analysis of the blood was accomplished by ascending chroma- tography, using a method modified slightly from that outlined by Block and Weiss (1956). Five samples were applied to each 7” x 11” sheet of Whatman No. 1 filter paper and permitted to dry before being developed. A single solvent system was used to isolate the eight amino acids selected as standards for comparison. It was felt that these would serve to indicate the variability that could be expected in the other amino acids in this and in other solvent systems. The BAW solvent system used was prepared by mixing n-butyl alcohol, acetic acid and water in proportions of 250 :60 :250 v/v. After separa- tion, the lower layer was drained into beakers and the alcohol phase used as the solvent. Beakers containing aqueous phase (lower layer) were placed in the chamber. The spotted sheets were suspended from glass rods with stainless steel clips and mounted on a stainless steel frame. The unit was placed in the chromatographic chamber and sufficient solvent added to bring the level just below the lower ends of the suspended filter paper sheets. The chamber was covered and allowed to equilibrate for one hour. Following this, enough solvent was added to bring the level of the liquid to within 1.5 em of the application line. The chromatograph was allowed to develop until the solvent front reached the 25 em. line, whereupon it was removed and dried at room tempera- ture. Each chromatogram was developed three times in the solvent and then stained with ninhydrin. Twenty-four hours after staining, densitometer readings were made on a photoelectric densitometer (Photovolt Corp.) and the maximum density recorded. In the first test, a four lambda sample of blood was removed through a heart puncture and applied to the chromatogram. The specimen was then washed and homogenized in a Waring blender with three volumes of distilled water. The material was centrifuged at 2000 RPM and 4 lambda and 12 lambda (to account for the 3 times dilution) of the supernatant were applied to the same sheet. The re- mainder of the supernatant was deproteinized by adding one volume PROG. ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 2, JUNE, 1963 101 of 95% ethanol to a 5 ml. aliquot and centrifuging. The supernatant was then shaken with three volumes of chloroform and again centri- fuged at a very low speed. The resulting aqueous phase was removed for amino acid analysis. A four lambda and a 48 lambda (to account for dilution in deproteinization) samples were apphed to the chroma- tographic sheet and allowed to dry before development. The data are recorded in Table 1. In the second test the above procedures were repeated only using a recently moulted non-starved adult. The data are recorded in Table 3. The third test was undertaken to compare another sampling tech- nique. The technique involves inserting several specimens into a syringe and using from one to four drops of the expelled fluid for analysis. Again, a four lambda sample of whole blood was taken from the heart of a mature, starved female roach for a standard of com- parison. The roach was then dropped into boiling water for 30 sec- onds, removed, dried, and placed into a 10 ml. syringe. The fluid contents were expelled through a number 27 needle of which four lambda, four drops and one drop were applied to the chromatogram for analysis. The data are recorded in Table 3. The fourth test was devised to determine the effect of aging and heating of chromatograms on the quantitative and qualitative amino acid composition of samples. During certain periods of development in both hemimetabolous and holometabolous insects adequate separa- tion of the amino acids are rendered impossible in most solvent sys- tems due to what is felt to be peptide streaking. This is particularly evident at moulting periods in the hemimetabola and during the early pupal stage of the holometabola. It has been suggested previously by the authors that this is attributable to tissue breakdown and tissue resynthesis at these times. Deproteinization with the alcohols, chloro- form and acetone does not eliminate the streaking. At least two meth- ods can be used to partially overcome streaking at these periods; one is merely by permitting a spotted chromatogram to stand for four weeks at room temperature, and the second by heating the spotted chromatogram at 110°C. for 24 hours. Three starved, aged females were sampled by heart puncture and triplicate four lambda samples were applied to each of three sheets. The first sheet was run immedi- ately, the second at the end of the 24 hour heating period and the third at the end of the month of aging at room temperature. The data are recorded in Table 4. As this study was of a comparative nature, rather than a definitive one, the actual amounts of amino acids are not determined. The read- ings merely represent the maximum color density reading for each of the eight amino acids selected for analysis. In addition, the tables include a column recording the percentage difference as an increase or decrease, in relation to the quantitative data on the whole blood standard. 102 PROC, ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, No. 2, JUNE, 1963 TABLE 1. MixtimuM DENSITY READINGS OF NINHYDRIN AMINO ACID SPOTS FROM THE BLoopD OF A SINGLE ADULT FEMALE OF P. AMERICANA Starved Aged Specimen AMINO ACID 4 , Whole 12 , Body 4 ) Body 48 ) Ho- 4, Ho- mogenate mogenate Blood Homogenate Homogenate Deproteinized Deproteinized 2 % change — Y% change % change Y change CYSTINE 10) 20 —33 10 —66 2 Drk +90 16 —AT HISTIDINE .66 65 — 2 vo —52 1.14 +58 -26 —61 SERINE 26 61 + 9 a1) —4Al 92 +64 B20 —46 GLUTAMIC Wik 78 +10 40 —44 1.10 +55 04 —52 ACID ALANINE .58 61 + 5 28 —52 1.06 +83 24 —59 PROLINE wed 29 + 7 14 —48 50 +85 16 —Al TYROSINE 2 16 —50 06 —81 24 —25 08 —75 LEUCINE & 24 .24 0) 12 —50 38 +58 16 ——=(fi3) [SOLEUCINE TABLE 2 MAXIMUM DENSITY READINGS OF NINHYDRIN AMINO ACID SPOTS FROM THE BLOOD OF A SINGLE ADULT FEMALE OF P. AMERICANA Recently Molted Not Starved AMINO ACID 4 , Whole 12 , Body 4 ) Body 48 ) Ho- 49 Elo- Blood Homogenate Homogenate mogenate mogenate alcohol and aleohol and chloroform chloroform ppt. ppt. % change % change % change % change CYSTINE 14 29 +107.1 12 — 14 .37 +164.2 06 —57 HISTIDINE .80 Afi) 1G. AO) 5S) eh SS 22) PNT (1) SERINE R4 70 — 17 32 — 62 93 + 10.7 24 —T1 GLUTAMIC 22 84 +281.8 37 +168.1 1.18 +463.3 41 +86 ACID ALANINE 41 $y se NYS 30 — 27 1.14 +178.0 508 Lo: PROLINE 22. 26 + 18.1 -l11 — 50 42 + 90.9 18 —18 TYROSINE 3 20 — 41 10 — 71 -310) | 2558 14 —59 LEUCINE & Bil 583 + 3.9 19 — 63 71 + 39.2 20 —61 [SOLEUCINE TABLE 3 MAXIMUM DENSITY READINGS OF NINHYDRIN AMINO ACID SPOTS FROM THE 3LOOD OF A SINGLE ADULT FEMALE OF P. Starved Aged Specimen AMERICANA AMINO ACID 4 ) Whole 4 )\ Syringe 4 Drop Syringe 1 Drop Syringe Blood % change % change % change CYSTINE pales PP) + 69 S18) +477 333 +154 HISTIDINE .28 1.05 +275 1.80 +453 1.45 +418 SERINE .28 42 + 50 98 +250 59 +111 GLUTAMIC ACID ait} 53) +462 aS) +808 94 +625 ALANINE oA: 30 +14 St tf +450 .52 +271 PROLINE 18 .30 + 67 80 +344 44 +144 TYROSINE 16 eal + 31 40 +150 .24 + 50 LEUCINE & 2 14: 11a .60 +400 36 +200 |SOLEUCINE PROC. ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 2, JUNE, 1963 103 TABLE 4 Tur EFFECT OF AGING AND HEATING ON QUANTITATIVE DETERMINATION oF FREE AMINO ACIDS IN THE BLOOD OF P. AMERICANA Straight run Aged 30 days Heated 110 ©/48 hrs. AMINO ACID Limits Average Limits Average Limits Average % change % change CYSTINE .12-.24 19 .13-.31 24 +26 .08-.13 10 —48 HISTIDINE .41-.56 49 .34-.44 240) Pal .20-.29 apy: We Iai t SERINE .55-.76 .61 .54-.74 LGad vein at Ete tees. traceis.c-. ces: GLUTAMIC .21-.30 .26 .22-.30 .26 0 4-23 l7 —35 ACID ALANINE .24-,54 43 .33-.67 46 +10 .21-.40 28 —35 PROLINE .20-.33 125 .22-.28 25 0 .16-.22 19 —24 TYROSINE .22-.47 ot .20-.40 2 —13 .21-.26 23 —38 LEUCINE & .23-.46 p35) .23-.00 29 —17 .10-.22 18 —49 ISOLEUCINE RESULTS One is immediately impressed by the high variability in the amino acid content of the whole blood samples among the six specimens as cited in the first column of each of the four tables. There is over a 100% difference between the low and high samples of cystine, alanine, tyrosine and isoleucine and leucine taken from the three specimens used as checks in Table 4. Even greater differences in the densito- metric values are evident when specimens used in the other experi- ments are compared. For example, the blood samples taken from the females used in tests 1 and 3 and cited in Tables 1 and 3, are from individuals whose age and treatment is approximately identical, yet the quantitative determination of glutamic acid is 514 times greater in one than the other. In tables 1 and 2 the columns headed as 4 A whole blood, 12 A body homogenate, and 48 A body homogenate with alcohol and chloroform precipitate, represent equivalent amounts of tissue content when the dilution factors are considered. The analysis of supernatant from whole body homogenates of the starved, aged specimen in Table 1 indi- cates a reduction in tyrosine of 50% while the glutamic acid is in- creased by 10% when compared to the whole blood standard. The equivalent tissue extract as represented by the 48 A of homogenate following deproteinization shows even greater variation with increases in all amino acids except tyrosine. This deviation is magnified in the data on the recently moulted not starved adult female recorded in Table 2. The enormous increases in elutamie acid, alanine and cystine over the whole blood standard, plus the disproportionate increase (or decrease), in the other amino groups, illustrates the magnitude of variability that can be expected without standardization of sampling technique. The data in Table 3 represents the quantitative differences in the eight amino acids when using syringe expelled fluid from the roach. It can be noted that all eight amino groups show a marked percentage increase but again the increase is disproportionate, ranging from a 31% inerease in tyrosine to 462% increase in elutamie acid. The absence of quantity control using the “4 drop” technique of some workers makes the data valueless in comparative studies. 104 PROC. ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 2, JUNE, 1963 ’ The effects of aging and heating chromatograms prior to solvent development are recorded in Table 4. It can be noted that aging for 30 days at room temperature had little quantitative, and no qualita- tive effect on the amino acids under study. However, heating at 110°C. for 24 hours caused a marked reduction in all of the test amino acids, and eliminated serine completely. Neither aging or heating of the spotted chromatograms completely eliminated the peptide streak- ing when the chromatograms were run in the phenol solvent system, but did materially reduce the amount in those specimens that were Just about to, or had just completed moulting. DISCUSSION The interindividual variability in quantitative evaluation of amino acids is striking in the several individuals used in these tests, in spite of careful selection for unmated roaches of the same chronological age. The sources of some of the variation can certainly be attributed to aging, but the degree of change in a mature individual in a given period of time is unknown. Perhaps the most obvious conclusion that can be drawn from this data, as well as other as yet unpublished data of the authors, is that chronological age is not necessarily indicative of physiological age, and until rather detailed work is done on this aspect of the problem, comparative studies on whole body homoge- nates can only remain meaningless. Previous studies on holometabolous insects by Agrell (1949) and Micks and Ellis (1952) have revealed fluctuations in the free amino acid levels during the development of the pupae. In both papers the authors used whole body homogenates of a number of individuals at a particular stage of development for analysis. The conclusion of Micks and Ellis that the free amino acid concentrations decrease dur- ing the pupal stage are undoubtedly correct if one were to consider only those individuals representing the late pupal stage. In a previ- ous paper (Stephen and Steinhauer, 1957) the authors have found that during the early parts of the pupal stage of the holemetabolous species, Lichnanthe rathvoni and Smerinthus cerisyt, both the protein and the amino acid pool of the pupae resemble an undifferentiated mass of larval tissue which has undergone lysis. Attempts to separate either proteins or amino acids during this very short interval in the early pupal stage were unsuccessful because of the interference of ereat quantities of peptides. The work of Bricteaux-Gregoire, Verly and Florkin (1957) on Sphinx ligustri expands on this premise to show that most of the amino acids used for adult protein synthesis comes directly from larval tissue that has been hydrolysed to free amino acids before being used for adult tissue synthesis. It can there- fore be appreciated that the physiological age of the specimens used can materially affect the data gleaned from this type of analysis; in fact, it Is imperative, in this type of study, that only careful work on a developing individual will yield the type of information necessary to better understand requirements and developmental change. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 2, JUNE, 1963 105 Qualitative differences in amino acids from whole body homogenates of mosquitoes have been shown by Clark and Ball (1952), Ball and Clark (1953), Micks and Gibson (1957) and Lewallen (1957). In the former two papers the authors give no indication of the amounts of the sample utilized except to state than 6 to 40 specimens were used in the preparation. It is possible that their ability to separate the species of Culex used in their studies on the basis of qualitative differ- ences may stem directly from the difference in sample size, for amino acids are not detectable by the ninhydrin reaction if they are present below certain threshold concentrations. Both Micks and Gibson, and Lewallen found quantitative and qualitative differences in amino acids between and among strains of Aedes aegypti and Anopheles occidentalis, A. maculipennis and A. freeborni. This is not surprising in view of the many recent studies carried on by population geneti- cists, in fact it is rather to be expected. Perhaps the general concepts of population genetics now widely accepted elsewhere have been treated too lightly by the physiologist, particularly with the current interest in comparative invertebrate physiology that has paralleled the improvement of microtechniques. It is conceivable that greater variation in free amino acids or lipoprotein may be found at the infraspecific level than found at the interspecific level, for species are composed of individual semi-isolated populations, each with their own adaptive genotype, inversion frequency, and mutation rate. Few, if any, species occupy a continuous range, but rather are composed of independently evolving interbreeding units responding to the selec- tive rigors of the local environment. Working with populations of the same species, Dobzhansky and Spassky (1944) have shown the strong selective influence of temperature on the karyotype in Drosophila pseudoobscura; DaCunha (1951) working with the same species, mndi- cates that the selective coefficient of the karyotype depends upon the food available in a given niche, and Birch and Battaglia (1957) come t» the same conclusions in working with the inversion frequencies in P. willistom. Other factors such as season, crowding, and other types of karyotypes in the same population exert pressures on the inte- grated adaptive peak of each population, and any genotypic differ- ence, no matter of what magnitude, must be expressed in biochemical and phylsiological terms. The fact that each population in a given species is a dynamic evoly- ing entity would lead us to the tenet that each and every population is better adapted to its singular niche today than at any time in the previous history of the group. This would imply that with time such changes as exerted through selection should be able to be determined biochemically, which in turn would prevent absolute replicatability. Thus, what may be found through micromethod determination today will not necessarily be true tomorrow, and biochemically what may apply to population A of a given species need not necessarily apply to population B of the same form. 106 PROC. ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 2, JUNE, 1963 Unfortunately developmental and biochemical genetics are yet in their infancy, but the information available is sufficient to speculate on the biochemical significance of minor genotypic changes through inversions and mutations. The studies of Hinton and his coworkers indicate that some spontaneous mutations and inversions in Droso- phila melanogaster drastically alter the nutritional requirements of strains of that species making nucleic acid and adenine necessary for their normal maturation. The selective significance of such mutants is profound and were such individuals to survive under natural condi- tions, they would require a dietary supplement or utilization of here- tofore unused subtrate. Thus the karyotype frequencies of populations can be modified by the selective properties of seasonal change, food, temperature, crowding, ete., each of which may exert an influence on the nutritional requirements and dietary uptake, which in turn may be reflected in the microanalysis of the blood and tissue. As micro- techniques become even more refined, the influence of the genotype as a source Of biochemical variation will demand much more scrutiny than is presently being given it. Additional sources of variability have been shown to affect the free amino acid levels of the blood of insects. Auclair (1953) found that ingestion of alanine by cockroaches caused an increase in @lutamine in the blood, L-glutamic acid brought about an increase in glutamine and alanine, and a-ketogluteric acid raised the glutamic acid level. 3eadle and Shaw (1950) have shown that the free amino acid con- centration in Sialis increases and decreases to compensate for fluctua- tions in the chloride of the blood. The free amino acids are thus a part of the osmoregulatory system of these insects and are directly influenced by the environment. A recent paper by Dennell (1958) indicates that alanine is released in the cuticle as a result of deami- nation of dihydroxyphenylalanine during cuticle hardening. With these multitudes of developmental, genetic and dietary fac- tors that can influence the quantitative and qualitative determination of free amino acids in insects, it is imperative that more rigid control of the causes of variation be considered in experimental work in com- parative physiology. The possibility of elimination of all variables is obviously remote, however, even a standardization of sampling tech- nique can reduce their effect. SUMMARY A series of experiments were designed to explore the amount of variability in amino acid determination that ean be attributed to the wide variety of sampling techniques presently used for comparative studies. Comparisons were made against whole blood samples using a whole body homogenate, a whole body homogenate that had been deproteinized by ethanol and chloroform, inserting several specimens in a syringe and using the expelled fluid for analysis, using adults of different stages of maturity, and the effect of aging and heating of spotted chromatograms prior to development. PROC. ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 2, JUNE, 1963 107 The differences in free amino acid composition among the speci- mens used as standards in the four experiments is striking with the glutamic acid of one specimen 5!% times greater than the low level recorded. The effect of whole body homogenization and its subsequent depro- teinization, of using the syringe expelled fluid, of age, and of heat treatment magnified the variability causing disproportionate increases or decreases in amino acids when compared to the whole blood standards. Numerous other factors are discussed which may lead to quantita- tive and qualitative variability in the free amino acid level of a given species. The magnitude of variation that can be attributed to devel- opmental, genetic and dietary factors make it imperative that more rigid control of the causes of variation be considered in experimental work in comparative physiology. REFERENCES Agrell, I., 1949. Occurrence and metabolism of free amino acids during insect metamorphosis. Acta Physiol. Seand. 18, 247-258. Auclair, J. L., 1953. Amino acid metabolism. In: Roeder, R. D. Insect Physi- ology. Wiley and Son, New York. Auclair, J. L., and J. B. Maltais, 1950. Studies on the resistance of plants to aphids by the method of paper partition chromatography. Canad. Ent. 82, 175-176. Ball, G. H., and E. W. Clark, 1953. Species differences in amino acids of Culex mosquitoes. System. Zool. 2, 138-141. Beadle, L. C., and J. Shaw, 1950. Salt retention and regulation, Sialis (Neur- optera). J. Exp. Biol. 27, 96-109. Birch, L. C., and B. Battaglia, 1957. Selection in Drosophila willistoni in rela- tion to food. Evol. 11, 94-105. Block, R. J., and K. W. Weiss, 1956. Amino acid handbook. Charles C. Thomas, Springfield. Bricteux-Gregoire, S., W. G. Verly, and M. Florkin, 1957. Protein synthesis in Sphina ligustri pupae. Nature 179, 678-679. Buzzati-Traverso, A. A., and A. B. Rechnitzer, 1953. Paper partition chroma- tography in taxonomic studies. Science 117, 58-59. Clark, E. W., and G. H. Ball, 1952. The free amino acids in the whole bodies of culicid mosquitoes. Exper. Parasit. 1, 339-346. Da Cunha, A. B., 1951. Modification of the adaptive vlues of chromosomal types in Drosophila pseudoobscura by nutritional variables. Evol. 5, 395-404. Dennell, R., 1958. The amino acid metabolism of a developing cuticle: the larval cuticle and puparium of Calliphora vomitaria. 11. The nonspecific hydroxyla- tion of aromatie acids and the production of polyphenols by the cuticle. Proc. Royal Soe., Ser. B, 148, 280-284. Dobzhansky, T., and B. Spassky, 1944. Geneties of natural population XI. Mani- festation of genetic variants in Drosophila pseudoobscura in different enyviron- ments. Geneties 29, 270-290. House, H. L., 1949. Nutritional studies with Blatella germanica (L.) reared under aseptic conditions. 111. Five essential amino acids. Canad. Ent. 81, 133- 139. 108 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65,.NO. 2, JUNE, 1963 Lemonde, A., and R. Bernard, 1951. Nutrition des larves de Triboliwm confusum Duval. 11. Importance des acides amines. Canad. J. Zool. 29, 80-83. Lewallen, L. L., 1957. Paper chromatography studies of the Anopheles maculi- pennis complex in California (Diptera: Culicidae). Ann. Ent. Soe. Amer. 50, 602-606. Micks, D. W., 1954. Paper chromatography as a tool for mosquito taxonomy: the Culex pipiens complex. Nature 174, 217-221. Micks, D. W., 1956. Paper chromatography in insect taxonomy. Ann, Ent. Soe. Amer. 49, 576-581. Micks, D. W., and J. P. Bilis, 1952. Free amino acids in the developmental stage of the mosquito. Proce. Soc. Exp. Biol. Med. 79, 191-193. Micks, D. W., and F. J. Gibson, 1957. The characterization of insects by their free amino acid patterns. Ann. Ent. Soe. Amer, 50, 500-505. Singh, K. R. P., and A. W. A. Brown, 1957. Nutritional requirements of Aedes aegypti L. J. Insect Physiol. 1, 199-220. Stephen, W. P., and A. L. Steinhauer, 1957. Sexual and developmental differ- ences in insect blood proteins. Physiol. Zool. 30, 114-120. NOTES ON SOME SPIDER WASPS OF INCORRECT OR AMBIGUOUS TYPE LOCALITY (HYMENOPTERA: POMPILIDAE ) I have recently had occasion to examine the types of several Pom- pilidae described by early European authors. The following notes per- tain to three names which were listed as ““Pompilidae of Uneertain Position” in the Catalog of Hymenoptera of America North of Mex- ico (1951). Two of these names do not apply to North American species, and the third can now be listed as a synonym of a well known U_S. species. Pompilus ephippiger Smith, 1855. The type is a female in good condition at the British Museum. It is a typical specimen of the Palaearctic Anoplius (Lophopompilus) samariensis (Pall.), and Smith’s name should be added to the synonymy of that species, his type locality (“North America”) obviously being in error. Pompilus brevicornis Taschenberg, 1869. This species was described from “Tlhnois and Mexico”; the name is a primary homonym and was renamed fiorentinu by Dalla Torre (1897). The type, at the Zoolo- eisches Institut, Halle, is a male from Illinois which proves to be Evagetes ingenuus (Cresson). The female allotype is a specimen of Allochares azureus (Cresson) from Mexico. Pompilus obscurus Dahlbom, 1845. Dahlbon merely gave “America” as the type locality of this wasp, but the type, in good condition at the University of Lund, is a female labeled as from Buenos Aires. It is apparently a valid species of the genus Anoplius, subgenus Ara- chnophroctonus, not unrelated to americanus Beauvois. Howarp E. Evans, Musewm of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Mass. PROC, ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 2, JUNE, 1963 109 TEN KILOMETERS OF SWARMS OF AN ANT Suitable meteorological and biological conditions regularly cause the emergence of great numbers of winged ants at one time, but the following case is notable for the numbers of individual swarms in- volved. The visibility of the swarms was also exceptional, since they occurred in a mountain valley without trees or habitations to impede the view and were clearly silhouetted against a continuous mountain ridge. The location was Western Argentina, approximately in Longi- tude 71° West, Latitude 39° South, 30 Oct. 1960. The ants were Araucomyrmex tener (Mayr), described in 1868 (Ann. Soc. Natural. Modena, 3: 166) as Dorymyrmex tener from Mendoza, Argentina. The worker is a medium-sized ant and the fe- males are markedly larger than the males. The species is confined to Southern South America. Time was limited in which to make observations since my party was travelling by truck, jolting along a rocky trail, and it was necessary to make camp before dark. Swarms of ants had been noted in the late afternoon along the rough trail, but it was not until 6:00 P.M. that their abundance be- came notable. By this time the later afternoon sun caused them to be clearly visible against the shaded east slope of a largely north- south ridge. Each swarm appeared to be an independent unit and the ants, zigzageing in their flight, formed columns of an estimated one-half meter in diameter and from less than one to perhaps two meters in height. Often the swarms nearly touched; commonly they were one to several meters apart. The columns probably contained individuals of the order of magnitude of 500 to several thousand. The columns at times suggested the wavering light of candles, as they swayed in the breeze. The columns most visible were several meters above the eround. By the time the site of the night’s camp was reached at 7:00 P.M., the swarming had stopped. Fully 10 kilometers of trail had been traversed and over much of this distance numerous swarms had been continuously in view. Many had been intercepted by the truck wind- shield. The site of the camp offered one of the few places where the eround sloped comparatively little, and here as elsewhere were numerous craters of this ant. The soil surface was dry and the worker ants, with some males, were milling about. Many males were scattered through the grass. A few females were at the entrances. The nests were of multiple-crater type like those of the Holaretic Lasius or Acanthomyops. A low sound caused me to place my ear within a few centimeters of the ground and a distinet buzzing or stridulation was markedly apparent. Each ant by itself made an almost imperceptible sound and thousands must have been stridulating to produce the vol- ume of sound that was heard. There was also a faint odor, and when one or two workers were crushed between the fingers the odor was distinctive. It was not the common Tapinoma-type of related ants and could not be likened to any well-known odor. Neat A. Weser, Swarthmore College, Swarthmore, Penna. 110 PROC. ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 2, JUNE, 1963 MUTANT FORMS OF ANOPHELES ALBIMANUS WIEDEMANN (DipTERA: CULICIDAE ) Luoyp E. Rozesoom,! Laboratories of Medical Entomology, Department of Pathobiology, School of Hygiene and Public Health, the Johns Hopkins University, Baltimore, Md. Anopheles albimanus is one of the mosquitoes which presents prob- lems to malaria eradication in that it has developed insecticide resist- ance and also appears to adjust behavioristically to household residual sprays. In our studies on dieldrin resistance, we have been rearing individual progenies, inbreeding them, and again obtaining individual progenies resulting from brother-sister matings. Although this was being done primarily for other purposes, this did offer an opportunity to look for mutant forms. It is the purpose of this paper to report the findings of three mutants of A. albimanus recognizable by mor- phological characters. The bisignatus mutant. The appearance of the hind tarsal segments of normal (“wild”) albimanus is shown in Figure 1. The second hind tarsal is about one half black basally; the distal part of this segment, and all of the third and fourth segments are white, and the fifth segment has a basal black ring. The bisignatus leg is shown in Figure 2. The third hind tarsal segment has a basal black ring, so that the broad white area of the hind tarsi is interrupted by two black rings. This figure also shows the second segment to be almost entirely black, but in most specimens the second segment will show a more moderate increase in darkening, so that the distal fourth to half is white. From a population of A. albimanus from El Salvador, some 60 individual progenies were reared, representing Fy, Fs, F3, and F's gen- erations. All were given at least a cursory examination while the specimens were being transferred to various containers in tests for insecticide resistance, and several groups were examined carefully under the microscope. The bisignatus mutant was found twice; and by inbreeding and selection, a colony was established. The pedigree of the bisignatus colony is as follows: Parent @ 8 from breeding cage “wild” type | F, 9 A —wild type | Fy, ? e —wild type, but several siblings with this black ring at base of second tarsal segment Fs 29 —— 2 and 3—with ring on second tarsal seement 1These observations were made in the course of a program supported in part by research grants from the National Institutes of Health and the Pan American Health Organization. PROC, ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 2, JUNE, 1963 ala | F, adults from @ @ 2 and 3 were used to start the bisignatus colony. These included 10 mutant 2 2, and 25 mutant ¢ ¢. To ensure egg production, 6 normal 2 2 were also placed in the breeding cage. The bisignatus mutant was also noted in another series of brother- sister matings; of the progeny produced by one Fy 2,1 of 19 @ 9 and 3 of 14 ¢ ¢ were bisignatus. The trisignatus mutant. This is characterized by a black ring at the base of the third and fourth, as well as the fifth hind tarsal seg- ment (Figure 3). Individuals with these markings were fairly com- mon among the progenies of the Fy ? 2 in the first series. The fol- lowing table shows the distribution of the three kinds of individuals among the progenies of four bisignatus and 1 “wild” type F's females. Parent oe. Progeny—F 5 No. Type Sex Normal _ bisignatus trisignatus bisig 2 0 61 8 ) 0 60 8 2 “wild” 2 10 55) 0 ) 2 50 il D bisig 2 q 63 0 ) 0 50 0 6 bisig 2 12 30 0 C) 3 38 0 8 bisig 2 1 22 1 ) 0 24 7 In subsequent generations, as continued selection is being made for the bisignatus colony, the trisignatus form continues to appear. Ap- parently it represents a more marked expression of the bisignatus gene or genes. Short-palp mutant. Among the progeny of 2 5 in the above table, was one bisignatus female which also had one short palp (Figure 4). We were unable to bring about the insemination of this specimen. This mutant has not been found a second time. DISCUSSION Studies of the genetic basis of insecticide resistance in mosquitoes, as well as other work on the genetics of mosquitoes, have stimulated a search for mutant marker genes. Laven (1956) and Kitzmiller (1958) showed it was possible to produce several mutants of Culex pipiens by exposure to X-rays. Craig and Vandehey (1962) and Vanhehey and Craig (1962) described a number of mutants of Aedes 112 PROC. ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, No. 2, JUNE, 1963 acgypti obtained by inbreeding. It is evident that we are only be- ginning to appreciate the potential existence of many mutant forms of mosquito species. If these can be established as colonies, they should be of great value in advancing our knowledge of mosquito genetics. The white hind-footed Nyssorhynchus group of anophelines show considerable variation in colorational markines. A. triannulatus was the name given by Neiva and Pinto (1929b) to a 3-ringed form of a mosquito later described by Petrocchi (1925) as A. bachmanni with the normal tarsal markings. A 2-ringed form of triannulatus (ewya- bensis) also may be found. Anduze (1948) has described 2- and 3- ringed forms of A. aquasalis, under the names guarauno and delta. Hoffmann (1938) proposed that the 2- and 3-ringed forms of A. albimanus should be recognized as varieties, with the names bisignatus and trisignatus. Vargas (1940) expressed the belief that these are only variations of A. albimanus, and that they have no hereditary basis. Vargas and Palacios (1950) referred to the extra rings as being an unstable character which they interpreted as a manifestation of melanism. The present study demonstrates that the bisignatus and trisignatus mutants have a genetic basis. The mechanism of inheritance has not as yet been determined, but the fact that the genes for the character exist in normal appearing adults suggests they are recessive. Whether further selection of the trisignatus form will lead to the establish- ment of a population homozygous for this character is uncertain. One attempt at such selection has failed. The fact that aberrant kinds of Nyssorhynchus mosquitoes have been observed from time to time in nature suggests that these species may have considerable potential value for genetic studies. If the gene for extra tarsal rings is linked with other characters of selective value in a given area, a population consisting to a large extent of rather strikingly different individuals may be found. An example may be A. rondoni, which is separable from A. evansae (= strodei) with cer- tainty only by its 2-ringed hind tarsus. A. rondoni was described by Neiva and Pinto (1922a) from 3 specimens taken in a region of Matto Grosso where “Cellia trasimaculata” (2? = evansae) was also present. Apparently the 2-ringed form, represented by 3 specimens in a general collection of anophelines, may have been fairly abundant here. In our own deartmental collection, there is a series of 17 adult specimens collected in March, 1927, at Ledesma, Argentina, by N. C. Davis. From the observations made by Davis and Shannon (1928), it is evident that rondoni was relatively abundant at the time in the vicinity of Ledesma. Because progeny reared from captured females bred true, Davis (1933) argued that rondoni could not be “a mere variety of A. tarsimaculatus or of A. strodet.” But since the bisignatus mutant of albimanus will breed true after selection and inbreeding, it Seems reasonable that selection in the field may have produced the population of rondoni at Ledesma. It seems quite possible that A. evansae Bréthes (1926) must be synonomized with A. rondon Neiva and Pinto (1922). PROG. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 2, JUNE, 1963 1138 Om ae I ste ela ae Fig. 1, Hind tarsal segments II to V of normal, i.e. “wild type” A. albimanus ; Fig. 2, Hind tarsus of bisignatus, showing a black ring at the base of the third segment; Fig. 3, Hind tarsus of trisignatus, showing a black ring at the base of the third and fourth segments; Fig. 4, Mutant female with a short right palpus. 114 PROC. ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, No. 2, JUNE, 1963 The mutants with the extra tarsal rings are quite spectacular, but it seems likely that potentially there are many others. Mutants with biological advantages may also exist among the Nyssorhynchus spe- cles, and aside from the development of insecticide resistance, selec- tion for these mutants may complicate malaria eradication programs. SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS Three mutant forms of Anopheles albimanus Wiedemann are de- scribed. Through selection and inbreeding, a colony of the bisignatus mutant has been established. Extra tarsal rings have been observed in wild-caught specimens of several Nyssorhynchus species, and it appears that these, too, are mutant forms. The existence in some areas of fairly large populations of A. rondoni suggests that selection for these mutants may take place in nature, perhaps because of linkage with other characters conferring a biological advantage in the par- ticular area or season. REFERENCES Anduze, P. J., 1948. Dos variedades nuevas de A. aquasalis. Bol. Med. (Creole Pet. Corp:, Caracas) 7; 17-19, Craig, G. B., Jr., and R. C. Vandehey, 1962. Genetic variability in Aedes aegypti (Diptera: Culicidae). I. Mutations affecting color pattern. Ann. Ent. Soe. Amer. 36: 47-58. Davis, N. C., 1933. Notes on some South American mosquitoes. Ann, Ent. Soe. Amer. 26: 277-284. Davis, N. C., and R. C. Shannon, 1928. The habits of Anopheles rondoni in the Argentine Republic. Amer. Jour, Hyg. 8: 448-456. Hoffman, C. C., 1938. La formacion de razas en los Anopheles mexicanos, IL. Anopheles albimanus y sus variedades en la Republica Mexicana. Ann. Inst. Biol. 9: 167-180. Kitzmiller, J. B., 1958. X-ray induced mutation in the mosquito Culex fatigans. Exp. Parasit. 7: 439-462. Laven, H., 1956. X-ray induced mutations in mosquitoes. Proc. Roy. Ent. Soc. I conavols (ON) Bik ilpfeale). Neiva, A., and C. Pinto, 1922a. O contribuicao para o conhecimento das ano- phelinas do Estado de Matto Grosso com a descrispeno de uma nova especie. Brasil-Med. 2: 321-322. Neiva, A., and C. Pinto, 1922bh. Consideracoes sobre 0 genero “Cellia” Theobald com a desericao de uma nova especie. Brasil-Med. 2: 355-357. Petrocchi, J., 1925. Descripcion de un nuevo Anopheles. Rey. Inst. Bact. Dep. Nae. Hig, £: 69-75. Root, F. M., 1926. Studies on Brazilian mosquitoes I. The anophelines of the Nyssorhynchus group. Amer. Jour, Hyg. 6: 684-717. Vandehey, R. C., and G. B. Craig, Jr., 1962. Genetie variability in Aedes aegypti (Diptera: Culicidae). IT. Mutations causing structural modifications. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 55: 58-69. Vargas, L., 1940. Clave para identificar las hembras de Anopheles Mexicanos. Rev. Inst. Salub. Enf. Trop. 7: 199-203. Vargas, L., and A. Martinez Palacios, 1950. Estudio taxonomico de los mos- quitos anophelinos de Mexico. Sec. Salub. Asist. Mexico viii + 143 pp. PROG, ENT, SOC. WASH., vol. 65, NO. 2, JUNE, 1963 1143} NOTES ON THE TYPES OF NEARCTIC PEPSINAE AND CEROPALINAE THAT ARE IN LONDON, LUND, OTTAWA, AND QUEBEC (HYMENOPTERA: PSAMMOCHARIDAE ) In 1957 the author published a revision of the Nearctic spider wasps of the subfamilies Pepsinae and Ceropalinae (U.S. Natl. Mus. Bul. 209, 286 pages). Most of the types had been seen prior to publication. Those that were not seen were in museums in London, Lund (Swe- den), Ottawa, and Quebec. Incidental to travel for study of ichneu- monid types (supported by the National Science Foundation and the National Institutes of Health), it was possible to study the remaining types. The types of Agenia caerulescens Dahlbom, A. fulvipes Dahl- bom, A. rufigastra Provancher, Ceropales longipes Smith, C. superba Provancher, C. minima Provancher, Hemipepsis ustulata Dahlbom, Pompilus comparatus Walker, P. maculipennis Smith, P. pyrrhomelas Walker, and of Priocnemis nebulosus Dahlbom all proved to have been correctly interpreted in the revision. Three additional types, how- ever, need comment : Agenia atrata Provancher (1888. Additions et corrections au vol- ume II de la faune entomologique du Canada, p. 263). Reference to this name was inadvertantly omitted from the revision. In an earlier publication (1951) it had been listed as a questionable synonym of Priocnemis cornica Say. Provancher described the species from a female and male from Hull, Quebee. His “female” is in Quebee and his “male” in Ottawa. Both specimens are males. Gahan and Rohwer (1917. Canad. Ent. 49:305) designated the Quebec specimen as “allo- type, 6”. Their designation involves a paradox, however interpreted, but it is accepted here as eliminating the Quebee specimen from the possibility of being the lectotype. The lectotype is then the male in Ottawa. Both the Quebec and the Ottawa specimens are males of Priocnemis cornica Say. Agenia perfecta Provancher, 1882. Type: 6, Cap Rouge, Que. (Quebec). The type is Priocnemis scitula, a specimen rather interme- diate between the northern and the southern subspecies but closer to the southern one. The name is hereby synomymized under Prioc- nemis scitula scitula (Cresson), 1867 (NEW SYNONYMY). In my revision it was treated as a lost species of Minagenia (page 255). Pseudagenia utilis Cameron (1891. Biologia Centrali-Americana, Hymenoptera 2: 170). Type: ?@, Teapa. Tabasco, Mexico (London). Among the Neotropie types in London, this seems to be the only one which emends the nomenclature of Nearctic Pepsinae or Ceropalinae. The type is an Ageniclla, of which Agentella obscura obscura Banks (1925) is a synonym (NEW SYNONYMY).—Henry Townes, Mu- seum of Zoology, University of Michigan 116 PROC. ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 2, JUNE, 1963 THE TYPE-SPECIES OF AUSTRAPOPHUA GIRAULT (HYMENOPTERA: ICHNEUMONIDAE) Girault (1926, Insecutor Inscitiae Menstruus, vol. 14, pp. 135-136) described the genus Austrapohua (sic!) from Australia in compari- son with Apophua Morley, noted it had the habitus of Yanthopimpla, and placed in it two new species: Austrapophua xanthopimploides and A. summervillet. He made no type designation at that time. H. Kk. Townes and V. K. Gupta in their Catalogue and Reelassifi- cation of Indo-Australian Ichneumonidae, p. 49, place the genus as anew synonym of Yanthopimpla Saussure with the statement, “Type: Not yet selected.” Girault, in 1930 (New Pests from Australia, VIII, second page (pages not numbered) ) added A. hirsuta, new species, by describing in what way it differed “from genotype.” The first character cited is “Wing 1 dusky on apical margin.” Only xanthopimploides has clear wings. A. summervillei, like hirsuta, is described as having the apical margin of the forewing infuscate. Austrapophua xanthopimploides Girault, which was surely con- sidered the genotype by Girault, is herewith designated the type- species of Austrapophua Girault. LUELLA M. WALKLEY, Entomology Research Division, A.R.S., U. S. Department of Agriculture, Washington 25, D. C. THE TYPE LOCALITY OF EUSISYROPA VIRILIS (ALDRICH AND WEBBER) (DipreRA : TACHINIDAE). HLusisyropa virilis was described by J. M. Aldrich and R. T. Webber as Zenillia blanda virilis, new subspecies (1924, Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus., 63(17):40.) The holotype male, which is deposited in the United States National Museum, was stated to be from Rye, New York. An examination of the labels suggests that this is incorrect and that the type locality should be recorded as Chicago, Illinois. The specimen bears three labels other than the red “Type Number” label and a printed ¢ label, and these pinned below the fly read, top label first, as follows: 1. “H. Bird, Coll./Rye, N. Y.” [the “Coll.” is hand written, the remainder of the label is printed]; 2. “Ex. Papaipema harrisii./Aug. 4-1912./Chicago./E. Beer.” [entirely hand written]; 3. “5.”. It is probable that an immature stage of the Papaipema harrisii (Grote) was collected in Chicago, Illinois by E. Beer and in turn was sent to H. Bird, and the tachinid emerged from the host at Bird’s home in Rye, New York. Bird in one of his studies of Papaipema species (1917, Canadian Ent., 49(4):124) refers to Mr. E. Beer as a local entomologist who helped him examine Papaipema hosts in the flora of the Chicago Plain in 1915. This shows Beer to be a resident and collector in the Chicago area at the approxi- mate time of this rearing and substantiates my belief that the host material from which Eusisyropa virilis was reared originated in Chicago, Illinois—Paun H. ARNAUD, JR., Research Fellow, American Musewm of Natural History, and Re- search Entomologist, California Academy of Sciences. PROC. ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 2, JUNE, 1963 WN A SYNOPTIC CATALOG OF THE MOSQUITOES OF THE WORLD, SUPPLEMENT II (DiereRA: CULICIDAE)1 ALAN STONE, Entomology Research Division, ARS, U. S. Department of Agriculture, Washington, D. C. This paper is the second supplement to the Synoptic Catalog of the Mos- quitoes of the World by Stone, Knight, and Starcke (1959), the first sup- plement having appeared in Vol. 63 (1961), No. 1, pp. 29-52, of the Pro- ceedings. In the present supplement, I have not differentiated between corrections to the original catalog and additions. Corrections to Supplement I, both published and unpublished, are included. The format used here is essentially as in Supplement I. New distribution records are given only when they extend the range of the species considerably over that given in the catalog or Supplement I. Four new names of the genus-group and 111 new names of the species-group are listed. I am particularly indebted to J. Bonne-Wepster, E. I. Coher, D. H. Colless, J. Lane, J. C. Lien, M. Maffi, F. Peus, FE. Séguy, and J. S. Wiseman for supplying me with pertinent information. Introduction Page 1. With the additions in this supplement the number of valid genera and subgenera becomes 118, the number of valid species becomes 2,591, and the total number of names of the species-group becomes 4,245. Systematic Arrangement 6. Belkin, 1962, 1: 117 (recognized the Culicidae, as here treated, as a sub- family and placed in it the tribes Anophelini, Uranotaenini, Culicini, Aedeomyiini, Hodgesiini, Culisetini, Ficalbiini, Mansoniini, Orthopodo- mylini, Aedini, Sabethini, and Toxorhynehitini). Catalog of the Family Culicidae 9. Taxonomic Anatomy.—1962, Belkin, 1: 547-563. Australian Region.—1962, Belkin, 1: 1-608, 2: 1-412 (South Pacifie) ; 1962, Peters, 168 (anopheline pupal key). Ethiopian Region.—1960, Rioux, 53-92 (North Chad; keys). Nearctic Region.— 1960, Stojanovich, 1-36 (southeastern U.S.) ; 196d, Gjullin, Sailer, Stone, and Travis, 1-98 (Alaska); 1961, Breeland, Snow, and Pickard, 249-319 (Tennessee Val- ley) ; 1961, Nielsen and Rees, 1-58 (Utah) ; 1961, Steward and MeWade, 121-188 (Ontario) ; 1961, Stojanovich, 1-49 (northeastern U.S.). Neotropical Region —1956, Perez Vigueras, 1-579 (Cuba); 1961, Cova- Garcia, 1-213 (Venezuela; Anophelinae) ; 1962, Forattini, 303-642 (Anophelinae). Palaearctic Region.—1960, Sicart and Ruffie, 631-647 (key, pupae). 1Reprints are for sale by the Thomas Say Foundation, Entomological Society of America, 4603 Calvert Rd., College Park, Maryland. Correction to Suppl. I: Change “St.” to “Rd.” 118 10. Jee ilsy, 20. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 2, JUNE, 1963 Genus CHAGASIA Cruz bathana (Dyar).—Peru. Genus BIRONELLA Theobald Subgenus BIRONELLA Theobald soesiloi (Strickland and Choudhury).—Peters, 1962, 163 (P*). Genus ANOPHELES Meigen Important reference: 1961, Forattini, 169-187 (keys, males, fe- males, larvae, Neotropical). Subgenus ANOPHELES Meigen Anopheles, subgenus Shannoniella Fonseca and Ramos.—Change ‘1939” to “1939 (Mareh 1940).” Important references: 1961, Reid and Knight, 474-488 (classifica- tion) ; 1962, Reid, 1-57 (keys, barbirostris group). ahomi Choudhury.—Reid, 1962, 37 (to sp. status). bancrofti Giles.—Peters, 1962, 164 (P*). barbirostris Van der Wulp.—Reid, 1962, 7 (6, 9*, P*, L, E*). var. ahomi Choudhury.—Transfer to p. 13 as valid sp. barbumbrosus Strickland and Choudhury.—Reid, 1962, 29 (¢, 2%, Pls) campestris Reid—Malaya. 1962. Bull, “ent: Res: 53'215 (04 ;5 2% oP, 1b) Eieeype- loc: Rantau Panjang, Klang, Selangor, Malaya (BM). claviger (Meigen).—Poland. donaldi Reid.— Malaya. 1962. Bull: entsRes, 53 17 (6d *; 9 *) P, L, W*). Dypeslog: 14th mile Puchong-Klang road, Selangor, Malaya (BM). franciscoi Reid.—Philippines. 1962: Bull. ent: Res 53: 27 (6, 2, P*, L, B*)) Vype-leee Iwahig, Palawan, Philippines (BM). hodgkini Reid.—Malaya. 1962. Bull. ent. Resio3: 20%, -¢*.P* "ae aalevees loc: 16th mile Ulu Gombak road, Selangor, Malaya (BM). labranchiae atroparvus Van Thiel.—Sicart and Ruffie, 1960, 635 (P). lesteri Baisas and Hu.—Delete “Borneo, Malaya.” ssp. paraliae Sandosham.—Malaya, Borneo. 1959. Malariology, University of Malaya Press, Singa- pore: 189 (2, L). Type-loes: Malaya and Borneo (LU). maculipennis Meigen.—Sicart and Ruffie, 1960, 635 (P*). manalangi Mendoza.—Reid, 1962, 6, 2, P*, L, E*). Correction to Suppl. I: Line 5, transpose ‘'2” and “3.” pollicaris Reid.— Malaya. 1962. Bull. ent. Res 53> 24 (¢,,2*, P, Ll, H*). Mype-loc: 16th mile Ulu Gombak road, Selangor, Malaya (BM). sacharovi Favr’.—Jugoslavia. vanus Walker.—Reid, 1962, 33 (6, 9, P*, L, E*). Subgenus NYSSORHYNCHUS Blanchard bachmanni Petrocchi.—Transfer to ssp. of triannulatus (see below). perezi Shannon and Del Ponte.—Transfer to synonymy under ssp. bachmanni (see below). ssp. davisi Paterson and Shannon.—Transfer to synonymy under ssp. bachmanni (see below). 40). 41. 42. 44. PROC. ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 2, JUNE, 1963 119 triannulatus (Neiva and Pinto) ssp. bachmanni Petroechi.—Cova Garcia, 1961, 39, 91, 128 ¢*, 2%, L*, E*; resurrected from synonymy as ssp., syn.). davist Paterson and Shannon. perezi Shannon and Del Ponte. Subgenus KERTESZIA Theobald neivai Howard, Dyar, and Knab.—Brazil. Subgenus CELLIA Theobald annulipes Walker.—Peters, 1962, 166 (P*). azaniae Bailly-Choumara.—British Somaliland, Aden. LOGO Me ulleOoCwwe ate exo. ac nooc | ua “ome Olas) Type-loe: British Somaliland (IERT). balabacensis Baisas. takasagoensis Morishita. 1946. J. Formosan med. Assoc. 45: 21, 65 (3, 2; lewcosphyrus var.). Type-loes: Dairi, Karenko Prefecture and Kanshirei, Tainan Prefecture Formosa (LU). Colless, in litt., syn.). broussesi Edwards.—Transfer to p. 53 as spp. of rufipes. caroni Adam.—Congo. 1961. Bull. Soc. Pat. exot. 54: 714 (2*). Type-loc: Matouridi (cave) ‘Moyen-Congo,’ Congo Republic (IERT). dthali Patton.—French Equatorial Africa, Morocco. faini Leleup. ssp. vanthieli Laarman.—Leleup and Zaghi, 1960, 925 (to ssp. status). farauti Laveran.—Belkin, 1962, 1: 138 (¢*, 2*, P*, L*). filipinae Manalang.—Nepal. flavicosta Edwards.—Madagasear. Coz, Grjebine, and Hamon, 1960, 742 (3*, 2*, L*, taxonomy). griveaudi Grjebine.—Madagascear. 1960 (1961). Bull. Soc. Pat. exot. 53: 940 (2*). Type- loc: Manjakatompy, Ambahara Forest, Madagascar (IRSM) hamoni Adam.—Congo. 1062. (Bulli asoe.. Pate -exot.-o9 7 54g *7 ORB olan) Type-loc: Maya-N’Zouari Cave, 3 km. sw. of Maya, Kin- damba, Mayama, Congo (IERT). hispaniola (Theobald)—Frenech Equatorial Africa. Senevet and Rioux, 1960, 530 (? = cinereus ssp.). jebudensis Froud.—Ivory Coast. koliensis Owen.—Belkin, 1962, 1: 144 (¢*, 9*, P*, L*). lloreti Gil Collado.—Maffi, 1962, 63 (taxonomy). longirostris Brue.—Peters, 1962, 167 (P*). lungae Belkin.—Delete ‘‘New Guinea.” mascarensis De Meillon.—Grjebine and Chauvet, 1961, 119 (P*, L*). moucheti Evans. ssp. bervoetsi D’Haenens.—Congo. 1961. Bull. Ann. Soc. Roy. ent. Belg. 97: 189 (é6*, 9%, L*). Type-loe: Tsakalakuku, Feshi, Leopoldville, Congo (CMT). 63. 65. 66. 67. PROC, ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 2, JUNE, 1963 nataliae Belkin—Belkin, 1962, 1: 149 (¢*, 9*, P*, L*). nili somalicus Rivola and Holstein—Change “French Somaliland” to “Somalia.” parensis Gilles.—Tanganyika, Kenya. 1962. Proc. R. ent. See: Lond. (B) 31:82 (6. *, 2") Ea E). Type-loc; Kihurio, South Pare district, Tanganyika (BM). rhodesiensis rupicolus Lewis.—French Equatorial Africa. rufipes (Gough).—Hamon, Taufflieb, and Dyemkouma, 1961, 24 (tax- onomy). spp. broussesi Edwards.—Rioux, 1960, 62 (to ssp. status). ssp. seneveti Rioux.—French Equatorial Africa. 1959. Ann Parasit. hum. et comp. 34: 733 (A). Type- loc: Tibesti, North Chad, French Equatorial Africa (LU). var. brucechwatti Hamon, Taufflieb, and Dyemkouma.—French Equatorial Africa, Nigeria. 1961. Bull. Soe. Pat. exot..54:25 (4%, 2*). Dyperoe: Largeau, Chad, French Equatorial Africa (IERT). solomonis Belkin, Knight, and Rozeboom.—Belkin, 1962, 1: 150 (4%, hse al aged Wi) Ye theileri Edwards.—Nigeria. vanthieli Laarman. Transfer to p. 42 as ssp. of faini. Genus TOXORHYNCHITES Theobald Subgenus ANKYLORHYNCHUS Lutz Ankylorhynchus Lutz.— Correction to Suppl. I: Line 4, change “in” to “on.” Subgenus TOXORHYNCHITES Theobald aurifluus (Kdwards) formosensis Ogasawara. 1939. Ent. World, Tokyo 7(63) : 242 (4; as var.). Type-loc: Ienohate (Shinchiku), Formosa [Chiehtuan, Loswei Village, Tatung Township, Ilan Hsien] (LU). Lien, 1962, 617 (syn.). brevipalpis Theobald.—Belkin, 1962, 1: 530 (¢6*, 2, P*, L*). inornatus (Walker).—Delete “Ellice Islands.” Belkin, 1962, 1: 533 (ei eae Bl Bical ba splendens (Wiedemann).—Rotuma Island, Samoa. Genus MAORIGOELDIA Edwards Rachionotomyia, subgenus Maorigoeldia Kdwards.—Belkin, 1962, 1: 492 (to generic status). Genus TRIPTEROIDES Giles Subgenus TRIPTEROIDES Giles Rachionotomyia Theobald.—Transfer to p. 72 as valid subgenus with Polylepidomyia, Skeiromyia, Mimeteomyia, Squamomyia, and Tricholeptomyia as synonyms. aranoides (Theobald) -—Transfer, with synonyms and subspecies, to p. 72, under subgenus Rachionotomyia, binotatus Belkin.—Belkin, 1962, 1: 504 (6*, 9, P*, L*). bonneti BelkinSanta Cruz Islands. ‘ 1962. Mosq. S. Pacific 1: 501 (¢6*, P*). Type-loe: Tem- otu (Malo), Santa Cruz Islands (USNM). 68. 69. ~] i) PROC. ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 2, JUNE, 1963 121 distigma (Edwards).—Belkin, 1962, 1: 502 (¢*, 2, P*, L*). nepenthicola (Banks).—Transfer to p. 72 under subgenus Rachionoto- MYA. purpuratus (Edwards) —Belkin, 1962, 1: 498 (4*, 2, P*, L*). Subgenus RACHISOURA Theobald sylvestris Theobald.—Transfer to p. 71 as valid species. sylvestris (Theobald) —Belkin, 1962, 1:520 (to sp. status). tityae Slooff—New Guinea. 1961. Ent. Ber. 21: 22 (2*). Type-loc: Wasirawa River, Arfak Mountains, Vogelkop Peninsula, Netherlands New Guinea (BM). torokinae Belkin.—Belkin, 1962, 1: 525 (¢*, 2, P*, L*). Subgenus RACHIONOTOMYIA Theobald Belkin, 1962, 1: 506 (resurrected from synonymy with following syno- nyms: Polylepidomyia Theobald, Skeiromyia Leicester, Squamomyia Theobald, Mimeteomyia Theobald, Tricholep- tiomyia Dyar and Shannon. Ineluded species those under subgenus Polylepidomyia, aranoides from p. 66, nepen- thicola from p. 68, and perhaps floridensis from p. 73. folicola Belkin —Belkin, 1962, 1: 517 (¢*, 2, P*, L*). melanesiensis Belkin.—Santa Cruz Islands, Banks Islands, Belkin, 1962, alsa oulliy.s (Gee ee Ge ee CATE) rotumanus (Edwards).—Belkin, 1962, 1: 513 (¢*, 2, P*, L*). Genus TRICHOPROSOPON Theobald Subgenus TRICHOPROSOPON Theobald soaresi Lane and Cerqueira.—Mexico, Subgenus SHANNONIANA Lane and Cerqueira fluviatilis (Theobald).—Nicaragua, Guatemala, Mexico. Diaz Najera, 1961. 200 CL y. moralesi (Dyar and Knab).—Diaz Najera, 1961, 203 (L*). Subgenus RUNCHOMYIA Theobald longipes (Fabricius.—Mexico. Genus WYEOMYIA Theobald Subgenus WYEOMYIA Theobald Forattini, Rabello, and Pattoli, 1960, 95 limai Lane and Cerqueira. (Beene): medioalbipes Lutz.—Correction to Suppl. I: Change “medioalpipes” to ‘‘medioalbipes.” mitchellii (Theobald). jamaicensis Theobald. 1905. Mosq. of Jamaica :11 (Dendromyia; alternate original spelling). nigritubus Galindo, Carpenter, and Trapido—Change “(NE)” to “(USNM).” Subgenus DAVISMYIA Lane and Cerqueira arborea Galindo, Carpenter, and Trapido.—Change 66 (LU) » to “(USNM).” 90). Oe 94. eo) (ve) 99. PROC. ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, No. 2, JUNE, 1963 Subgenus DENDROMYIA Theobald argenteorostris (Bonne-Wepster and Bonne).—Brazil. Fauran, 1961, 12. (B*), circumcincta Dyar and Knab.—Brazil. . personata (Lutz).—Forattini, Rabello, and Pattoli, 1960, 99 (P*, L*). Genus PHONIOMYIA Theobald trinidadensis (Theobald).—Line 3, change “axonomy” to “taxonomy.” Genus SABETHES Robineau-Desvoidy Subgenus SABETHES Robineau-Desvoidy Sabethes Robineau-Desvoidy. Change ‘Logotype” to “Haplotype,” insert ‘Robineau-Desvoidy” after locuples, and delete “(Coquillett, 1910: 602).” amazonicus Gordon and Evans.—Forrattim, 1959, 256 (4). forattinii Cerqueira—Brazil. 1961. Rev. bras. Ent. 10: 37 (6*, 2). Type-loc: Estrada Manaus-Caracarai km 23 Manaus, Amazonas, Brazil (FH). lanei Cerqueira—Brazil. 1961. Rev. bras. Ent. 10: 46 (6*, 2). Type-loc: Estrada Manaus-Caracarai, km 23, Manaus, Amazonas, Brazil (FH). ortizi Vargas and Diaz Najera.—Mexico, 1961. Rev. Inst. Salubr. Enferm. trop. Méx. 21: 74 ($*, 2). Type-loe: Aldea El Naranjo, Chiapas, Mexico (ISET). shannoni Cerqueira—Brazil. 1961. Rev. bras. Ent. 10: 40 (4*, 9, P*, L*). Type-loc: Tgarapé do Leao, Manaus, Amazonas, Brazil (FH). spixi Cerqueira.—Brazil. 1961. Rev. bras. Ent. 10: 44 (¢*, 2). Type-loc: Estrada Manaus-Caracarai, km 23, Manaus, Amazonas (FH). Subgenus SABETHOIDES Theobald tridentatus Cerqueira—Brazil. L961. “Rev.,bras, Hnt.10: 48,00", 93 P*. oe) ymesioime Tgarapé da Bolivia, Manaus, Amazonas, Brazil (FH). Genus MALAYA Leicester solomonis (Wharton ).—Belkin, 1962) 12490. (or, (OP bie) Genus FICALBIA Theobald Subgenus MIMOMYTIA Theobald gurneyi Belkin.—Solomon Islands. 1962. Mosq. S. Pacific 1: 296 (6*, 9, P*, L*). Type-loc: Bougainville, Solomon Islands (USNM). perplexens Edwards.—Ivory Coast. Subgenus ETORLEPTIOMYIA Theobald bougainvillensis Belkin—Solomon Islands. 1962. Mosq. S. Pacific 1: 294 (¢*, 9, P*, L*). Type-loc: Bougainville, Solomon Islands (USNM). 100. 101. 102. 103. 104. 105. 109, dblithe: 112. fa: eA; Co PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 2, JUNE, 1963 12 solomonis Belkin.—Solomon Islands. 1962. Mosq. S. Pacific 1: 292 (¢*, 2, P*, L*). Type-loc: Chacon swamp, Lunga area, Guadalcanal, Solomon Islands (USNM). Genus MANSONIA Blanchard Subgenus COQUILLETTIDIA Dyar buxtoni (Edwards).—USSR. Coluzzi and Contini, 1962, 215 (P*, L*). fijiensis Belkin—Fiji, ? Samoa. 1962. Mosq. S. Pacific 1: 308 (6*, 2, P*, L*). Type-loc: Koronivia, Viti Levu, Fiji ay ane iracunda (Walker).—Belkin, 1962, 1: 306 (¢* lutea Belkin.—Solomon Islands. 1962. Mosq. S. Pacifie 1: 309 (¢*, 9, P*, L*). Type-loc: Burns Creek, Lunga area, Guadaleanal, Solomon Islands (USNM). microannulata (Theobald) —Ivory Coast. pseudoconopas (Theobald).—Ivory Coast. tenuipalpis Edwards—Belkin, 1962, 1: 305 (Corea Ae). xanthogaster (Edwards).—Delete “? Solomon Islands.” Belkin, 1962, he Siletn(o wom Be ae i Subgenus MANSONIOIDES Theobald melanesiensis Belkin~—Solomon Islands. 1962:— MosqisS> Pacifie U2 314 (do *, 2%) «PB *} 4b" )s. Type- loc: Doma Cove area, Guadalcanal, Solomon Islands (USNM). Genus URANOTAENIA Lynch Arribalzaga andreae Doucet.—Ivory Coast. L9G ELS62)& Bull. Soc. Pakwexot/b4 dM bi2(6 8 -Peses. L). Type-loe: Banco Forest, Abidjan, Ivory Coast (IERT, Adiopodoumé). candidipes Edwards.—Ivory Coast. colocasiae Edwards.—Belkin, 1962, 1: 157 (¢*, 2, P*, L*). gerdae Slooff—New Guinea. 1963. Ann ent. Soc. Amer. 56: 84 (6*, 2, P*, L*). Type- loge: Sorong, Klademak, West New Guinea ee henrardi Edwards.—Ivory Coast. Doucet, 1960, 810 (P, L*); Someren, 1962, 25 (2). hystera Dyar and Knab.—Brazil. oteizai Perez Vigueras——Cuba. 1956. Ixodidos y Culicidos de Cuba. 443 (6, 2, L*). Type-loe: Guanimar, Cuba (LU). painei Edwards.—Belkin, 1962, 1: 162 (¢*, 9, P*, L*). palmeirimi De Meillon and Rebelo.—Add to type-loe: “Pebane, Queli- mane District.” quadrimaculata Edwards.—Delete “and Malaupaina, Olu Malau.” Bel- kin 1962. 1.2 159.66 * 09" -P*, L* + leetotype). Genus HODGESIA Theobald solomonis Belkin.—Solomon Islands. 1962. Mosq. 8S. Pacific 1: 280 (6:*, 2, P*, L*). Type-loe: West Poha swamp, Guadaleanal, Solomon Islands (USNM). 124 132. 134. 135. PROC, ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 2, JUNE, 1963 Genus AEDEOMYIA Theobald venustipes (Skuse).—Douglas, 1961, 262 (6*, 9, P*, L*). Genus PSOROPHORA Robineau-Desvoidy Subgenus JANTHINOSOMA Lynch Arribalzaga longipalpus Randolph and O’Neill—Midwestern United States. 1944, Mosq. of Texas: 88. (2). Type-loc: Texas (USNM). longipalpis Roth, 1945. longipalpis Roth—Transfer to synonymy under longipalpus (see above). Genus HEIZMANNIA Ludlow lii Wu.—F ormosa. Genus ERETMAPODITES Theobald Important references: 1961, Hamon, 892-906 (rey. oedipodeios ssp.) ; 1961. Hamon and Someren, 907 (key, oedipodeios group). corbeti Hamon.—Uganda. 1962. Bull. Soc. Pat. exot. 55: 256 (6*). Type-loc: Ny- anga Forest near Kampala, Uganda (IERT). forcipulatus Hdwards.—lIvory Coast. Adam and Hamon, 1961, 198 (ee Ibe grenieri Hamon and Someren.—Tanganyika. 1961. Bull. Soe. Pat. exot. 54: 907 (¢*). Type-loc: Amani, Tanganyika (IERT). marcelleae Adam and Hamon.—Doueet, 1960, 812 (L oedipodeios ssp.;) Hamon, 1961, 906 (to sp. status). mattinglyi Hamon and Someren.—Tanganyika. 1961. Bull. Soe: Pat: exot. 54: 728 (¢*). Typetoc: Amani, Tanganyika (IEHT). oedipodeios Graham. stanleyi Edwards.—Hamon, 1961, 898 (¢*; syn.). ssp. parvipluma Kdwards.—Transfer to follow oedipodeios as valid sp. ssp. stanleyi Edwards.—Transfer to syononymy under oedipodeios (see above). spp. wansoni Edwards.—Transfer to p. 135 as valid sp. ssp. marcelleae Adam and Hamon.—Transfer to follow mahafyi as valid sp. spp. douceti Adam and Hamon.—Transfer to p. 135 as spp. of wansoni. parvipluma Edwards.—Hamon, 1961, 906 (¢*; to sp. status). silvestris Ingram and De Meillon.—Cape Provinee. vansomereni Hamon.—Uganda. 1962. Bull. Soc. Pat. exot. 55: 253 (6*). Type-loc: Zika Forest, near Entebbe, Uganda (IERT). wansoni Hdwards.—Hamon, 1961, 902 (4%; to sp. status). spp. douceti Adam and Hamon.—Hamon, 1961, 905 (n. relation- ship). Genus AEDES Meigen Important references: 1961, Mattingly, 1-62 (keys, subgenera Mu- cidus, Ochlerotatus, and Neomelaniconion, Indomalayan Area). 136. 138. 140. 143. 144. 146. 148. 155. PROG. ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 2, JUNE, 1963 125 Subgenus MUCIDUS Theobald Important reference: 1961, Mattingly, 17-57 (keys, Indomalayan area). aurantius (Theobald) —Mattingly, 1961, 43 (¢*, @*, P*, L*). spp. quadripunctis (Ludlow)—Transfer to follow nigerrimus as valid sp. ssp. painei Tenet ent with synonym, to precede quadripunctis as valid sp. ferinus Knight.—Mattingly, 1961, 26 (¢*, @*, P*, L*). grahamii (Theobald) —Ivory Coast. laniger (Wiedemann).—Delete “India, Ceylon.” Mattingly, 1961, 26 (ois, 2). painei Knight.—Belkin, 1962, 1: 405 (4*, 2, P*, L*; to sp. status). quadripunctis (Ludlow).—Mattingly, 1961, 36 (6*, 2, P*, L; to sp. status). quasiferinus Mattingly—Malaya, Ceylon, Assam, Thailand, Singa- pore, Indonesia. 1961. Cul. Mosq. Indomalayan Area 5: 32 (¢*, 2*, P*, L*). Type-loe: Sungei Besi, Kuala Lumpur area, Malaya (BM). Subgenus OCHLEROTATUS Lynch Arribalzaga annulipes (Meigen).—Aken, 1961, 259 (P*). antipodeus Edwards.—Belkin, 1: 1962, 389 (¢*, 9, P*, L*). cacozelus Marks.—)eiypeelec: Tholo-i-Suva, Viti Levu, Fiji Islands (USNM). buxtoni Belkin.—? Solomon Islands. 1962. Mosq. S. Pacific 1: 356 (2). Type-loc: ? Bougain- ville, Solomon Islands (US). fijiensis Marks.—Belkin, 1962, 1: 365 (4*, 9, P*, L*). fluviatilis (Lutz) —Forattini and Rabello, 1960, 87 (P*, L*). franclemonti Belkin.—Solomon Islands. 1962. Mosq. ‘S. Pacifie 1: 367 (¢*, 9, P*, Iu*) i ype oer Munda, New Georgia, Solomon Islands (USNM). freycinetiae Laird.—Belkin, 1962, 1: 368 (6*, 9, P*, L*). fuscipalpis Belkin.—Solomon Islands. 1962. Mosq: S. Pacific 1: 371 (3*, 2, P*, L*). Type-loe: Poha area, Guadaleanal, Solomon Islands (USNM). fuscitarsis Belkin.—Solomon Islands. 1962. Mosq.'S. Pacifie 1: 371 (3 *,- 2) P* LL"). Dypeiog: Poha area, Guadalcanal, Solomon Islands (USNM). hancocki Someren.—Tanganyika. 1962: -Proe; R. ent. Sec..London ((B) 31: 21 (deen Type-loc: Amani, Tanganyika (BM). hollingsheadi Belkin.—Solomon Islands. 1962. Mosq: 8S. Pacific 1: 372 (¢*, 2, P*, 1a*)sDyperloe: Poha area, Guadaleanal, Solomon Islands (USNM). japonicus (Theobald) ssp. shintiensis Tsai and Lien.—Lien, 1962, 623 (to ssp. status). knighti Stone and Bohart.—Belkin, 1962, 1: 374 (¢6*, 2, P*, L*). koreicoides Sasa, Kano, and Hayashi.—Sakakibara and Omori, 1962: 1S 5 (6S hey Cale elena longipalpis (Griinberg).—Someren, 1962, 19 (¢*). mediovittatus (Coquillett)—Perez Vigueras, 1956, 248 (6*, 2*, L*). mzooi Someren.—Tanganyika, 1962. Proc, R.Jent.Soc. London: (B) 323 done aes oe Type-loc: Sigi R. bridge, near Amani, Usambara, Tan- ganyika (BM), 168. 170. eG: PROG, ENT, SOG. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 2, JUNE, 1963 127 neogeorgianus Belkin.—Solomon islands. 1962, Mosq. S. Pacific 1: 375 (¢*, 2, P*, L*). Type-loe: Munda, New Georgia, Solomon Islands (USNM). notoscriptus (Skuse) .—Belkin, 1962, 1: 348 (¢*, 2, P*, L*). oceanicus Belkin.—Samoa, ? Horne Islands, ? Wallis Islands. 1962) MOsGg. Sk actic I 31 Lo 4025.2 le). Lype-loc: “Amouli, Pango Pango, Tutuila, Samoa” (USNM),. Solomon Islands. 1962. Mosq. S. Pacifie 1: 353 (¢*, 2). Type-loe: Wrights Creek, Matanikau Valley, Guadalcanal, Solomon Islands (USNM). rubiginosus Belkin.—? Solomon Islands. 1962. Mosq. S. Pacific 1: 346 (6*, 2). Type-loc: ? Gua- daleanal, Solomon Islands (USN). samoanus (Grinberg).—Delete “Tonga Islands, Hoorn Islands.” schlosseri Belkin—Solomon Islands. 19624 Mosq: Ss Pache 1: 382°(6 *, 23 P*, L*).'Type-loc: Poha area, Guadaleanal, Solomon Islands (USNM). shintiensis Tsai and Lien—Transfer to p. 164 as ssp. of japonicus. watasei Yamada.—Omori, 1962, 10 (6%, P*, L*). roai Belkin. Subgenus HOWARDINA Theobald albonotatus (Coquillett).—Delete Venezuela.” ioliota Dyar and Knab.—Venezuela, Suarez and Cova Garcia, 1961, aL (3 ae Oe Pe 1 a 2 Subgenus CHAETOCRUIOMYIA Theobald Important reference: Marks, 1963a, 189-211 (vev.). calabyi Marks— Australia. 1963. Pap. Dep: Ent. Univ. Qd. 1: 204 (6*). Type-loc: Queen Victoria Spring, Western Australia (CSIR). elchoensis Taylor—Marks, 1963a, 207 (6, @*). humeralis Edwards Marks, 1963a, 197 (2*). moloiensis Taylor.—Marks, 1963a, 203 (@*). spinosipes Edwards.—Marks, 1963a, 194 (2*). tulliae Taylor.—Marks, 1963a, 199 (6*, 9*, P*, L*). wattensis Taylor.—Marks, 1963a, 197 (9*). Subgenus NOTHOSKUSEA Dumbleton Aedes, subgenus Nothoskusea Dumbleton 1962, N. Z. J. Sci. 5: 20. Orthotype: chathamicus Dumbleton. chathamicus Dumbleton.—Chatham Island. NOGA ANY Ze He Seige Qs Cas Qe Ie Ge Type-loc: s. of Poimt Weeding, near Waitangi, Chatham Island (DSIR). Subgenus PSEUDOSKUSEA Theobald ashworthi Edwards.—Transfer to p. 176 as synonym of australis. australis (Hrichson).—Transfer, with synonyms, to p. 176 under sub- genus Hualaedes Belkin, Lencroftianus Kdwards.—Dobrotworsky, 1960 (1961), 257 (6% 2 Q Pe. Re LS) 128 178. PROC, ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 2, JUNE, 1963 multiplex (Theobald).—Dobrotworsky, 1960 (1961), 264 (¢*, 2*, P*, Ibe postspiraculosus Dobrotworsky.—Australia. 1960 (1961). Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. W. 85: 261 (¢*, 2*, P*, L*). Type-loc: Wattle Glen, Victoria (NMM). Subgenus HALAEDES Belkin Aedes, subgenus Halaedes Belkin 1962, Mosq. S. Pacifie 1: 328. Orthotype: Culex australis Krichson. australis (EHrichson).—Belkin, 1962, 1: 329 (¢*, 9, P*, L*). ashworthi Edwards.—Belkin, 1962, 1: 329 (syn.). Subgenus SKUSEA Theobald Transfer all species except pembaensis Theobald and its synonyms to subgenus Lorrainea Belkin (see below). pembaensis Theobald.—Mozambique. Worth, Sousa, and Weinbren, 1961 257 (biology). Subgenus LORRAINEA Belkin Aedes, subgenus Lorrainea Belkin, 1962, Mosq. S. Pacifie 1: 430. Orthotype: Aedes dasyorrhus King and Hoogstraal. Subgenus CHRISTOPHERSIOMYTIA Barraud chionodes Belkin.—Solomon Islands. 1962. Mosq. S. Pacifie 1: 434 (¢*, 2). Type-loe: Toro- kina, Bougainville, Solomon Islands (US). Subgenus GEOSKUSEA Edwards becki Belkin.—Solomon Islands. 1962. Mosq. S. Pacific 1: 334 (¢*, 2). Type-loe: Rovi- ana, Solomon Islands (USNM). daggyi Stone and Bohart.—Delete “Solomon Islands.” Belkin, 1962, 1: BBN (ene Ct le DE). kabaenensis Brug.—Correction to Suppl. I: Change “Kabaensis” to “kabaenensis.” longiforceps Edwards.—Belkin, 1962, 1: 337 (¢*, ?, P*, L*). perryi Belkin—Solomon Islands. 1962. Mosq. 8S. Pacific 1: 336 (¢*, 2). Type-loc: Naro village, Guadaleanal, Solomon Islands (USNM). Subgenus LEVUA Stone and Bohart suvae Stone and Bohart.—Belkin, 1962, 1: 399 (¢*, 2, P*, L*; treated as valid name in place of geoskusea, but this nomencla- turally open to question). Subgenus STEGOMYIA Theobald Stegomyia Theobald.—Change “Haplotype” to “Logotype” and after “Oulex fasciatus Fabricius” insert “(Neveu-Lemaire 1902: Dil) 2? aegypti (Linnaeus).—Mattingly, Stone, and Knight, 1962, Bull. zool. Nomenel. 19: 208 (nomenclature, taxonomy). annandalei (Theobald). ssp. horishensis Yamada.—Lien, 1962, 626 (to spp. status). 183. 184. 185. 186. PROC. ENT, SOC. WASH., VoL. 65, NO. 2, JUNE, 1963 129 aobae Belkin—Banks Islands, New Hebrides. 1962. Mosq. S. Pacific 1: 452 (6*, 9*, P*, L*). Type- loc: Near Crater Lake, Aobae Island, New Hebrides (USNM). cooki Belkin.—Niue Island. 1962. Mosq. S. Pacific 1: 454 (¢*, 2, P*, L*). Type-loc: Niue Island (BM). dendrophilus Edwards.—Ivory Coast. desmotes (Giles).—Formosa. montana Koidzumi. 1920. Government Inst. Formosa, 8th Rpt. (1): 180 (8; Stegomyia). Type-loc: Chutouchi, Chungpu Township, Chiai Hsien, Formosa (LU). Lien, 1962, 626 (syn.). var, tulagiensis Edwards. Transfer to p. 188 as valid sp. futunae Belkin.—Horne Islands. 1962. Mosq. S. Pacifie 1: 455 (6*, 2, P*, L*). Type-loc: Muw’a, Alofi Island, Horne Islands (USNM). gurneyi Stone and Bohart.—Belkin, 1962, 1: 456 (¢*, 2, P*, L*). hebrideus Edwards—Wuvulu Island, Nuguria Island, Solomon Islands (outlying), Santa Cruz Islands, Torres Islands, Banks Islands, New Hebrides. Belkin, 1962, 1: 457 (¢*, 2, P*, L*; resurrected from synonymy). hoguei Belkin——Solomon Islands. 1962. Mosq. S. Pacific 1: 460 (6*, 2, P*, L*). Type-loc: Hutuna, Rennell Island, Solomon Islands (BM). horishensis Yamada.—Transfer to p. 181 as ssp. of annandalei (Theo- bald.) horrescens Edwards.—Belkin, 1962, 1: 461 (¢*, 9, P*, L*). marshallensis Stone and Bohart.—Belkin, 1962, 1: 463 (¢*, 2, P*, L*). opok Corbet and Someren.—Uganda, 1962. Ann. trop. Med. and Parasit. 56: 73 (¢*, 2). Type- loe: Awere, Acholi, Uganda (BM). patriciae Mattingly Correction to Suppl. I: Line 2, insert “,” after “Yamada.” polynesiensis Marks.—Piteairn Island. Belkin, 1962, 1: 468 (4*, 2, Led Via pseudoscutellaris (Thecbald) —Belkin, 1962, 1: 469 (¢*, 2, P*, L*). . quasiscutellaris Farner and Bohart.—Belkin, 1962, 1: 471 (4%, &, De wit). robinsoni Belkin.—Santa Cruz Islands. 1962. Mosq. S. Pacific 1: 447 (¢*, 2, P*, L*). Type-loe: Near Government House, Peno, Vanikoro, Santa Cruz Islands (USNM). rotumae Belkin—Rotuma Island. 1962. Mosq. S. Pacifie 1: 472 (¢*, 2, P*, L*). Type-loc: Oinafa village, Rotuma Island (USNM). hebrideus Kdwards.—Transfer to p. 184 as valid sp. tongae Kdwards.—Delete “Solomon Islands, ? Santa Cruz Islands.” Belkin 196284 750(6 *..9, Peake). tulagiensis Edwards.—Change “Solomon Islands” to “Santa Cruz Is- lands.” Belkin, 1962, 1: 446 (¢*, 2, P*, L*; to sp. status). 130 189. 190. 192. 194. 195. 196. 198. 199. 200. PROG. ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 2; JUNE, 1963 upolensis Marks.—Belkin, 1962, 1: 477 (6*, 9, P*, L*>. usambara Mattingly —Someren, 1962, 25 (4, 2). varuae Belkin.—Solomon Islands, Santa Cruz Islands. 1962: Mosq. S. Pacific 13.478 (6 *,. 9, P*, L*). Dype-loe: Lawaii, Graciosa Bay, Santa Cruz Islands (USNM). vittatus (Bigot) —Boorman, 1961, 709 (biology). w-albus (Theobald )—Delete “Formosa.” Subgenus AEDIMORPHUS Theobald Important reference: 1961. Hamon, Service, Adam, and Taufflieb. Bull. Soe. Pat. exot. 54: 383-387 (key to males, tarsalis group). albocephalus (Theobald).—Muspratt, 1961, 100 (biology). eritreae Lewis. ssp. karooensis Muspratt—Cape Province. 1961. J. ent, Soc. §. Afr. 24: 934.6%; 9, L*)i: Type-logs Non= poort, 22 miles n. of Middleburg, Cape Provinee [ Repub- lic of South Africa] (SAIM). gilliesi Someren.—Tanganyika. 1962. Proce. KR. ent. Soc. London (B) 31: 22 (ees Type-loc: South Pare Hills, Tonto, Amani, Tanganyika (BM). grenieri Hamon, Service, Adam, and Taufflieb—lIvory Coast. 1961. Bull: Soe. Path: exot’ 54: 376 (0). Siliypedac- Dainé, Man, Ivory Coast (IERT). mattinglyi Hamon and Rickenbach.—Hamon and Le Berre, 1961, 718 (BAS DF) nocturnus (Theobald).—Belkin, 1962. 1: 427 (¢*, 2, P*, L*); to sp: status). phyllolabis Edwards.—lIvory Coast. pseudotarsalis Someren—Congo. Correction to Suppl. I: Line 2, delete “Vamada) fF.” reali Hamon and Adam.—Liberia. tricholabis Edwards.—Ivory Coast. ssp. bwamba Someren.—Service, 1960, 230 (L). ssp. nocturnus (Theobald).—Transfer to p. 125 as valid sp. wendyae Service.—Correction to Suppl. 1: Change “Tarodu” to “Ikar- odu.” wigglesworthi Edwards.—lIvory Coast. yangambiensis De Meillon and Lavoipierre. Nigeria, Ivory Coast. Subgenus EDWARDSAEDES Belkin Aedes, subgenus Edwardsaedes Belkin, 1962, Mosq. S. Pacifie 1: 408. Orthotype: Culex imprimens Walker. imprimens (Walker).—Mattinely, 1961, 53 (6*, 2*, P*, L*); Belkin, LGG2 bs 409 (Ooo ale lag he brugi Edwards.—Mattingly, 1961, 53 (syn.). Subgenus NEOMELANICONION Newstead Important references: 1961, Mattingly, 47-57 (key, Indomalayan Area); 1960 (1961), Le Berre and Hamon, 1060-1063 (keys, tropical Africa). brugi Edwards.—Transfer to synonymy under imprimens (see above). circumluteolus (Theobald).—Ivory Coast. = (les 202. 203. 204. 205. 207. 209. 214. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 2, JUNE, 1963 131 imprimens (Walker).—Transfer to p. 200 under subgenus Mdwards- aedes. jamoti Hamon and Rickenbach.—Ivory Coast, Ghana. Le Berre and Hamon, 1960 (1961), 1054 (2, P*; L*). lineatopennis (Ludlow).—Mattingly, 1961, 49 (¢*, 9*, P*, L*). palpalis (Newstead) .—Ivory Coast. Subgenus DICEROMYIA Theobald franciscoi Mattingly.— Mattingly, 1961, 59 (¢*, P, L). iyengari Hdwards.— Mattingly, 1961, 59 (4*). Subgenus PSEUDARMIGERES Stone and Knight Add “and Knight” to center head. Subgenus AEDES Meigen Verrallina Theobald.—Transfer to p. 209 as valid subgenus. butleri Theobald.—Transfer to p. 209 under subgenus Verrallina. carmenti Edwards.—Transfer to p. 209 under subgenus Verrallina. ceramensis Brug—Transfer to p. 209 under subgenus Verrallina as valid sp. lineatus (Taylor) —Transfer to p. 209 under subgenus Verrallina. Subgenus VERRALLINA Theobald Verrallina Theobald.—Belkin, 1962, 1: 402 (provisionally removed from synonymy for South Pacifie species; final decision must rest on thorough revision of the subgenera of Aedes). In- cluded species, butleri Theobald, lineatus (Taylor), and the species mentioned below. carmenti Kdwards.—All but Solomon Islands records questionable. Belkin; 1962,.1: 416 (6, 2;°P*, Lit). ceramensis Brug.—Moluceas. Belkin, 1962, 1: 417 (resurrected from synonylny ). cuccioi Belkin.—Solomon Islands. 19622. MosduSi-Pacifie i: 4l4 (G4) 2, P** L*); LType- loc: Matanikau Valley, Guadaleanal, Solomon Islands (USNM). mecormicki Belkin.—Solomon Islands, 1962. Mosq. S. Pacifie 1: 420 (¢*, 2, P*, L*). Type-loc: Lunga area, Guadalcanal, Solomon Islands (USNM). Genus ARMIGERES Theobald Subgenus ARMIGERES Theobald breinli (Taylor).—Santa Cruz Islands. durhami Edwards and maiae Edwards (p. 213).—Delete parentheses around authors’ name; delete ‘“4edes” in following line. milnensis Lee.—After “Taylor, 1914” change “217” to “188.” Subgenus LEICESTERIA Theobald digitatus (Kdwards).-—Formosa. dolichocephalus (Leicester).—Correction to Suppl. I: Insert “,99” after 1959.” —_ Os bso PROC, ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 2, JUNE, 1963 Genus HAEMAGOGUS Williston Subgenus STEGOCONOPS Lutz 216. capricornii Lutz— Argentina. Martinez, Carcavallo, and Prosen, 1961, 76 (taxonomy). ssp. janthinomys Dyar.—Brazil, French Guiana, Vene- zuela, Trinidad. Martinez, Carcavallo, and Prosen, 1961, 76 (to ssp. status). ssp. falco Kumin, Osorno-Mesa, and Boshell-Manrique.—nw. Brazil, Peru, Eeuador, Cent. Amer. to Honduras. Martinez, Car- eavallo, and Prosen, 1961, 76 (n. relationship). spp. petrocchiae Martinez, Carcavallo, and Prosen.—ne. Argentina, Bolivia. 1961. An. Inst. Med. reg. 5(2): 79 (6, 2). Type-loe: Salvador Mazza (Pocitos), dept. General San Martin, Salta Province, Argentina (BA). mesodentatus Komp and Kumm. spp. gorgasi Galindo and Trapido.—Change “(GML)” to “CUSINMG) 2” spp. alticola Galindo, Trapido, and Boshell-Manrique. CGE) to (USN)? speggazzinii Brethes. uriartet Shannon and Del Ponte. Martinez, Careavallo, and Prosen 1961, 71 (syn.). 217. janthinomys Dyar.—Transfer to p. 216 as ssp. capricornii. ssp. falco Kumm, Osorno-Mesa, and Boshell-Manrique.—Transfer to p. 216 as ssp. of capricornii. uriartei Shannon and Del Ponte——Transfer to p. 216 as synonym of spegazzinit. Change Genus CULISETA Felt Subgenus CULISETA Felt 219. glaphyroptera (Schiner). ssp. zottae (Ungureanu).—Rumania. 1956. Acad. Rep. Pop. Rom., Fil. Iasi, Stud. si Cere. Stunt, Biol. si Stunte Agric: (2) » 4506 *) Oe le Theobaldia). Neamit, Varatec, Rumania (LU). incidens (Thomson).—Change “1868” to “1869.” Subgenus CULICELLA Felt 220. fumipennis (Stephens).—Sicart and Ruffie, 1960, 641 (P). 221. sylvanensis (Dobrotworsky.)—Correction to Suppl. I: Place this spe- cies after otwayensis. Subgenus CLIMACURA Howard, Dyar and Knab melanura (Coquillett)—Darsie, Tindall, and Barr, 1962, 167 (P*). tonnoiri (Kdwards).—Change “? BM” (and “CSIR” of Suppl. I) to “NSIR.” Genus CULEX Linnaeus Subgenus NEOCULEX Dyar 225. adersianus Edwards.—Ivory Coast. arbieeni Salem.—F rench Equatorial Africa. 226. deserticola Kirkpatrick.—French Equatorial Africa. 229. PROC, ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 2, JUNE, 1963 138 dumbletoni Belkin.—New Caledonia. 1962. Mosq. S. Pacific 1: 244 (6, L*). Type-loc: St. Louis, New Caledonia (USNM). gaufini Belkin——New Caledonia. 1OG206 Mosq.es.. Pace 172435 (6 *, “¢ h*). Dype-loe: APO 25, New Caledonia (USNM). 28. kingianus Edwards.—Ivory Coast. leonardi Belkin.—Solomon Islands. 1962. Mosq. S. Pacific 1: 245 (¢*, 9, P*, L*). Type-loc. West Poha swamp, Guadaleanal, Solomon Islands (USNM). martinii Medschid.—Germany. millironi Belkin——New Caledonia. 1962. Mosq. S. Pacific 1: 242 (¢6*, 9, L*). Type-loc: Poindimie, New Caledonia (USNM). salisburiensis Theobald. ssp. naudeanus Muspratt.—Cape Province. 1961. J. ent. Soc. S. Afr. 24: 97 (6, 2, L*). Type-loc: Naudesberg Pass, 40 miles s. of Middleberg, Cape Prov- ince [Republic of South Africa] (STAM). vinckei Hamon, Holstein, and Rivola——Ivory Coast. Doucet, 1961 (i962) GO Ca sR. lee): Subgenus MOCHTHOGENES Edwards femineus Kdwards.—Belkin, 1962, 1: 235 (6*, 9, P*, L*). simpliciforceps Kdwards.—Ivory Coast. Subgenus LOPHOCERAOMYIA Theobald becki Belkin.—Solomon Islands. 1962. Mosq. S. Pacific 1: 265 (¢*, 2, P*, L*). Type-loc. Sprague swamp, Guadalcanal, Solomon Islands (USNM). bergi Belkin.—Solomon Islands. 1962. Mosq. S. Pacific 12258 (6 *, 9, P*)L*),. Typeloe: Poha River about 3 miles from coast, Guadaleanal, Solo- mon Islands (USNM). buxtoni Edwards.—New Hebrides. Belkin, 1962, 253 (¢*, 2, P*, L*; resurrected from synonymy). franclemonti Belkin.—Solomon Islands. 1962. Mosq. S. Pacific 1: 256 (¢*, 2, P*, L*).. Type-loc: Munda, New Georgia, Solomon Islands (USNM). buxtoni Kdwards.—Transfer to p. 232 as valid sp . var. Solomonis Edwards.—Transfer to p. 235 as valid sp. hurlbuti Belkin.—Solomon Islands. 1962. Mosq. 8S. Pacific 1: 266 (6*, 9, P*, L*). Type-loc: Tenaru Area, Guadaleanal, Solomon Islands (USNM). laffooni Belkin.—Solomon Islands. 1962. Mosq. S. Pacific 1: 261 (¢*, 9, L*). Type-loc: Halavo, Florida, Solomon Islands (USNM). lairdi Belkin——Solomon Islands. 1962. Mosq. S. Pacifie 1: 257 (6*, 9, P*, L*). Tvve-loe: Poha swamp, Guadalcanal, Solomon Islands (USNM). oweni Belkin.—Solomon Islands. 1962. Mosq. S. Pacific 1: 259 (¢*, 9, P*, L*). Type-loc: Tributary of Matanikan River, Guadaleanal, Solomon Is- lands (USNM). “3 PROG. ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 2, JUNE, 1963 perryi Belkin.—Solomon Islands. 1962. Mosq. 8S. Pacific 1: 268 (¢*, 9, P*, L*). Type-loc: Balasuma area, Guadalcanal, Solomon Islands (USNM), solomonis Edwards.—Solomon Islands. Belen 1962. 1 °282\nG “eee P*, L*; lectotype selected from Manaba, Malaita, Solo- mon Islands, a locality not cited for solomonis in the origi- nal paper; to sp. status). Walukasi Belkin.—Solomon Islands. 1962. Mosq. S. Pacific 1: 264 (¢*, 9, P*, L*). Type-loe: Sprague swamp, Guadaleanal, Solomon Islands (USNM). winkleri Belkin.—Solomon Islands. 1962. Mosq. 8. Pacific 1: 264 (¢*, 9, P*, L*). Type-loe: Tributary of Matanikan River, Guadalcanal, Solomon Islands (USNM). Subgenus CULICIOMYIA Theobald Important reference: 1962, Vattier and Hamon, 251-252 (key to L., Africa). gilliesi Hamon and Someren.—Tanganyika. 1961. Bull. Soc. Pat. exot. 54: 724 (6*, 2). Type-loe: Amani, Tanganyika (IERT). Vattier and Hamon, 1962, Palo (U2 5 Ibi Ne nigropunctatus Hdwards.—Formosa. papuensis (Taylor).—Belkin, 1962, 1: 230 (¢*, 2, P*, L*). subaequalis Hdwards.—Ivory Coast. Subgenus ACALLYNTRUM Stone and Penn perkinsi Stone and Penn.—Belkin, 1962, 1: 226 (6*, 2, P*, L*; resur- rected from synonymy). Subgenus CULEX Linnaeus albinervis Edwards.—Belkin, 1962, 1: 212 (é*, 9, P*, L*). annulus Theobald.—Formosa. atriceps Edwards.—Belkin, 1962, 1: 198 (6*, 9, P*, L*). australicus Dobrotworsky 7 and Drummond.— ) New Hebrides. Belkin, 1962, 1: 194 (3%, 24 L* to osp:, status) beauperthuyi Anduze—Change “(IHC)” to “(USNM, ¢ terminalia only) .” finlayi Perez Vigueras.—Cuba. 1956. Ixodidos y Culicidos de Cuba: 382 (4*, 2*, L*). Type-loc: Casiguas, Barrio de Jaruco, Habana Province, Cuba (LU). grahamii Theobald var, farakoensis Hamon.—Nigeria. kesseli Belkin.—Society Islands. 1962. Mosq. S. Pacific 1: 200 (L*). Type-loe: Teachupee, Tahiti (USNM). lahillei Bachmann and Casals.—Argentina. 1962. Physis 23: 267 (6*, 2*. P*). Type-locs Achiras; Cérdoba, Argentina (INM). laticinctus Kdwards.—French Equatorial Africa. marquesensis Stone and Rosen.—Belkin, 1962, 200 (¢*, 2, P*, L*). 261. 262. 1 TS) ca | “I 280. IS? PROG. ENT, SOC. WASH., VoL. 65, NO. 2, JUNE, 1963 135 omani Belkin.—Solomon Islands. 1OG2ReMoso. Se excite Ice 0n0G.*, 9. F* ut) hype-loe: Chacon swamp, Guadaleanal, Solomon Islands (USNM). pacificus Edwards.—Banks Islands. Belkin, 1962, 1: 191 (¢*, 9, P*, ee) pervigilans Bergroth.—Kermadee Islands. Belkin, 1962, 1: 190 (4%, OPV alll: spp. quinquefasciatus Say.—Transfer to p. 258 as valid sp. cubensis Bigot.—Change “1856” to “1857.” ssp. australicus Dobrotworsky and Drummond.—Transfer to p, 242 as valid sp. issp. calloti Rioux and Pech.—France and Tunisia. 1959. Cahiers des. Nat. 15: 117 (A). Type-loes: France and Tunisia (LU). pruina eschirasi Galliard.—Ivory Coast. quinquefasciatus Say.—Belkin, 1962, 1: 195 (¢6*, 2, P*, L*; to sp. status). roseni Belkin.—Solomon Islands. 1962. Mosq. 8. Pacific 1: 203 (¢*, 9, P* LL). Lype-loe: Hitiaa, Tahiti (ISNM). striatipes Edwards.—Ivory Coast. terzii EKdwards.—Muspratt, 1961, 98 (L). thriambus Dyar.—Panama. torrentium Martini.—Sicart and Ruffie, 1960, 647 (P*). 1962. Mosq. S. Pacific 1: 204 (L*). Type-loc: Munda, New Georgia (USNM). whittingtoni Belkin.—Solomon Islands. Subgenus MELANOCONION Theobald johnsoni and keenani—Correction to Suppl. I: Change “Blanton” to “Mendez.” mesodenticulatus.—Correction to Suppl. I: Change “Blanton” to ‘“Men- dez.”’ spissipes (Theobald).—Brazil. trisetosus Fauran.—French Guiana. 1961. Arch. Inst. Pasteur Guyane Inini 464: 1 (46%). Type-loc: confluence of Oyae and Conte rivers, St. An- toine, French Guiana (MNHP). Subgenus MOCHLOSTYRAX Dyar and Knab arboricolus—Correction to Suppl. I: Change “Blanton” to “Mendez.” Subgenus MICROCULEX Theobald stonei Lane and Whitman.—Brazil. Subgenus EUBONNEA Dyar amazonensis (Lutz).—Fauran, 1961, 8 (P*, L*). Subgenus AEDINUS Bourroul originator Gordon and Evans.—Fauran, 1961, 12 (P*). bihaicolus Dyar and Nunez Tovar.—Brazil. 288. 296. 297. PROC. ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 65; NO. 2, JUNE, 1963 Genus DEINOCERITES Theobald troglodytus Dyar and Knab.—Correction to Suppl. I: Change “troglo- dytes” to “troglodytus.” Also p. 285. Nomina Nuda bambusae Dyar. 1922. In Alfaro, Mem. Instruccion Publ. Rep. Costa Rica 1921: 419 (Culex). furtivus Dyar. 1922. In Alfaro, Mem. Instruccion Publ. Rep. Costa Rica 1921: 419 (Culex). keybergi Lips. 1960. Riv. di Parassit. 21: 49 (Anopheles). millecampsi Lips. 1960. Riv. di Parasit. 21: 39 (Anopheles dureni ssp.). simplex Baisas and Catipon. 1958. Philippine J. Sci. 87: 54 (Uranotaenia). Literature Cited Adam, J.-P. and J. Hamon. 1961. Les stades pré-imaginaux d’Hretma- podites forcipulatus Kdwards, 1936. Bull. Soe. Pat. exot. 54: 198- 202, illus. Aken, Willem van. 1961. Systematisch onderzbek van enkele Culicidae- exuvien van Belgie. Biol. Jaarb. 29: 246-283, illus. Belkin, J. N. 1962. The mosquitoes of the South Pacifie (Diptera, Culicidae). 2 vols. 608 and 412 pp., illus. University of California Press. Boorman, J. P. T. 1961. Observations on the habits of mosquitoes of Plateau Province, Northern Nigeria, with particular reference to Aedes (Stegomyia) vittatus (Bigot). Bull. ent. Res. 52: 709-725, illus. Breeland, S. G., W. E. Snow, and EH, Pickard. 1961. Mosquitoes of the Tennessee Valley. J. Tenn. Acad. Sei. 36: 249-319, illus. Coluzzi, M. and C. Contini. 1962. The larva and pupa of Mansonia buatoni (Kdwards), 1923 (Diptera, Culicidae). Bull. Ent. Res. 53: 215-218, illus. Cova-Garcia, P. 1961. Notas sobre los anofelinos de Venezuela y su identificacién. Segundo edicion. 213 pp., illus. Caracas. Coz, J., A. Grjebine, and J. Hamon. 1960. Anopheles flavicosta Kd- wards, 1911 de Madagasear et d’Afrique. Bull. Soe. Pat. exot. 53: 742-751, illus. Darsie, R. F., Jr., E. Tindall, and A. R. Barr 1962. Description of the pupa of Culiseta melanura (Diptera: Culicidae). Proce, Ent. Soe. Wash: 167-170, illus. Diaz Najera, A. 1961. Variaciones morfolégicos en larvas de dos es- pecies de Trichoprosopon y datos sobre su distribucén. Rey. Inst. Salubr. Enferm, trop., Méx. 21: 201-219, illus. PROC. EN, SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 2, JUNE, 1963 137 Dobrotworsky, N. V. 1960 (1961). Notes on Australian mosquitoes (Diptera, Culicidae). V. Subgenus Pseudoskusea in Victoria. Proc. Linn. Soe. N. 8S. W. 85: 257-267, illus. Doucet, J. 1960. Moustiques forestiers de la République de Cote- dIvoire, I. Notes biologiques et systématiques sur Uranotaenia henrardi Edwards, Eretmapodites oedipodius marcellei Hamon, Aedes (Pseudarmigeres) kummi Edwards et Aedes (Pseudarmi- geres) argenteoventralis Theobald, Bull. Soc. Pat. exot. 53: 810- 814, illus. 1961 (1962). Moustiques forestiers de la République de Cote-d’Ivoire. 3. Notes biologiques et systématiques sur Urano- taenia andreae sp. n. et Culex (Neoculex) vinckei Hamon, Holstein et Rivola, 1957, Soc. de Pat. exot. Bul. 54: 1156-1164, illus. Douglas, G. W. 1961. Notes on Australian mosquitoes (Diptera, Culi- cidae). 1. The life history of Aedomyia venustipes (Skuse). Proc. Linn. Soe. N. 8. W. 86: 262-267, illus. 300. Fauran, P. 1961. Notes sur les moustiques de la Guyane. Arch. Inst. Pasteur Guyane Inini 464: 1-15, illus. Forattini, O. P. 1959. Insecta Amapaensia.—Diptera: Culicidae. Stu- dia Ent. 2: 285-288, illus. 1961. Chaves para a identificacao do genero Anopheles Meigen, 1818, da Regiao Neotropical (Diptera, Culicidae). Rev. bras. Ent. 10: 169-187, 1962. Entomologia Médica. Vol. I, 662 pp., Sao Paulo, illus, Forattini, O. P., and E. X. Rabello. 1960. Notas sobre Culicidae (Dip- tera). 2. A larva, a pupa e alguns dados bioldgicos de Aedes (Fin- laya) fluviatilis Lutz, 1904. Arch. Fac. Hig. Saude publ., S. Paulo 14: 87-94, illus. Forattini, O. P., E. X. Rabello, and D. Pattoli. 1960. Notas sobre Cul- cidae (Diptera). 3. As larvas e as pupas de Wyeomyia (W.) limai Lane e Cerqueira, 1942 e de W. (D.) personata (Lutz, 1904). Arch. Fac. Hig. Saude publ., 8. Paulo 14: 95-109, illus. 302. Gjullin, C. M., R. I. Sailer, A. Stone, and B. V. Travis. The Mosquitoes of Alaska. Agr. Handbook 182, U. 8. Dept. Agr., 98 pp., illus. Grjebine, A. and G. Chauvet. 1961. Position systématique d’ Anopheles mascarensis De Meillon, 1947 et description de la larvae et de la nymphe. Bull. Soc. de Pat. exot. 54: 119-128, illus. 303. Hamon, J. 1961. Les Hretmapodites du groupe Oedipodius Graham. 1. Descriptions complémentaires et position systématique des six sous- espéces actuellement connues. Soc. de Pat. exot. Bull. 54: 892-906, illus. Hamon, J. and R. Le Berre. 1961. Description de la larve et de la nymphe d’Aedes (Aedimorphus) mattinglyi Hamon et Richenbach 1954. Soe. de Pat. exot. Bul. 54: 718-723, illus. Hamon, J., M. W. Service, J.-P. Adam, and R. Taufflieb. 1961. Observa- tions sur les Aedes (Aedimorphus) du groupe tarsalis Newstead avee description d’une nouvelle espece: Aedes grenieri n. sp. Bull. Soe. Pat. exot. 54: 375-388, illus. Hamon, J. and E. C. C. Van Someren. 1961. Les Hretmapodites du groupe Oedipodius Graham. 2. Description de E. grenieri sp. n. et clé de détermination des espéces et sous-espécies du groupe Oedipodius. Bull. Soc. Pat. exot. 54: 907-913, illus. 309. 310. — bo 320. PROC. ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 2, JUNE, 1963 Hamon, J. R., Taufflieb, and A. Dyemkouma. 1961. Observations sur la variabilité d’Anopheles rufipes, Gough, 1910, avee description d’une nouvelle variéte. Bull. Soe. Pat. exot. 54: 24-28, illus. Lien, J. C. 1962. Non-anopkeline mosquitoes of Taiwan: annotated catalog and bibliography. Pacific Ins. 4: 615-649, map. Maffi, M. 1962. Contributo alla conoscenza di Anopheles (Myzomyia) lloreti Gil Collado. Riv. di Malariol. 41: 63-69. Marks, E. N. 1963a. A revision of the subgenus Chaetocruiomyia Theo- bald (Diptera: Culicidae). Pap. Dep. Ent. Univ. Qd. 1: 189-211, illus. Marks, E. N. 1963b. The subgenus Ochlerotatus in the Australian Region. V. The Stricklandi Section. J. ent. Soe. Qd. 2: 31-47, illus. Martinez, A., R. N. Carcavallo, and A. F. Prosen. 1961. El genero Haemagogus Williston, 1896, en la Argentina, An. Inst. Med. reg. (1960) 5 (2): 63-86, Mattingly, P. F. 1961. The eculicine mosquitoes of the Indomalayan Area. Part V. Genus Aedes Meigen, subgenera Mucidus Theobald, Ochlerotatus Lynch Arribalzaga and Neomelaniconion Newstead. 62 pp., illus. Mattingly, P. F., A. Stone, and K. L. Knight. 1962. Culex aegypti Linnaeus, 1762 (Insecta, Diptera); proposed validation and inter- pretation under the plenary powers of the species so named, Z.N. (S.) 1216. Bull. Zool. Nomenel. 19: 208-219, illus. Mihalyi, F. 1961. Description of the larva of Aedes (Ochlerotatus) hungaricus (Mihalyi (Diptera: Culicidae)). Acta Zool. Acad. Sei. Hung. 7: 231-233, illus. Muspratt, J. 1961. Research on South African Culicini (Diptera: Culicidae). VI. Two new sub-species and notes on bionomies and distribution. J. ent. Soe. 8. Afr. 24: 92-103, illus. Nielsen, L. T. and D. M. Rees. 1961. An identification guide to the mosquitoes of Utah. Univ. Utah biol. Ser. 12 (3): 1-v, 1-58, illus. Omori, N. 1962. Morphology of undeseribed male and immature mos- quitoes of Aedines in Japan. 1. Aedes (Finlaya) watasei. End. Dis. Bul. Nagasaki Univ. 4: 10-14, illus. Perez Vigueras, I. 1956. Los Ixodidos y Culicidos de Cuba. Su His- toria Natural y Medica, 1-579, Habana, illus. Peters, W. 1962. Mosquitoes of New Guinea (Diptera: Culicidae) III. Some undeseribed pupae of Anophelini and a revised pupal key. Proce. R. ent. Soc. Lond. (B) 31: 163-169, illus. Reid, J. A. 1962. The Anopheles barbirostris group (Diptera, Culi- cidae). Bull. ent. Res. 53: 1-57, illus. Reid, J. A. and K. L. Knight. 1961. Classification within the sub- genus Anopheles (Diptera, Culicidae). Ann. trop. Med. Parasit. 55: 474-488, illus. Rioux, J.-A. 1960. Contribution a l’étude des culicides (Diptera-Culi- cidae) du Nord-Tchad, 53-92, in Rioux, Mission Epidémiologique au Nord-Tchad, PROHUZA, Paris, 132 pp., illus. Rozeboom and Komp. 1950b—Change ‘‘Cuclidae” to ‘“Culicidae.” Sakakibara, M. and N. Omori. 1962. Morphology of undescribed male and immature mosquitoes of Aedines in Japan. 2, Aedes (Finlaya) koreicoides. End. Dis. Bull. Nagasaki Univ. 4: 15-21, illus. Senevet, G. and J. Rioux. 1960. Anopheles (Myzomyia) hispaniola Theobald, 1903 simple sous-espéce de Anopheles (Myzomyia) cin- PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 2, JUNE, 1963 139 ereus Theobald, 1901 2. Arch. Inst. Pasteur Algér. 38: 530-535, illus. 321. Service, M. W. 1960. Taxonomic notes on some larvae of the genus Aedes (Diptera: Culicidae) from Lokoja in Northern Nigeria. Ent. mon, Mag. 96: 229-230, illus. Sicart, M. and J. Ruffie. 1960. Etude sur les nymphes des Culicines du sous-bassin Aquitain. Ann. de Parasit. hum. et comp. 35: 631- 647, illus. 322. Someren, E. C. C. van. 1962. Ethiopian Culicidae: Three new Aedes from Tanganyika, with a deseription of the male of Aedes usam- bara Mattingly and the female of Uranotaenia henrardi Edwards. Proce. R. ent. Soe. London (B) 31: 19-26, illus. Steward, C. C. and J. W. McWade. 1961. The mosquitoes of Ontario (Diptera: Culicidae) with keys to the species and notes on distri- bution. Proe. ent. Soc. Ont. 91: 121-188 (1960), illus. Stojanovich, C. J. 1960. Illustrated key to common mosquitoes of southeastern United States. 36 pp. Atlanta, Ga., illus. 1961. Illustrated key to common mosquitoes of northeastern United States, 49 pp. Atlanta, Georgia, illus. Stone, A., K. L. Knight, and H. Starcke. 1959. A synoptie catalog of the mosquitoes of the world. The Thomas Say Foundation. Ent. Soc. Amer. Vol. 6. 358 pp. 323. Suarez, O. M. and P. Cova Garcia. 1961. Estudio morfologico de Aedes (H.) ioliota Dyar and Knab, 1913. Rev. bras. Ent. 10: 17-24, illus. 324. Vattier, G. and J. Hamon. 1962. Description de la larvae et de la nymphe de Culex (Culiciomyia) gilliesi Hamon et Van Someren, 1961. Clef des larves du sous-genre Culiciomyia connues en Afrique au sud du Sahara. Bull. Soe. Pat. exot. 55: 246-252, illus. 325. Worth, C. B., J. de Sousa, and M. P. Wienbren. 1961. Studies on the life-history of Aedes (Skusea) pembaensis (Theobald) (Diptera, Culicidae). Bull. ent. Res. 52: 257-261. Type Depositories 327. AM. Change from “Rijksmuseum” to “Division of Entomology, Zoo- logical Museum, Amsterdam University.” oD b] « DSIR. Entomology Division, Department of Scientific and Industrial Research, Christchurch, New Zealand. bs] b] 329. NSIR. Entomology Division, Department of Scientific and Industrial Research. Nelson, New Zealand. SPM. Change “Malariologico” to “Malaria.” 330. New Zealand (DSIR, NSIR). Correction, line 15: Change “ZMN” to “ZMM.” Index COTRI 29 358. vomerifer Komp.—Change “275” to “276. Index to Suppl. I. For arboricolus, johnsoni, keenani, and mesodentatus change “Blanton” to “Mendez.” Also for aurovenatus change “201” to 200.” Change “bruccer” to “brucei.” For domesticus change “21” to “31.” Index to Supplement II This includes only names not indexed in original catalog or Supplement I. The page numbers here refer to the number at the left, in the preceding text, equivalent to the proper position in the original catalog. 140 PROC. ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 2, JUNE, 1963 amdnealer Onl Ce te eee SO aobaen Belkin: sani Sie 181 argyronobum I elikim see ee 159 azaniae Bailly-Choumara —.____ 39 Joeman owuisryey ID Ayal a an) 287 becki Belkin (Aedes) _... NG fanh beckase elim (Gea;) se 232 berg Belkin) ge sae, Bae ee 232 bervoetsi D’Haenens — ere ees 49 bonneti Belkin — ala: A) Pasi 6.7) bougainvillensis Belkin ee) We eee 99 brucechwatti Hamon, Taufflieb, ail IDAeralk@ymone), i ee De loeb Bel atin. Be 160 buExtonme> ellkam eee a Sa RRS Se ch 160 CEie@ovaling, IMI ke) Lo 140 Gailevonyak WlaWeleg|- 5 Gailllkojmt Jimojboe haiel Ieee, GS / Cam pestrigm verdes =a see eae Late Waren 16 ecaroni Adam ____. he STA weer Re ok 40 chathamicus Dumbleton __.__ 175 chionodes Belkin) soe se ee 177 cooki Belkin —_ 5 rir MET oe a: 182 GOmlostal IbleninGin 24 Se 133 GK eons IBM aay 209 dona dive dis) ease eee ee ee If dumbletonre 8 elikampess anne ee 226 Edwardsaedes Belkin sé maineransps, IexelMihn! 2 es 102 finlayi Perez Vigueras 247 HeOmeE MOL (Cerrone, 92 formosensis Ogasawara 52 ines, Liven) Lee 18 franclemonti Belkin (Aedes) — 162 franclemonti Belkin (Culex) ________ 233 ebb) ID yy aie = SS fuseipalpis Belkin iacly LR Nina Jee oes 162 inborn esnspelevellioha oe 162 rin UMUENS) GYAN ital, oe 183 eqAiUlobeD eI EXeIO ah alerssees A Meng, VES ae PAPA TendacmeloO Otis eee eeeee Le een een 113 gilliesi Someren (Aedes) 192 gilliesi Hamon and Someren CONGR SS ee a Eee eae 237 grenieri Hamon, Service, Adam, anid antniiebmCeAedes )) asemano a 192 grenieri Hamon and Someren Cicimanodiies) 133 eriveaudi Grjebine = aes 44 imanehyn IByeltahs) 2 ee 98 ISEWeece ieyelikeim 2 TLG hamoni Adam _____ ERPS aes a: lnenn@oyeltal Stonaneirerm 163 hodgkini Reid _... Se J: Sea 20 Inga Ibxellknl IY hollingsheadi Belkin os et Re PER 164 loyunelll ovmiin, IBYeilioba, a 233 jamaicensis Theobald - Abe Le 80 karooensis) Miuispratt =. 192 kasachstanicus Gutsevich 148 kesseli. Belkin, )22 2) 6. ieee 250 keybergiVLips = 3 eee 288 lenitioyoyml ISellichay 2 234 lahillei Bachmann and Casals — 250 laird: Belkin’ 22 2 2 234 lanerCerqueing) =e 92 leonarditB elkan =e 228 longipalpus Randolph and O’Neill 128 Lorrainea Belkin) = sss sas 176 luted) Belkins s. » Sa 102 mattinglyi Hamon and Someren _ 134 WnKgopmamcelal IBYaliitrbay Boe 209 medion] dime elk 148 melanesiensis Belkin 105 aamUUkeXCR Waa O SN JUS), ek 288 ranvllburoyany 1Byelbiana 22 montana ord Zuma sae 183 MUZOOI SOMeT ent a= nea 167 naudeanuss Miursprati 22 neogseorgianus Belkin) = == 167 Nothoskusea Dumbleton — _ 175 oceanicus Belkan) ee 168 omani (Belkjn ss ss ae 252, opok Corbet and Someren — 185 ortizi Vargas and Diaz Najera —— 92 Oteizal Perez) Vacuerds) a ily Onieuenl ABYal ie, So 235 Daraliaes Sando shia eeeene 21 parensis Gillies _ - Lp sie Ae OL! perryi Belkin (Aedes) _ _ Li eee CL perry Belkinis (Cule:) 235 petroechiae Martinez, Carcavallo, and Prosen 2 a eee 216 pollicariss held] 25 postspiraculosus Dobrotworsky 2 ae 176 quasiferinus Mattingly _—_._-_ £2 1B roal Belkin 22... ee 170 TObIMSoOnNes ellkani ee 2s 187 rosenl Belkin’ 24-22 eee 258 TOvUMAey 5.6] ki eee 187 TUONO Susi ell kari 170 schlosseri Belkin cast-in do 170 seneveti Rioux 1) ore 53 Shannonile@ Cro uein a) sae 92 simplex Baisas and Catipon 288 solomonis Belkin (Ficalbia) 100 solomonis Belkin (Hodgesia) iA spilotus Marks: 2 Je a 154 SpixiCerqueinay = eee 92 takasagoensis Morishita oe, SES 39 tityae Sloott) 0. val tridentatus Cerqueira — ee 93 fTISCTOSUS ME air an 276 Trbberaeper) Wileneliss) Bearer ee |) 156 Van someneni ilaio 1 seen 135 varuae, Belkin.) eae 188 Wieaululkasieu ellkatr ar 235 Veoheraaetonae IB ean 265 vwinklert Belkin) =] ss. seen 235 ZOttae a CUIMe un eA) a 219 PROC. ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 2, JUNE, 1963 141 AN ANNOTATED LIST OF DIGGER WASPS FROM PRESQUE ISLE STATE PARK, PENNSYLVANIA (HyMENOPTERA : ACULEATA ) FrANK E. Kurczewskt and Epmunp J. Kurozewskr* The following list of digger wasps, including dates of collection, flower records, and other notes exclusive of nesting behavior, is a compilation of collections and observations made during periodic visits to Presque Isle State Park, Pennsylvania, during the summers of 1958, 1959, 1960, 1961, and 1962. Many species are recorded herein from Pennsylvania for the first time; new flower records for a num- ber of species are also presented. The dates of collection of several species provide useful information from which the number of genera- tions per year can be derived. Included also in this list is a single record of an uncommon pompilid, Pompilus (Ammosphex) imbecillus ojibwae Evans, recorded from this locality by Evans (1951) in his revision of the tribe Pompilini (Pompilidae). The “peninsula,” a local name given to the Park, is a recurved sandspit about six miles in length which juts out into Lake Erie. Along its entire lake shore are numerous sandy beaches, an extremely favorable habitat for the many psammophilous wasps nesting there. The beaches vary in width from a few to hundreds of yards and many studies and collections were made behind the beaches where stands of bunch and rye grass and sage brush grow. Additional studies and collections were made in areas farther inland where the above named grasses are replaced by a ground cover of very low shrubs of which poison ivy (Rhus toxicodendron) is prevalent. Wood- land wasps were taken in a moist, mixed deciduous-evergreen forest occupying the inner area of the Park. This area supports a rich and diversified wasp fauna and is of im- portance to hymenopterists because many of the Upper Austral wasps reach their northern limits of distribution along the shores of the eastern Great Lakes; a number of these are recorded in this list. It is also in this area which is low in elevation (altitude, 580 feet above sea level) that, surprisingly enough, Canadian forms are also found. As would be expected, transition elements are numerous at this locality. In order to make this study a total of 1,459 digger wasps were col- lected. Of this number, 869 are of the family Pompilidae; the remain- ing 590 wasps are of the families Mutillidae, Tiphiidae, Scoliidae, and Sphecidae. Exactly 123 species and subspecies of the above men- tioned families were collected; especially noteworthy was the collec- tion of 43 species and subspecies of Pompilidae. Numerous Vespidae were collected in addition to the 123 species and subspecies of digger wasps. As these are not of concern in the present study a separate list of species is not included. Some vespids 1Pepartment of Entomology, Cornell University, Ithaca, New York. » . . -2921 Reed Street, Erie, Pennsylvania. 142 PROG. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, No. 2, JUNE, 1963 , taken in large numbers were Vespula (Dolichovespula) maculata (Linnaeus), Humenes fraternus Say, and Monobia quadridens (in- naeus). Many other Vespula, Polistes, and Eumeninae were also col- lected in numbers. We are deeply indebted to Dr. K. V. Krombein for determining most of the Sphecidae, Mutillidae, Tiphiidae, and Scoliidae. Dr. R. M. Bohart is responsible for naming sphecids of the genera Lyroda, Miscophus, Tachytes, and Tachysphex. Drs. H. KB. Evans and H. W. Allen kindly provided identifications for Anoplius (Pompilinus) splendens (Dreisbach) and Tiphia arida Malloch, respectively. Funds, in part, for the senior author for the summers of 1961 and 1962 were provided by a Sigma Xi RESA Grant-in-Aid of Research. Family TIPHIIDAE Tiphia intermedia Malloch. Eight females, 14 males; August 5-September 15; all at edge of woods; 3 females, 2 males on flowers of Daweus carota. Tiphia arida Malloch. Four females; August 8-23; on sandy area behind beach; all on flowers of Daucus carota. Paratiphia algonquina Viereck. Five females, 1 male; July 25; on sandy area along road; all on flowers of Daucus carota. Myrmosa unicolor Say. Fifteen males; July 19-August 17; all at edge of woods. Family MUTILLIDAE Timulla vagans (Fabricius). Two males; July 27-August 19; behind beach on flowers of Daucus carota. Family SCOLIIDAE Campsomeris plumipes confiuenta (Say). Six females, 49 males; May 30- September 9; both sexes behind beach on flowers of Rubus hispidus (swamp dew- berry); males behind beach in sandy areas on flowers of Arabis lyrata (rock cress) and Melilotus alba; females behind beach in sandy areas on flowers of Solidago juncea and Cephalanthus occidentalis (buttonbush ). During the first few days of June until the emergence of males of Episyron q. quinquenotatus (Say), males of this species were the most numerous in the Park. Males of Campsomeris plumipes usually disappeared by the third week of July; after that time only females of this species were evident. Females were present in the Park from late June until nearly mid-September. This duration corresponds with the life expectancy of females of this genus which is believed to be from two to three months. Family POMPILIDAE Priocnessus nebulosus (Dahlbom). One female, 2 males; July 30-August 17; all at edge of woods. Priocnemis (Priocnemissus) minorata Banks. Twelve females, 6 males; May 24-July 1; in open woods on dead leaves. The wings of most specimens are not considerably worn but the left hind tibia and tarsus of one female are missing. The collection dates from late June and July 1 are very late for this species which usually disappears shortly after the trees are in full leaf. PROG. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 2, JUNE, 1963 143 Priocnemis (Priocnemis) cornica (Say). Seven females, 1 male; July 28- October 11; in sandy inland blow-out area. Priocnemis (Priocnemis) germana (Cresson). Forty-nine females, 68 males; July 19-September 6; all in open woods. This species was the most numerous woodland pompilid during the latter half of July and early August; in mid-August, Ageniella norata Banks replaced P. germana in abundance in open woods. Priocnemis (Priocnemis) scitula relicta Banks. Two females; July 20; in open woods. Calicurgus hyalinatus alienatus (Smith). Twenty females, 2 males; June 11- August 23; in open woods. The infuseation of the hind femora and tibiae of one female collected on July 6 is intermediate between the subspecies alienatus and borealis (Banks). Calicurgus hyalinatus borealis (Banks). One female; July 19; at edge of woods. Dipogon papago anomalus Dreisbach. One male; August 17; in open woods. Dipogon sayi sayi Banks. Four females; June 8-July 29; in open woods. Auplopus mellipes variitarsatus (Dalla Torre). Three females, 10 males; July 19-August 18; all at edge of woods on high foliage. The series of males shows much variation in the coloration of the femora. Auplopus nigrellus (Banks). Three females, 1 male; July 6-September 24; in Open woods. Ageniella cupida (Cresson). Two females; July 24-August 19; in open woods. Ageniella norata Banks. Twenty-one females, 42 males; July 25-August 23; all in open woods. Nearly all males were collected as they walked slowly over low foliage, their wings being raised and held in a nearly vertical position, One male was found dead, ensnared in an orb-weaving spider’s web. This species was very numerous in open woods during mid-August. Ceropales bipunctata bipunctata Say. Five males; August 26-28; at edge of woods; all on flowers of Solidago juncea. Ceropales maculata fraterna Smith. Four females, 4 males; July 19-August 28; in open woods. Evagetes hyacinthinuus (Cresson). Thirty-six females, 3 males; July 19- September 1; in inland blow-out of sand and on sandy benches; 2 females on flowers of Daucus carota. In either of the above mentioned habitats, females of this species were fre- quently collected near hunting females of Anoplius (Arachnophroctonus) apicu- latus autumnalis (Banks) on which it is possibly parasitic. Evagetes ingenuus (Cresson). Three females, 3 males; July 28-August 23; 2 females in inland blow-out of sand; all males in sandy areas behind beach on flowers of Daucus carota. Females of E. ingenuus were collected near hunting females of iv ? if F , ‘ A | mh H é 14 : 4 ‘ : f WE i j j e Wor, be mn ‘ $i My r i 5 _ SEPTEMBER 1963 TSI RR oa ROCEEDINES: of the M ap SOCIETY ”, WASHINGTON se U. $, NATIONAL MUSEUM | WASHINGTON 25, D. C. " i 1 4 { \ ne : 7 tj i Ti \ G PUBLISHED QUARTERLY aT Py >, I -M- Mi from pocket mice at the, Nevada Test Site (Acarina) 231 213 cies oy Eescotaes, from Central America and sia veer ee 211 «0 ew rare Anoplura from Kenya ______ Ee Be n of the a Hadrobregmus of North pene See ———— 177 2 Sag ea re a a 215 lew I Neotropical Neobalinae with keys to the genera and nal heparin ene) TLE SAN Walia LE RO 201 250 246 (247 | 195 —The Ibcatidnl of some obscure cAbbailagicel nited States Cr ae EY (2 SRAM | 3 St tes 249 nauevelne le SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON y ORGANIZED Marcu 12, 1884 OFFICERS FOR 1963 W. E. Bickuny, President Dept. of Entomology University of Maryland College Park Ross H. ARNETT, JR., President-Elect Dept. Biology Catholic University —= — ree oper ali Ri Dau OF ae — Outver S. FLINT, JR., Recording Secretary Division of Insects U. S. National Museum > Washington 25, D. GC. Pavu J. SPANGLER, Oorresponding Secretary Division of Insects U. S. National Museum Washington 25, D. C. Gi: BLIcKENSTAFY, Treasurer Entomology Research Division, ARS, USDA ARO, Beltsville, Maryland Jon L. Herring, Editor c/o Division of Insects U. S. National Museum > Washington 25, D.C. ish CONKLE, Custodian Blane Quarantine vor ARS, USDA Washington 25, D . Gnorce E. CANTWELL, MV embership Committee Chmn. Insect Pathology Laboratory — i Agric. Research Center : Beltsville, Maryland ee, FRANK L. OAMPBELD, Delegate to the Washington Academy of Sciences NAS-NRO 2101 Constitution Ave. Washington, D. 0. — Honorary Members C. F. W. Munsnpzox, U. S. National Museum L. H. Wxzup, Arlington, Virginia T. E. Snypuer, U. S. National Museum NOTE: Send all eee ie address to Corresponding Seer _ June, inclusive, at 8 P ~ author. 4 Reprints of published papers 1 e obtaine the following costs plus _ Postage and ins be provided that a statement of — num accompanies the returned pro ie 4 Additional os per 100: ; i ih" J ¢ by’ Regular meetings of Room 43 of the U. S._ first Thursday of each mo strated interest in ‘the Annual dues for ha: fee is $1.00 cu is: Geos Bes Published onic Hee the Society at Washington, charge. Non-member subaertd ons year, both domestic and fore payable in advance. All ore made payable to The Washington. The Society does not ext for those of other societies. All manuscripts intended fo. be addressed to the Editor. 1 mitted by members will t by non-members. Imm obtained at a cost to th per printed page, plus cost of of papers should be con should indicate the system ject insect. By-lines should in ing address of the author an his affiliation, if possible. Citations pers longer than one print d pag author and date and should refer t cluding references in which > author, name of DOR ESROT volume and ge. sect ay of full- -page closely approximate 4-5/16 x 6” (2( this usually allows explanatory matter to ap ti the same page. Cost of illustration that for one-full-page line oat Ww! dle stapling and covers nya 2 pp. app. 8 pp. EN 50 copies: Ta $4.00 $6.00 $10. 00° —— copies: C ; 5.00. 7.60 12.00 2.00 2.30 400 Jaana Purchase of reprints by snatthedtons Ww voices are subject to notarization | 0) other fees will have the cost of ‘such ‘fee : purchase price. PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Vol. 65 SEPTEMBER 1963 No. 3 REVISION OF THE GENUS HADROBREGMUS OF NORTH AMERICA (COLEOPTERA: ANOBIIDAE) 1! L. V. Knutson, Department of Entomology and Limnology, Cornell University, Ithaca, New York The genus Hadrobregmus has not been treated taxonomically since H. C. Fall published his “Revision of the Ptinidae of Boreal Amer- ica” in 1905. At that time, Fall recognized seven species; two addi- tional species have been described since the revision. The previous taxonomic studies have been based on characters of the superficial external anatomy. In the present investigation, the wing venation and the male genitalia have proved to be of taxonomic value. Hadrobregmus was described by C. G. Thomson in 1859. Anobium denticollis Panzer, 1796 was the only included species and was desig- nated as the type-species. Fall (1905) included the following North American species in Hadrobregmus: Anobium carinatum Say, 1823 Anobium errans Melsheimer, 1845 Anobium gibbicolle LeConte, 1859 Hadrobregmus linearis LeConte, 1865 Hadrobregmus defectus Fall, 1905 Hadrobregmus pusillus Fall, 1905 Hadrobregmus laticollis Fall, 1905 Hadrobregmus umbrosus Fall, 1905 Hadrobregmus subconnatus was described by Fall in 1920, and Hadrobregmus destructor was described by Fisher in 1938, making a total of nine species referred to this genus. None of the species included in Hadrobregmus Thoms. by Fall and other North American workers are congenerie with the type-species. Furthermore, the species should be contained in three genera. Pie (1912) placed Hadrobregmus denticollis (Panz.), 1796 in the genus Coelostethus LeC., 1861. I have compared H. denticollis (Panz.) with Coelostethus notatus (Say), 1825, the type-species of Coelostethus LeC. designated by LeConte), and have found the two 1Modified from a thesis submitted to the Graduate School, Cornell University, in partial fulfilment of the requirements for the M.S. Degree, September, 1959. pate: # STITUTION ie 178 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1963 species to be congeneric. Therefore, Hadrobregmus Thoms. should be the valid generic name of those species which have been included in Coelostethus LeC. and Coelostethus LeC. should be considered as a junior synonym of Hadrobregmus Thoms. Cacotemnus LeConte, 1861, until now regarded as a junior syno- nym of Hadrobregmus Thoms., is a valid generic name and includes Anobium carinatum Say, Hadrobregmus defectus Fall, H. laticollis Fall, and H. wmbrosus Fall. LeConte (1861) designated Anobium errans Melsh. as type-Species of Cacotemnus. Anobium errans is pres- ently considered as a junior synonym of Anobiwm carinatum Say. Hemicoelus LeConte, 1861, until now regarded as a junior synonym of Hadrobregmus Thoms., includes Anobium gibbicolle LeC. and Hadrobregmus pusillus Fall. The type-species of Hemicoelus LeC. is Anobium gibbicole LeC. [= Hemicoelus gibbicollis (eC.)], present designation. Desmatogaster is proposed in the present paper as a new generic name for Hadrobregmus subconnatus Fall. Kery TO GENERA AND SPECIES FORMERLY REFERRED TO HADROBREGMUS 1. Visible abdominal sternites 2, 3, 4, and 5 connate medially Desmatogaster subconnatus All visible abdominal sternites separated by distinet sutures — 2 bo Prothoracie dise strongly gibbous; veins 1A, 2A, and 2A. absent (Fig. 19); lateral lobe of male genitalia widest posteriorly (Fig. 5) EE EMT, = BNI R IE SEARS ia Yate DEN Ein eg RRS RR, ee HEMICOELUS, 3 Prothoracie dise slightly gibbous; veins 1A, DA, and 2A» present (Fig. 22); lateral lobe of male genitalia widest anteriorly (Fig. 6) _CACOTEMNUS, 4 3. Prothorax much narrower than base of elytra; lateral margin of pro- thoracic dise dissected (Tig. 13, 16, 17, 18); lateral margin of lateral lobe straight, teeth approximate (Fig. 5)... Hemicoelus gibbicollis. Prothorax slightly narrower than base of elytra; lateral margin of pro- thoracic dise entire (Fig. 12); lateral margin of lateral lobe bisinuate, WN MOH A Lyoyomoxarenhes (Wore, Il) _ Hemicoelus pusillus 4. Prothorax equal in width to base of elytra... _ Cacotemnus laticollis Prothorax, naLrowersvlanebaseonmelyh rae nee Sue ee 5 5. Prothorax much narrower than base of elytra; lateral margin of pro- thoracic dise dissected anteriorly (Fig. 14) ; median lobe strongly bisinu- ate maniterod orsaillliyea GH ssp) eee eee ne eee eee Cacotemnus defectus. Prothorax only slightly narrower than base of elytra; lateral margin of prothoracie dise entire; median lobe straight anterodorsally (Fig. 2, 4) 6. Lateral margin of prothoraeie dise with short sinus at anterior angle SUES ONS mac PAR ees mee fale oe AED She Te a _....... Cacotemnus carinatus. ateeal margin of prothoracie dise without short sinus at anterior angle — Uf PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1963 179 7. Lateral margins of prothoracie dise very wide, straight and parallel from posterior angle to just before anterior angle, then sharply converging to ERATE Tae eabN 2 ee oses Sere eee eigen ee Cacotemnus umbrosus INOW eB CH OO ee Se ee | TOTS ne es fae Ss Se eee ee eer es Lee ee 8 8. Posterior part of median lobe spatulate (Fig. 6) ———.— Cacotemnus umbrosus Posterior part of median lobe straight (Fig. 20) Cacotemnus carinatus Cacotemnus LeConte, 1861 Type-species: Anobium errans Melsheimer, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci, Philadelphia, vol. 2, p. 309, 1845; original designation. Description—Elongate, parallel, subeylindrical, opaque, light brown to black. Eyes strongly convex, slightly ovate with longer axis parallel to front; somewhat larger in male. Strongly carinate and gibbous around antennal bases. Antennae generally ten or eleven segmented, stem not serrate, last three segments forming an elongate club. Head finely, densely granulose, sparsely clothed with short, fine, recumbent, yellowish pubescence. Surface of proximal half of mandible clothed with long pubescence; distal margin of labrum with thick brush of long pubes- cence. Pronotum narrower than or equal in width to elytra. When viewed dor- sally, normal to plane of lateral margin, pronotum slightly wider than long. Dise slightly to moderately gibbous and compressed posteriorly; surface granulose, clothed with recumbent, yellowish pubescence. Elytra slightly more than twice as long as 1; width at base; sides nearly parallel from bases to apical fifths, nar- rowed to apexes; margin bisinuate. Dise hemispherical in cross-section at middle; ten elytral striae at middle. Anterior coxae moderately separated. Prosternum flat, truneate behind. Metasternum with shallow, median depression posteriorly ; not excavated anteriorly. Abdominal sternites free, sutures distinct, first suture generally straight. Tibiae not produced externally at apex. Tarsi slender, almost three-fourths as long as tibiae. Tarsal segment 1 longest; 2 and 5 subequal, half as long as 1; 3 and 4 subequl, shortest. Tarsi clothed with long, semi-erect and recumbent pubescence. Body beneath finely, densely granulose and punctulate, densely clothed with moderately long, fine, reeumbent pubescence. Male genitalia—(Figs. 2, 4, 6, 20, 21, 23) Sternite IX heavily sclerotized, but somewhat lighter than in Hemicoelus; U-shaped, curved dorsally at either end. Struts of sternite IX of consistent diameter, not flattened medially at any point on their length. Tegmenite membranous, two-lobed, lying within sternite IX and covering most of ventral surface of genitalia. Tergite IX rather membranous, connecting struts of sternite IX posteriorly and extending past its posterior mar- gin. Basal piece (BP) lightly sclerotized, curved, hood-like, enveloping antero- ventral portion of median lobe. Anterior edge of basal piece bearing short, ven- trally curved, basal manubrium (Mb) medially. Basal piece membranously attached to lateral and ventral surface of lateral lobes near their anterior margin. Lateral lobes (LL) moderately sclerotized, symmetrical, elongate-triangular with broad basal portions overlying mid-ventrolateral portion of median lobe; attenu- ated portion extending ventrodorsally across median lobe, reaching almost to post- erodorsal apex of median lobe. A membranous, setiferous lobe (SL) (end-rod, Lyngnes, 1958) attached to outer posterior margin of attenuated extension of each lateral lobe. Rather narrow lateral lobe struts branching off laterally from broad basal part of lateral lobe, extend dorsally to fuse with compressed, dorsally directed base of median lobe. Lateral, triangular portion of basal piece approaches 180 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1963 Jateral lobe but does not fuse with it. Median lobe (ML) bilaterally symmetrical; anterior two-fifths lightly sclerotized, tapered anteriorly, gradually broadened pos- teriorly to form a more heavily sclerotized tube. Anterior and posterior portions of median lobe open ventrally. No additional arm is present on dorsal surface of median lobe. Wings.— (Figs. 19, 22) The venation of the metathoracic wings of the anobiids studied exhibit very distinetive characters which I have utilized in defining the genera. However, within a genus there is a great deal of variation and it is un likely that venation can be used in defining species. Forbes (1926, p. 129, fig..76) presented a figure of the wing-folding pattern of an anobiid, Sitodrepa panicea LL. Kempers (1923, p. 93, fig. 402-407) figured the wing venation of the following anobiids: DRYOPHILINI, Priobium castanewm F., Ernobius mollis L.; XYLETININI, Ochina hederae Mull., Ptilinus pectini- cornis L.; HEDOBIINI, Hedobia imperialis L.; DORCATOMINI, Coenocara bovistae Hoff. Alar expanse, 3.67 to 5.99 mm. Costa (C) (Fig. 22) present for a short dis- tance proximally. Subcosta (Se) moderately sclerotized, fused with Radius (R) at proximal third of wing. Radius heavily sclerotized, distal portion broadened, curved posteriorly, then branched to form a Y-shaped system, one arm of which extends distally, the other arm proximally. Media (M) absent proximally, heavily sclerotized distal portion joined to Cubitus (Cu). A short ecross-vein extending from union of Cubitus and Media towards Radius. Cubitus heavily sclerotized, directed posteriorly and diagonally for about one-half length of wing. M; + Cu heavily sclerotized, extending to posterior margin of wing. First Anal (1A) con- nected at proximal end to Cubitus by short cross-vein. Seeond Anal (2A) with three branches: 2A, connecting to 1A, 2A» extending to posterior margin, 2As forming distal margin of wedge cell (W). Third Anal (3A) with two branches: 3A, forming posterior margin of wedge cell and then united with 2A; and ex- tending to margin, 3A. reaching anterior edge of axillary excision. Diagnosis —Cacotemnus differs from Anobium in not having the deeply, anteriorly excavated metasternal cavity which is characterisite of the latter. The visible abdominal sternites are not connate medially as in Desmatogaster. The prothoracic gibbosity is not as pronounced as in Hemicoelus, the wing venation is not as reduced as in Hemi- coelus, and the lateral lobes of the male genitalia are widest anter- lorly, not posteriorly, as in Hemicoelus. Cacotemnus carinatus (Say), 1823 Anobium carinatum Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sei., Philadelphia, vol. 3, p. 187, 1823. Anobium errans Melsheimer, Proceed. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, vol. 2, p. 309, 1845. Hadrobregmus. carinatus (Say) LeConte, Proceed. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, vol. 27; p..232) 1865; Hadrobregmus linearis LeConte, ibid., p. 232, 1865. New Synonymy. Description Light brown to piceous brown. Eyes separated on front by slightly less than three times their diameter (as measured normal to long axis) in female, somewhat larger in male, and separated on front by slightly less than PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1963 181 Fig. 1, Hemicoelus gibbicollis (LeC.), male, Mill Valley, California. twice their diameter. Antennae slightly less than half length of body; nine, ten, or eleven segmented, most commonly ten. Specimens have been seen in which one of the segments is partially divided, in which case segmentation is superficially ten but actually nine, or superficially eleven but actually ten. In some eases, the corresponding right and left segments have the same apparent division, in other cases just one of the corresponding right and left segments are so divided. Seg- ment 1 robust, arcuate, rectangular, largest of all stem segments; 2 shorter, nar- rower, elongate, globose apically; 3 equal in length to 2, sides parallel; remaining segments, exclusive of club, short and transverse; 4 may be similar to 3 and is the segment usually involved in aberrant subdivision. Segments 1 and 2 of club elongate-triangular, wider and subparallel in male, shorter and triangular in fe- male; segment 3 of club longer than either two preceeding, linear, parallel, pointed apically. Pubescence denser, shorter, and more recumbent on club segments than on stem segments. Palpi and antennae concolorous with head or somewhat lighter. Pronotum slightly narrower than elytra. Posterior angle broadly rounded, mar- gined; sides broadly rounded or more or less straight and emarginate medially on one or both sides or rounded posteriorly with anterior third straight and con- vergent on one or both sides; with or without a short sinus at either or both anterior angles. Dise slightly to moderately gibbous and compressed posteriorly. Surface finely, densely granulose, clothed with short, fine, reeumbent, yellowish pubescence. Elytral apexes conjointly rounded and slightly emarginate medially. Intervals of elytral striae finely rugulose, wider than punctures. Surface densely and evenly clothed with short, fine, recumbent, yellowish pubescence, Anterior coxae moderately separated. Prosternum flat, smooth or finely granulose, bearing 182 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1963 several long hairs on posterior margin. Posterior third of metasternum with nar- row, shallow, median depression. First abdominal suture straight, slightly bisinu- ate in some; sutures 2 to 4 straight. Sternite 5 longer than 2 in most specimens. Body beneath clothed with yellowish pubescence. Alar expanse, 5.33 to 3.67 mm. Venation, Fig. 22. Male genitalia.—(Fig. 2) Posterior portion of median lobe straight, not spatu- late. Dorsal margin of median lobe straight, not curved ventrally before dorsal extension which is compressed to fuse with ends of lateral lobe struts. Diagnosis.—This species differs from C. defectus in possessing an entire lateral margin of the prothorax. The distal portion of the median lobe of the male genitalia is not expanded as it is in C. umbrosus and C. defectus. The prothorax of C. carinatus is somewhat narrower than the hase of the elytra, while it is fully equal in width in C, laticollis. Variation—While the male genitalia of this species are quite con- stant, practically all the characters of the external anatomy appear to overlap to a great extent with those of C. wmbrosus. These varia- tions will be discussed under umbrosus. I have placed Hadrobregmus linearis LeC. in synonymy with Caco- temnus carinatus Say. LeConte (1865) described linearis, from a specimen taken in the Saskatchewan region, Canada, as being distinct from carinatus by having a more strongly gibbous pronotum with the pronotal side margins straight and parallel for a greater distance. These characters do not appear to be of specific value and no other characters have been found in such specimens which might be identi- fied as linearis on LeConte’s criteria. In the specimens observed, every seemingly possible combination and intermediate form from strongly to weakly gibbous pronota and rounded to straight pronotal side mar- gins is present. In some specimens, the pronotal side margin is straight on one side and rounded on the other; in some it is emargi- nate on one or both sides; in some the margins converge anteriorly and in others they diverge anteriorly. Most of the specimens at hand which bear identification labels of linearis are actually specimens of umbrosus, not carinatus. The pronotal side margin of carinatus is never as greatly developed in such a linear fashion as it is In wm- brosus. Measurements of Holotype-——(from original description) “Length more than one-fourth of an inch.” Holotype.—Deposited in the Say Collection ; presumably destroyed. Type Locality.— (from original description) “Found on the Mis- sissippi above the mouth of the Ohio.” Geographical Distribution.—F rom New Brunswick to North Caro- lina, west to Missouri and Manitoba. Hosts.—Pinus sp., Tilia americana L., Castanea dentata (Marsh.) Borkh., Quercus alba Li., maple and elm furniture, light trap. Simeone (1960), in his extensive study of the ecology of C. carinatus, cited twelve hardwood and softwood hosts. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1963 183 I Fig. 2, C. carinatus, aedeagus, lateral; Fig. 3, H. gibbicollis, aedeagus, lateral; Fig. 4, C. umbrosus, aedeagus, lateral; Fig. 5, H. gibbicollis, aedeagus, ventral; Fig. 6, C. wmbrosus, aedeagus, ventral; Fig. 7, H. gibbicollis, aedeagus, dorsal; Fig. 8, D. subconnatus, aedeagus, lateral; Fig. 9, D. subconnatus, aedeagus, ven- tral; Fig. 10, D. subconnatus, aedeagus, dorsal; Fig. 11, H. pusillus, right lateral lobe. (AA, accessory arm; BP, basal piece; LL, lateral lobe; Mb, manubrium; ML, median lobe; P, plate; Sh, setiferous lobe). Material Examined.—469 specimens. A complete list of the dates and localities of the material examined of all the species, with a list of biological data appearing on labels, is included in the thesis from which this paper has been modified. 184 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1963 Cacotemnus umbrosus (Fall), 1905 Hadrobregmus wmbrosus Fall, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soce., vol. 31, p. 184, 1905. Description—The external anatomical characters of C. wmbrosus are so much like those of C. carinatus that only those of somewhat diagnostic value will be given here. Other than the male genitalia, there is no single character which enables separation of C. wmbrosus from C. carinatus. The wings and female genitalia, as usual, afford no specific characters. Cacotemnus umbrosus, in general, is larger and darker than carinatus. The antennal segmentation is unstable: no nine segmented antennae have been seen, the majority are ten or eleven seg- mented, combinations of 10-11 and 11-12 segments occur, and in some specimens the segmentation is apparently eleven but actually ten. Segments 1 and 2 of the female club are a little more elongate than the corresponding segments in cari- natus. Two characters of the pronotum will aid somewhat in the identification of these two species. A short sinuation at the anterior angle of the side margin has been observed only in some specimens of carinatus. A very highly developed linear configuration of the side margin has been observed only in some specimens of umbrosus. Abdominal suture 1 is generally straight, occasionally slightly areu- ate as in carinatus. Abdominal sternite 5 is usually shorter than abdominal sternite 2. Alar expanse, 4.80 to 5.99 mm. Diagnosis—Cacotemnus umbrosus differs from defectus in having an entire lateral prothoracic margin. The prothorax is slightly nar- rower than the base of the elytra, while in lacticollis the prothorax is fully equal in width to the base of the elytra. The species most easily confused with wmbrosus is carinatus. The only definitive character separating the two species is the shape of the distal end of the median lobe of the male genitalia, which is spatulate in wmbrosus but not spatulate in carinatus. The ranges of carinatus and wmbrosus are coincident in northeastern United States and southeastern Canada. Measurements of Holotype—tLength, 4.64 mm.; width of elytra at base, 2.45 mm.; greatest width of pronotum, 1.55 mm. Holotype, Male; labeled “(White Fish Point L. 8.) (Coll. Hub- bard and Schwarz) (umbrosus type) (M.C.Z. type 24657)”; Fall Collection, Museum of Comparative Zoology. Geographical Distribution—KFrom Rampart, Alaska south along Pacific coast to Carado, California; through northern United States and Canada to Bathhurst, New Brunswick. Hosts.—Abies balsamea (L.) M. H., reared from Betula occt- dentalis (Hook) and Fagus sp., at light. Material Examined.—46 specimens. Cacotemnus defectus (Fall), 1905 Hadrobregmus defectus Fall, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., vol. 31, p. 182, 1905. Description—Dark brown. Front evenly declivious from vertex to clypeus, when viewed from side. Eyes separate on front by slightly more or less than twice their vertical diameter. Antennae ten segmented, from a third to slightly less than a half the length of the body. First segment robust, globular; second three-fourths as wide as first and slightly longer than wide; third similar to second but smaller; PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1963 185 4 to 7 subequal, rectangular, shorter than third; eighth triangular, twice as wide as 2 to 7 and as long as 2 to 7 united; ninth similar to eighth, slightly longer ; tenth linear, pointed at both ends, somewhat thicker distally, longer than ninth. Pubeseence sparse, long and semi-erect on first to seventh, denser, shorter, and appressed on eighth to tenth. Palpi brown to yellowish. Antennae somewhat lighter than body. Pronotum (Fig. 14) much narrower than elytra. Posterior 22 _—— a AN Ma+Cu Fig. 12, H. pusillus, pronotum, dorsal; Fig. 13, H. gibbicollis, pronotum, dorsal; Fig. 14, C. defectus, pronotum, dorsal; Fig. 15, D. swbconnatus, pronotum, dorsal; Figs. 16, 17, 18, H. gibbicollis, pronotum, dorsal; Fig. 19, H. gibbicollis, wing; Fig. 20, C. carinatus, median lobe, dorsal; Fig. 21, C. defectus, median lobe, lateral; Fig. 22, C. carinatus, wing; Fig. 23, C. defectus, median lobe, dorsal. 186 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1963 angle broadly rounded, margined; sides convergent anteriorly, margin obliterated or greatly reduced; anterior margin only very slightly produced anteriorly near its juncture with the obliterated side margin. Dise strongly gibbous and moder- ately compressed posteriorly; anterior angles impressed; posterior margin im- pressed on each side of median line; median line impressed anteriorly in some. Surface finely, densely granulose, clothed with moderately long, recumbent, whitish- yellow pubescence. Elytral apexes conjointly rounded. Intervals of elytral striae finely rugose, wider than punctures. Surface densely and evenly clothed with rather short, recumbent yellowish-white pubescence. Anterior coxae moderately separated. Prosternum flat, smooth, bearing several long hairs posteriorly. Posterior half of metasternum with a narrow, bare, shallow, median depression. First abdominal suture slightly bisinuate, sutures 2, 3, and 4 straight. Sternite 1 shortest, 5 long- est, 2 to 4 subequal. (Sternites measured along mid-line, intercoxal process not included). Body beneath clothed with whitish to yellowish pubescence. Male Genitalia—(Figs. 21, 23) Posterior portion of median lobe spatulate. Dorsal margin of median lobe straight for most of its length, curved ventrally at the struts of the lateral lobes and extended dorsally where the base of the median lobe flattens laterally to fuse with the ends of the struts of the lateral lobes. Variation — Observed size range: 5.49 mm. long by 2.07 mm. wide to 3.33 m. long by 0.92 mm. wide. Difference between width of pro- notum and anterior width of elytra, 0.28 mm. to 0.65 mm. Alar expanse, 3.67 mm. to 5.33 mm. Diagnosis —Cacotemnus defectus differs from other members of the genus In possessing a partially dissected lateral prothoraciec margin. Measurements of Holotype-—Length, 4.95 mm.; width of elytra at base, 1.68 mm.; greatest width of pronotum, 1.18 mm. Holotype, Female; labeled ‘“‘(Mass.) (defectus type) (M.C.Z. Holo- type 22544) (M.C.Z. type 24653) (Hadrobregmus defectus Fall)” ; Blanchard Collection, Museum of Comparative Zoology. Type Locality—Tyngsboro, Massachusetts. Geographical Distribution—From La Trappe, Quebec south to Port Huron, Michigan ; west to Merrit, British Columbia and the Blue Mountains of Oregon. Host.—Pinus ponderosa Laws. Material Examined.—19 specimens. Cacotemnus laticollis (Fall), 1905 Hadrobregmus laticollis Fall, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soe., vol. 31, p. 184, 1905. Description—Medium brown. Eyes separated on front by twice their diameter, Antennae eleven segmented; segment 1 robust, arcuate, rectangular, largest of 1 to 8; 2 narrower, shorter, elongate, globose apically; 3 equal in length to 2, sides parallel; 4 to 8 transverse, each three-fourths as large as 3; 9 and 10 each equal to 4 to 8 united, apexes angled, sides parallel in male, one side somewhat arched in female; 11 slightly longer, sides parallel, apex bluntly pointed. Pubes- cence sparse, long and semi-erect on 1 to 8, denser, shorter and recumbent on 9 to 11. Palpi and antennae concolorous with head. Pronotum equal in width to PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1963 187 elytra at base. Sides moderately convergent in front, posterior angles broadly rounded, posterior margin ill-defined. In the holotype, a male, the lateral margin is absent for a short distance near the anterior angle. In the only other specimen seen, a female, the lateral margin is continuous from the posterior to the anterior angles. Anterior margin straight, not produced anteriorly near its juncture with the lateral margin. Dise slightly more gibbous and compressed posteriorly than in C, carinatus; sub-obsolete impressed, median line from anterior margin to sum- mit of gibbosity. Surface granulate, decidedly more so than in other species of the genus, sparsely clothed with very short, fine, recumbent, yellowish pubescence. Elytral apexes conjointly narrowly truncate. Surface not nearly as granulose as surface of pronotum, pubescence like that of pronotum. Anterior coxae somewhat more approximate than in C. carinatus; prosternum flat, finely granulose, rather narrowly truneate behind. Posterior half of metasternum with very shallow, median depression. First abdominal suture bisinuate, sutures 2 to 4 straight. Sternites 1, 2, and 5 sub-equal, slightly longer than 3 and 4, which are sub-equal. Body beneath clothed with yellowish pubescence. Alar expanse, 5.99 mm. Male Genitalia.—The only male observed was the holotype and the genitalia of this specimen were not examined. Diagnosis —Cacotemnus laticollis is the only species in this genus in which the prothorax is fully equal in width to the base of the elytra. The surface of the pronotum is more granulate in C. laticollis than in the other species. Measurements of Holotype.—tLength, 4.65 mm.; width of elytra at base, 1.60 mm.; greatest width of pronotum, 1.55 mm. Holotype Male; labeled “(Castle Crag, Calif.) (July 27-28) (type laticollis) (M.C.Z. type 24654)”; Fall Collection, Museum of Com- parative Zoology. Geographical Distribution.—Castle Crag and Sonoma County, California. Material Examined.—2 specimens. Hemicoelus LeConte, 1861 Type-species: Anobium gibbicolle Le Conte, Proce. Acad. Nat. Sei. Philadelphia, vol. 11, p. 284; present designation. Description.—Elongate, parallel, subeylindrical, opaque, light brown to black. Hyes strongly convex, separated on front by less than twice their longest diameter. Strongly carinate and gibbous around antennal bases. Antennae ten or eleven segmented, stem not serrate, last three segments forming an elongate club. Palpi light brown to yellowish. Head clothed with fine, reeumbent pubescence. Surface of proximal half of mandibles clothed with long pubescence; distal margin of labrum with thick brush of long pubescence. Pronotum narrower than elytra, as wide as or slightly wider than long. Dise strongly gibbous and compressed behind. Surface finely, densely granulose; clothed with recumbent pubescence. Elytra about twice as long as basal width; sides nearly parallel from bases to apical fifths, narrowed to apexes; margin bisinuate. Dise hemispherical in cross-section at middle, ten elytral striae at middle. Anterior coxue moderately separated. Prosternum flat, smooth, truncate behind, bearing long hairs on distal margin. Metasternum with shallow, median depression posteriorly; not excavated an- 188 PROG. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1963 teriorly. Abdominal sternites free. Sutures distinet, first suture bisinuate. Tibiac not produced externally at apex. ‘Tarsi slender, about three-fourths as long as tibiae. Body beneath finely, densely granulose; densely clothed with moderately long, fine, reeumbent, whitish to yellowish pubescence. Male Genitalia—Figs. 3, 5, 7, 11) Tergite VIII broad, heavily sclerotized, overlying tergite IX and posterior ends of sternite IX. Sternite VIII more mem- branous, lying under tergite IX and posterior ends of sternite IX. Sternite 1X heavily sclerotized, V-shaped, dorsally curved at posterior end, where it connects with tergite IX. Anterior ends of sternite IX straight or dorsally curved. Ventral margin of struts of sternite IX flattened medially. Basal piece (BP) moderately sclerotized, curved, hood-like, enveloping anterior two-fifths of median lobe ven- trally. Anterior edge of basal piece bearing short, ventrally curved basal manu- brium (Mb) medially. Lateral lobes symmetrical, sclerotized portions forming two broad plates which extend posteriorly from their rather weak articulation with basal piece to apex of median lobe. Lateral lobe (LL) with two heavily sclerotized teeth on mesal side, proximal tooth always obtuse, distal tooth obtuse or pointed. Membranous, heavily setiferous lobe (SL), as long as greatest width of sclerotized plate, attached to outer margin of lateral lobe near apex. Non-selerotized portion of lateral lobes attached to entire posterior margin of basal piece, continuous with sclerotized portion and forming a curved envelope ventrally and laterally about median lobe. Median lobe (MIL) bilaterally symmetrical, slender, fusiform, heavily sclerotized, trough-like, ventral side open. Slender, curved, pointed, heavily sclerotized additional arm (AA) (Gardiner, 1958) (= chitinous hook, Lyngnes, 1958; = median lobe of penis, Cymorek, 1957) extending along dorsal surface of anterior half of median lobe, separating from median lobe at the mid-point, then extending dorsally at an angle for remainder of length of median lobe. Median lobe lightly sclerotized along its dorsal fusion with additional arm. Posterior end of median lobe slightly constricted, anterior end flattened and curved dorsally into arms which articulate with lateral lobe struts. Wings.—(Fig. 19) Alar expanse, 3.20 to 6.33 mm. Except for the absence of 1A, 2A; and 2A» the venation is essentially like that of Cacotemnus. Diagnosis —The genus Hemicoelus differs from Cacotemnus in hav- ing a more pronounced prothoracic gibbosity, a reduction in wing venation, and lateral lobes of male genitalia widest posteriorly, not anteriorly, as in Cacotemnus. The visible abdominal sternites are not connate medially as in Desmatogaster. The metasternum is not deeply erooved anteriorly as in Anobiwin. Hemicoelus gibbicollis (eConte), 1859 Anobium gibbicolle Le Conte, Proce. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, vol. 17, p. 284, 1859. Hemicoelus gibbicollis (le Conte), Smithsonian Mise. Coll., No. 136, p. 205, 1861. HTadrobregmus gibbicollis (ue Conte), Fall, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soe., vol 37, p. 184- 185, 1905. ; Iladrobregmus destructor Fisher, Journ. Washington Acad. Sei., vol. 28, p. 26, 1938. New Synonymy. PROG. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1963 189 Description —(Fig. 1) Front not as evenly and roundly declivious from vertex to elypeus as it is in H. pusillus, when viewed from side; faint to strong mediai gibbosity above clypeal and antennal bases to dorsal margins of eyes; dorsal angle of head sharper than in H. pusillus. Antennae eleven segmented, half to third length of body. First segment robust, globular; second smaller and more oblong; 38 slightly longer than 4, 5, 6, 7, and 8; 4 to 8 subequal; 9 and 10 narrowly triangular or half-ovoid, equal to all preceding; 11 slightly longer than 3 to 8. Pubescence sparse, long and semi-erect on segments 2 to 8; dense, short, and mainly recumbent on 9 to 11. Palpi light brown to yellow. Head moderately clothed with fairly long, reeumbent, whitish-yellow to golden-yellow pubescence. Pronotum (Figs. 13, 16, 17, 18) much narrower than elytra. When viewed dorsally, normal to plane of lateral margin, pronotum as wide as or slightly wider than long. Posterior angle broadly rounded; lateral margin extremely variable, always dissected to some extent, never continuous; anterior margin straight, sinuate or slightly emarginate medially, expanded anteriorly near its juncture with lateral margin. Dise strongly gibbous and compressed behind, strongly impressed obliquely on both sides from before middle to posterior gibbosity, anterior angles and median line impressed. Surface finely, densely granulose, clothed with mod- erately long, recumbent, whitish to yellowish pubescence, Elytra slightly more than twice as long as wide; sides nearly parallel from bases to apical fifths, narrowed to apexes which are conjointly rounded as in H. pusillus; lateral edge hbisinuate. Elytral intervals wider than punctures, more strongly elevated pos- teriorly than anteriorly, especially in those specimens in which the pubescence is markedly vittate; surface densely and evenly clothed with short to moderately long, reeumbent, yellowish-white pubescence or densely elothed with moderately long, recumbent, golden-yellow pubescence which forms more or less distinct vittae between most of the alternate rows of punctures. Metasternum with broad, shallow, bare or sparsely pubescent median depression at posterior margin, this bare area extending medially the length of the metasternum in some specimens. First ventral abdominal suture bisinuate, broadly posteriorly arcuate at middle; sutures 2, 3, and 4 straight. Sternites 1, 3, and 5 subequal in some. Fifth abdominal sternite foveate apically in male. Tarsi slender, almost three-fourths as long as tibiae; tarsal segment 1 longest; 2 and 5 subequal, half as long as 1; 3 and 4 subequal, shortest. Tarsi with long, ereet and semi-ereect pubescence. Body beneath clothed with whitish to yellowish pubescence. Male Genitalia.—(Figs. 3, 5, 7) Sternite IX V-shaped, anterior ends curved dorsally. Selerotized portion of lateral lobe forming a triangular plate which has its broadest angle at the outer, posterior edge. Lateral lobe straight. Teeth more approximate than in H. pusillus, distal tooth acuminate. Additional arm of median lobe broader than in H. pusillus. In specimens with a distinet lateral prothoracie margin, the distal tooth of the lateral lobe is slightly more acuminate and slightly more heavily sclerotized than in those specimens with a greatly reduced lateral prothoracie margin. Variation.—Observed size range—2.66 mm. lone by 0.92 mm. wide to 5.59 mm. long by 2.17 mm. wide. Difference between greatest width of pronotum and width of elytra, 0.23 to 0.60 mm. Alar expanse, 4.58 to 7.33 mm. The lateral margin of the prothorax, the color of the pubescence, and the disposition of the pubescence on the elytra are 190 PROG. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1963 extremely variable in this species. The most common variants of the lateral prothoracic margin are shown in figures 13, 16, 17, and 18. The most common form is shown in figure 16; the holotype possesses this form of margin. In a few of the specimens examined, the margin is complete on one side and dissected on the other. The color of the pubescence varies from white to brilliant golden-yellow, and from short to long. The variation of the disposition of the pubescence on the elytra includes those in which the hairs are evenly dispersed on the elytral intervals, forming no vittae; those in which there are a few rows of vittate pubescence on the dorsal and anterior surfaces only; and those in which the hairs form distinct vittae between the alternate rows of punctures over the entire surface of the elytra. I have placed Hadrobregmus destructor Fisher in synonymy with Hemicoelus gibbicollis (Le Conte). Fisher described H. destructor as being different from other known species of Hemicoelus and Caco- temnus, olim Hadrobregmus, in “having the pubescence on the elytra forming more or less distinct vittae.” In the 289 specimens before me, which range from Carmel, California, to Sitka, Alaska, the disposi- tion of the pubescence on the elytra appears to be an individually variable character and not a valid specific character. Although most of the paratypes of H. destructor possess vittate pubescence, some have vittae on only part of the elytral surface. Some specimens from California, Oregon, Washington, and British Columbia have distinct vittate pubescence and other specimens from the same geographical range are of the non-vittate form and of intermediate forms between vittate and non-vittate. The Sitka, Alaska specimens are darker in color than most of the specimens from further south. This darker color, combined with the brighter and longer hairs on the Sitka speci- mens, might give the appearance of a more vittate pubescence. Al- though Fisher did not mention it in his description, the lateral pro- thoracic margins are greatly reduced in the Sitka specimens. Greatly reduced lateral margins occur in combination with vittate and non- ue specimens of all color forms, taken from California to Sitka, Alaska. Diagnosis—In H. gibbicollis, the prothorax is much narrower than the base of the elytra and the lateral margin is dissected whereas in H. pusillus the prothorax is only slightly narrower than the base of the elytra and the lateral margin is entire. The lateral margin of the lateral lobe of gibbicollis is straight, not slightly sinuate as it is in pusillus. The mesal teeth of the lateral lobe are situated very close together in gibbicollis but are somewhat separated in pusillus. Measurements of Holotype—ength, 5.20 mm.; width of elytra at base, 1.88 mm.; greatest width of pronotum, 1.38 mm. Holotype, Female; labeled “(H. gibbicollis Lec.) (M.C.Z. type 3609)”; LeConte Collection, Museum of Comparative Zoology. Type Locality.—Punto de los Reyes, Marin County, California. Geographical Distribution —Pacifie coast from southern California to Sitka, Alaska. PROG. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1963 191 Hosts.—Abies concolor Lindl. and Gord., A. grandis Lindl., Acer macrophyllum Pursh., Alnus rubra Bong., Ceanothus thyrsiflorus Esch., Corylus californica (DC.) Rose., Prunus emarginata (Dougl.) Walp., Pseudotsuga taxifolia (Lam.) Britt., Quercus wislizensu DC., Salix lasiandra Benth., Taxus brevifolia Nutt., Tsuga heterophylla (Raf.) Sarg. Material Examined.—289 specimens. Hemicoelus pusillus (Fall), 1905 Hadrobregmus pusillus Fall, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., vol. 31, p. 183-184, 1905. Description.—Reddish brown. Front evenly, roundly declivious from vertex to clypeus when viewed from side. Antennae ten segmented, slightly less than half length of body. First segment robust, globular; second smaller and globular; 3 slightly longer than 4, 5, 6, or 7; 4 to 7 subequal; 8 and 9 half-ovoid and equal to all preceeding; 10 narrow, oblong, one and one-half times as long as 9; 8 and 9 more rectangular in male. Pubescence sparse, moderately long on 1 and 2, long and erect on 3 to 7, shorter, denser, and semi-ereet on 8 to 10. Palpi light brown to yellowish. Head very sparsely clothed with recumbent, whitish-yellow pubes- cence; finely, densely granulose. Pronotum (Fig. 12) slightly narrower than elytra. When viewed dorsally, normal to plane of side margin, pronotum slightly wider than long and sides evenly rounded. Posterior angle rounded; lateral margin entire and distinet; anterior margin expanded anteriorly near its juncture with lateral margin. Dise strongly gibbous and compressed behind, somewhat im- pressed at anterior angles and postero-lateral curvature, no subobsolete impressed line. Surface finely, densely granulose, sparsely clothed with short, recumbent, whitish-yellow pubescence. Elytra twice as long as wide, slightly wider behind middle; sides nearly parallel from bases to apical fifths, acutely narrowed to apexes which are conjointly broadly rounded; lateral edge bisinuate. Elytral in- tervals two to three times as wide as punctures; surface densely and evenly clothed with moderately long, recumbent, whitish-yellow pubescence which is never alternately condensed. Metasternum with broad, shallow, more or less bare median depression near posterior margin. First ventral suture bisinuate, broadly posteri- orly arcuate at middle; sutures 2 to 4 straight. Sternites 1 and 2 subequal, slightly longer than 5; 5 longer than 3; 4 shortest. Tarsi slender, three-fourths as long as tibiae; tarsal segments 1 and 2 subequal in length, each as long as 3 to 5 united; 3 and 4 subequal; 5 longer. Body beneath clothed with whitish- yellow pubescence. Male Genitalia——Anterior ends of sternite IX straight, not curved dorsally as in H. gibbicollis, Sternite IX more U-shaped than V-shaped. Lateral lobes more rectangular than in gibbicollis. Lateral margin of lateral lobe sinuate (Fig. 11). Teeth not as approximate as in gibbicollis and distal tooth not as acuminate. Additional arm of median lobe fused for most of its length with dorsal surface of median lobe, its free end much narrower than in gibbicollis. Variation —Observed size range—2.80 mm. long by 1.06 mm. wide to 2.13 mm. long by 0.78 mm. wide. Difference between width of pronotum and anterior width of elytra, 0.09 to 0.14 mm. Alar ex- panse, 2.80 to 3.20 mm. 192 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1963 Diagnosis —In I, pusillus the prothorax is only shghtly narrower than the base of the elytra and the lateral margin is not dissected. The lateral margin of the lateral lobe of pusillus is slightly sinuate, not straight as in gibbicollis. The mesal teeth of the lateral lobe are separated somewhat in pusillus and approximate in gibbicollis. Measurements of Holotype.—Length, 3.0 mm.; width of elytra at base, 1.0 mm.; greatest width of pronotum 0.85 mm. Holotype.— Labeled “Toronto, Ont., 6-7-95) (pusillus type) (M.C.Z. type 24655)”; Fall Collection, Muscum of Comparative Zoology. Geographical Distribution From Toronto, Canada and Wisconsin south to Tennessee and North Carolina. Material Examined.—11 specimens. Desmatogaster, gen. nov. Type-species: Hadrobregmus subconnatus Fall, Canadian Ent., vol. 52 1920; present designation. eo Dae calla Description —Elongate, parallel, subeylindrical, medium brown, opaque. Front evenly and roundly declivious from vertex to a line drawn between middle of antennal bases, concave above labrum. Eyes strongly convex, separated on front by twice or slightly more than twice their longest diameter. Antennae from fourth to third length of body, eleven segmented, stem not serrate, last three segments forming an elongate club. First segment robust, as long as 2 and 3; 2 and 3 smallest, 2 globular, 3 narrow; 4 to 8 subequal, not quite as wide as long; 9 to 11 subequal to all preceeding in male, somewhat shorter than all preceeding in female; 9 about twice as long as wide and slightly longer than the two preceeding, somewhat triangular; 10 more rectangular than 9 and searcely as long; 11 elongate-oval, three times as long as wide. Mandibles not carinate on upper surface, surface of proximal half with very long pubescence. Distal margin of labrum with thick brush of long pubescence. Palpi light brown to yellow. Head sparsely clothed with short, fine, reeumbent, whitish-vellow pubescence. Pronotum (Fig. 15) slightly narrower than elytra. When viewed dorsally, normal to plane of lateral margin, pronotum slightly wider than long, suboetagonal in outline; sides straight and nearly parallel medially, obliquely narrowed before and behind, posterior obliquity sinuate; posterior margin evenly and gently curved; anterior margin with slight median sinuation; anterior angles strongly impressed; anterior margin expanded slightly anteriorly near juncture with lateral margin. Post- median dorsal compression of dise absent. Surface finely rugulose and feebly granulose, clothed like head. Elytra slightly more than twice as long as width at base, slightly wider at posterior three-fourths than at prothorax; narrowed from posterior three-fourths to apexes which are conjointly rather narrowly truncate. Dise hemispherical in cross-section at middle. Dise punetate-striate, ten elytral striae at middle; interspaces finely rugulose, wider than punctures, nearly flat toward suture, more convex laterally. Surface moderately clothed with short, fine, whitish-yellow, appressed, non-vittate pubescence. Anterior coxae moderately separated. Prosternum flat, truncate behind, with faint median carina anteriorly in some specimens. Metasternum not excavated anteriorly, with shallow, sparsely pubescent, median depression posteriorly, Abdominal sternites 2 to 5 connate medially; first suture straight and entire; second straight and obsolesecent medi- PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1963 1938 ally; last two obsolescent medially, straight or curved anteriorly; last suture strongly curved anteriorly in some. First sternite shortest, 2 to 5 subequal, 5 longest. Tarsi slender, three-fourths as long as tibiae; segment 1 slightly shorter than 2 or 3; 2 to 4 subequal; 5 as long as 3 and 4. Body beneath finely, densely granulose; densely clothed with moderately long, recumbent, whitish-yellow pubescence. Male Genitalia—(Figs. 8, 9, 10) Tergite VIII broad, heavily sclerotized, over- lying tergite IX and posterior ends of sternite IX. Sternite VIII more mem- branous, lying under tergite IX and posterior ends of sternite IX. Sternite IX heavily sclerotized, U-shaped, not curved dorsally or ventrally at either end. Tergite IX V-shaped, more heavily sclerotized strap-like portion connecting posterior ends of sternite IX, membranous vertex directed posteriorly. Basal piece (BP) moderately sclerotized, curved, hood-like, not enveloping base of median lobe. Anterior margin of basal piece bearing short, ventrally curved manubrium (Mb) medially. Basal piece with more heavily sclerotized medial line from manubrium to posterior margin. Lateral lobes (LL) symmetrical, elongate, heavily and continuously sclerotized except for narrow membranous area posterior to heavily sclerotized anterior margin; broadly and weakly connected to basal piece; broad, sclerotized tooth on mesal anterodorsal margin of lateral lobe. Membranous, heavily setiferous lobe (SL) as long as greatest width of median lobe, attached to apex of lateral lobe. Median lobe (ML) tubular, bilaterally symmetrical, lightly sclerotized dorsally and ventrally, heavily sclerotized laterally ; constricted anteriorly, widest posteriorly. Lightly sclerotized posterodorsal surface bearing heavily sclerotized plate (P) which extends membranously past apex of lateral lobes. This plate-like structure may be modified additional arm of median lobe. Struts of lateral lobes extend horizontally from anterodorsal margin to anterior edge of lateral lobe. Wings.—Alar expanse, 4.13 to 5.33 mm. Venation reduced, very similar to Hemicoelus, Axillary excision not as deep as in Hemicoelus. Variation.—Observed size range—3.06 mm long by 1.20 mm wide to 4.53 mm long by 1.75 mm wide. Difference between width of pronotum and anterior width of elytra, 0.14 to 0.24 mm. Diagnosis —As Fall stated in the original description, subconnatus, the type of Desmatogaster, differs quite markedly from Hemicoclus and Cacotemnus, olim Hadrobregmus, in having partially connate visible abdominal sternites and a different configuration of the pro- notal dise. Desmatogaster is distinet from the other related genera which also have connate visible abdominal sternites, Trypopitys and Hadrobregmus, in that the metasternum is not excavate. The median lobe of the male genitalia is symmetrical in Desmatogaster, but asym- metrical in Trypopitys and Hadrobregmus. Desmatogaster subconnatus (Fall), 1920 New Combination ITadrobregmus subconnatus Fall, Canadian Ent., vol, 6/7, p. 214-215, 1920. Description.—With the characters of the genus. Measurements of Holotype.—Leneth, 4.05 mim.; width of elytra at base, 1.50 mm; greatest width of pronotum, 1.25 mm. 194 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1963 Holotype.—Male; labeled “(Aweme, Man., N. Criddle, 7-June-1919) (rotten spruce) (944) (4) (type subconnatus) (M. C. Z. type 24656)”; Fall Collection, Museum of Comparative Zoology. Type Locality.—Aweme, Manitoba, Canada. Geographical Distribution—Aweme, Manitoba and Mt. Lyall, (Juebec, Canada. Hosts.—Rotten spruce and dead aspen. Material Examined.—16 specimens. I wish to thank Dr. J. G. Franelemont for his supervision of this study, Dr. W. H. Anderson who suggested the problem, Dr. W. T. M. Forbes and Mr. T. J. Spilman for advice, Mrs. B. D. Valentine for figure one, and the following persons who made material available for study: Dr. W. J. Brown (National Museum of Canada), Dr. P. J. Darlington, Jr. (Museum of Comparative Zoology), Dr. H. Dietrich (Cornell University), Dr. H. B. Leech (California Academy of Sci- ences), and Mr. T. J. Spilman (U. S. Department of Agriculture). The Grace H. Griswold Fund of the Department of Entomology and Limnology of Cornell University is gratefully acknowledged for as- suming the costs of publication. LITERATURE CITED Cymorek, 8. 1957. Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Pochkiiferarten Anobium punctatum Deg., Anobium hederae Thss., Anobium inexpectatum Lohse (Col., Anobiidae). Ent. Blatt., 53:87-94. Fall, H. C. 1905. Revision of the Ptinidae of boreal America. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soe., 31:97-296. 1920. New Coleoptera. Canadian Ent., 52:214. Fisher, W. C. 1938. A new anobiid beetle from Alaska. Jour. Washington Acad. Sci., 28:26-27. Forbes, W. T. M. 1922. The wing-venation of the Coleoptera. Ann. Ent. Soe. America, 15:328-345. 1926. The wing folding patterns of the Coleoptera. Journ. New York Ent. Soc., 34:42-68, 91-139. Gardiner, P. 1958. The morphology of the reproductive system of Ptilinus pec- ticornis L. with a note on the terminalia of the pupal abdomen (Coleoptera: Anobiidae). Proce. Roy. Ent. Soe. London. Series A, 33:56-64. Kempers, K. J. W. B. 1923. Abbildungen von Fliigelgeiider der Coleopteren. Ent. Mitteil., 12:6-115. LeConte, J. L. 1859. Additions to the coleopterous fauna of northern California and Oregon. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 11:120, 284. 1861. Classification of the Coleoptera of North America. Smith- sonian Mise. Coll., No. 136:1-286. —. 1865. Prodromus of a monograph of the species of the tribe Anobiini, of the family Ptinidae, inhabiting North America. Proc. Acad. Nat, Sei. Philadelphia, 17:231-233. Lyngnes, R. 1958. The male genitalia in Anobium punctatum DeGeer (Col., Anobiidae) and Callidium violaceum I. (Col., Cerambycidae). Norsk Ent. Tids., 10:167-172. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1963 195 Melsheimer, F. E. 1845. Descriptions of new species of Coleoptera of the United States. Proce. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 2:309. Panzer, G. W. F. 1796. Faunae Insectorum Germanicae. Fase. 35, 8. Niirnberg. Pic, M. 1912. Family Anobiidae, in Coleopterorum Catalogus, 10:pars 48. Say, T. 1823. Descriptions of coleopterous insects. Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila- delphia, 3:187. Simeone, J. B. 1960. Observations on Hadrobregmus carinatus (Say) and other wood-feeding Anobiidae (Coleoptera) in the northeastern United States. Ph.D. thesis, Cornell University, Ithaca, New York. Thomson, C. G. Skandinaviens Coleoptera. 1859, 1:89; 1863, 5:157. Lund. THE GENUS NOTOGRAMMA LOEW (DiprerA ACALYPTRATAR, OTITIDAE ) GEORGE C. STEYSKAL, Entomology Research Division, A.R.S., U. S. Department of Agriculture, Washington, D. C. The genus Notogramma was founded by Loew in 1867 with the sole included species N. cimiciformist Loew. In 1873 Loew synony- mized his species with NV. stigma (Fabricius, 1798). Curran in 1934 pointed out that the two species were abundantly distinct, but mean- while Cole in 1923 had described another species, NV. purpuratum, which is very much like N. stigma. There has been much confusion of these three species. It is hoped that this review of the genus, which oceurs in tropical and subtropical parts of the New World and in one species, V. cimiciforme, on several Pacific Islands as well, will correct misunderstandings of long duration and broaden our knowledge of the group. A new species from Peru in the collections of the U.S. National Museum is also described in a new subgenus as Notogramma (Huacaina) cactipeodes, sp. nov. In 1961, I published a figure of the postabdomen of the male of N. cimiciforme and pointed out characters which align the genus with the Otitinae rather than with the Ulidiinae, where it had previously been placed. The characters of the new species, N. (#.) cactipeodes, still more definitely than those of the previously described species, show relationships with the Otitinae and indicate that the generic distinctions in the ‘“‘Ulidiinae,” especially between the genera Note- gramma Loew, Acrosticta Loew, Euxesta Loew, Oedopa Loew, Paroe- dopa Coquillett, Stictomyra Bigot, ete., should be reviewed. Noto- gramma has many of the characters of the more typical Otitinae, such as the genera Tetanops Fallen, Curranops Harriot, and Tujunga Steyskal. Genus Notogramma Loew 1867, Berlin. Entomol. Z. 11: 289, type by monotypy, N. ci 101- forme Loew; 1873, Smithsn. Inst. Mise. Collect. 256: 148; Aldrich, 1905, Smithsn. Inst. Mise. Collect. 46: 594; Williston, 1908, Man. N. 1The generic name is obviously a Greek compound of neuter gender. The spe- cific name should therefore be spelled cimiciforme. 196 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1963 Am. Dipt., 3d ed.: 278; Hendel, 1910, Gen. Ins., fase. 106: 58; Cur- ran, 1934, Fam. Gen. N. Am. Dipt.: 275; 1934, Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist. 66 (3): 429; Steyskal, 1952, Oceas. Papers Bishop Mus. 20 (15): 278: 1961, Ann. Entomol. Soe. Am. 54: 404. Key To KNown Species oF NotocrRaMMA LOEW 1 (6). Vertex and tip of seutellum acute in profile; pattern of dise of mesonotum tending to longitudinal stripes. Subgenus Notogramma s.s. 2 (3). Mesopleura pale pruinose with pattern of dark dots; brown costal border of wing not interrupted; male: aedeagus with a few small teeth in midsection; aedeagal apodeme simple, without apical ATIMSHOnsAnverlOne Sle lites enenennee EL ee _N. cimiciforme Loew 3 (2). Mesopleura unpatterned, ith pale ae fn or absent; brown costal border of Wing interrupted beyond tip of Ri; male: aedeagus with very small teeth in midsection; aedeagal apodeme forked apically and with anterior shelf. 4 (5). Interantennal area sloping on each side down to antennal sockets, bright white pruinosity narrow (fig. 2a); male: apical arms of aedeagal apodeme pointed, lancelike; projections of epandrium simple, pointed (fig. 2) = = Mint ssl BAL: _N. stigma (Fabr.) 5 (4). Interantennal area broader, with cee Geraint margins, white pruinosity divided medially by duller gray to brownish portion when viewed anteriorly (fig. la); male: apical arms of aedeagal apodeme expanded, blunt; projections of epandrium blunt, ap- pearing two-toothed in anterior view (fig. 1) N. purpuratum Cole 6 (1). Vertex and tip of seutellum rounded in profile; dise of mesonotum with pattern of spots which do not coalesce to form stripes; male: aedeagus with several long and strong retrorse teeth in midsection ; pon apodeme cuneiform, without apical arms or anterior shelf (fig. : 3 iat od eae are Euacaniae nov. an (E.) cactipeodes, sp. nov. Subgenus Notogramma s. s. N. (N.) cimiciforme Loew 1867, Berlin. Entomol. Z. 11: 289; Steyskal, 1961, Ann. Entomol. Soe. Am. 54: 409, N. stigma auctt. pro parte, nee Fabr.: Loew, 1873, Smithsn. Inst. Mise. Collect. 256: 148; Aldrich, 1905, Smithsn. Inst. Mise. Collect. 46: 595; Severin and Hartung, 1912, J. Eeon. Entomol. 5: 448; Swezey, 1913, Proce. Hawaiian Jntomol. Soc. 3: 4; Knab, 1916, Bull. Brooklyn Entomol. Soe. 11: 41; John- son, 1919, Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist. 41: 444; Gowdey, 1927, Cat. Ins. Jamaica: 86; Swezey, 1946, Bishop Mus. Bull. 189: 199; Bohart and Gressitt, 1951, Bishop. Mus. Bull. 204: 104; Steyskal, 1952, Occas. Papers Bishop Mus. 20 (15): 283; Joyce, 1953, Proc. Hawaiian Entomol. Soe. 15: 374. The characters cited in the preceding key and my figure of the male postabdomen (Steyskal, 1961, p. 409, fig. 16) should make this species Fig. 1. Notogramma purpuratum Cole, Saguaro Natl. Mon., Ariz.—oblique anteroventral view of andrium; a—interantennal area. Fig. 2. N. stigma (Fabr.), Santiago, Cuba—oblique anteroventral view of andrium, less most of aedeagus; rantennal area. Figs. 3, 4. N. (Buacaina) cactipeodes Steyskal, sp. nov., Santa Eulalia, Peru—3, anteroventral view of andrium; 4, right wing. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1965 19; Hy Ls j ; , 1.0 mm. —L —L .- Wing 4 1.0 mm Yi, MWC 198 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1963 easy to recognize. The type was from Cuba. I have seen material from Texas (Harlingen; Brownsville), Cuba (El Gabriel; Havana), Jamaica, Mexico (Piaxtla, Sin.; Quintana Roo; Sta. Engracia, Tam.) ; Honduras (Tegucigalpa), Costa Rica, Panama (Canal Zone; Jaque R.; Darien Prov.; La Jolla; Panama), Venezuela (Carapito), Colom- bia (Cali District), Ecuador, Peru (Iquitos), Brazil (Campinas, Sac Paulo; nr. Para; Manaos) Hawaii, Marianas Is. (Guam; Saipan; Tinian), Palau Is. (Arakabesan I.), and Wake I. Some of the records in the literature may refer to N. stigma (West Indies) and N. pur- puratum (Texas). The species has been reared from rotting tomatoes, immature coconuts, bananas, liver, wild tuber, Solanum fruits, and fruits of Attalea palms. N. (N.) purpuratum Cole (Fig. 1) 1923, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sei. 12: 474. 2 N. stigma (F.) Hunter, Pratt, and Mitchell, 1912, U. S. Dept. Agr. Bur. Entomol. Tech. Bull. 118: 53. The type was from Monserrate Island, Baja California. I have seen many specimens from Texas (Dallas; Beeville; Starr Co.), Ari- zona (Lowell Ranger Sta. and Saguaro Natl. Mon., both in Pima Co.), California (Loma Linda, San Bernardino Co.; 5 mi. s. Loma Linda, Riverside Co.; Los Angeles), Mexico (54 mi. n. San Luis Potosi; San Geronimo, Oax.; San Jose del Cabo, Baja Calif.). Ryekman (unpub- lished data) has reared the species from several genera of cacti. The characters cited in the key are the only reliable ones I have found to separate N. purpuratum from N. stigma. Both have the same type of aedeagus. The spots on the wing and the body color are quite variable. N. (N.) stigma (Fabricius) (Fig. 2) Musca stigma, 1798, Ent, Syst., suppl.: 593; 1805, Syst. Antl.: 303. Dacus obtusus Fabricius, 1805, Syst. Antl.: 278; Wiedemann, 1830, Auss. Zweifl.: 565. Ulidia stigma (F.) Wiedemann, 1830, Auss. Zweifl.: 565. Notogramma stigma (F.) Loew, 1873, Smithsn. Inst. Mise. Collect. 256: 148, pro parte; Hendel, 1910, Gen. Inst., fase. 106: pl. 3, fig. 75, pro parte; Curran, 1928, Sei. Surv. Porto Rico (N. Y. Acad. Sci.) 11 (1): 78; Woleott, 1936, J. Agr. Puerto Rico 20 (1): 374. N. purpurata (Cole) Foote, 1960, J. N. Y. Entomol. Soe. 68: 99, misidentification. Most citations subsequent to those of Fabricius are doubtful and have been cited under N. cimiciforme. Even Hendel’s figure of the wing in Genera Insectorum (1910) looks much like an attempt to show the hyaline costal mark of N. stigma on a wing of N. cimici- forme. The type was collected “in Americae Insulis.”” A note in J. M. Aldrich’s card catalogue in the U. S. National Museum indicates that the type could not be found in Copenhagen in 1929. The lack of men- PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1963 199 tion of spots on the pleura, together with the statement in the Fabri- cian description ‘alae albae punctis quinque fuscis costaque fusca puncto distincto hyalino,” is sufficient to identify the species in the West Indies. No specimen of N. purpuratum has been seen from “American Islands” east of Mexico. I have seen 34 specimens of N. stigma, all from the West Indies: one each from Santiago, Cuba, and Ensenada, Puerto Rico; 6 from Virgin Is. (Desecheo Id.; Mona Id.); 3 from the Bahamas (San Salvador Id.; Exuma Cays; St. Inagua Id.) ; 5 from Jamaica; and 18 from Antigua. Subgenus Buacaina Steyskal, nov. The most conspicuous structural characters of Notogramma, the acute vertex and tip of scutellum, are not developed here, the front is only moderately pitted, and the cheek wrinkles are not strong, but all other external characters of shape, color, type of wing pattern and venation are those of Notogramma. The male postabdomen has a simple aedeagal apodeme, lacking either fork or anterior shelf, and the aedeagus bears a double row of 4 or 5 strong retrorse spines in the middle part and many hairs in the basal three-fourths or more. Type of subgenus, the following species. N. (Euacaina) cactipeodes Steyskal, sp. nov. (Figs. 3, 4) Male. Length of wing, 4.1 to 4.7 mm. Color mostly pitchy dark brown to black, with moderate bluish-green metallic reflections and four longitudinal purplish metallic stripes on mesonotum. Reddish: front, except ocellar triangle and ver- tical plates; parafacials; cheeks; anterior face of humerus; lower basal part of third antennal segment; basal *4 of swollen basal part of arista. Yellowish: anterior basitarsi, basal two segments of middle and hind legs. Nearly whole body covered with whitish pruinosity, which is definitely absent only on sides of 4th and all of 5th abdominal tergites and on anterior cheeks, very thin on meso- pleura, face, clypeus, and scutellum, and quite dense on anterior coxae, propleura, central mesonotum (where it is of yellowish east and broken by shining spots at bases of hairs and bristles), stripe from lower posterior orbits to oral margin, and dorsum of abdominal segments 1 to 4. All hairs and bristles black, except those of labellae, fore and hind basitarsal brushes, which are yellowish, and squamal cilia, which are white. Head with front moderately pitted, parallel-sided, 0.34 of total width of head; ocelli in triangle almost twice as long as wide, with a pair of small divergent ocellars placed midway between anterior and posterior ocelli; fronto-orbitals 2, the anterior of which is approximately 7% as long as the posterior and placed a little farther anterad of anterior ocellus than the ocellars are placed posterad therefrom; frontal hairs coarse, in 8 irregular longitudinal rows in anterior part of front. Parafacials at narrowest part half as wide as third antennal segment. Cheeks 0.6 as high as eye, anteriorly with a few shallow wrinkles running verti- cally and posteriorly with strong hairs but without distinct bristles. Face strongly broadened below and deeply areuate, so that lower margin of clypeus is a little higher than lower lateral edges of face, in profile concave, interantennal space 0.4 as wide as front, subshining, wrinkled, Antennae extending to upper margin 200 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1963 of elypeus, third segment ovate, 1.8 times as long as wide; arista bare, 2.5 times as long as third antennal segment, swollen basal part 0.12 of total length. Palpi flat and broad, dull black with narrow apical yellow border. Thorax quadrate, a little narrower than head; secutellum convex, smooth, 0.6 as long as wide. Chaetotaxy: 1 h; 2 ntpl; 1 sa; 2 pa; 2 de (anterior half as long as posterior); 1 prse in line with posterior dc; 2 sc; 1 fine ppl, 1 strong and 2 or 3 weak mspl, 1 posterior stpl. Intradorsocentral hairs anteriorly in 8 irregu- lar rows; posternum haired laterally; propleura with a few black hairs; meso- pleura with coarse seattered hairs; scutellum with 2 or 3 coarse laterdorsal hairs on each side. Legs of shape and length normal in Notogramma, Acrosticta, and Eumesta; middle basitarsi with short spinules below. Wings as in figure 4, hyaline, with dark-brown pattern in which there is a tendency for central part of spots to be pale; veins brown, yellowish at root of wing. Abdomen flattened, approximately as long as thorax and of same width as length; fifth tergite lightly transversely wrinkled; tergite 2 three-fourths as long as 3, 4 of the same length as 3, 5 half again as long as 4; all segments with seattered short hairs. Postabdomen as in figure 3, in repose completely withdrawn into segment 5. Female. Length of wing, 4.5 to 4.8 mm. Similar to male, except in sexual characters; dorsum of preabdomen wholly densely pruinose, whitish marginally and pale brownish centrally; ovipositor nearly shining black, basal segment ap- proximately as long as wide, tip very slender. Holotype (male), allotype, and 28 paratypes (14 of each sex), PERU, Santa Eulalia, em.(erged) X1I-25-36, bred from rotton Cereus (cactus), no. 335-36 (Dr. J. E. Wille), in U. S. National Museum (Type No. 66419), except one pair of paratypes in American Museum of Natural History. The locality is northwest of Chosica, in the De- partment of Lima. I wish to thank Dr. Paul Arnaud, Jr., and the authorities of the American Museum of Natural History for the loan of an important series of specimens. NOTICE Due to the constantly rising printing costs and the ever-increasing number of manuseripts being received for publication in the proceedings, authors are urgently requested to limit their contributions to a maximum of 30 manuseript pages including illustrations, and to condense all technical matter as much as possible. However, this does not apply to “paid” papers which are published out of turn and in addition to the normal number of pages per issue. Short scientific articles not exceeding one printed page, with or without small illustrations, are still weleome and usually will be published promptly.—KEditor. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1963 201 NEW NEOTROPICAL NEOBALINAE WITH KEYS TO THE GENERA AND TO THE SPECIES OF CONALA (Homoptera: CICADELLIDAE ) James P. Kramer, Entomology Research Division, ARS, U. S. Department of Agriculture, Washington, D. C. The subfamily Neobalinae was erected by Linnavuori (1959: 17-32) to receive a group of tropical American leafhoppers whose members had been variably placed in several different subfamilies by past workers. Linnavuori provided excellent keys to genera and species of the then known members of the subfamily. This paper contains descriptions of ten new species as follows: Two Conala, two Calliscarta, one Perubala, three Neobala, and two repre- senting two new genera, Rhobala and Psibala. Keys to the genera and species of Conala are provided. All of the material reported upon is in the collection of the United States National Museum. A brief diagnosis of the Neobalinae is difficult, but members of the subfamily can usually be distinguished by the following combination of characters: Ocelli on anterior margin of crown, crown without dense microsculpturing, anterior branch of tentorium simple, male pygofer without a membranous fold laterally. For a complete defini- tion of the Neobalinae, see Linnavuori (1959: 17) Neobalinae: Kry TO GENERA 1. Crown strongly produced triangularly beyond eyes “a ESL 2 Crown of uniform length or only slightly produced at nivale ea 3 2. Pronotum with distinct transverse rugulae for entire width, posterior TA HALAbN, MEN Oe abn KsGl sees cose ited ees Conala Oman Pronotum smooth or with weakly defined mesal rugulae, posterior MaAncinenopasharply indented sss see ee ee — Benala Oman SD eHoLewing pruncated) at apexes 5) ais vey Rape res Seer. et J ORIG a ied 4 Forewing rounded at apex... LU sase oo Wa nee AO Wg wae bee A IG TS wh the PL ee) 4. Forewing with three Madea ravennicalk anil se _.......... Calliscarta Stal Forewing with one closed preapical cell __-.---.----.---- __.... Exolidia Osborn 5. Ocellocular area without a distinct ledge; aedeagus slender with a pair of apical appendages —_________-..---____-- ae Ss Sere Perubala Linnavuori Ocellocular area with a distinct eee Jean usually stout, simple Oie Waa meh, sencrelnneral Yiahilar Ghoyosaele feces) oe eee Se 6 6. Anterior margin of crown with a fine Butt aicuace transverse carina he- tween ocelli; forewing with three closed preapiecal cells _ Rhobala n.g. Anterior margin of crown without a carina of any sort; forewing with three or less closed preapical cells Ba eoed ~ : 7 7. Crown bluntly angular in dorsal view; aedeagus with a single asym- metrical apical appendage — __- esi ae bE set Psibala n.g. Crown rounded in dorsal view; aedeagus sopls s or patti paired sym- metrical basal or Jateral appendages —... (Cae _...... Neobala Oman! 1The generic definition of Neobala (Linnavuori 1959: 23) is expanded here to include species with aedeagal appendages and setae on pygofer present or absent, and with one to three closed preapical cells in the forewing. 202 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1963 Conala: Kry To SprciEs? 1. Pronotum with four orange-red longitudinal stripes; forewings grayish hyaline; apex of style with two or more prongs (Fig. 10) 2 Pronotum with five orange-red longitudinal stripes; forewings brown hyaline; apex of style without prongs (Fig. 4) tijucata n. sp. 2. Length of male Jess than 5 mm.; pygofer with macrosetae (Fig. 9); Stylar apex with three prongs and a preapical hyaline lobe (Fig. 8) oS ee ERD ae) er Me eet ty) SE PG me corumbana n. sp. Length of male 5.5 mm.; pygofer without macrosetae; stylar apex with two prongs (Fig. 10) Soe ee et ee fasciatom (Oshogne) Conala tijucata, new species (Figs. 1-5) Length: Male 5.25 mm. Female 5.75 mm. Coloration: Ground color of venter including legs and face stramineous to yellow. Female without additional dark markings. Male with proximal half of all femora dark brown to black, sides of thorax touched with black, middle of face inelud- ing clypellus, lora, and most of clypeus black. Both sexes with an orange-red transverse stripe between eyes on uppermost portion of elypeus, stripe follows angular curvature of head. Dorsum of both sexes alike. Ground color of crown, pronotum, and scutellum sordid stramineous to yellow. Crown with four orange- red longitudinal stripes, two of which converge on each side at apex producing two V-shaped markings. Pronotum with five orange-red longitudinal stripes, the outermost two on each side, extensions of coronal markings. Seutellum with three orange-red longitudinal stripes, extensions of three central pronotal stripes. Fore- wings brown hyaline with veins slightly darker. Male Genitalia: Genital capsule in lateral view with apical setae and lobe on ven- tral margin of pygofer (Fig. 2). In ventral view connective Y-shaped and aedea- gus constricted at middle, very finely serrated distally and with a pair of slender lateral processes (Fig. 3). Aedeagus in lateral view robust, curving dorsally toward apex, and with a distinct, pointed ventral portion between the pair of slender straight lateral processes (Fig. 1). Style long, slender, and with apex somewhat avicephaliform, but simple (Figs. 4 and 5). Female Genitalia: Posterior margin of pregenital sternum trilobed, central lobe most strongly produced and notched mesally. Types: Holotype male (USNM Type No. 34867) Floresta da Tijuea, D. Federal, Brazil, July, 1957, M. Alvarenga. Allotype female and one paratype male with the same data. Discussion: The characters used in the key will separate tiyucata from the other members of Conala. Although only the style is mentioned in the key, other genital structures afford many features which will further differentiate this species. 2The generic definition of Conala (Linnavuori 1959: 18) is modified here to include species with or without macrosetae on the pygofer. All of the known species are Brazilian. Go PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1963 20: Conala corumbana, new species (Figs. 6-9) Length: Male 4.80 mm. Coloration: As in fasciata (Osborn) except as follows: Dark markings of face less extensive; orange-red markings of dorsum finer and more sharply delineated. Male Genitalia: Genital capsule in lateral view with apical setae and an acute fasclata 10 1] lemur eZ Conala tijucata n. sp. Fig. 1, lateral view of aedeagus; fig. 2, lateral view of genital capsule; fig. 3, ventral view of connective and aedeagus; fig. 4, stylar apex ventrally; fig. 5, ventral view of style. C. corumbana n. sp Fig. 6, lateral view of aedeagus; fig. 7, lateral view of style; fig. 8, stylar apex laterally; fig. 9, lateral view of genital capsule. C. fasciata (Osborn) Fig. 10, stylar apex later- ally. Rhobala lemur un. sp. Fig. 11, lateral view of aedeagus; fig. 12, lateral view of genital capsule (setae of plate omitted); fig. 13, stylar apex laterally. Note: Drawings made at various magnifications. 204 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1963 lobe on ventral margin (Fig. 9). Connective Y-shaped. Aedeagus in lateral view robust, narrowed at extreme apex, and with a pair of slender lateral processes gradually recurving toward apex (Fig. 6). Style long, slender, with three distinct apical prongs and a preapical hyaline lobe (Figs. 7 & 8). Female Genitalia: Female unknown. Types: Holotype male (USNM Type No. 34868) Corumba, Brazil, April, no year, Carl F. Baker. Discussion: As in the preceding species, there are additional differ- ences in the male genital structures which could be used in keying corumbana. Conala fasciata (Osborn) (Fig. 10) This species was fully treated by Linnavuori (1959: 18-19). Only the stylar apex has been redrawn here (Fig, 10) for ease in running the key. Linnavouri’s work should be consulted for a description and figures of other parts of the male genitalia, Rhobala, new genus Type of genus: Rhobala lemur, new species. Characters as in Calliscarta (Linnavuori 1959: 27) with the following excep- tions. Apex of forewing rounded; crown with a fine but distinet transverse carina between ocelli; male plates with macrosetae but without long hairs. Rhobala lemur, new species (Figs. 11-13) Length: Male 6.5-7.00 mm. Coloration: Venter including legs and face stramineous to pale brown, venter of thorax touched with dark brown or black, clypeus with numerous dark brown to black vermiculate short stripes or irregular spots, each lorum with a small dark brown to black spot next to clypeus, three or four dark brown to black spots flanking inner margin of each eye. Ground color of crown, pronotum, and seutel- lum same as venter, crown lightly marked with irregular pale brown to black spots and lines, pronotum with extensive markings in form of irregular vermi- culate pale brown to black lines, scutellum with anterior angles and midline variably darkened. Forewings milky hyaline with all veins dark brown. Male Genitalia: Genital capsule in lateral view quite simple with a small but distinct notch ventrally near apex of pygofer (Fig. 12). Macrosetae of plates in disorder. Connective more or less T-shaped. Aedeagus in lateral view stout with ventral margin finely serrated below gonopore, narrowed distally, and with a single short slender basal appendage (Fig. 11). Style slender with apex bluntly oval in lateral view (Fig. 13). Female Genitalia: Female unknown. Types: Holotype male (USNM Type No. 34876) Huachi Beni, Bo- livia, September, 1921. Mulford Biol. Expedition. Wm. M. Mann. One paratype male Chapada, Brazil, September (no year), C. F. Baker collection. PROG. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1963 205 Calliscarta tinga, new species (Figs. 14-17) Length: Male 10 mm, Coloration: Venter and legs pale brown to yellow, thorax touched with black ven- trally. Genae, lora, and elypellus yellow, suture between clypeus and lower face blaek, elypeus and crown with ground color pale purplish-gray, combined clypeal- empusa metapanella Calliscarta tinga n. sp. Fig. 14, lateral view of pygofer and anal tube; fig. 15, stylar apex ventrally; fig. 16, ventral view of style; fig. 17, lateral view of aedea- gus. Psibala empusa n. sp. Fig. 18, ventral view of aedeagus; fig. 19, lateral view of aedeagus; fig. 20, lateral view of genital capsule (setae of plate omitted) ; fig. 21, stylar apex ventrally. Neobala metapanella n. sp. Fig. 22, lateral view of style; fig. 23, stylar apex laterally; fig. 24, lateral view of genital capsule (setae of plate omitted) ; fig. 25, lateral view of aedeagus Note: Drawings made at various magnifications. 206 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1963 coronal area with four broad transverse red-orange bands, the lowermost band broken at middle and only the uppermost band visible dorsally as a marking be- tween the eyes. Pronotum grayish-orange with three pale longitudinal stripes none of which touch anterior or posterior margins, scutellum grayish-orange with a pair of poorly defined purplish longitudinal stripes. Forewings tan suffused with orange, two or three transverse brown bands at apex. Male Genitalia: Lateral view of pygofer with dorsal margin strongly indented and with two sharp upright projections, one apical and one preapical (Fig. 14). Valve, plates, and connective typical of genus. Aedeagus in lateral view narrowly U-shaped with irregular projections in area of gonopore (Fig. 17). Style in ven- tral view nearly uniformly slender and curved outward distally, and with apex twice-pronged (Figs. 15 and 16). Female Genitalia: Female unknown. Type: Holotype male (USNM Type No. 34870) Tingo Maria, Peru, October 10, 1944, E. J. Hambleton. Discussion: The color pattern and male genitalia are distinctive. Psibala, new genus Type of genus: Psibala empusa, new species. Characters as in Neobala (Linnavuori 1959: 23) with modifications as indi- cated in key to genera. Differs from Neobala in having the crown bluntly angu- lar in dorsal view and with length at middle distinctly longer than next to eye. Male genitalia differ in having a single asymmetrical appendage at apex. Psibala empusa, new species (Figs. 18-21) Length: Male 5.25 mm. Coloration: Ground color of venter including legs and face stramineous to yellow, touched with brown on legs and thoracic venter, face unmarked except for trans- verse Wavy red-orange band between eyes above antennal bases. Ground color of crown, pronotum, and scutellum gray, crown with transverse, red-orange band at extreme apex between eyes and a pair of highly irregular angular red-orange discal markings, pronotum with four irregular longitudinal, red-orange stripes the outer pair doubled with all more or less fusing at anterior and posterior margins, scutellum red-orange mesally. Forewings gray hyaline, clavus marked near base irregularly with red-orange, and distally with brown, corium with a subrectangular brown marking extending from middle of claval suture to costal margin, a second similarly shaped but much smaller marking anterior to first, costal margin with two small brown spots near base, distal portion with a large H-shaped marking, sides of “H” parallel to the two anterior markings. Male Genitalia: Genital capsule in lateral view with posterior margin of pygofer deeply excavated forming a small ventral portion and a large dorsal portion, both portions setose (Fig. 20). Macrosetae of plates in disorder on venter. Connec- tive approximately Y-shaped. Aedeagus in lateral view subrectangular, not stout, apex projecting ventrally with a single long basally directed appendage (Fig. 19). Aedeagus in ventral view enlarged basally and apically with apical process distinctly curved (Fig. 18) Style slender with apex slightly hooked in ventral view (Fig. 21). PROG. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1963 207 Female Genitalia: Female unknown. Type: Holotype male (USNM Type No. 34875) Huachi Beni, Bolivia, September, 1921, Mulford Biol. Expedition, Wm. M. Mann. Neobala metapanella, new species (Figs. 22-25) Length: Male 7.00-7.50 mm. Coloration: Ground color of venter including legs and face stramineous to yellow, abdomen heavily marked with black, thoracic sclerites with irregular black patches, legs variably touched with dark areas, central area of clypellus black, a V-shaped black marking with apex at center of clypellus and arms extending to base of eye on either side, a large black pi-shaped marking on clypeus, and a black slightly curved band at top of face below ocelli. Ground color of crown, pronotum, and seutellum yellow to yellowish-green, crown with a transverse black band between eyes following curvature of head, pronotum with anterior margin narrowly black and four double longitudinal black stripes, each double stripe variably fused or touching especially at anterior and posterior margins, scutellum with basal angles black and a pair of irregular black longitudinal mesal stripes usually fusing distally. Ground color of forewing dark brown to black, clavus marked with a large slightly post-basal yellow-green patch and a smaller oval subapical yellow-green patch, one and sometimes a partial second oval yellow- green patch on corium slightly posterior to oval claval marking, and an irregular oval hyaline spot flanking extreme apex of clavus. Male Genitalia: Genital capsule in lateral view with ventral portion of pygofer extended and terminating in a lightly setose lobe, tenth segment large with a pair of sharp extensions (Fig, 24). Macrosetae of plates in disorder. Connective ap- proximately Y-shaped. Aedeagus in lateral view simple, but stout, and gradually narrowing in distal portion to sharp apex (Fig. 25). Style in lateral view uni- formly slender with apex upturned and tapered to a sharp point (Figs. 22 and 2B Female Genitalia: Female unknown. Types: Holotype male (USNM Type No. 34872) Metapan, El Salva- dor, July 5, 1954, collector “M.S.V.” Four paratype males with the same data. Discussion: This species represents the first record for the subfamily in Central America. Its large size and yellow-green and black colora- tion are distinctive. It is not a typical Neobala, but it is placed here on the basis of the redefined generic definition noted in the key to genera. Neobala huachia, new species (Figs. 26-29) Length: Male 6.00 mm. Coloration: Ground color of venter including legs and face yellow, abdomen and venter of thorax heavily touched with black, face with an irregular Y-shaped black area, stalk covering clypellus and most of lora, arms covering lower por- tion of clypeus extending laterally to eye on either side, extreme uppermost por- tion of clypeus with an irregular transverse wavy red-orange band between eyes. Ground color of crown, pronotum, and seutellum pale sordid gray, crown with a 208 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1963 red-orange irregular band between eyes, pronotum with anterior margin orange and discal area heavily suffused with brownish-orange but leaving lateral and posterior margins plus two anterior discal spots gray, scutellum heavily suffused with orange. Forewing brown hyaline touched with gray hyaline at base and apex of clavus, centrally near costal margin, and in area of outer apical cell. Male Genitalia: Genital capsule in lateral view moderately elaborated, pygofer terminating in a lightly setose lobe, dorsal margin of pygofer with a large some- what avicephaliform projection (Fig. 28). Macrosetae of plates in disorder, seem- ingly restricted to dorsal half. Connective approximately rectangular (Fig. 26). Aedeagus in both lateral and ventral views slender with a pair of moderately long basal processes (Figs. 27 and 29). Style in ventral view heaviest at middle with long straight undistinguished mesal lobe (Fig. 26). Female Genitalia: Female unknown. Type: Holotype male (USNM Type No. 34873) Huachi Beni, Bolivia, September, 1921-1922, Mulford Biol. Expedition, W. M. Mann. Disession: The color pattern and the male genitalia of this species are distinctive. Perubala furvata, new species (Figs. 30-31) Length: Male 6.00 mm. Coloration: Venter including face black. Pro- and mesothoracic legs stramineous, metathoracie legs black with apex of each femur stramineous. Crown stramineous with a broad A-shaped red-orange marking, apex of “A” at apex of crown, sides extending to eyes with crossbar broken mesally. Pronotum black with a pair of diseal spots and lateral and posterior margins yellowish. Seutellum black. Fore- wings black with color less intense apically, claval suture with a mesal yellowish stripe widened distally, and claval base irregularly pale. Male Genitalia: Aedeagus broadly U-shaped, quite slender, paired apical processes with slight mesal curvature (Fig. 30). Style in ventral view fairly stout with almost a 90° bend in apical portion (Fig. 31). Rest of genital structures as in apicimacula Linnayuori. Female Genitalia: Female unknown. Type: Holotype male (USNM Type No. 34871) Tingo Maria, Peru, September 10, 1944, E. J. Hambleton. Discussion: This species most closely resembles apicimacula Linna- vuori, but the markings of the pronotum and forewings are different. The aedeagus is shorter and the paired apical apendages are longer than in apiciomacula (Linnavuori 1959: Fig, 8A). Neobala permuta, new species (Figs. 32-33) Length: Male 5.00-5.50 mm. Coloration: Not distinguishable from that of boliviensis Metealf (pallidus Os- born) except for the markings on the posterior margin of the crown. In permuta the markings consist of three black spots of more or less equal size. In bolivien- sis the central spot is greatly reduced, usually appearing as a line. Male Genitalia: Genital capsule in lateral view simple, pygofer with a small lobe at middle of ventral margin and a slight expansion near apex (Fig. 33). Aedea- PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1963 209 gus in lateral view stout, sharply narrowed near apex to pointed tip, and with a pair of comparatively short basal appendages (Fig. 32). Rest of genitalia like boliviensis. Female Genitalia: Female unknown. Types: Holotype male (USNM Type No. 34874) Santa Elena de Uairen, Venezuela, November 20, 1940, Pablo Anduze. Two paratype furvata huachia 28 ee we permuta ws S) Neobala huachia n. sp. Fig. 26, ventral view of connective and style; fig. 27, lateral view of aedeagus; fig. 28, lateral view of genital capsule (setae of plate omitted); fig. 29, ventral view of aedeagus. Perubala furvata n. sp. Fig. 30, lateral view of aedeagus; fig. 31, ventral view of style. Neobala permuta n. sp. fig. 32, lateral view of aedeagus; fig. 33, lateral view of genital capsule (setae of plate omitted) Calliscarta corvenda n. sp. Fig. 34, lateral view of aedeagus; fig. 35, aedeagal apex ventrally; fig. 36, lateral view of pygofer and anal tube; fig. 37, stylar apex laterally. Note: Drawings made at various magnifications. 36 210 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1963 males, one same data as type, and the other Rio de Janeiro, Brazil, September 9, 1934, Souza and Lopes. Discussion: This species is exceedingly close to boliviensis but differs in the shape of the pygofer and length of the aedeagal appendages. The color markings may or may not be reliable. Apparently bolivien- sts 1s a variable species because I have at hand one Brazilian male which agrees in every respect with the typical form, but the aedeagal processes are completely absent. Calliscarta corvenda, new species (Figs. 34-37) Length: Male 9.75 mm. Coloration: Ground color of venter including legs and face light brown heavily marked with dark brown to black, legs banded, venter of thorax with irregular markings, sutures of face variably darkened, area below antennal ledge dark, elypellus dark mesally, clypeus variably marked with short transverse vermiculate stripes or spots. Ground color of crown, pronotum, and scutellum brownish-gray, crown with a few ill-defined touches of orange, pronotum with vague touches of orange anteriorly and irregular dark brown areas discally, anterior angles of scutellum dark. Ground color of forewings gray hyaline heavily marked with dark brown vermiculate lines often appearing as extra cross veinlets between veins, dis- tinct unpigmented areas at base of each clavus, subapically at each clavus, di- rectly posterior to each claval apex, and at middle of each truncated extreme apex. Male Genitalia: Lateral view of pygofer with dorsal margin highest mesally and a fairly blunt recurved projection apically (Fig. 36). Valve, plates, and connec- tive typical of genus. Aedeagus in lateral view narrowly U-shaped with a pair of short appendages at about middle of highly irregular ventral margin (Fig. 34). Appendages of aedeagus best seen in ventral view (Fig. 35). Style slender with apex rather abruptly narrowed producing a sharp terminus (Fig. 37). Female Genitalia: Female unknown. Types: Holotype male (USNM Type No. 34869) Covendo, Bolivia, August, 1921, Mulford Biol. Expedition, Wm. M. Mann. One para- type male with the same data. Discussion: The color pattern of the forewings and male genitalia are distinctive. The specific name, corvenda, is an arbitrary combination of letters. REFERENCE Linnavuori, R., 1959. Revision of the Neotropical Deltocephalinae and some re- lated subfamilies (Homoptera). Ann. Zool. Soe. ‘Vanamo’ 20(1): 1-370. PROG. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1963 211 THE SPECIES OF LIMNEPHILUS FROM CENTRAL AMERICA AND HAITI (TRICHOPTERA: LIMNEPHILIDAE ) Ouiver 8. Pune, Jr., Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D. C, Five relic species of the large Holarctie genus Limnephilus are found in the mountains of Central America and Haiti. One of these is well known, but two others are based on unique types never ade- quately figured, one on a type now possibly lost, and one is here de- scribed as new. The other species from South America originally placed in this genus by early workers have now been transferred to another subfamily, the Dicosmoecinae. I should like to express my appreciation to Drs. P. J. Darlington, Jr., and H. E. Evans, who made it possible for me to study the types of Banks at Harvard. Limnephilus toussainti Banks (Figure 1) Limnephilus toussainti Banks, 1924, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. 45: 439. The presence of a limnephilid in the Antilles is most unexpected, as no other species of the family is known from the islands. The type may represent a mislabelled specimen; however, it may well be an- other of the Nearctic isolates known to occur on this island. I recently studied this unique type so that I am able to present the following deseription and figures. Male.—F¥ ore tarsal segments subequal in length. Fore femur inflated basally and with many short dark setae on ventral surface and 1 short dark spur apically from inner angle. Fore tibia slightly bowed and with 2 very short dark spurs on outer surface apically. Forewings brownish with pale spots, especially abundant along posterior margin. No seabrous patch from posterior margin of eighth ter- gum. Ninth segment slightly inflated laterally. Clasper projecting from ninth segment as a finger-like process. Cereus long, with a somewhat sinuate tip curv- ing dorsomesally; with a dark internal tooth near midlength. Tenth tergum elon- gate with tip black and upturned, basally widened and well developed internally. Aedeagus with lateral arms as long as central tube and capped by a sparse cluster of setae; tip of central tube unmodified. Type.—Male, Port au Prince, Haiti (Mann.). MCZ type 14868. Limnephilus discolor (Banks), new combination (Figure 2) Platyphylax discolor Banks, 1901, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 27: 367; Ulmer, 1913, Deutsch. Ent. Zeitschr. 1913: 410. Since its original description the species has been generally over- looked. Recently I was able to study the type and make notes and drawings of its genitalia which are presented here. The species is still known only from this unique type. Male.—Basal segment of the fore tarsus 4 length of second segment. Forewing membrane uniformly pale brown, veins with prominent setae especially basally and posteriorly. Eighth tergum without a seabrous patch posteromesally. Ninth segment very broad laterally. Clasper projecting distinetly from posterior margin 212 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1963 of ninth segment, apex sinuately truneate. Cereus trianguloid, posterior margin nearly vertical and bearing a single strong tooth mesally. Tenth tergum low, extending no farther caudad than cerei, with a low, dark projection apicolaterally. Aedeagus with lateral arms half length of central tube, apex rounded and bearing a diffuse cluster of setae; central tube upturned distally, apex unmodified. Male, Tacubaga, D. F., Mexico, September. MCZ type 11817. Type. Limnephilus hamifer Flint, new species (Figure 3) This species appears to be a close relative of discolor, but the male differs in numerous characters, especially those of the eighth tereum Fig. 1, Limnephilus toussainti Banks: a, male genitalia, lateral; b, same dor- sal; ce, aedeagus, lateral. Fig. 2, Limnephilus discolor (Banks): a, male geni- talia, lateral; b, cercus and tenth tergite, posterior; c, aedeagus, lateral. Fig. 3, Limnephilus hamifer, new species: a, male genitalia, lateral; b, cereus and ténth tergite, posterior; ¢, aedeagus, lateral. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1963 213 and aedeagus. The maculations of the forewings may resemble those of L. solidus (Hag.). I have females of two species from Costa Rica and Guatemala, either of which may be the other sex of this species. But, because there is no way of definitely associating either with the type, I prefer to leave the designation of allotype until more material has aceumu- lated. Male.—Length of forewing 13 mm.; rather uniformly yellowish-brown. Fore- wings pale yellowish-brown with darker irrorations most noticeable along the veins, especially anally and at the anastomosis; membrane with many pale de- cumbent hairs, a few erect dark setae on veins basally and anally. Basal segment of fore tarsus about 4s length of second segment. Posterior margin of eighth tergum with a seabrous patch. Ninth segment slightly inflated laterally. Clasper projecting distinctly from posterior margin of ninth segment; apex slightly ex- cised so as to form 4 points as seen from the posterior, one at each corner. Cercus trianguloid, posterior margin nearly vertical, black, and with several blunt teeth mesally. Tenth tergum low, extending no farther posteriad than cereus, with a low dark ridge apicodorsally. Aedeagus with lateral arms spine-like, upeurved, and with a short spine-like seta at midlength; central tube with apex produced into a pair of sharp decurved hooks laterally and a weaker hook mesally. Type.—Holotype male, Mount Poas, C(osta) Rica), March (Wim. Schaus). USNM type 64990. Limnephilus frijole Ross Limnephilus frijole Ross, 1944, Bull. Ill. Nat. Hist. Surv. 23(1): 282; Ross, 1949, Pan-Pacitie Ent. 25% 122. A male and female paratype of this well known species were re- corded from Municipio de Galeana, Cerro Potosi, Mexico, by Ross (1944). It is also recorded from Texas, New Mexico, and California. Limnephilus solidus (Hagen), new combination Tfalesus solidus Hagen, 1861, Smiths. Mise. Coll. 4(1): 267; Ulmer, 1913, Deutsch. Ent. Zeitschr. 1913: 411. This species remains known only from the original description of the female from Mexico. The type, if in existence, is not present in the Hagen material at the MCZ. TREATMENT OF A RECREATION AREA LAKE FOR CONTROL OF BACKSWIMMERS During the summer of 1962 a request was received for assistance on an insect problem in a small fresh-water lake at a day camp for girls located in a suburban area of Silver Spring, Maryland. The lake was being used for swimming instruc- tion. The camp owner Was concerned about severe biting attacks and wounds received by swimmers from a certain aquatic insect which often became trapped under their swimming suits. 9 214 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1963 Examination of the insect fauna in the lake by P. J. Spangler, Division of Insects, United States National Museum, disclosed the presence of various species of Hemiptera and Coleoptera as well as certain Megaloptera and Odonata. The lake was well populated with nymphs and adults of the backswimmer, Notonecta undulata Say (Notonectidae-Hemiptera), which turned out to be the insect that was biting the swimmers. This insect is a rather large backswimmer (7/16”) and lives in all kinds of water from fresh to stagnant. It normally rests at the surface, floating head-down, with the tip of the abdomen piercing the surface film. This species is the most common species of backswimmer in the United States. Since backswimmers repeatedly come to the water surface for air, it was decided to treat the surface of the lake with a kerosene-type spray. On the afternoon of July 20, the surface of the lake was treated with a spray containing pyrethrins 0.53% plus piperonyl butoxide 2.65%. The spray was applied at the rate of 1.9 gal./acre by means of a Hudson trombone-type hand-operated sprayer. Spraying was done from along the shore and piers which ran out into the water as well as from a canoe. The whole lake was covered with a coating of the oil spray. It appeared that thousands of backswimmers and water striders were killed very quickly by this treatment. There was considerable concern that the spray might render the water unsuit- able for swimming or that the insect or aquatic fauna killed by the treatment might cause an undesirable stench. There were no fish in the lake. The camp was not in general use on the weekend following the treatment. On the third day after treatment, the lake appeared to be nearly free of backswimmers. The oil by this time had disappeared from the water, which was now in splendid shape for swimming. On the day after treatment, the eyes of several swimmers were slightly irritated and light-colored swim suits were stained. Although no quantitative results were determined, this first treatment gave a high degree of control of backswimmers without any apparent detrimental effect. Samples of the insect fauna taken with aquatic-type nets were made before and after treatment. There was no definite evidence that any species other than the backswimmers and water striders were affected appreciably by the treatment. The owners were greatly pleased with the results. After 2 weeks, the backswimmers, mostly nymphs, were again present in the lake and the owner desired another treatment at a greater dosage. On August 3, the lake was treated with the same spray at the rate of 3.2 gallons per acre. Again a high degree of control was obtained. Before treatment, dippings with an insect net revealed an average of 4 backswimmers per dip. Three days follow- ing treatment the average was 1.5 per dip. The owners were highly satisfied with the control obtained, and the lake was suitable for swimming the rest of the summer. From these two tests it was concluded that the backswimmer, Notonecta undulata, when in sufficient numbers to constitute a hazard to swimmers, could be controlled by a surface treatment of synergized pyrethrum spray. This treat- ment was made without upsetting the ecological balance of the lake. As far as could be determined this is probably the first time the backswimmers have been controlled by a specific treatment——J. H. Fates, O. F. BopENSTEIN, and G. D. Miuus, Jr., Entomology Research Division, A.R.S., U. 8S. Department of Agricul- ture, Beltsville, Md. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1963 215 NOTES ON AMERICAN PHYMATIDAE III (Hrmiprera-HETEROPTERA ) Nicuouas A. KorMiLev, 365 Lincoln Place, Apt. 2C, Brooklyn 38, N. Y. I wish to express my sincere thanks to Drs. J. F. Gates Clarke and Carl J. Drake, of the United States National Museum, Washington, D. C., Dr. Thomas H. Farr, of the Institute of Jamaica, Kingston, Jamaica, and Dr. A. Soos, of the Hungarian National Museum, Buda- pest, for the privilege of studying unidentified Phymatidae from the collections of their respective Institutions. Among them the most striking were, a new species of the genus Phymata Uatreille, 1802, from Jamaica, with fore femora covered with long, erect bristles, a unique case among Phymatinae, and a new genus and species, also from Jamaica, both collected by Dr. T. H. Farr. The new genus, the fifth in the subfamily, I propose to name Kelainocoris n.g. (Kelaino = one of Pleiades, and also = dark, coris =a US): The five genera of the Phymatinae may be separated by the follow- ing key: 1. Middle and hind tibiae with the upper side carinate laterally and sul- CAiemeMe diallllivge: eee sees Lo ae eas oe 2 Middle and hind tibiae convex on the upper side, neither carinate, nor suleate (ve) 2. Fore femora subtriangular, more or less swollen__.....-_--_________. = cee Peete tee ee ee A eles Phy Mata, deabrellles 802 Fore femora elongately ovate, constricted in the middle, and with a ring- shaped carina on the exterior side of the fore lobe... Ly NS ae eee eee ene Parapiymatan orm) eveeloas 3. First rostral segment (visible) twice as long as the second; sutures be- IML, Sine INE Aor WE auevoliepmniee ee Se Kelainocoris n.g. First rostral segment at most as long as the second; suture between shemey IE gael IMIR ane senate abavebisyawne pad OE a 4 4. Fore femora subtriangular, swollen and scabrous; suture between sterna irandstetcleanlyavasiblep sees Ces Fog. Be GY eee Anthylla Stal, 1876 Fore femora elongately ovate, completely flat and glossy exteriorly, as if polished; suture between sterna II and III indistinet...... MRD eT ree F Weve ct 297 ROWE bah ee Neoanthylla Kormilev, 1951 1. Subfamily PHyMatinak A.S., 1943 Genus Phymata Latreille, 1802 1. Phymata interjecta Dudich, 1922 Phymata marginata var. interjecta Dudich, 1922, Ann. Mus. Nat. Hungarici; 19: 164. 5 6 & 2 9, Hispaniola, Haiti, Furcey—M. W. Sanderson & T. H. Farr coll., May 16, 1959. 216 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1963 2. Phymata jamaicensis n.sp. (Fig. 1-2) Male. Moderately elongate, with reflexed lateral angles of the pronotum and abdomen. Head as long as wide through the eyes (¢-17:17, 9@-18:17.5); (20 units = 1 mm.); frontal processes short and blunt, slightly incised in front; preocellar processes placed at the same level as the frontal portion of the head; ocellar processes dentiform. Proportions of the antennal segments, I to IV, are: 6- DOO 7821220, 9-05 7: L012: Pronotum shorter than wide across lateral angles (¢@—27:45, 2—36:55), sloping anteriorly. Anterior angles short, form a right (¢), or obtuse (2) angles. Antero-lateral-anterior borders (from anterior angles to lateral notch) more (2), or less (2) strongly curved. Lateral notch deep, angular (¢ ), or less deep and rounded (@). Antero-lateral-posterior borders (from lateral notch to lateral angles) strongly curved. Lateral angles produced obliquely upward as small, triangular, almost dentiform, lobes, more acute in the male, but the tips themselves are blunt. Postero-lateral-anterior borders (between latera! and postero- lateral angles) short and more (¢), or less (2) sinuate. Postero-lateral angles acute; posterior processes minute. Fore dise with a smooth, inverted triangle in the middle anteriorly; rugose and finely granulate at the bases of the pronotal carinae. Hind dies more or less roughly punctured. Carinae parallel between themselves, densely granulate anteriorly; provided with a small tubercle, or knob on the highest point; slightly divergent posteriorly. Scutellum shorter than wide at the base (4-9.5:14, 2-21:18); median carina high, cruciform, granulate; lateral borders granulate near the tip. Hemelytra. Corium very finely punctured, and with a few fine granules; mem- brane yellowish, with an elongate, brown spot at the base; venation simple. Abdomen shorter than wide ( @ -50:54, actual width 60; 92-70:80, actual width 87; as lateral angles of the abdomen are raised it is given “width” as taken perpendicularly to the dise of the abdomen, and “actual width” as if abdomen was unrolled). Antero-lateral borders firstly sinuate (segments II to IV), then convex (V). Lateral angles form a right (¢), or slightly obtuse (2) angle. Postero-lateral borders angularly sinuate (6), or straight (92); hind border rounded. PE-angles (postero-exterior of connexiva II to IV) not produced. Propleura: fore border finely denticulate; dise finely granulate; antennal groove reaches to the lateral notch of the pronotum, Fore femora subtriangular, swollen, longer than wide (6-18:11, @2-238:13), with a row of fine teeth on the upper border, sparsely and finely granulate on the dise. Color. Male, pale testaceous; transversal band of the pronotum light brown; basal portion of the corium, transversal band of the abdomen, and lateral angles of the venter, brown to chestnut brown; middle of the corium pink with whitish veins; venter yellow. Female ivory with pale brown to brown bands and spots; middle of the corium pinkish; pleurae and venter yellow. Some females have color of males. Total length: @-5.1, 9-6.25 mm.; width of the pronotum: ¢4-2.25, 9-2.75 mm.; width of the abdomen: 6 -2.7, 2-4.0 mm. Phymata jamaicensis n.sp. Fig. 1. ¢, pronotum; fig. 2. Phymata jamaicensis usp. ¢ connexivum. Phymata elongata u.sp. Fig. 3. 2, pronotum; fig. 4. connexi- vum. Phymata variegata n.sp. Fig. 5. ¢, pronotum; fig. 6. connexivum. Phymata pilifera n.sp. Fig. 7. ¢, pronotum; fig. 8. propleuron; fig. 9. connexivum; fig. 10. ?, tip of the abdomen; fig. 11. ¢, antenna; fig. 12. 9, antenna. Paraphymata saileri Kormilev. Fig. 13. ¢, fore femur and fore tibia. Kelainocoris farri n.g. Fig. 14. n.sp., 6, pronotum; fig. 15. 2, lobe and the tip of abdomen; fig. 16. 8, lobe and the tip of abdomen; fig. 17. ¢, lobe and the tip of abdomen; side view; fig. 18. 9, antenna; fig. 19. ¢, antenna. Macrocephalus testaceus n.sp. Fig. 20. @, pronotum. Macrocephalus dominicanus n.sp. Fig. 21. ¢, pronotum. 218 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1963 Holotype: 6, Jamaica, W. I., St. Andrew, Ferry—T. H. Farr coll. July 26, 1955; deposited in the Institute of Jamaica, Kingston, Jamaica. Allotype: 2, Jamaica, W. I., St. Thomas, Holland Bay—T. H. Farr coll. Nov. 28, 1954; deposited in the same collection. Paratypes: 1 and 3 2, Jamaica, W. I., St. Mary, Aleppo; Man- chester, and St. Andrew; in the same collection, and in the collection of the author. Phymata jamaicensis u.sp. is allied to Ph. minuta Kormiley, 1962, from Honduras. It is of the same size and general appearance, but differs from the latter by: antero-lateral-anterior borders of the pronotum curved posteriorly; the lateral notch is deeper, and antero-lateral-posterior borders much more convex; lateral angles of the pronotum produced into blunt teeth; antero-lateral borders of the abdomen more sinuate, and postero-lateral angularly sinuate (4 ). 3. Phymata elongata n.sp. (Fig. 3-4) Female, elongate, twice as long as wide across abdomen. Head slightly longer than wide through the eyes (17.5:16.5), Frontal processes short, blunt, slightly incised in front; preocellar processes tiny, do not rise above the frontal portion of the head. Granulation fine, dense, semispiculoid, or spicu- loid (at occiput). Antennae slender; proportions of the antennal segments, I to IVP ares oreo Oeioe Pronotum shorter than wide across postero-lateral angles (the maximal width) (30:42). Dise strongly sloping anteriorly. Anterior angles form an obtuse angle; antero-lateral-anterior borders barely curved, almost straight, and finely granu- late; lateral notch deep and narrow; antero-lateral-posterior borders slightly curved; lateral angles subangular, not produced, form an obtuse angle; postero- lateral-anterior borders shallowly sinuate; postero-lateral angles obtuse, horizon- tal; posterior processes minute. Fore dise finely and densely granulate; hind dise strongly convex, finely punctured; carinae slender, parallel between themselves, and finely granulate, anteriorly, then divergent and without granulation. Scutellum shorter than wide at the base (10:14); median carina cross-shaped, granulate; dise and lateral borders with a few granules. Hemelytra. Corium with a few, semiobliterated granules; membrane with veins simple. Abdomen longer than wide (60:53, actual width 55). Antero-lateral borders slightly sinuate at the base, then a little curved; lateral angles form an obtuse angle, but the tips of segment V are acute; PE-angles angularly produced; postero-lateral borders straight, posterior rounded. Connexivum rather narrow; venter smooth, without granulation. Propleura with anterior border sinuate and granulate, but not denticulate; dise granulate; antennal groove deep, reaches to the lateral notch of the pronotum. Meso and metapleura densely granulate. Fore femora relatively small, longer than wide (20:12), swollen; upper border with a row of inclined, setigerous granules; dise finely and sparsely granulate. Color: yellow to orange; hind dise of the pronotum, and scutellum, yellow brown; transversal bands of the pronotum and abdomen, hind half of the pro- PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1963 219 pleura, entire meso and metapleura, and lateral angles of the venter, reddish brown, veins along membrane carmine-red. Total length 5.5 mm.; width of the pronotum 2.1 mm.; width of the abdomen 2.75 mm. Holotype: 2°, Pert, Marecapata; deposited in the Hungarian Na- tional Museum, Budapest. Phymata elongata usp. is allied to Ph. atra Melin, 1930, from Bolivia, but is smaller, lateral notch of the pronotum rounded, not angular; lateral angles of the pronotum lower and subangular, almost rounded; PE-angles of the connexiva acute, and slightly produced. Color also may be distinctive, but as the female of Ph. atra is not known yet, it is impossible to say. 4. Phymata variegata n. sp. (Fig. 5-6) Male. Head slightly longer than wide through the eyes (22:21), covered with subspiculoid, or spiculoid (occiput) granulation. Frontal processes moderately long, blunt, directed forward, deeply incised in front; preocellar processes slightly raised over frontal portion of the head. Antennae moderately long; proportions of the antennal segments, I to IV, are: 6:10:10:20. Pronotum rather long and sloping forward, but shorter than wide across the postero-lateral angles (maximal width) (42:60). Anterior angles small, denti- form, divergent; antero-lateral-anterior borders slightly curved, finely denticulate ; lateral notch deep, angular, form a slightly obtuse angle; antero-lateral-pos- terior borders curved and raising; lateral angles form a right, or slightly acute angle; postero-lateral-anterior borders short and sinuate; postero-lateral angles subacute, divergent. Fore disc scabrose and granulate along posterior border; hind dise transversely rugose, but without granulation. Pronotal carinae high, parallel between themselves, and granulate, anteriorly; lower, divergent, and with- out granulation posteriorly. Scutellum shorter than wide at the base (16:24); median carina cross-shaped, with longitudinal branch transversely rugose, and lateral branches granulate. Lateral borders with searee granulation, placed mostly near the tip of the scu- tellum, Hemelytra, Corium without granulation; membrane with veins simple. Abdomen shorter than wide (65:88, actually 94); antero-lateral borders slight- ly sinuate, then curved; PH-angles slightly produced; lateral angles form a slightly acute angle, the tips of segment V are pointed. Postero-lateral borders slightly sinuate; posterior border widely rounded. Venter very finely granulate. Propleura with fore border sinuate and finely denticulate, teeth are progres- sively longer toward the antero-inferior angle. Dise granulate along anterior, inferior and superior (antennal groove) borders; antennal groove reaches to the lateral notch. Legs. Fore coxae armed with a strong tooth anteriorly, near the base. Fore femora subtriangular, swollen, longer than wide (28:16); dise finely granulate; upper border with a row of setigerous granules. Color: head and pronotum dark testaceous to chestnut brown; anterior border and the lateral notch of the pronotum dark yellow; small spot on segment IV, and transverse band of the abdomen are chestnut brown to black; ventral side 220 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1963 dark yellow; transverse band across antennal groove, lateral angles of the prono- tum and abdomen, fore coxae and fore femora, dark brown to black. The para- type is slightly lighter, and larger. Total length 6.85 mm. (paratype 7.4); width of the pronotum 3.0 mm, (para- type 3.35); width of the abdomen 4.4 mm. (paratype 4.6). Holotype: &, Brazil, Chapada; deposited in the Drake collection, U. S. National Museum, Washington, D. C. Paratype: &, collected with the holotype; in the collection of the author. Phymata variegata usp. is allied to Ph. communis Handlirsch, 1897, but differs from it by: head relatively shorter; lateral angles of the pronotum more directed up and backward; antero-lateral-pos- terior borders longer and more convex; color is more reddish-brown, with very few black. 5. Phymata (Euryphymata) pilifera n. sp. (Fig. 7-12) Male. Head longer than wide through the eyes (46 -25:22, 9-25:22). Frontal processes strong, finely denticulate, deeply incised in front, directed up and for- ward; preocellar processes dentiform, raised over the level of the frontal portion of the head; ocellar processes dentiform and slightly divergent. Proportions of the rostral segments, I to III (visible), are: 3:5:2.5. Proportions of the an- tennal segments, I to IV, are: 6-5:10:5:56, 9-5:10:11:28. Pronotum shorter than wide across postero-lateral angles (the maximal width) (¢-45:80, 9-45:78). Anterior angles acute, divergent; antero-lateral-anterior borders deeply and roundly incised anteriorly, then raised as acute angle; lateral notch shallowly sinuate (¢@), or absent (2); antero-lateral-posterior borders angularly raised and denticulate (¢), or slightly curved and finely denticulate (Q@). Lateral angles dentiform, directed upward; postero-lateral-anterior borders short, sinuate, and finely denticulate; postero-lateral angles long, acute, directed sideways; postero-lateral-posterior borders widely sinuate and granulate (2), or almost straight (92). Fore dise swollen, scabrous, with a cluster of ivory granules in front of a pit. Hind dise finely and sparsely punctured; earinae slightly divergent, granulate anteriorly, with a small knob on the highest point, almost evanescent in the third quarter of their length, then reappearing again in the last quarter, and granulate. Scutellum shorter than wide at the base (¢-12:20, 9-12:22). Median earina linear, convex, with a cluster of ivory granulation. Hemelytra, Corium smooth, with a few granules apically (¢), or without granulation (2). Membrane with only one closed cell clearly visible, the second cell is obliterated (4), or subobliterated (@ ). Abdomen is cross-shaped (4 ), or rounded posteriorly (92); much shorter than wide (4 -116:125, actually 133, 9-116:140, actually 148). Antero-lateral borders straight; PE-angles long, dentiform, almost vertical; connexivum V with a wide, twisted, and denticulate ultra-connexivum, seen from above looks S-shaped (¢ ), in the female connexivum V is lower; connexivum VI also with ultraconnexivum, firstly convex, then sinuate, provided with a few smaller and two larger teeth (¢); the female has smaller teeth. The tip of the abdomen is different in both sexes: in the male, segment VII is produced backward as a long lobe, deeply PROG. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1963 221 incised in the middle posteriorly, what gives to the abdomen a shape of a cross. In the female, connexivum VII has one tooth in the middle of the border; con- nexivum VIII is widely rounded, and reetangularly, shallowly incised in the middle posteriorly. The dises of connexiva II to IV each with a large, round, mother of pearl spot; similar but elongate spot is along posterior margin of connexivum VI, and one larger at the base of connexivum VII. Sterna II to V with sparse granulation along the sutures and laterally; con- nexiva VI to VII densely granulate on the ventral side. Propleura densely denticulate at the fore border; densely ecrenelate at the inferior border; finely punctured on the posterior half of the disc. Antennal groove wide and shallow, reaches to the postero-lateral angles of the pronotum. Mesosternal cross with the anterior branch long, thin, densely granulate, reach- ing to the fore border of the mesosternum; hind and lateral branches also granulate. Legs. Fore coxae with an oblique row of granules, and a single tooth, anteriorly. Fore femora large, longer than wide (¢-38:18, 92-37:21), strongly swollen, smooth on the dise, and with a row of small, remote granules on the upper side. The whole dise of the fore femora is covered with long, erect bristles, half as long as the femor wide. Fore tibiae are covered with dense, short, inclined hairs. Fore tarsi present. Color: brown to sepia, variegated with light brown, and ochraceous; membrane dark brown. The female is lighter: pronotum, with exception of fore disc, is ochre-brown; tergum with orange and reddish tinge in the middle. Total length: ¢-10 mm., 2-10.15 mm.; width of the pronotum: 4 -4.0 mm., 9 -3.9 mm.; width of the abdomen: 6-6.25 mm., ?-7.0 mm. Holotype: 6, Jamaica, W. L., St. Thomas, Whitefield Hall—T. H. Farr coll., June 11, 1954; deposited in the Institute of Jamaica, Kingston, Jamaica. Allotype: 2°, Jamaica, W. I., St. Ann, Mt. Diablo, Forest Reserve —T. H. Farr coll., June 18, 1960; deposited in the collection of the author. Phymata pilifera nsp. is alhed to Ph. superba Kormilev, 1962, from Haiti. It is of the same aspect and color, only the male of Ph. pilifera (the female of Ph. superba is yet unknown) has relatively narrower and longer body, particularly segment VII is more pro- duced backward, and postero-lateral angles of the pronotum are more salient. The main difference between these two species is in long, erect bristles on the dises of the fore femora, which are completely absent in Ph. superba. Kelainocoris n.g. Body very long and narrow; abdomen is narrow at the base and widening backward; connexiva V posteriorly, and the entire VI, together form long, flaring, divergent lobes, directed obliquely back and upward. Head small, slightly longer than wide through the eyes; frontal processes small, directed forward; preocellar and ocellar processes also small. Head on the upper and lateral surfaces without granulation, with exception of occiput and borders of the antennal groove. Genae small, curved, barely produced. Rostrum with segment I (visible) twice as long as II, IJ much longer than III. Antennae 222 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1963 three times (4), or only twice (2) as long as the head; segment IV very long and cylindrical in the male, shorter and elongately fusiform in the female. Hyes moderately large, excerted; ocelly dorso-lateral, placed equidistant from each other and the hind border of the head. Pronotum trapezoidal, shorter than wide across postero-lateral angles (the maximal width). Anterior border deeply sinuate; anterior angles short and blunt; antero-lateral-anterior borders finely granulate, almost straight (¢@), or firstly sinuate, then curved (@). Lateral notch short and rather deep; antero-lateral- posterior borders curved; lateral angles small, low, blunt, directed upward, form a slightly acute (4), or right (9) angle; postero-lateral-anterior borders short, sinuate (¢), or almost straight (2); postero-lateral angles larger than lateral, produced sideways, and a little backward, form acute (6), or almost right (@) angle; postero-lateral-posterior borders long, sinuate; posterior processes absent; posterior border sinuate. Fore dise small, slightly scabrous, and finely granulate laterally; hind dise sloping forward and backward, unevenly punctured along carinae, velvet-smooth on the median line, transversely rugose along posterior border. Carinae slightly divergent backward, well developed on the whole length, very fine, and densely granulate anteriorly. Seutellum triangular, small, much shorter than wide at the base; median carina linear, granulate; borders carinate, but without granulation. Hemelytra reach almost to the tip of the abdomen; corium leathery, very long, without granulation; membrane large; veins of membrane form two large, and a few smaller, closed cells, then simple. Abdomen very long, narrow at the base, and widening backward, more so in the female. Connexivum narrow on segments II to [V; connexivum V posteriorly, and the entire connexivum VI, together form long, flaring lobes, directed obliquely up and backward, and divergent, more so in the female. The tip of the abdomen is produced backward, and deeply, angularly incised in the male; widely rounded in the female. PH-angles produced as blunt tubercles, somewhat inclined back- ward. Venter longitudinally rugose laterally. Sterna II to IV almost fused together, sutures between them barely discernible. Spiracles very small. Prosternum short, stridulatory groove moderately deep. Mesosternum twice as long as prosternum, flat; mesosternal cross with fore branch straight, low, thin, and remotely granulate. Propleura long and narrow, sparsely granulate an- teriorly, and finely punctured posteriorly; fore border crenelate; antero-inferior angles acute, directed fore and downward; antennal groove reaches to the lateral notch of the pronotum. Legs: fore coxae shorter than fore femora, unarmed. Fore femora subtriangu- lar, long and flat, slightly scabrous; upper border with a row of small, remote granules. Fore tibiae and fore tarsi as in Phymata. Middle and hind legs as in Neoanthylla; femora finely denticulate on the lower side; tibiae convex, rounded on the upper surface, neither carinate laterally, nor suleate medially. Tarsi as in Neoanthylla. Type species: Kelainocoris farri u.sp. Kelainocoris n.g. is allied to Neoanthylla Kormilev, 1951, but dif- fers from it mainly by: the first rostral segment (visible) is twice as long as the second, and by fore femur being subtriangular, moder- ately swollen, and scabrous. bo bo (se) PROG. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1963 1. Kelainocoris farri n.sp. (Fig. 14-19) Female. Head slightly longer than wide through the eyes (2-21:17.5, 6 -21: 17.5); frontal processes small, directed forward, compressed laterally, and con- tiguous at their tips. Proportions of the rostral segments, I to III (visible), are: 9 -16:9:6, ¢-15:8:5. Proportions of the antennal segments, ley toy eVeeare: O-5.5)-7-0:8:20, G-0.0:022.0200. Pronotum much shorter than wide across postero-lateral angles (2 -44:64, $-42:63); fore lobe much narrower than the hind lobe (9-33:64, 6 -36:63). Scutellum shorter than wide at the base (9-11:19, ¢-11:19). Abdomen much longer than wide across segment VI: 2-121:61 (length to the tip of the abdomen), or 125:61 (length to the tip of the lobes); 6 -127.5:51 (length to the tip of abdomen), or 145:51 (length to the tip of the lobes). Actual width across the lobes is: 9-130, 6-86. Hypopygium of the male small, rugose, longer than wide (19:15). Legs: fore coxae 3/5 as long as fore femora; fore femora longer than wide (Q2-40:16, ¢-38:15). Middle and hind legs as in the female. Color: female dark brown, venter reddish brown, connexiva II to V, and Vil, pale ochraceous in the middle; middle and hind femora, tibiae, and tarsi, pale ochraceous. Male dark brown to black; venter reddish brown, partially dark brown, with hypopygium ochraceous. Total length: 9-9.65 mm. (to the tip of abdomen), or 10.1 mm. to the tip of lobes; $-10.15 mm. (to the tip of abdomen), or 11.0 mm. (to the tip of lobes). Width of the pronotum: 9-3.20, ¢-3.15 mm. Width of the abdomen: 9 -3.05 mm. (abdomen proper, without lobes), or 6.5 mm. (across the lobes); 4 -2.55 mm. (abdomen proper), or 4.8 mm. (across the lobes). Holotype: °, Jamaica, W. I., Portland, Hardwar Gap—T. H. Farr coll. Aug. 6, 1961; deposited in the Institute of Jamaica, Kingston, Jamaica. Allotype: 8, Jamaica, W. I., St. Andrew, Hardwar Gap—T. H. Farr coll.; deposited in the collection of the author. It is a pleasure to dedicate this striking species to Dr. Thomas H. Farr, who collected it, and by whose kind office I have had a privilege to study this interesting lot from the West Indies. II. Subfamily MacrocrePpHALINAE A. S., 1843 Genus Macrocephalus Swederus, 1787 1. Macrocephalus testaceus n.sp. (Fig. 20) Female. Ovate; granulation rounded and spare; punctures very fine, with exception of the base of the scutellum. Head cylindrical, longer than wide through the eyes (27:19); anteocular por- tion of the head slightly narrower, and distinctly shorter than postocular. Granu- lation of the head is rather flat and subobliterated on the upper surface, slightly more prominent on the sides. Antennae short and slender, only segment IV is larger and wider; proportions of the antennal segments, I to IV, are: 7.5(4) :6 (3.5) :7(3):12(7), figures in brackets represent the maximal width of the seg- ment. 224 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1963 Pronotum subtrapezoidal, flattened, much narrower anteriorly, and abbreviated behind the lateral angles; shorter than wide across the lateral angles (50:62) ; fore lobe almost half as wide at the base as the hind lobe across lateral angles (33:62). Anterior border sinuate; anterior angles form a slightly acute angle; antero-lateral borders long and slightly sinuate; lateral angles rounded, slightly incised behind the tip, and a little raised; postero-lateral borders about one third as long as the antero-lateral, firstly convex, then sinuate; posterior border slightly convex in the middle. Fore dise slightly swollen, with subobliterated, concolor granulation, and with a deep pit in the middle. Hind dise slightly depressed medially, moderately swollen laterad of it, depressed again mesad of humeri; finely punctured, and with dispersed, subobliterate, concolor granulation between the punctures. Antero-lateral borders with a triple or double row of fine, whitish granulation, very conspicuous by its color. Scutellum long, tongue-shaped, almost reaching to the tip of abdomen, covering the whole membrane, but leaving the corium exposed (102:48). The base is triangularly raised; median ridge tapering backward, clearly visible on the whole length from the base to the tip of the scutellum. Dise roughly punetured on triangular elevation, and laterad of it, very finely punctured on the rest of the scutellum. Hemelytra reach to the tip of the abdomen; corium very finely punctured; membrane large, with reduced venation forming two large, closed cells (M and Cu, and Cu and PCu). Abdomen cordate, longer than wide (95:90). Almost entire connexivum, and i narrow strip of tergum, are exposed. Lateral borders strongly curved anteriorly, less so posteriorly; the tip of the abdomen evenly rounded. Dises of connexiva rugose, and with spare, subobliterate granulation. PE-angles not protruding. Venter very convex, with flattened, rough, whitish granulation. The cross of mesosternum high and narrow, without granulation. Legs: fore femora very long (45:17), swollen, with a row of small, setigerous granules on the upper border, and with a few, flattened, subobliterate granules on the exterior surface. Fore tibiae without tarsi. Color: uniformly testaceous; head paler; granulation of the antero-lateral borders of the pronotum, venter, and fore femora, whitish. Holotype: 9, Hispanola, Dominican Republic, Puerto Plata— M. W. Sanderson & T. H. Farr coll., May 10, 1959; deposited in the collection of the author. Macrocephalus testaceus n.sp. should belong to the subgenus Lopho- scutus Kormilev, 1951 (parameres?). It is allied to Macrocephalus drakei Kormilev, 1962, from Cuba, but differs from it by: lateral angles of the pronotum slightly incised behind the tip, pronotum rela- tively longer, and abdomen relatively narrower. 2. Macrocephalus dominicanus n.sp. (Fig. 21) Female. Elongately ovate; head, fore dise of the pronotum, scutellum, and fore femora, roughly granulate. Head longer than wide through the eyes (9-22:17.5, 4-20:16.5); deeply, angularly incised in front; anteocular portion of the head slightly narrower, and shorter, than postocular. Eyes large, excerted. Head roughly granulate laterally. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1963 225 Antennae short, and slender, only segment IV is large and thick; proportions of the antenal segments, I to IV, are: 9-6(3) :3(3) :5(2.5) :10:5.5, ¢-7(8) :3(38) :- 6(3) :12(5). Pronotum subhexagonal, rather flat, half as long as wide across lateral angles (9-30:50, ¢-22:44). Anterior angles small, acute, granulate, and slightly diver- gent; antero-lateral borders sinuate, and granulate along the fore lobe; lateral angles form a right angle with acute tip; neither raised, nor incised; postero- lateral borders slightly convex in the middle, and slightly sinuate laterally; posterior border convex. Fore dise moderately swollen, covered with dispersed, spare, rough, rounded granulation; hind dise punctured, and with a few scattered, round granules; carinae thin, divergent, and evanescent at 4 of the length of the hind disc, with a few granules at the base. Scutellum long, tongue-shaped, covers the entire membrane, but leaves corium exposed, reaches to the tip of the abdomen, longer than wide (2-73:35, ¢ -63:30). The base is swollen in the shape of a halfmoon; median carina enlarged at the base, then thin, slightly tapering toward the tip. Dise finely punctured, more roughly laterad of basal elevation, and with dispersed, whitish granulation. Hemelytra reach to the tip of the abdomen; corium with spare granulation, similar to that of the seutellum. Abdomen longer than wide (270:63, 6 60:48); the maximal width across seg- ment III. Connexivum narrow, with spare, subobliterate granulation; at june- tions of connexiva slightly incised, so that entire connexivum looks slightly festooned. Venter and pleura without granulation. Legs: fore femora subtriangular, swollen at the basal half, and with spare, subobliterate granulation. Fore tibiae without tarsi. Color: Female is pale testaceous to orange-yellow, with greenish tinge (am- mature); male ochraceous with greenish tinge (also immature); posterior half of the scutellum laterad of the median carina, apical 7% of the corium, and trans- versal band of the abdomen, all brown to reddish brown; granulation mostly whitish. Total length: 9-6.05, ¢-5.65 mm.; width of the pronotum: 9-2.5, 2-2.2 mm.; width of the abdomen: 92-3.15, ¢-2.4 mm. Holotype: °, Hispaniola, Dominican Republic, Valle Nuevo—M. W. Sanderson & T. H. Farr coll., May 6, 1959; deposited in the Institute of Jamaica, Kingston, Jamaica, W. I. Allotype, ¢, and Paratype, 2, collected with the holotype; in the collection of the author. Macrocephalus dominicanus n.sp. belongs to the subgenus Lopho- scutus Kormiley, 1951. It is allied to Macrocephalus (Lophoscutus ) lepidus Stal, 1862, from Central America, but differs from it by: longer body, particularly abdomen; larger eyes; head much deeper incised in front; scutellum very finely punctured, and with dispersed, fine, whitish granulation between the punctures; color is also slightly different. 3. Macrocephalus pulchellus Westwood, 1843 Macrocephalus pulchellus Westwood, 1848, Trans. Ent. Soc.; 3: 25. 1 @ Jamaica, W. I., St. Andrew, Hermitage Road—T. H. Farr coll., July 15, 1959; deposited in the Institute of Jamaica, Kingston, Jamaica. 226 PROG. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1963 4. Macrocephalus leucographus Westwood, 1843 Macrocephalus leucographus Westwood, 1843, Trans. Ent. Soe.; 3: 25. 1 ¢, Hispaniola, Dominican Republic, Constanza—M. W. Sanderson & T. H. Farr coll., May 6, 1959; deposited in the collection of the author. REFERENCES Handlirsch, A., 1897. Monographie der Phymatiden; Ann. Naturh. Hofmus., Vienna; 12: 127-230, fig. 35, tab. 6. Kormilev, N. A., 1951. Phymatidae Argentinas (Hem.); Rey. Inst. Nae. Iny. Cien., Nat., Bs. As., Zool.; 2: 45-110, fig. 8, tab. 1-14. ——, 1962. Notes on American Phymatidae II (Hem. Red.); Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc.;:70: 47-58, fig. 15. , 1962. Revision of Phymatinae (Hemiptera, Phymatidae). Philippine Jour. Sci. 89: 287-486, Tab. 19 (1960). Melin, D., 1930. Hemiptera from South and Central America; Ark. Zool.; 22: 23-40, tab. 7. Stal, C., 1862. Hemiptera Mexicana enumeravit species novas descripsit; Stett. ent. Zeit.; 23: 439-441. TWO RARE ANOPLURA FROM KENYA PHYLLIS T. JOHNSON, Gorgas Memorial Laboratory, Panama, Republic of Panama Through the kindness of Dr. Theresa Clay of British Museum (Natural History) I had the privilege of examining the specimens of Anoplura collected in Kenya by Dr. G. B. Corbet during 1960-62. Among other interesting finds were the hitherto unknown male of Hoplopleura rukenyae Ferris and a good series of Polyplax praecisa (Neumann), a species known previously only from the poorly pre- served type material which left its status in some doubt. Both are described and figured below. Hoplopleura rukenyae Ferris (Figs. 1-5) Hoplopleura sukenyae Ferris, 1921, Contributions toward a monograph of the sucking lice, v. 2, pt. 2, p. 86, fig. 51 (misspelling). Hoplopleura rukenyae, Ferris, 1951, The sucking lice, p. 143 (emendation). Johnson, 1960, U. S. D. A. Tech. Bul. no. 1211:17. The holotype female was taken from Mus triton, Mt. Rukenya, British Kast Africa. There are no other records of its occurrence. New record.—One male from Mus triton, Kerugoya, Kenya, 22 Sept. 1960, G. B. Corbet no. 236. Diagnosis —Except for sexually-determined differences, the male rukenyae recorded above agrees closely in morphology with the orig- inal description of the female. It may be immediately separated from other described African Hoplopleura species by having the pseudo- penis extended into a long, acute point (fig. 3). As in the female, there are medium-sized setae on the thoracic dorsum (fig. 1); the apical lobes of the paratergal plates are scaly, plate III has both PROG. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1963 227 apical lobes rounded, and plate VII has two apical lobes, although these are not as long as in the female (fig. 5). Description—Head (fig. 2). One very slightly enlarged dorsal seta on each of antennal segments 3 and 4. Postantennal angles rounded, postantennal mar- gins slightly convergent posteriorly, head not rugose dorsally. Thorax (fig. 1). Sternal plate with long, sharply rounded, posterior extension, Medium-sized setae on dorsum. Dorsum not especially rugose. Abdomen (fig. 1). Some of apical setae on tergal and sternal plates are sword-shaped. With usual one dorsal plate and two ventral plates per segment. Apical setae of paratergal plate III (fig. 5) extending well beyond rounded apical lobes; apical setae on plates LV-VI short 5 \ Hoplopleura rukenyae Ferris. Fig. 1, Male; fig. 2, Dorsal view of head, male; fig. 3, Aedeagus; fig. 4, Thoracic sternal plate, male, Fig. 5, Paratergal plates II-VIII, male. 228 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1963 but not minute; plates IV-V with apical lobes truneate; plate VI with ventral lobe rounded and dorsal lobe truncate; plate VII with two rounded apical lobes, the dorsal one being the larger. Aedeagus (fig. 3). Basal plate not especially broad anteriorly, about as long as aedeagus proper. Parameres evenly convex laterally, Pseudopenis with very long narrow posterior extension which is as long as the parameres. Length.—1.2 mm. | v nend AM, oH \ inn i int iN fant puuaaraly Polyplax praecisa (Neumann). Fig. 6, paratergal plates II-VIII, female; fig. 7, female; fig. 8, thoracic sternal plate, female; fig. 9, male; fig. 10, dorsal view of antenna, male; fig. 11, head and thorax, female; fig. 12, Aedeagus. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1963 229 Polyplax praecisa (Neumann) (Figs. 6-12) Haematopinus praecitus Neumann, 1902, Areh. Parasitol. (Paris) 5:600 (partim, typographical error for praecisus). Haematopinus praecisus, Neumann, 1903, loc. cit., 6: 144, fig. 1 (emend.). Polyplax praecisa, Enderlein, 1904, Zool. Anz. (Leipzig) 28: 148 (partim). Fahrenholz, 1919, Niedersichs Zool. Ver. Hannover Jahresb. (1913-18) 5-10:25 (restricts name praecisa). Ferris, 1923, Contributions toward a monograph of the sucking lice, v. 2, pt. 4, p. 196, fig. 123. Hopkins, 1949, (London) Zool. Soe. Proce. 119:477. Ferris, 1951, The sucking lice, p. 209. Paterson and Thompson, 1953, Parasitology 43:199. Werneck, 1953, Rev. Bras. Biol. 13:59. Johnson, 1960, U. S. D. A. Tech. Bul. no. 1211:61. The type series of praecisa was taken from “gros rats” in Abyssinia (Ethiopia). Hopkins (1949) thought the host might be Tatera nigri- cauda since Hoplopeura neumanni Fahrenholz (included in the type collection of praecisa) is regularly taken from T. nigricauda. The long series taken by Dr. Corbet from this animal strengthens Hop- kins’ theory. Johnson (1960) reported one small collection of P. taterac Ferris from Tatera nigricauda from Kenya, although not from the same locality as the Corbet material. Certainly it is not impossible that both taterae and praecisa occur on the same host species but it is also not impossible that human error is involved in the record of taterae from nigricauda. New record.—Numerous males and females from Tatera nigricauda, South Rift Wall, Kenya, 31 October 1960, G. B. Corbet no. 374. Diagnosis.—P. praecisa differs from closely related African species in having the apical setae of paratergal plates III-VI all longer than the respective plates (fig. 6). It is apparently most closely related to taterae Ferris. As well as having longer apical setae on the para- tergal plates, praecisa differs from taterae in that both apical angles of plates ITI-VI are acute, not with the dorsal lobe of each of these plates larger and subrounded. Description.—Male (fig. 9): Head (fig. 11, 2). Basal antennal segment much enlarged, about as broad as long, third segment with dorsal prolongation bearing short spine (fig. 10). Occipital angles marked. Thorax. Dorsally with seven to ten small setae above spiracle on each side. Sternal plate (fig. 8, 92) with anterior prolongation about one-third total length of the plate. Abdomen. Each segment with one dorsal and one ventral plate. These plates broad and well- sclerotized, with a darker area medially along posterior margin. Apical rows of setae very numerous, averaging between 24-30 setae on each plate. Paratergal plates III-VI (fig. 6, 2) sealy, apieal lobes short and acute, dorsal and ventral lobes not differing in size; all plates with apical setae longer than plate bearing them and with dorsal seta of plate III very long. Aedeagus (fig. 12). Basal plate expanded anteriorly. Pseudopenis as long as parameres, narrowing to pointed apex. Female (fig. 7). Head as in male except antennae not modified. Thorax as in male. Abdomen. Two well-marked plates per segment dorsally and ventrally. Apical setae on these plates numerous as in male. Paratergal plates as in male. Genitalia not distinetive. Lengths.—Male: 1.4 mm. Female: 1.6-1.8 mm. 230 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1963 A NOTE ON UNITED STATES MICROBEMBEX (HYMENOPTERA; SPHECIDAE: BEMBICINT) In the First Supplement to the Synoptic Catalog of Hymenoptera of America North of Mexico, K. V. Krombein (1958, p. 196) pointed out that Microbembex nigrifrons (Provancher) is a species distinet from M. monodonta (Say), and assigned M. auwrata Parker to the synonymy of the former. Recently I examined the type of nigrifrons at Laval University, Ste. Foy, Quebec, where the Provancher collee- tions are now located, and find I am in agreement as to the distincet- ness of wigrifrons and monodonta, but that aurata is also distinet. I have seen the type of auwrata and have specimens of it from a number of localities, including at least two sympatric occurrences with ngri- frons and one with mondonta. It is the purpose of this note to make the distinctiveness of aurata of record in order that this information may be available for the forthcoming Second Supplement to the Catalog. Aurata is separable from both nigrifrons and monodonta by a con- venient color character, the failure of black to completely encircle the trochanters. It also averages larger in size, has the seutellar pune- tation coarser and more sparse, the process of the second sternite of the male more slenderly elongate and erect and usually larger, and the parameres of the male genitalia distinctly broader. Unfortunately I am unable at this time to provide key characters for the separation of nigrifrons and monodonta, although they are distinguishable by direct comparison, the scutellar punctation of monodonta being finer and more dense, average size smaller, and process of metasomal sternite two of the male low and differently formed from either of the other species. I have seen aurata from Riverside, Riverside County, Ja- cumba, Scissors Crossing and Warner Springs, San Diego County, California, eastward to a loeality 13 miles WNW of Sierra Blanea, Hudspeth County, Texas. Nigrifrons will probably prove to be con- siderably more extensive in range than aurata, but variability en- countered in studies made to the present time causes hesitancy in ex- tending conclusions to populations beyond those at Jacumba, Scissors Crossing and Warner Springs, fairly near the type locality (Los Angeles), specimens of which were compared with the type. The third species, monodonta, is relatively uncommon in collections from Cali- fornia, but apparently at least fairly widespread there. I have seen specimens from San Diego and Jacumba, San Diego County and from San Francisco that I consider assignable to this species. These resemble the eastern form more in color than do populations from mid-Continent areas, where a striking, broadly maculated infraspe- cific form occurs which first came to my attention from specimens collected by E. R. Tinkham at Sandhills State Park, Monahans, Ward County, Texas, in 1959. I have since seen specimens of this form from Kureka, Juab County, Utah, Riley and Pottawotamie Counties in Kansas, and a few other more or less intermediate localities. Microbembex is in great need of revisionary study but this cannot be carried to conclusion at the present time-——James KE. Grbuaspy, Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Massachusetts i) e PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1963 2 MITES FROM POCKET MICE AT THE NEVADA TEST SITE! (ACARINA ) DoraLtp M. ALLRED, Department of Zoology and Entomology Brigham Young University, Provo, Utah This reports mites of pocket mice, Perognathus formosus mohaven- sis Huey, P. longimembris ssp., and P. parvus olivaceus Merriam, taken at the nuclear test site near Mercury, Nevada. It is part of a faunal study described by Allred, Beck, and Jorgensen (1963). Ap- preciation is given James M. Brennan, Rocky Mountain Laboratory, and Russell W. Strandtmann, Texas Technological College, for identi- fication and verification of some of the mites. Totals of 156 Perognathus formosus, 473 P. longimembris, and 23 P. parvus were examined during the three-year period of 1959-1962. These were collected from most of the major plant communities de- fined by Allred, Beck, and Jorgensen (1963). Percentages of mice infested with representatives of 14 species of mites were 30% of the P. formosus, 16% of P. longimembris, and 43% of P. parvus. Males and females of each host were about equally infested. Mice of P. formosus were more heavily infested than the other two hosts. Al- though fewest species of mites were found on P. parvus, additional species may be found when more hosts are examined. Species and numbers of mites found, their seasonal occurrence and host relationships are summarized in Table 1. Records of mites from pocket mice have been listed by Eads (1951), Keegan (1953), Brennan and Jones (1954), Brennan and Beck (1955), Gould (1956), Loomis (1956), and Strandtmann and Whar- ton (1958). For the most part, these resulted from incidental collec- au which did not involve systematic, seasonal collections of the osts. In this study P. formosus was collected in six plant communities, but most infested animals were found in the Coleogyne ramosissma and Larrea dwaricata-Franseria dumosa communities. Mice of P. longimembris were collected from all the plant communities except the Pinus monophylla (Pinyon)—Juniperus osteosperma (Juniper). There were no significant differences between numbers of individuals infested in one community when compared with those in another. Perognathus parvus was taken in four plant communities, but more mice in the Coleogyne and Pinyon-Juniper areas were infested than in the other communities. The predominant trombidiform mite on P. formosus and P. longi- membris was the chigger Trombicula arenicola which was not found on P. parvus. Euschongastia criceticola was most frequent in occur- rence on P. parvus. The mites found most commonly on pocket mice at the Nevada Test Site were mesostigmatids of the species Haemolaelaps glasgowi and 1This study was supported by contract AT(11-1)786 between the U. S. Atomic Energy Commission and Brigham Young University. 932 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1963 Hirstionyssus hilli, and the chiggers EHuschongastia criceticola and Trombicula arenacola. Seven females resembling Hacmolaclaps glasgowt and one similar to Ischyropoda armatus are atypical morphologically and may repre- sent undescribed species. Table 1. Mite infestations of pocket mice (Perognathus spp.) C. {C No. rats Mite found Season infested Mesostigmata Haemolaelaps glasgowi 6 Jan-Mar formosus 5% 1 June longimembris 2 6 Apr-Sept parvus 9% Tlirstionyssus hilli 2 June-Aug formosus 1% 5 Apr-June parvus 10% Hirstionyssus sp. 2 Apr longimembris 2 Hypoaspis leviculus 7 June-July formosus 4% 4 Apr-June longimembris 2 Ischyropoda armatus 7 Apr-June formosus 3 9c 5 June-July longimembris 2 Kleemania sp. 48 Mar-J une formosus 6% ff May-Sept longimembris 2 Trombidiformes Euschongastia ericeticola 54 Mar-June formosus 4% 15 Mar-Apr parvus 21% Euschongastia decipicus a Mar formosus 1% 49 Feb-June longimembris 3% Euschongastia fassola 30 Sept parvus 13% Odontaearus linsdalei 89 Feb-Nov formosus 5% 98 Mar-Sept longimembris 4% Apr parvus 4% Trombieula arenieola 272 June-Aug formosus 9% 374 Jan-Aug longimembris 10% Trombicula belkini 1 June longimembris 2 Trombicula jessiemae 14 July formosus 2% Trombhicula loomisi 9 Sept parvus 8% Chigger sp. B3 74 June-Sept longimembris 3% REFERENCES Allred, D. M. 1962. Mites on squirrels at the Nevada atomic test site. J. Para- sitol., 48: 817. —————. 1963. Mites on grasshopper mice at the Nevada atomic test site. Great Basin Natl., 22: 101-104. Allred, D. M. and D Elden Beck. 1962. Ecological distribution of mites on lizards at the Nevada atomie test site. Herpetologica, 18: 47-51. Allred, D. M. and D E. Beck and C. D. Jorgensen. 1963. Biotic communities of the Nevada Test Site. Brigham Young Univ. Sci. Bull., Biol. Ser., Vol. 2, No. 2. Brennan, J. M. and E. K. Jones. 1954. A report on the chiggers of the Frances Simes Hastings Natural History Reservation, Monterey County, California. Wasmann J. Biol., 12: 155-194. Less than 1%. > Belonging to an undescribed genus of the subfamily Leeuwenhoekiinae. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1963 23% Brennan, J. M. and D E. Beck. 1955. The Chiggers of Utah. Great Basin Natl., 15: 1-26. Eads, R. B. 1951. New mites of the genus Androlaelaps Berlese. J. Parasitol., 37; 212-216. Gould, D. J. 1956. The larval trombiculid mites of California. Univ. Calif. Publ. Entomol., 11: 1-116. Keegan, H. L. 1953. Collections of parasitic mites from Utah. Great Basin Natl., 13: 35-42. Loomis, R. B. 1956. The Chigger Mites of Kansas. Univ. Kansas Sei. Bull., 37: 1195-1443. Strandtmann, R. W. and G. W. Wharton. 1958. Manual of Mesostigmatid Mites. Univ. Maryland, Inst. of Aearology, Contr. No. 4. THE LOCATION OF SOME OBSCURE ENTOMOLOGICAL COLLECTING LOCALITIES IN THE UNITED STATES AND CANADA Margorizs TOWNES AND Eten Linna,! Ann Arbor, Michigan In the course of preparing distribution maps for revisionary studies of the Nearctic Ichneumonidae, we have searched for the locations of many places not indexed in readily available sources. Many localities are those frequently visited by entomological collectors whose speci- mens are incorporated in collections used for research in groups other than the Ichneumonidae, and it is hoped that by making the following information available others may be spared some of the tedious search- ing that was needed for finding the location of obscure place names. We have included in the following list all names of places in the United States which we have used that are not indexed in three usually accessible sources: the 1961 Directory of Post Offices available from the U.S. Post Office Department ; the Rand-McNally Commercial Atlas (1959), which is particularly useful because it lists geographic features as well as places; and the atlas of the Century Dictionary and Cyclo- pedia published in 1901, which is helpful in placing many older names which have since been abandoned or replaced. For Canadian localities we have listed those not indexed in the Gazetteer of Canada prepared by the Canadian Board of Geographical Names and issued by provinces beginning in 1952. Of Ontario, only the southwestern portion has so far been indexed, and there is yet no published Gazetteer for Quebec nor for the Maritime Provinces. Some of the place names ineluded in the list below are locally or to the well-traveled quite obvious but are nevertheless included when we have not found them in the sources above. Some additional useful sources are the following: Annual Report of the New Jersey State Museum including a Report 1This paper is a by-product of research on Ichneumonidae supported by the National Science Foundation. 234 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1963 of the Insects of New Jersey, 1909, pp. 815-835. There is an alpha- betical index to New Jersey localities with brief descriptions of ecological features. Freeman, 1956 (1958). A Historical Account of Insect Collecting in Northern Canada. 10th International Congress of Entomology, 1: 613-617. This includes a map of localities visited by the Canadian Northern Insect Survey. Leonard, 1926. A List of the Insects of New York. Cornell Univer- sity Agricultural Experiment Station, Memoir 101, pp. 1085-1087. Includes a list of New York State collecting stations. McAtee, 1918. Natural History of the District of Columbia. Biol. Soc. of Washington, Bull. No. 1. Includes an indexed edition of the U. 8. Geological Survey map of Washington and vicinity, pub- lished in 1917. In publications reporting on state faunas, as “Mammals of Nevada” by Hall, or “Birds of New Mexico” by Bailey, there are often gazet- teers of localities which may be useful for entomologiecal collections also. The U. 8. Geological Survey maps and those of the National Forests put out by the Forest Service are, of course, very complete but lacking an index to the place names mapped, they are not easy to use and we have resorted to them only when other indexed sources were inadequate. Older editions of the Postal Guide include some place names no longer in use. We have credited persons who have supplied information under the place names they have located for us. Included in the list are certain names which we have not been able to map because we thought it might be useful to indicate that these names have been searched for more or less thoroughly and not found. Some of these names are probably misspellings or were misread from the pin labels of speci- mens we have handled. We shall be grateful for information about those in this category. Alphabetic List of Localities Achray, Ont. 30 miles W of Pembroke on Canadian National Railroad. Aden, Mich. Unknown. Possibly = Adrian. Alcove, Que. 23 miles N of Hull on Canadian Route 11. Aldershot, Nova Seotia. Suburb of Kentville. Allegany State Park, N. Y. 25+ miles E of Jamestown in Cattaraugus Co. Alum Rock Park, Calif. 6+ miles NE of San Jose in Santa Clara Co. Amyot, Ont. 170 miles N of Sault Ste. Marie on Canadian Pacifie Railroad. Angora Peak, Calif. Between Fallen Leaf and Echo Lakes in Eldorado Co. Antelope Mt., Harney Co., Oreg. Unknown. Anthony Lakes, Oreg. 25+ miles NW of Baker on border between Baker and Union Cos. Aqua Viva, N. Mex. Unknown. Possibly = Agua Fria. Archbold Biological Station, Fla. 8+ miles S of Lake Placid in Highlands Co. Atila, B. C. Unknown, unless = Atlin. Avalanch Creek, Mont. 40+ miles S of Cascade Glen, which is 26+ miles SW of Great Falls. PROG. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1963 235 Babler State Park, Mo. 35 miles W of St. Louis in St. Louis Co. Balsam Gap, N. C. At Balsam in Jackson Co. Barnum Point, N. Y. Unknown. Barton Flat, Calif. 8 miles S of Big Bear Lake in San Bernardino Co. Bass Ponds on Minnesota River, Minn. Unknown. Baxter State Park, Maine. The Mt. Katahdin area in central Maine. Bear Pass Creek, Butte Co., Idaho. Same locality as Pass Creek Gorge, 22 miles NW of Arco, teste R. M. Bohart. Beaver Canyon, Utah. 10+ miles E of Beaver in Beaver Co. at 9000’, teste G. E. Bohart. Beaver Mts., Utah. 45 miles W of Fillmore in Millard Co. Beech Grove, Que. 30+ miles W of Hull on Ottawa River. Benson State Park, Oreg. 30 miles E of Portland in Multnomah Co., apparently on the slopes of Larch Mt. Berthier L(ake), Que. 15+ miles N of Joliette, teste G. S. Walley. Big Bend Mt., Butte Co., Calif. 15+ miles NE of Oroville, between Brush Creek and Yankee Hill, teste J. A. Powell. Big Island in Rhode River, Md. A little south of Annapolis in Anne Arundel Co., teste K. V. Krombein. Big Stone Bay, Mich. 7+ miles W of Mackinaw City in Wilderness State Park on Lake Michigan, in Emmet Co. Blackburn, Ont. 5= miles E of Ottawa. Blackjack Creek in Pottawatomie Co., Kans. A short, small stream 7+ miles E of Manhattan, teste H. E. Evans. Black Pond, Va. Along Potomac River south of Great Falls, teste W. S. Fisher. Black Sturgeon Lake, Ont. Unknown. (There are two lakes of this name in Ont., one N of Lake of the Woods, the other S of Lake Nipigon.) Blood Mt., Ga. In Lumpkin and Union Cos. on divide at the south headwaters of Nottely River. Blue Mt. Reservation, N. Y. 3 miles S of Peekskill, in Westchester Co. Bluff Lake, Calif. 2+ miles S of Big Bear Lake in San Bernardino Co. Boulder Cave, Wash. Unknown. Brazeau Reserve, Alta. N of Mt. Lyall on Cardinal River. Bridge Creek Camp, Lassen Co., Calif. Bridge Creek is 10+ miles W of Susan- ville, flowing into Susan Creek which flows into Honey Lake. Briggs Creek, Oreg. Unknown. Britannia, Ont. = Britannia Bay on Ottawa River, at eastern outskirts of Ottawa. Browns Flat, Los Angeles Co., Calif. 5= miles N of Claremont. Brile Lake, Ont. 30= NE of Huntsville in Algonquin Prov. Park. Bumble Bee, Tuolumne Co., Calif. %4 mile W of Leland Meadows, N of Pinecrest Lake, on the Dardanelle Road (California Route 108). Burbridge, Que. 60+ miles N of Hull in valley of Gatineau River. Cameron Bay, N. W. T. On east side of Great Bear Lake near Port Radium. Cameron Pass, Colo. In Larimer Co., 2+ miles NW of NW boundary of Rocky Mt. National Park. Camp Creek at Krassel Ranger Station, Idaho. 45+ miles E of McCall in Payette Co., a tributary of Salmon River. Camp Holsum, Calif. Unknown. Camp Howard, Idaho. = Mt. Idaho, 3+ miles E of Grangerville, teste A. B. Gurney. 236 PROG. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 19635 Camp Mead, Md. 25+ miles NE of Washington, D. C., east of U. S. Route 1. Camp Peary, Va. Seabee camp at Williamsburg, teste G. E. Bohart. Camp Pickett, Va. E and SE of Blackstone. Canard, Nova Scotia. 8+ miles NE of Kentville. Cantwell Cliffs, Ohio. 15+ miles SE of Laneaster, in Hocking Co. Canyon Creek, Yukon. 80 miles W of Whitehorse on Alaska Highway, teste W. R. M. Mason. Carrs, Maine. “It is most likely in the vicinity of Bangor. Eddy had several other obseure personal labels of this sort, also referring to various spots in the en- viron of Bangor,” teste W. J. Brown. Carson Pass, Calif. 20 miles S of Lake Tahoe, in Alpine Co. Cedar Swp., Ohio. = Cedar Swamp. 8+ miles SW of Urbana, in Champaign Co. Cedarwood, Mich. Unknown. Chain Bridge, Va. Bridge crossing Potomae River on western edge of D. C. Chalk Creek, Idaho. N of Richfield near Coalville. Charter Oak, Pa. 15 miles S of State College, in northern Huntingdon Co. Chasteen Creek, Great Smoky Mountains National Park, N. C. Unknown. Chatterton, Ont. 15+ miles N of Belleville, Ont. Chenney Glch., Colo. Unknown. Possibly = Chimney Gulch. Cherry River, Que. 8= miles SW of Sherbrooke. Chesters Island, Ga. In Okefenokee Swamp. Cheyenne Mt., Colo. 15+ miles S of Colorado Springs, in El Paso Co. Chile Bar, Eldorado Co., Calif. 32 miles N of Placerville on the American River, teste J. A. Powell. Chimney Cp. Gr., Tenn. = Chimney Camp Ground in Great Smoky Mountains National Park, 6.5 miles from the Gatlinburg Entrance on the road to New- found Gap, teste H. E. Evans. Chimney Guleh, Colo. In Jefferson Co. on Colorado & Southern Railroad with mail service from Golden. Clarke’s Valley, Pa. 15 miles NW of Harrisburg, in Dauphin Co. near Dauphin. Clear River, Minn. Township in Roseau Co. Clement, Que. 602 miles N of Hull, in valley of Gatineau River. Cloud Bay, Ont. 28 miles SW of Fort William, on Lake Superior. Club Hill, Md. Unknown. Clymont, Alta. 30+ miles W of Edmonton, 53°26’N, 113°54’W. Cody Ranch, Harney Co., Oreg. Unknown. Colbert, Kans. Unknown. Collins, Idaho. Near Moscow on Potlatch Creek in Latah Co. in northwest quarter of Section 6, Township 41N, Range 19. Cold Springs at 5915’, Colo. Unknown. Columbia Mt., Mont. Unknown. Constance Bay, Ont.” 30+ miles W of Ottawa, on Ottawa River. Cookshire, Pa. Unknown. ° Coppei Creek, Wash. 15 miles E of Walla Walla, in Walla Walla Co. Corlett, Mont. 35+ miles NE of Missoula, near Seely Lake, in Missoula Co. Corliss, Wis. 20 miles S of Milwaukee, between U. S. Route 41 and Sturtevant, in Racine Co. Coyote Grade, Nez Perce Co., Idaho. 15+ miles E of Lewiston, across Clearwater River N of Spalding. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1963 237 Cramer, Minn. 10+ miles N of Finland, in Lake Co. Cranberry gls., W. Va. = Cranberry Glades. About 300 acres in 5 bogs aleng Cranberry River, in Monongahela National Forest, 9= miles W of Marling- ton, teste C. W. Sabrosky. Cranberry Station, Wash. Unknown. Possibly = Cranberry in Pacifie Co. Crystal Lake, Los Angeles Co., Calif. 16 miles NW of Claremont, 5+ miles N of San Gabriel River Reservoir. Damariseove Island, Maine. 6+ miles S of Boothbay Harbor, off coast in Atlantic. Devil’s Basin, 8000’, Calif. 6 miles SW of Lake Tahoe, W of Angora Peak in Eldorado Co. Devil’s Court House on Blue Ridge Parkway, N. C. At mile 422.4 of the Parkway in Pisgah National Forest, near Beech Gap. Devon, New Brunswick. Suburb of Fredericton. Deward, Mich. In NW corner of Crawford Co., with mail service from Frederic. Diamond O Mather, Calif. = Diamond O Camp near Mather in Tuolumne Co., teste, P. D. Hurd. Difficult Run, Va. Stream flowing into Potomae River in Fairfax Co., 2+ miles down river from Great Falls. Dixie Landing, Va. Near mouth of Pimmit Run just down river from Chain Bridge over the Potomac River, teste A. B. Gurney. Dolly Copp Forest Camp, N. H. 8+ miles S of Gorham, east of Mt. Madison. Doton, Nev. Unknown. Double Meadow, Fresno Co., Calif. At 8000’ E of Florence Lake and N of S. Fork of San Joaquin River, in Sierra National Forest. Doughton Park, N. C. Probably = Doughton in Wilkes Co. Duchesnay, Que. Just east of Quebee City. Duttonville, N. J. Unknown. East Harbor, Ohio. On north side of Sandusky Bay in Danbury Township, Ot- tawa Co. Kels Lake, Ont. 45 miles N of Peterborough, W of highway Route 28. Elizabeth, Maine. Unknown. Elkhorn Ferry, Yolo Co., Calif. N of the town of Sacramento, on River Road at the bend of the Sacramento River. Elk Lake, Ont. In the Timiskaming District at 47°7’N, 80°3’ Ellis Bay, Que. On Anticosti Island at the mouth of the St. Lawrence River. Fairy Lake, Que. In Hull, Que., teste G. S. Walley. Fieldrock, Calif. “Unknown without collector,” teste P. D. Hurd. Fish Canyon, Calif. Unknown. Fish Creek Pond, N. Y. Possibly on Fish Creek in Lewis Co. Fishtrap Lake, Wash. In SE corner of Lincoln Co. Flint, Ont. 20 miles W of Fort William. Fort Casey, Wash. On Whidbey Island. Fort Tejon, Calif. At Lebec, in Kern Co. Frater, Ont. 60+ miles N of Sault Ste. Marie, on Central and Hudson Bay Rail- road. Fredericksburg, Md. Unknown. Furnace, Penn. In either York or Cumberland Co., W of Susquehanna River, W of Harrisburg, teste W. S. Fisher. There are two places with this name, one in 238 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1963 Huntingdon Co. the other in Lebanon Co., teste Rand MeNally Commercial Atlas. Gale River, N. H. Unknown. The town of Gale is in Merrimack Co., with mail service from West Andover. Gauvreau Lake, Que. 30+ miles N of Hull, 2+ miles W of Wakefield. General Springs, Coconino Co., Ariz. 12+ airline miles NE of Pine, on edge of Mogollon Ridge near southern boundary of Co., teste T. H. Hubbell. Gillespie, Ohio. Unknown. Possibly Gillespieville. G. Alpine Creek, Lake Tahoe, Calif. = Glen Alpine Creek. Glenburnie, Ont. 2+ miles N of Kingston. Godman Spring, Wash. 25+ miles E of Walla Walla, in Columbia Co. Grail Hope, Ky. = Crailhope. Grand Bend, Que. Unknown. Granite, Utah. Unknown. Gray Cloud Islands, Minn. Unknown. Grays Siding, Ill. Old railroad stop, 6 miles west of Danville, teste H. H. Ross. Greeley, Ont. 10+ miles SE of Ottawa. Green Falls, Colo. Unknown. Possibly = Green Mt. Falls 15+ miles NW of Colo- rado Springs. Green River Lakes, Wyo. 70 miles NW of Riverton, in northern part of Bridger National Forest. Griffin Creek, Jackson Co., Oreg. 5+ miles SE of Medford. Gulf Road, Whatcom Co., Wash. Unknown. Gunston Cove on the Potomae River, Va. Near Lorton in Fairfax Co. Habitant, Nova Scotia. 12+ miles NE of Kentville. Haines, B. C. Possibly = Haines, Alaska. Hallelujah Junetion, Calif. The junction of California highway 24 with U. S. highway 395, in extreme southern Lassen Co., teste P. D. Hurd. Harmon Field, Newfoundland. On west coast near St. Georges Bay. Harold, Ont. 14+ miles N of Frankford. Hatchery Arm, B. C. Unknown. Hatch Experiment Station, Mass. At Amherst (= Massachusetts Agricultural Ex- periment Station). Havilah, Fresno Co., Calif. Unknown in Fresno Co. Haywood, Ont. Unknown in Ontario. Heart Lake, N. Y. 8+ miles S of Lake Placid, at 2150’ in McIntyre Mts., Essex Co. Heekton Mills, Pa. 10+ miles N of Harrisburg on east side of Susquehanna River, in Dauphin Co. Hedges, Ark. 10+ miles NW of Mountain View in northern Stone Co. Hells Canyon, N. Mex. A collecting locality of C. H. T. Townsend in Manzano Mts., teste C. W. Sabrosky. Herkey Creek, San Jacinto Mts., Calif. Flows into the Hemet Reservoir near Keen Camp, in Riverside Co. Hobon Lake, Oreg. Unknown. Hope Summit, B. C. At summit of Hope Pass? Hope Valley, Alpine Co., Calif. S of Lake Tahoe and Luther Pass, on W bound- ary of Alpine Co. Hospital Canyon, San Joaquin Co., Calif. S of Tracey on boundary between San Joaquin and Stanislaus Cos. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1963 239 Hot Creek, Mono Co., Calif. E of Sonora Pass, NW of Bridgeport. Howland Flat, Calif. 15+ miles N of Downieville, in Sierra Co. Huckleberry Meadows, Calif. Unknown. (P. D. Hurd has reeords of 5 places with this name.) Huntington, Pa. Unknown. Possibly = Huntingdon. Hymers, Ont. 25 miles W of Fort William on Lake Superior. Ice Mts., W. Va. 15+ miles E of Romney, 5+ miles NW of Capon Bridge in Hampshire Co. Idaho Springs, Neb. Unknown. Indian Ladder, N. Y. Unknown. Inglewood, Pa. Unknown. Possibly Inglenook. Inonoaklin Crossing near Edgewood, B. C. On west bank of Lower Arrow Lake. Iris Town, Ont. Presumably = Iris Township, 75 miles N of Blind River in Sud- bury District, teste G. S. Walley. Ivy Lea, Ont. 8 miles E of Gananoque, on St. Lawrence River across from Alex- andria Bay, N. Y. Jacksons Island, Md. An island in Potomae River 3% miles down river from Great Falls, now called Turkey Island, teste C. W. Sabrosky. Jamet, Ont. 25 miles W of North Bay. John A. Latsch State Park, Minn. 10+ miles NW of Winona, on Mississippi River. Jordan, Ont. 30+ miles E of Hamilton, on Lake Ontario. Jug Run, Ohio. Near Smithfield in Jefferson Co. Katepwa Provincial Park, Sask. 22 miles N of Indian Head. Kazabazua, Que. 55+ miles N of Hull on Canadian Route 11. Also spelled Kazu- bazua. Kelly, Calif. In Napa Co., with mail service from Vallejo. Kelly’s Camp on Gaspé, Que. Unknown. Kent Lake, Beaver Creek Mts., Utah. Probably = Kent Lake in Beaver Canyon. Kigalie Ranger Station, Utah. In Manti-LaSal National Forest at 8402’, San Juan Co., at 37°41’N, 109°49’W. Kingsmere, Que. 8+ miles W of Hull in Gatineau Park. iXissena Park, Long Island, N. Y. In the borough of Queens and community of Flushing. Krassel Ranger Station, Idaho. 45+ miles E of McCall, in Payette Co. on South Fork of Salmon River. Kyle Canyon, Charleston Mts., Nev. In Clarke Co. running from 36°16’N, 115° 40/W to 36°18’N, 115°27’W. Lac Brile, Que. 3+ miles N of Ste.-Agathe-des-Monts. Lac McGregor, Que. 20+ miles N of Hull. Lae Mercier, Que. 5+ miles N of St. Jovite. Lae Mondor at Sainte Flore, Que. Between Shawinigan Falls and Grand’Mere. Lacoste, Que. 17 miles NW of Labelle on Canadian Route 11. Lac Tremblant Nord, Que. Just S of SW corner of Mont Tremblant Park. Lahaway, Ocean Co., N. J. In Delaware Valley. Island in pine barrens at head of Lahaway Creek. Lake Curry, Calif. 6= miles W of Vacaville, in Napa Co. Lake Drummond, Va. 20+ miles S of Portsmouth, in Norfolk Co. Lake Island, Que. Unknown. 240 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1963 Lake Montauk, Long Island, N. Y. At eastern tip of Long Island near Montauk Point. Lake Tenaya, Calif. 25+ miles W of Leevining, on Tioga Road in Yosemite Na- tional Park. Lake Two Rivers, Ont. In Algonquin Provincial Park at 45°6’N, 78°5’W. Lake Waha, Idaho. 20 miles S of Lewiston. Lake Willoughby, Vt. 8+ miles E of Barton, in Orleans Co. Langford, B. C. An area in Victoria, teste G. S. Walley. Laniel, Que. 25 miles N of Temiscaming, W of Kippewa Reserve. Larkins, Que. Unknown in Quebec. Larrimac, Que. Properly “Larrimae Links’—a flagstop on railway 18+ miles NW of Hull, teste G. S. Walley. Latsech State Park, Minn. See John A. Latsch State Park. Leland Meadow, Tuolumne Co., Calif. About halfway between Strawberry and Dardanelles, a few miles south of California Route 108. Leona Heights, Calif. A residential subdivision in the hills above metropolitan Oakland, in Alameda Co. Letford, Ga. 30 miles W of Savannah on the Canoochee River, in Bryan Co. Lewiston, Pa. Unknown. Possibly, Lewistown. Lick Creek Ranger Station, Oreg. SE of Wallowa Lake, in Wallowa-Whitman National Forest. Little Duck Island, Maine. 5+ miles S of Mt. Desert Island, in Atlantic Ocean. Little River-Codroy, Newfoundland. Little River flows from Bathurst Lake on south coast. Livingston, Maine. Unknown. Livingston, Wyo. Unknown. Livingstown, Pa. Unknown. Lonely Lane, Ont. Unknown. Lorraine, Ont. Village near Niagara Falls, teste G. S. Walley. Los Gatos Canyon divide to Diablo Range, Fresno, Co., Calif. Los Gatos River flows west of Oilfields and its valley goes into Diablo Range. Los Pinos, Calif. Possibly = Los Pifios Peak in Orange Co. Lost River State Park, W. Va. 15 miles SE of Moorefield in Hardy Co. Lucia Falls, Wash. Unknown. Possibly near Lucia in Clarke Co. Luskville, Que. 20+ miles NW of Hull between Ottawa River and Gatineau Park. Lyon, B. C. Probably Lyon Lake at 49°N, 123°W, teste G. S. Walley. Macdiarmid, Ont. SE of Lake Nipigon, on Canadian National Railroad. Magnesia (Springs) Cn., Calif. 20 miles S of Joshua Tree National Monument on California Route 111, in Riverside Co. Manzano National Forest, N. Mex. Incorporated in Cibola National Forest? Not in 1959 list of National Forests. Marie Lake, Fresno Co., Calif. NE of Florence Lake and N of Kings Canyon National Park, at 10,500’. Marks, Que. 60 miles N of Hull, near Gracefield. Matheson Hammock, Fla. Park on southern outskirts of Miami. Meach Lake, Que. 12+ miles NW of Hull, in Gatineau Park. Mer Bleue, Ont. A peat bog 8+ miles 8 of Ottawa. Merivale, Ont. SW of Ottawa, near Bells Corners. Miami Ranger Station, Mariposa Co., Calif. Field Station of Pacifice-Southwest PROG. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1963 241 Forest and Range Experiment Station, in Sequoia National Forest just south of Yosemite. Middle Gallatin Canyon, Wash. Unknown. Possibly Montana, 35+ miles 8 of Bozeman, teste R. H. Foote. Middle Mt., Va. A former post office in Craig Co., 7 miles N of Neweastle. Middlesex Fells Reservoir, Mass. 3+ miles S of Wakefield, in Middlesex Co. Mile 315 on Richardson Highway, Alaska. Between Big Delta (Mile 277) and Fairbanks (Mile 368). Miller Lake, Ont. 45+ miles NW of Owen Sound, near tip of Bruce Peninsula. Mill Gulch, Colo. On South Platte River, 12+ miles S of Fort Logan on Colo- rado and Southern Railroad, in Jefferson Co. Millsville, Nova Seotia. SE of Pictou. Milnet, Ont. NW of Lake Nipissing on Canadian National Railroad. Miners Bay, Ont. 44 miles N of Lindsay, on Gullfoot Lake. Mobert, Ont. 2 miles E of Regan, which is 21 miles W of White River on Cana- dian Pacific Railroad. Mokel Hill, Calif. “Unfortunate abbreviation used by some collectors, especially F. E. Blaisdell, for Mokelumne Hill in Calaveras Co.,” teste P. D. Hurd. Mono National Forest, Calif. = Inyo-Mono National Forest or Toiyabe National Forest. Formerly in Mono and Alpine Cos., Calif., and western Nevada. Moores Lake, Idaho. Unknown. Mooresville, Pa. Probably the same as Mooreville = Neff’s Mills, 154 miles N of Huntingdon, teste A. B. Gurney. Moose River Crossing, Ont. Crossing of Ontario-Northland Railroad over Moose River, south of James Bay. Mormon Gd., Blue Mts., Oreg. Probably = Mormon Guard Station at Mormon Flat, which is 35 miles NE of Enterprise in Wallowa Co. Moss Pond, Essex Co., N. Y. Unknown. Mountain Home, San Bernardino Co., Calif. Probably at Mountain Home Creek, 15+ miles S of Big Bear Lake near town of Forest Home. Mount Alto, Pa. 8= miles N of Waynesboro, teste A. B. Gurney. Mt. Ascutney, Vt. 5= miles S of Windsor in Windsor Co. Mt. Baker, Wash. 25+ miles E of Bellingham in Whateom Co. Mt. Blue, N. Y. 25 miles NW of Glens Falls in Warren Co. Mt. Cadillac, Maine. In Acadia National Park on Mt. Desert Island. Mt. Constitution, Wash. SW of Bellingham on Oreas Island. Mt. Graybeard, N. C. Unlocated but in Buncombe Co. Mt. Haystack, Vt. Two mountains with this name, one in Windham Co., the other in Orleans Co. Mt. Jefferson, Oreg. 35+ miles E of Madras, in Jefferson Co. Mt. Lyall, Que. On the Gaspé Peninsula near headwaters of Caseapedia River. Mt. Manitou, Colo. Unknown. Mt. St. Helena, Calif. 12+ miles NE of Healdsburg, in Sonoma Co. Mt. Tamalpais, Calif. 2+ miles W of Mill Valley, in Marin Co. Mt. Yamaska, Que. 8+ miles NW of Granby. Muscatine, Pa. Unknown. Mystery Glacier, B. C. On Mt. Waddington. Navajo Lake, Utah. 20+ miles SH of Cedar City, in NW corner of Kane Co., at 9127’, teste A. T. MecClay. Neel Gap, Ga. In Rabun Co. 242 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1963 Neueeest, Tex. Unknown. Niagara Glen, Ont. Well known locally as tourist attraction, between Niagara Falls and Queenston, Ont., teste G. S. Walley. Nicholson, Ont. 85+ miles N of Sault Ste. Marie on Canadian Pacific Railroad, at 49°9’N, 83°8'’W. North Beach, N. Y. At southern end of Flushing Bay in Queens Co. North Boulder Creek, Boulder Co., Colo. Rises near Bald Mt. and flows into Middie Boulder Creek, 7+ miles W of Boulder. Norih Cheyenne Canyon, Colo. Unknown. Cheyenne Canyon is 4 miles W of Colorado Springs, in El Paso Co. Northern Pine Camps, Minn. Unknown. North Park, Allegheny Co., Pa. 7+ miles N of Pittsburgh, 3 + miles S of Pennsylvania Turnpike. North Powder Lakes, Oreg. It appears that a stream at one time called North Fork of Powder River is now ealled Anthony Fork. The lake from which it arises is Anthony Lake (= North Powder Lakes?). Northville, Nova Seotia. 7+ N of Kentville. Norway, Ohio. Unknown. Norway Bay, Que. 35+ miles W of Hull, on Ottawa River. Oaks, Va. E of Hunting Creek on bay off Potomae River, on Washington-Vir- ginia Branch Railroad in Fairfax Co. (a rooming house where H. L. Viereck once stayed, teste W. S. Fisher). Ogoki, Ont. 30 miles W of James Bay, a trading post on Albany River. Old Speckled Mountain, Maine. 21+ miles W of Rumford, in Oxford Co. Oliver Lake, Ind. 3+ miles N of Wolcottville, in Lagrange Co. Ombabika, Ont. 20+ miles NE of Lake Nipigon. Onion Valley, Calif. Probably the place of this name in Plumas County 10 miles S of Quiney. Orestum, Ont. Unknown. Otter Lake, Que. 8+ miles E of Fort Coulonge, at junction of roads from Kaza- bazua and Ladysmith. Pacheco Pass, Calif. SE corner of Santa Clara Co., on California Route 152. Palmerlee, Ariz. = Miller Canyon in SW Cochise Co., in Huachuca Mts., teste J. N. Knull. An old mining camp SE of Huachuca Peak also called Reef and Garces. Collecting locality of C. R. Biederman and Charles Schaeffer. Apparently not exactly synonymous with Miller Canyon, teste A. B. Gurney. Pamelia Lake, Oreg. 28+ miles SE of Mill City in Linn Co. Paradise Key, Fla. 10+ miles SW of Homestead at Headquarters of Everglades National Park or Royal Palm Ranger Station, Parke Reserve, Kamouraska Co., Que. On route 51, 10+ miles SE of St. Alex- andre de Kamouraska, extending upstream from Riviére du Loup, south of the river, teste W. R. M. Mason. Parr Island in East Spence Lake, Ont. Comprising about 12 acres just south of Pictou, Ont. (East Spence Lake is called East Lake on maps at hand.) Passage Creek, Va. 5+ miles N of New Market Gap in Massanutten Mts., teste R. L. Hoffman. Patrick(s) Creek, Calif. 40+ miles W of Crescent City in Del Norte Co. Pelvis, Wash. Unknown. Penn Mines, Cascade Mts., Wash. Unknown. Perrytown, Ont. Unknown. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1963 243 Petawawa Reservation, Ont. Probably = Petawawa Military Camp, 12+ miles N of Pembroke. Phantom Valley, Rocky Mt. National Park, Colo. Dude ranch on west edge of Rocky Mt. National Park, 6+ miles N of Grand Lake. Philadelphia Neck, Pa. Unknown. Pimmit Run, Va. Flowing into Potomac River at Chain Bridge (q.v.), Fairfax Co. Pine Spring, Minidoka National Forest, Oneida Co., Idaho. In NW corner of Oneida Co. Minidoka National Forest is now incorporated in Sawtooth Na- tional Forest. Pingree Park, Larimer Co., Colo. = Colorado A & M Forestry Camp, 13+ miles N of Estes Park on South Fork of Cache le Poudre River. Pioneer Basin, Fresno Co., Calif. On boundary between Fresno and Mono Cos. just N of juncture with Inyo Co., at 10,000 to 11,000’. Pioneer Camp, Idaho. 17+ miles SE of Arco, in Butte Co. The camp was where the railroad crosses Big Lost River. Plant City, Ill. Unknown. Pleasant Point, Nova Scotia. 22 miles E of Halifax, on coast. Pohono Trail at 7,000 to 7,750’, Calif. Unknown. Poreupine Ranger Station, Alta. Located about midway between Coleman and Fort MeCleod, teste G. S. Walley. Poudre, Colo. 4 miles NE of Fort Collins on Colorado & Southern Railroad, in Larimer Co., with mail service from Fort Collins. Princeton Summit, 6000’, B. C. SW of Princeton near U. 8.-Canadian boundary, teste G. S. Walley. Puritas Springs, Ohio. In Cuyahoga Co., with mail service from Cleveland. (Now incorporated in the city of Cleveland.) Putah Canyon, Calif. On boundary of Yolo and Solano Cos. Pyziton, Ala. A misprint for Pyriton on some pin labels. Raccoon Key, Fla. 22 miles NE of Key West, 2+ miles NW of Big Torch Key, in Great White Heron National Wildlife Refuge. Rainbow Lodge, Utah. Rainbow is in Uintah Co. at 39°51’N, 109°12’W, with mail service from Watson. Ramapo Mts., N. J. NW of Oakland, in Bergen Co. Red Deer Reservation, Man. On Red Deer River? Red House Ranch, Eureka Co., Nev. Unknown. Red Rock, Siskiyou Co., Calif. Unknown in Siskiyou Co. Redwood Meadow, Tulare Co., Calif. At junction of Cliff Creek and Kaweah River at 6000’, in Sequoia National Park. Regan, Ont. 21+ miles W of White River, on Canadian-Pacific Railroad. Rib Mountain State Park, Wis. 3+ miles SE of Wausau. Rich Mountain Summit, Ark. The community of Rich Mountain is in NW Polk Co., with mail service from Eagleton. Rock Creek Ranger Station, Idaho. = Rock Creek Guard Station on Goose Creek drainage, in Cassia Co., Sawtooth National Forest (= Minidoka National Forest). Rockland, Nova Seotia. 15+ miles W of Kentville. Round Pond Mt., Maine. Unknown. Round Mountain Pond and Round Pond are indexed and on maps. 244 PROG. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1963 Rudds Mills, Mich. Rudds is in Oakland Co., with mail service from Orion. Runda, N. Y. Unknown. Sabino Canyon, Ariz. 10+ miles NE of Tueson, in Pima Co. St. Martins Falls, Ont. On Albany River a few miles upstream from junetion with Ogoki River. Salines, Ont. Unknown. Samuel Spring, Napa Co., Calif. 6 miles E of Pope Valley or 10+ miles E of Callistoga, teste A. T. MeClay. San Antonio Canyon, Calif. 6= miles N of Claremont, running N-S on boundary between Los Angeles and San Bernardino Cos. San Antonio Valley, Santa Clara Co., Calif. Unknown. San Antonio Creek in So- noma Co. and San Antonio River in Monterey Co. are indexed and on maps. San Bernardino Ranch, Cochise Co., Ariz. 15+ miles E of Douglas. The San Bernardino Grant is in the San Bernardino Valley, in the extreme SE of the county. Sandia Mts., N. Mex. 10+ miles NE of Albuquerque, in Bernalillo Co. Sardine Creek, Mono Co., Calif. Just east of Sonora Pass at 8000 to 9000’, teste J. A. Powell. Sawmill Bay, N. W. T. On SE shore of Great Bear Lake, at approximately 67°N, 119°W. Sawmill Flat, Wash. Sawmill Flat Camp is at junction of Bumping and Naches Rivers, east of Mt. Rainier in Snoqualmie National Forest. Schnialls Ranch at 9000’, Colo. Unknown. Sentenae Canyon, San Diego Co., Calif. Between Banner and Barrego, just NW of (into) Anza Desert State Park boundary, teste J. A. Powell. Silver (Creek) Falls (State Park), Oreg. 12 miles SE of Silverton, in Marion Co. Smoky Falls, Ont. 45+ miles NE of Kapuskasing, at the terminus of branch line railroad at Mattagami River. Snake Hill, N. J. A hill rising abruptly in Hackensack meadows west of Ho- boken, in Hudson Co. Snake River at Divide Creek, Idaho. Unknown. Snow Crest Camp, Calif. 12 miles NE of Claremont in San Bernardino Co., near Cucamonga Primitive Area. Sondrestrom Air Base, Greenland. On west coast of Greenland at 67°N, 51°W. South Gloucester, Ont. 5+ miles S of Ottawa. South Mareh, Ont. 7+ miles W of Ottawa. Spider Bay, Georgian Bay, Ont. In Parry Sound District, at approximately 45° 13’N, 80°08’W. Spruce Top, Caroline, N. Y. “Probably one of the numerous hills around the town of Caroline. Most of these hills have names and some of them end in “Top,” e.g., Round Top. I ean’t find anyone who has heard of Spruce Top speci- fieally,” teste H. HE. Evans. Starrs Point, Nova Seotia. 10+ miles E of Kentville. Strawberry Lake, Oreg. 15+ miles SE of John Day, in Grant Co. Strawberry Valley, Utah. In Wasatch and Duchesne Cos. at 7500 to 8000’. Stubblefield Falls, Va. Falls in the Potomac River, between Great Falls and PJum- mers Island. Sugar, B. C. Unknown. Possiby near Sugar Lake, 35 miles E of Vernon. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1963 245 Sumas Prairie, B. C. 5+ miles W of Chilliwack, really a drained marsh area, teste W. R. M. Mason. Summerdale, Calif. In Mariposa Co., with mail service from Sugar Pine. Summerlea, Que. Unknown. Summerville, Calif. “Sometimes spelled Somersville—the most popular one of which I am aware is located in the hilly country several (10) airline miles south and slightly east of Pittsburg, Contra Costa Co. It is a ‘ghost town’ that thrived on mining up until the influenza epidemie of World War I, as a nearby cemetery plainly attests,” teste P. D. Hurd. Summit Camp, Lassen Co., Calif. 18 miles NW of Susanville on NW slopes of Antelope Mt., W of Eagle Lake. Sunnyside Canyon, Cochise Co., Ariz. S of community of Sunnyside in extreme SW corner of Co. Sycamore Flat, Ariz. Unknown. Syeamore Island, Md. In Potomac River, below Great Falls and 8+ miles above Chain Bridge (q.v.). Table Rock State Park, S. C. 15+ miles NW of Easley, in Pickens Co. Tahquitz Valley, Calif. “= Tahquitz Valley, Mt. San Jacinto, Riverside Co.—a small mountain valley (extremely interesting biologically) situated at about 7000’,” teste P. D. Hurd. Tamarack Lake, Calif. “= Tamarack Lake, Eldorado Co., a locality favored by Prof. Essig in earlier days,” teste P. D. Hurd. 4 mile W of Upper Echo Lake. Tanbark Flat, Calif. 6144 miles NW of Claremont, E of San Gabriel Reservoir in) Los Angeles Co. Targhee Pass, Idaho. 45 miles N of Ashton, at Continental Divide in Fremont Co. Tea Lake, Ont. Unknown. Telford, Que. = Fulford, a hamlet 5+ miles W of Knowlton. Thunder (Bay) Beach, Ont. At Fort William. Timagami (Provincial Forest), Ont. 40+ miles N of Sudbury. Tolay Creek, Solano Co., Calif. Unknown. Townesendville, Tex. Unknown. Triangle Lake, Oreg. Unknown. Turkey Run, Va. Flows into Potomac River, about 314% miles above Chain Bridge (q.v.), from a source near Langley in Fairfax Co. Twin Sisters, 10,000’, Colo. 6 miles NE of Longs Peak. Union Cy., Wash. = Union City = Union, 8= miles N of Shelton, teste A. B. Gurney. Veitch, Va. 1+ mile S of Ballston, between Ballston and E. Falls Chureh in Arlington Co. Waldo Canyon, Colo. The community of Waldo is in Fremont Co., with mail service from Howard. Wallapai Mts., Ariz. = Hualpai Mts., SE of Kingman. Warren Woods, Mich. 20+ miles W of Niles, in Berrien Co. Wats. Crossing, Calif. Unknown. Watson, Utah. In Uintah Co., at 5,346’, 45+ miles SE of Vernal, at 39°53’N, 109° 10’W. 246 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1963 Webster Grvs., Mo. This appears to be a serial numbering system that originated at an experiment station at Webster Groves, Mo., and is found on many labels with specimens from other, quite different, localities. Welsford, Nova Scotia. 20+ miles W of Kentville. Wensley, Ont. 50+ miles S of Pembroke. Westhome, Mass. Unknown. Weston, Nova Seotia. 2+ miles N of Berwick. . White Cup Ranch, Elko Co., Nev. Unknown. Possibly = Wine Cup Ranch, 25+ miles NE of Wells. White Mts., N. Mex. “= Sierra Blanca and the elevated country immediately adjoining, including localities recorded as Eagle Creek, Rio Ruidoso and Rui- doso” ef. Scudder and Cockerell, 1902, teste A. B. Gurney. Whiteside Mt., N. C. 5+ miles NE of Highlands, in Mason Co. Widdefield, Ont. 5+ miles E of North Bay. Widewater, Md. Section of old Chesapeake & Ohio Canal, *%4 mile below Great Falls on Maryland side of Potomac River. Wildwood Canyon, Calif. 10+ miles W and slightly S of Redlands in San Ber- nardino Co. Wildwood State Park, N. Y. 7+ miles NW of Riverhead on Long Island Sound. Williams Canyon, El Paso Co., Colo. Williams Creek flows near Gardner, 27+ miles NW of Walsenburg, and along it is presumably Williams Canyon. Wil- liams Creek is in Huerfano Co. Willis Mt., Va. Possibly near Willis in Floyd Co. or aceording to A. B. Gurney, near Curdsville in Buckingham Co. Wilton, Oreg. In Crook Co., with mail service from Prineville. Winnemucea Lake, Alpine Co., Calif. Just S of Carson Pass. Wittfeld, on Indian River, Fla. Unknown. Woodkill, Del. Unknown. Woodworth’s Lake, Ont. Unknown. W. Springs, Idaho. Probably Warm Springs, of which there are several. Yankee Bend, Sask. A local name for a region W of North Battleford and about midway between that place and Lloydminster. A HOMONYM IN TEMNOSTETHUS (HeEMIpTERA: ANTHOCORIDAE ) While compiling material for a catalog on Anthocoridae of the world, the following homonym was noted: Temnostethus crassicornis Reuter [1875, Genera Cimicidarum Europae. Bihang till Konegl. Svenska Vet.-Akad. Handl., vol. 3, p. 64] described from Algeria, and Temnostethus crassicornis Wagner [1949, Temnostethus crassi- corms, n. sp. (Heteropt. Anthocoridae). Entomon, band 1, heft 8, p. 183] described from Hungary. Although Reuter’s species was trans- ferred to the genus Hlatophilus by Reuter {[1884, Monographia Antho- coridarum orbis terrestris. Acta Soe. Sci. Fennicae, vol. 14, p. 619] the original combination preoccupies the specific name and Wagner’s species must be renamed. I hereby designate T. wagneri (nom. nov.) for T. crassicornis Wagner.—-FLorENcE A. Runorr, U. S. National Museum, Washington, D. C. PROG. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1963 247 HESPEROCIMEX COCHIMIENSIS NEW SPECIES, FROM BAJA CALIFORNIA, MEXICO (Hemiptrera: CrMIctpAz) 1 RayMmonp E. RycKMAN2 and Norrairo Ursuima® The name Hesperocimex cochimiensis is being proposed for the population of cimicids found parasitizing Purple Martins in the Car- don cactus belt of Baja California, Mexico. The species name cochi- miensis is proposed as a memorial to the Cochimi Indian Nation which occupied most of Baja California; these hardy people became extinct subsequent to the occupation of their lands by a culture foreign to them. A detailed report of the ecology, distribution, taxonomy and eytotaxonomy of the genus Hesperocimex is in manuscript form and is to appear in the “University of California Publications in Entomol- ogy” series, University of California, Berkeley. Hesperocimex cochimiensis was collected 28 miles south of Punta Prieta, July 2, 1957; 30 miles south of El Arco, July 4, 1957; and 45 and 9 miles northwest of San Ignacio, July 5, 1957. The first collec- tion was in Baja California Norte and the latter three were from Baja California T. S. Each of the above collections were made from wood- pecker nest cavities in the Cardon cactus, Pachycereus Pringler; the host was the Purple Martin, Progne subis. The collectors were Ray- mond E. Ryckman, Dean Spencer, Albert E. Ryckman and Joseph V. Ryckman. Table 1 is presented as a diagnostic description indicating the morphological differences between Hesperocimex cochimiensis and the other species of the genus. Hesperocimex cochimiensis, new species (Figure 1) Body color light brown, (intermediate between golden H. coloradensis and dark brown H. sonorensis). Head, sparsely clothed with setae, width including eyes 0.73 mm.; interocular 0.58 mm.; length 0.66 mm. Antennal segments, (proximal to distal) 10:19:20:16; sparsely clothed with bristles. Tip of rostrum reaching anterior margin of mesosternum; rostral segments (proximal to distal) 15:13:15. Pronotum, width 1.03 mm.; length 0.42 mm.; lateral margins fringed with long bristles. Wing pads dark on proximal and distal surfaces, central area relatively light. Keel of metasternum triangular, length 0.25 mm.; greatest width 0.3 mm. Coxae separated (fore to hind) 5:17:22. Length of first pair of legs, femur 37; tibia 35; tarsi and claws 18;—second pair of legs, femur 40; tibia 44; tarsi and claws 25;—third pair of legs, femur 50; tibia 64; claws and tarsi 26; legs 1Colleection of the specimens was made possible by a grant from the Associates of Tropical Biogeography of the University of California. 2Department of Microbiology, Loma Linda University, Loma Linda, California. 3Department of Entomology and Parasitology, University of California, Berke- ley, California. This investigation was supported (in part) by the U. S. Army Medical Research and Development Command, Department of the Army, under Research Grant Number DA-MD-49-193-62-G45, and by funds supplied by The Associates in Tropical Biogeography of The University of California. 248 PROG. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1963 possess stout bristles. Ostiolar peritreme or scent gland present. Abdomen, sparsely clothed with setae; long bristles on margin of abdomen, (first apparent segment to last) bristle numbers 4-3-2-2-2-2-2-2; number of bristles variable on other specimens; a few short bristles on dorsal abdominal surface. Organ of Ribaga located on anterior, lateral, ventral surface of right sixth apparent abdominal segment. Allotype male similar to holotype female with the exceptions that the long bristles on the margin of the abdomen are more numerous; i.e., 7-4-3-3-2-3-merg- ing to a brush-like condition on posterior abdomen; well developed tibial brushes are present on the inner aspects of the first and second pairs of legs. Male aedeagus straight as shown in Figure 1. Holotype female (USNM No. 65009) and allotype male, collected 28 miles south of Punta Prieta, Baja California Norte, Mexico; July 2, 1957, to be deposited with the U. S. National Museum, Washington, D. C. The host was the Purple Martin, Progne subis. Paratypes have been designated from the original collections and the type colony. cemenemaannen | O,| mm, Figure 1. Aedeagi of Males of The Genus Hesperocimex. (A) Male aedeagus of H. coloradensis List, 1925. (Colorado); (B) Male aedeagus of H. sonorensis Ryckman, 1958. (Sonora, Mex.; type colony); (C) Male aedeagus of JH. cochimiensis Ryckman & Ueshima, 1963, (Baja California, Mex.). The two sibling species, H. sonorensis and H. cochimiensis are readily separated by the curved aedeagi in males of H. sonorensis. Both of these species are readily separated from H. coloradensis because the latter is much larger and lighter in color. The illustrations in this figure are oriented as they would be seen. in viewing the venter of males under a dissecting microscope. (The illustrations were made by Bioscope projection. ) PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1963 249 Diagnostic Comparison of Hesperocimex Species Chromosome Complement In The Male i Autosome Length 9 | Width 9 2n| pairs X Chromosome | Y Chromosome Species Pronotum | Body Wing Pad H. coloradensis pale straight | Woodpeckers | Tree 19 3 (small) | Purple Martins| cavities H. sonorensis dark curved | Purple Martins | Saguaro |42 20 | (large) | cavities | H. cochimiensis | 0.66 mm. . proximaland | straight | Purple Martins | Cardon |40| 19 | (large) I distal portions dark Paratypes are to be deposited with the California Insect Survey Col- lection of the University of California at Berkeley; the U. S. National Museum, Washington, D. C.; California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco, California; British Museum of Natural History, London, England and the Instituto de Salubridad y Enfermedades Tropicales, Mexico D. F., Mexico. Measurements were made with the aid of a dissecting microscope and an ocular micrometer; one ocular unit equals 0.0166 mm. Unless millimeters (mm.) are given, measurements are in ocular units. BOOK REVIEW Insect Pathology. Vol. I. Edited by Edward A. Steinhaus. Academic Press, New York and London, 1963. Pp. 661. Illustrated. This book is the first of a two volume work that will be a comprehensive treatment of insect pathology. The first volume is composed of seventeen chap- ters, each by a different author. The entire volume was edited by Edward A. Steinhaus. The first chapter is an introduction by Steinhaus and sets the stage for the ensuing chapters. He defines in his first chapter the meaning of “insect pathology” as whatever “goes wrong” with an insect. This is the broadest interpretation of the word, for, as the next sixteen chapters indicate, this includes physical injuries, disorders brought about by chemicals, genetic diseases, and many other conditions that would cause abnormalities in insects. This first volume also includes discussions on viruses, rickettsiae, microorganisms in healthy insects and various inter-relations encountered in the study of insect pathology. One helpful point in the format of the book is the outline that precedes each chapter. Each author has prepared a brief outline giving the subjects treated in his particular chapter. This helps the reader locate a particular point or subject and gives one a quick idea of the subject matter better than the table of contents. Each chapter is supported rather well with photographs and a list of references. This book is indeed what it claims to be, an advanced treatise on insect pathology. It is not an elementary and basic text for beginning college courses. Tt will, however, be a valuable tool for the advanced student and researcher.— FLoyp P. Harrison, Department of Entomology, University of Maryland, College Park. 250 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1963 THE ALTERNATE GENERATION OF HETEROECUS PACIFICUS (ASHMEAD) (HYMENOPTERA, CYNIPOIDEA) Rosert J. Lyon, Los Angeles City College Approximately 112 gall-making Cynipidae have been described from the Pacific Slope Region; however, there are still many unde- scribed species and the biology and life histories of the known species is largely incomplete. Cynipid life cycles are usually heterogonous, 1.e. involve an alternation of generations. Such a cycle typically con- sists of a unisexual or agamie generation of females which develop in galls that often require many months to reach full maturity. The insects from these galls emerge in the early months of the year and parthenogenetically produce eggs which are oviposited into another part of the plant that is destined to develop rapidly in the spring. The spring gall, usually on the new leaves or staminate flowers, is gen- erally quite different in appearance, matures in a period of a few weeks or months and produces a bisexual generation of males and females. These insects mate and the females in turn produce the galls characteristic of the agamie generation. Three of these alternating generations have been experimentally demonstrated in the past few years, Doutt (1959, 1960), Lyon (1959) and in addition, cireum- stantial evidence indicates the existence of alternating generations in the genera Antron and Loxaulus. Such genera as Paracraspis, Tri- choteras, Besbicus, Holocynips, Heteroecus and Disholcaspis have been known from female insects only (Weld, 1957) and whether an alternate exists in these genera can only be determined by additional studies. The genus Heteroecus was proposed by Kinsey in 1922 for eight cynipid species that formed galls on Quercus chrysolepis Liebm. in California (Weld: 1952). Kinsey stated at this time that field data would suggest that an alternate, bisexual generation did not exist in this genus; however, it can now be demonstrated that an alternate does exist in Heteroecus pacificus (Ashm.) and is probably present in other members of the genus as well. The galls produced by the members of the genus are among the most characteristic growths on Quercus chrysolepis and since the gall-makers are not difficult to rear, most of the larger entomological collections contain female Heteroe- cus pacificus, one of the most common species in the group. No males have previously been reared from any of the described species in the 2enus. In 1958, the writer reared 246 cynipids, male and females, from a peculiar thorn-shaped gall growing on the leaves of Quercus chryso- lepis. The gall itself had been collected before and was thought to have been produced by an undescribed species. Accordingly, a de- Seription was written and included with descriptions of several other 'The writer wishes to thank Lewis H. Weld of Arlington, Virginia for helpful suggestions concerning this paper. Thanks also to Gerhard Bakker, L.A.C.C. for the illustrations of the galls. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1963 251 new species in a paper that was being prepared. Since the galls were erowing in an easily accessible area and additional information on the biology of the insects was needed, publication of the paper was delayed. In the summer of 1961, these specimens were shown to Lewis Weld who pointed out that this was probably the alternating genera- tion of a Heteroecus and suggested that the life cycle should be worked out. Since the only visible Heteroecus gall on these trees was H. pacificus, it was logical to attempt to link it with the new Heteroecus. During the last two weeks of March and first three weeks of April 1962, large numbers of female Heteroecus pacificus were reared and released on young oaks growing in containers and also on the native trees from which the galls were obtained. The young oaks were seedlings grown from acorns and placed in individual, screened com- partments. Cloth, mesh bags were used for the native trees and the wasps were placed singly in the bags. This was necessary in order to prevent the insects from killing the new growth through excessive ege deposition. The females were highly selective and carefully ex- amined the various parts of the plant, invariably selecting new leaf buds that were almost ready to open. On native trees, the female wasps could be seen ovipositing in the leaf buds from April 1 until the middle of May. Galls began to appear on the leaves as early as April 15 and continued to appear throughout May. The new galls, as suspected, were the elongated, thorn-shaped growths that were previ- ously thought to have been produced by a new species. This period of new gall growth on the native oaks was also a time of great activity for other insect types. Many of the galls were parasitized at this time and the inquilines or guests also entered the galls during the early stages of growth. Description of Gall: (Fig. A) A conical, thorn-shaped, monothala- mous or single chambered gall growing from the undersurfaces of the leaves. The leaf surface immediately above the gall is darkened and slightly depressed. Galls may occur singly or in groups or clusters that may be so numerous that the developing leaf is completely aborted with the resulting growths resembling twig galls. Often the new twigs are killed by heavy infestations. Development is quite rapid with the galls containing large larvae in late May and pupae in June. The young galls are pale red in color when they first appear but darken to deeper red or reddish-purple as they mature. Adults of both sexes begin to emerge the last few days of June and continue to appear until late July. Some of the gall clusters yield only males whereas others yield only females, indicating that certain gall clusters result from female wasps that lay eggs producing only the haploid males whereas others produce the eges that develop into the diploid females. Male specimens outnumbered the females three to one. Pre- liminary evidence indicates that some female-producing gall clusters produce females with 13 antennal segments; others yield 14-seg- mented specimens. The genetic inheritance of this variation should be studied through experimental breeding. 2952 PRUC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 3, SEPTEMEER, 1963 The galls produced by the parthenogenetic or agamie generation show considerable morphological variation. Some are rather slender and elongated with a tapering point, whereas others are much more robust, with a shorter point. Using the shape of the gall as a pri- mary distinguishing characteristic, Kinsey in 1922, described several varieties of Heteroecus pacificus. During the course of this study, females were obtained from galls that varied greatly in form (Figs. B, C, D). These galls were often on the same tree and sometimes on the same branch; however, in each instance the typical alternate gen- eration was obtained. Some galls of H. pacificus are almost globular with little or no point whereas others are so slender that they re- semble a thorn. These extreme variations were not numerous in the area that was used for this work, hence insects from these types were not used. It is significant to note that the extremely slender forms did not yield inquilines or guests whereas the more robust types housed Synergus which suggests that these inquilines influence the shape of the gall. It is hoped that future rearings and studies will help to clarify the taxonomy of this species. BISEXUAL GENERATION Females: Remarkably similar to the agamic females but smaller with the following differences: Color, rather uniform reddish brown, posterior margin of abdominal tergite II and other visible tergites dark brown like the ovipositor sheaths and the ventral spine. The agamic females are usually much darker and show great color varia- tion ranging from light reddish brown to individuals that are almost chocolate brown. The antennae have 13 or 14 segments while the antennae of the agamic females possess 14 segments. Females which show only 13 segments invariably have a terminal segment that is twice as long as the preceding one, showing incomplete division of that segment. Sometimes the terminal segment will appear to be divided from the underside but undivided above. The wing veins of these females are light amber in color and the areolet is small whereas the agamic females have much darker wing veins and the areolet is larger and well-defined. The ventral spine is about one-half as long as the abdomen while in the agamic females it is not more than one- third the length of the abdomen. The range in length of 66 specimens was 2.2-2.8 mm. Average length 2.43 mm. Agamie females range from 2.8-3.7 mm. in length. Males: Similar to females though smaller; head very dark, appear- ing almost black; parapsidal furrows more distinct in anterior part of the mesoscutum ; antennae with 15 segments, terminal segments in- fuseated; wing distinetly ciliate with cilia on wing margin much Fig. A. Leaf of Quereus chrysolepis Liebm. showing the thorn-shaped galls of the bisexual generation of Heteroecus pacificus (Ashm.) Gall measures 7 mm. in length; figs. B, C, D. Galls produced by the agamic or parthenogenetic gen- eration of H. pacificus showing variation in form. Fig. C shows position of central cell occupied by the gall maker and also cortical cells occupied by Synergus, Range in length, 20-25 mm. bo or (eS) PkOC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1963 Sto: on So) Dy longer than in the female; tergites II and III are the only abdominal tergites visible in dorsal view, “often tergite II is the only one visible. Range in length of 180 specimens 1.4.2.1. mm. Average length 1.8 mm. 254 PROG. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1963 Types: The types and ten paratypes are in the collection of the U.S. National Museum. Other paratypes are in the collections of the California Academy of Sciences, University of California at Los Angeles, and the Los Angeles County Museum. Host: Quercus chrysolepis Liebm. Habitat: The types were reared from galls grown on potted oaks in La Crescenta, Calif. Additional specimens have been reared from galls collected at Pasadena, Switzer’s Camp, Mt. Wilson and Chilao in the San Gabriel Mountains of Southern California. Summary: An alternate bisexual generation exists in the gall wasp Heteroecus pacificus (Ashm.) previously known from agamic females only. Heterogony has not previously been demonstrated in the genus Heteroecus. The gall produced by the alternating generation is a thorn-shaped, single-celled leaf gall that appears on the leaves of Quer- cus crysolepis Liebm. in late June and early July. LITERATURE CITED Doutt, R. L. 1959. Heterogony in Dryocosmus (Hymenoptera, Cynipidae). Am. Ent. Soe., Annals, 52(1): 69-74. 1960. Heterogony in Andricus erystallinus Bassett (Hymenoptera: Cynipidae) Pan. Pac. Ent. 36(4): 167-170. Kinsey, A. C. 1922. Studies of Some New and Described Cynipidae (Hymen- optera) Ind. U. Studies. 9(53): 1-141. Lyon, R. J. 1959. An alternating, sexual generation in the gall wasp Callirhytis pomiformis (Ashm.) (Hymenoptera, Cynipidae). So. Calif. Acad. Sei., B. 58(1) : 33-37. Weld, L. H. 1952. Cynipoidea (Hymenoptera) 1905-1950. Privately published. Arlington, Virginia. 351. 1957. Cynipid Galls of the Pacifie Slope. Privately published. Arlington, Virginia. 64 p. SOCIETY MEETINGS 715th Regular Meeting, March 7, 1963 The 715th meeting of the Society was called to order by the President, Dr. W. EE. Bickley, on March 7, 1963 at 8 p.m. in the regular meeting room in the U. 8S. National Museum. Twenty-eight members and 8 guests were in attendance. Minutes of the previous meeting were accepted as read. Three candidates were accepted to membership: John M. Kingsolver, Frank R. Cole, and Jean R. Adams. F. L. Campbell reported that the Washington Academy of Sciences is initiating 2 membership categories. The fellows, which are equivalent to the old members, must show some attainment in science and will pay dues of $10 per year. The new category of member is open to anyone at the rate of $7.50 per year. O. S. Flint reported the death of Dr. Georg Ulmer who died in his 86th year on January 15, 1963. He was a prolific worker on the Trichoptera, Ephemer- optera, and Plecoptera. His collection will go to the Hamburg Museum. A B. Gurney noted the death of Dr. Harry A. Allard (Jan. 28, 1880-Feb. 25, PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1963 255 1963), of Arlington, Va., who retired in 1946 as a plant physiologist of the U. 8S. Dept. of Agriculture. He was distinguished as a co-discoverer of photoperiodism in plants, and known to entomologists for his collections of insects and studies of stridulation among Orthoptera and cicadas. There ensued a considerable discussion of photoperiodism in insects and cicada songs by Wadley, Steyskal, and others. George Steyskal mentioned that the famous dipterist J. R. Malloch died re- cently in Florida. F. W. Poos circulated the recent book Insects in relation to plant diseases by Walter Carter, and mentioned that the March issue of American Home had an article by Cynthia Westcott in rebuttal to Rachel Carson. Dr. Frances Ann McKittrick of Cornell University presented the evenings lee- ture on “The oviposition behavior of cockroaches: a comparative study.” With the use of excellent slides she showed the primitive complex pattern of oviposition in certain roaches and the various modifications of this pattern in other roaches. She also discussed the pattern in relation to the structure of the oothecae, the water loss problem, and oviposition sites. Visitors to the meeting who were introduced included Mr. Robinson and Mr. Moussa. The meeting was adjourned at 10 p.m. OLIVER S. Fuint, Jr., Recording Secretary 716th Regular Meeting, April 4, 1963 The 716th meeting of the Society was called to order by the President, Dr. W. E. Bickley, on April 4, 1963, at 8 p.m. in the regular meeting room in the U. S. National Museum. Twenty-three members and thirteen guests were in at- tendance. Minutes of the previous meeting were accepted as read. The composition of the picnie committee was announced: Ross Arnett, Mrs. Helen Sollers-Riedel, and Martin Jacobson. Two candidates to membership were announced: Harold Robinson, and John S. Buckett. Mrs. Snodgrass reported that the Snodgrass Memorial Fund now stands at $785.67, and that Dr. Snodgrass had donated his library and original drawings to the Smithsonian Institution where they are available for study by specialists. The publishers of Dr. Snodgrass’ book Principles of Insect Morphology an- nounced that a translation is being prepared for publication in Hindi. Dr. Alexej B. Borkovee of the USDA Pesticide Chemicals Research Branch pre- sented the evenings lecture on “Insect Chemosterilants.”” He discussed the various classes of chemosterilants in terms of their structure and relation to activity, the gross and molecular effects on the treated individuals, as well as the prospects and practical problems of this control method. The meeting was adjourned at 10 p.m. OLIVER S. Fuint, Jr., Recording Secretary PUBLICATION DATE The date of publication of Vol. 65, No. 2 was July 22, 1963. The date of publication of Vol. 65, No. 3, will be found in Vol. 65, No. 4. CHLORDANE HEPTACHLORNR GRUB Chlordane, Heptachlor and Endrin are among the most versatile insecticides now in common use. They are recommended for many different types of insect control: agricultural; household, Jawn and garden; and public health. Each kills a wide variety of insects, providing the effective combination of high initial kill and lasting residual action. If you are engaged in economic entomology, we think that you will find these insecticides often have the advantages of better control and lower cost. If you are in research, we think that you will find it well worthwhile to include Chlordane, Heptachlor and Endrin in your testing programs. For technical information and service, please rin write Velsicol Chemical Corporation, 330 East Grand Ave., Chicago 11, Ill. The versatile insecticides for agriculture, homes, lawns, gardens and public health! BOLL WEEVIL i American Cyanamid Company ¥ ee comes another new advance in _ insecticides. .CYGON 400. Wide- oly tested under the name di- _ methoate, CYGON brings an q “ added dimension to phosphate yy insecticides. It combines sys- k temic activity with low-hazard a ton man and animal. Wide safety margin a Unlike previous systemics, my) which have generally been of a rather high order of toxicity, CYGON is so low in toxicity to warm blooded animals that its use does not require “special” _ protective measures—other _ than those normally taken with any pesticide. 4 a *Trademark Now, from the laboratories of ~ Cygon’ 400.. | “new tse-hezard @ ‘systemic Recently cleared by USDA for protection of certain vegetables, non-bearing fruits and ornamentals. a _ Outstanding control CYGON 400 gives outstanding control of aphids, leafhoppers and leaf miners and has so far been cleared by USDA for use on potatoes, tomatoes and watermelons. CYGON can also be used on non-bearing apples, pears and citrus fruits to con- trol aphids, mites, thrips and pear psylla. In addition, cYGoN can be used to control aphids, thrips, leaf miners, scales, leaf- hoppers and mites attacking a number of ornamental plants. CYGON 400 will be widely available this year in one gal- lon and five gallon sizes. For further information, write ad- dress below. AMERICAN CYANAMID COMPANY PRINCETON, NEW JERSEY ue QUALITY INSECTICIDES Preferred by Home Owners, Food Processors and Dairymen GULF HOUSE GARDEN INSECT KILLER (Bomb) A new insecticide that kills numerous insect pests in the house and in the garden. Contains 0.25% Pyrethrins, 1.00% Piperonyl Butoxide, 2.00% DDT. QUICK ACTION GULFSPRAY (Liquid) A “space spray” for quick knockdown and kill of many kinds of flying and crawling ine sects. Contains 0.10% Pyrethrins, 0.12% Piperonyl Butoxide, and 0.75% Methoxychlor, *GULFSPRAY AEROSOL (Bomb) Gulf's carefully researched formula provides quick knockdown action and high kill. Contains 0.25% Pyrethrins, 1% Piperonyl Butoxide, and 2% Methoxychlor. *GULF MOTH PROOFER (Bomb) An easy-to-use pressurized spray for protecting woolens against moth and carpet beetle damage. Contains 3% DDT and 3% Perthane. GULF LIQUID ROACH ANT KILLER An effective, economical liquid spray with built-in sprayer that kills a wide range of household pests, including resistant cockroaches. Contains 0.08% Pyrethrins, 1.00% Chlordane and 0.33% Diazinon. *GULF ANT ROACH BOMB A convenient pressurized spray containing contact and residual insecticides for killing ants and cockroaches. Contains 0.08% Pyrethrins and 2% Chlordane. SPECIAL GULFSPRAY (Liquid) A superlative-quality insecticide specially formulated for use where foodstuffs are processed, stored, served and sold. Contains 0.25% Pyrethrins and 0.20% Piperony! Butoxide, GULF LIVESTOCK SPRAY New formula with faster knockdown, and increased killing power of resistant flies, Contains 0.05% Pyrethrins, 0.25% Piperony! Butoxide and 0.6% Organic Thio- cyanates (Lethane 384). *Gulf's New Valve—permits bomb fo be used in any position, even upside down. Makes it easy to spray hard-to-reach places. GULF OIL CORPORATION DECEMBER 1963 PROCEEDINGS | 4, 76 ve PUBLISHED QUARTERLY CONTENTS es D. R.—New species of Bandakia from North America (Acarina: 5 a i Mamersopsinae) ReeUe Orr ‘ DOWNES, W. L., JR.—A reinterpretation of certain head structures in calyptrate Diptera 2 TR NS A SEE ER 1 a aa ek A a pra TS ODGES, R. W.—A new species of Crasimorpha reared from Schinus Lepidoptera: PEE (et iT 2) SAMIR ANA at a Oneal COONS Mca NN PN a MAN, R. L.—A new genus of Chytodesmid millipeds from Peru __ TER, -P. E. and R. DAVIS—Observations on Histiosoma gordius fitz.) ‘(Anoetidae) and other mites associated with Ips beetles 2OMBEIN, K. V.—The host-parasite relationship of Xylocelia virginiana ohwer and Omalus intermedius Laser) 1s apes ines Sa heckiat, mopar) (ees. oe VC eS ine. F, W. end R. F. DARSIE, JR—Notes on American mosquito pupae .: ‘Description of nearctic subgenus Mansonia and key to all nearctic ecies eran, serene mente creed 2 iio TE Gia Sb ek THUR. P. ‘S. and R. K. DHADIAL—Morphology of the head capsule a: ad mouth Parts of Caryedon gonagra Fabricius (Coleoptera: Bruchidae) .* 5 MUESEBECK, C.F. W.—Host relationships of the Euphorini vad wees a tera: Braconidae) —_______ 4 _ ROZEN, ji G., JR hve pupae of the primitive suborder Archostemata (Coleoptera) pat _ SMITH, M. R.—Notes on ae leaf-cutting ants, Atta spp. of the United bc ‘States and Mexico (Hymenoptera: Formicidae) _.- = OBITUARY—Harold Morrison 1890-1963 . a “INDEX, VOLUME 65 est No. 4 NTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY . WASHINGTON U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM WASHINGTON 25, D. C. 257 293 303 274 287 264 281 265 306 307 299 311 314 OFFICERS FOR 1963 W. E. BIOKLEY, President Dept. of Entomology University of Maryland College Park ~ Ross H. ARNETT, JR., President-Elect Dept. Biology i Catholic Trniveraity Sa Washington 17, D. C. OLIVER S. Furnt, JR., Recording Secretary Division of Insects U. S. National Museum Washington 25, D. C. Pav J. SPANGLER, Oorresponding Secretary Division of Insects U. S. National Museum Washington 25, D. O. OaRL BLICKENSTAFF, Treasurer Entomology Research Division, ARS, USDA ARC, Beltsville, Maryland JON L. HERRING, Editor c/o Division of Insects U. S. National Museum Washington 25, D. ©. H. J. CONKLE, Custodian Plant Quarantine Division, ARS, USDA Washington 25, D .C. GzorGn E. CANTWELL, Membership Oommittee Ohmn. Insect Pathology Laboratory Agric. Research Center Beltsville, Maryland FRANK L. CAMPBELL, Delegate to the Washington Academy of Sciences NAS-NRCO 2101 Constitution Ave, Washington, D. C. Honorary Members CO. F. W. Munsmpeck, U. 8. National Museum L. H. Wu, Arlington, Virginia T. E. Snypzr, U. 8. National Museum NOTE: Send all changes of address to Corresponding Secretary. — Second class postage paid at Washington, D. C. Ve Ue THE | a ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON ane ORGANIZED MarcH 12, 1884 MEETINGS — ; Regular meetings of the Society. are Room 43 of the U. S. National ‘Musca first Thursday of each month from Octo June, inclusive, at 8 P.M. Minutes of me are published regularly in the Protea Members shall be persons who lect d strated interest in the science of entom Annual dues for members are $5. 00; ini fee is $1.00 (U. S. Sunrency)s ih PROCEEDINGS ae eee are entitled to ae Snare £ charge. Non-member subscriptions are $ year, both domestic and foreign (U. S. eu payable in advance. All remittances shou made payable to The Entomological Soci Washington. The Society does not exchange its publi for those of other societies. All manuscripts intended for ‘publication h be addressed to the Editor. Acceptable paper: gu mitted by members will be published in th received and will be given precedence over by non-members. Immediate publication obtained at a cost to the author of about per printed page, plus cost of au of papers should be concise but I should indicate the systematic of ject insect. By-lines should indicate present ing address of the author and | affiliation, if possible. Citations in pers longer than one printed page oul author and date and should refer to a list cluding references in which author, ye name of publication, volume and page are that order. In shorter articles, references to ture should be included in parentheses in the t Proportions of full-page illustrations sho closely approximate 4-5/16 x 6” (26 x 36 pi i this usually allows explanatory matter to appe: the same page. Cost of illustrations in exces that for one-full-page line cut will be borne by author. i Reprints of published papers may be obtain § the following costs plus postage and insurance provided that a statement of the number di accompanies the returned proofs. (Prices of sad- dle stapling and covers available on request.) — 2 pp. 4 pp. 8 pp. ‘12 pp. 50 copies: $4.00 $6.00 $10. via ae 20 100 copies: ; 5.00 7.60 12.00 14.40 Additional copies, per 100: soul 2.00 2.30 4.00 5.20 . Purchase of reprints by institutions whose voices are subject to notarization or other fees will have the cost of such —_ added purchase price. ; PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Vol. 65 DECEMBER 1963 No. 4: NEW SPECIES OF BANDAKIA FROM NORTH AMERICA (ACARINA : MAMERSOPSINAE) 1 Davip R. Cook Wayne State University, Detroit, Michigan Cook (1961) described the first species of Bandakia from North America. The present study” treats three additional species, bringing the total known from the Nearctic Region to four species. One of the new species is phreaticolous, a member of the so-called “subterranean water” habitat. The remaining species were taken from surface water habitats. The previously described members of the genus Bandakia, plus species of Platymamersopsis and Mamersopsis, possess a short, stocky palp, usually with well developed setal tubercles on the ventral side of P-IV. This palpal difference was the only character significant enough to justify separation of these genera from those of the family Anisitsiellidae. However, two of the North American species of Ban- dakia possess “anisitsiellid” type palps in which P-II and P-IV are relatively long and narrow, and in one species P-IV lacks setal tubercles. Bandakia differs from those genera now placed in the Anisitsiellidae in its possession of claws on the fourth legs, but both Mamersopsis and Platymamersopsis resemble members of the family Anisitsiellidae in lacking claws on the fourth leg. The nymph of Bandakia differs from the known nymps of the Anisitsiellidae in hay- ing two rather than three dorsal plates. However, nymphs of Platy- mamersopsis possess three dorsal plates (two anterior and one pos- terior) and resemble nymphs of the Anisitsiellidae in structure of the coxae and provisional genital field. Since there are no consistent differences which will separate the Mamersopsidae from the Anisitsi- ellidae, it is here proposed that Mamersopsidae be considered a syno- nym of Anisitsiellidae, but that the included genera be retained in the subfamily Mamersopsinae. In a study on African water mites now in press (but which may appear later than the present paper), the author suggested moving the systematic position of the Mamers- opsidae next to the Anisitsiellidae. However, it now seems best to Contribution no. 85 from the Department of Biology, Wayne State University. -Supported by a grant (G-9042) from the National Science Foundation. 258 PROC, ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 4 DECEMBER, 1963 reduce the former to a subfamily under the latter. It is felt that the Psammotorrenticolinae, described by Angelier (1954) as a subfamily under the Mamersopsidae should remain as a distinct subfamily but shifted to the Anisitsiellidae. The family Anisitsiellidae would then contain four subfamilies, Anisitsiellinae Koenike 1910, Nilotoniinae Viets 1929, Mamersopsinae Viets 1914, and Psammotorrenticolinae Angelher 1954. In presenting measurements in this paper, those of the holotype or allotype will be given first. Whenever a series of specimens are avail- able, the range of size variation is given in parentheses following the measurements of the primary types. Holotypes and Allotypes will be placed in the Chicago Natural History Museum, Paratypes in the United States National Museum. Bandakia similis new species Dies Ae ce MoE a aBy als, 210))) Female.—Length of ventral shield 4714 (4714-509), width 3954 (395y-441p) ; ventral shield oval, slightly coneave at anterior end; numerous pores present; anterior portion of ventral shield not separated from remainder of ventral shield; first coxae fused medially, but with a well developed suture line between them; second coxae separated medially; capitular bay relatively wide and shallow; medial margins of third coxae rounded, and slightly separated; a suture line present on the third coxae slightly lateral to the gland opening; fourth coxae Separated by the genital field; fourth coxae more or less rectangular (fig. 13) ; genital field 1594 (152u-164u) in Jength, 111# (111-1214) in width; three pairs of genital acetabula, these occupying most of the space along the medial margins of the genital flaps; anterior acetabula 334-384 in length, middle acetabula 35p- 41 in length, posterior acetabula 35u-41u in length; dorsal shield oval, slightly truncate at anterior end; dorsal shield 4864 (4864-5474) in length, 312” (3124-3504) in width; dorsal shield bearing four pairs of glandularia and flanked by four pairs of glandularia platelets in the soft integument (fig. 20) ; color of dorsal and ventral shields a light purple. Dorsal lengths of the palpal segments: P-I, 21H (194-214); P-II, 834 (80p- 83u); P-ILI, 284 (28u-31u); P-IV, 44u (44u-45u); P-V, 35 (33u-864); greatest height of P-II, 554; ventral surface of P-II slightly concave, bearing a thickened seta 264 (26u-29u) in length; anteroventral portion of P-II with a _ bluntly- pointed, distally-direeted projection (fig. 4); P-IV with well developed setal tubercles on ventral side; dorsal lengths of the distal segments of the first leg: T-Leg-4, 59u (59u-62u) ; I-Leg-5, 664 (664-69u) ; I-Leg-6, 83u (S8lu-86u); greatest height of I-Leg-6, 38u (35u-384); figure 15 illustrates the proportions and chaetotaxy of these segments; dorsal lengths of the distal segments of the fourth leg: IV-Leg-4, 76u (76u-80u); TV-Leg-5, 8384 (83u4-90u); IV-Leg-6, 834 (83p- 904); 1V-Leg-6, 834 (83u-96u) ; figure 12 illustrates 1V-Leg-5 and 6. Male.—tLength of ventral shield 3954, width 3504; ventral shield similar to female except that medial margins of third coxae are broader (compare figures 1 and 13) and the genital field is proportionally shorter; genital field 104 in length, 934 in width; dorsal shield 418 in length, 266u in width; dorsal shield similar to that of female. J AS ices a a ae ee ie Mase: PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 4 DECEMBER, 1963 259 Bandakia similis n. sp. Fig. 1, ventral view, male; Fig. 4, palp, female; Fig. 6, 1V-Leg-5 and 6, male; Bandakia anisitsipalpis n. sp. Fig. 8, ventral view, fe- male; Bandakia elongata n. sp. Fig. 2, dorsal shield, nymph; Fig. 3, dorsal shield; male; Fig. 5, ventral shield, male; Fig. 7, ventral view, nymph; Fig. 9, palp, female; Bandakia vietsi Cook. Fig. 10, ventral view, female. 260 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 4 DECEMBER, 1963 Dorsal lengths of the papal segments: P-I, 194; P-II, 764; P-III, 28u; P-IV, 4534; P-V, 314; greatest height of P-II, 52u; dorsal lengths of the distal seg- ments of the first leg: I-Leg-4, 55u; I-Leg-5, 59u; I-Leg-6, 834; greatest height of I-Leg-6, 404; dorsal lengths of the distal segments of the fourth leg: IV-Leg-4, 694; 1V-Leg-5, 734; [V-Leg-6, 744; palp and first leg similar to female; fourth leg segments of male proportionally shorter and thicker than in female (compare figures 6 and 12). Types.—Holotype, adult female, collected in seepage-wetted mosses on the sheer face of a cliff (on Highway 107 south east of Cashiers), Jackson Co., North Carolina, May 14, 1961. Water temperature 14°C.; Allotype, adult male, same data as holotype; Paratypes, one female, same data as holotype; one female, taken in a small reocrene spring near Peaks of Otter (at approximately Mile 85 on Skyline Drive), Bedford Co., Virginia, May 12, 1961. Water temperature 11°C., collection made in mosses on rocks. Discussion.—The present species possesses a “typical” mamersopsid palp (fig. 4) and therefore is most closely related to the European Bandakia concreta Thor and its subspecies, and to B. vietst Cook, the latter known from Michigan. Bandakia similis differs from concreta in having a bluntly-pointed, distally-directed projection on the ven- tral side of P-II. The European species possesses a rounded hump on the ventral side of P-II distal to the insertion of the ventral seta. In the male of similis, the segments of the fourth leg are comparatively much shorter and thicker than in the male of concreta. The present Species may be easily separated from vietsi by its comparatively long genital acetabula which occupy most of the medial margin of the genital flaps. In B. vietsi the acetabula occupy only a small portion of the medial margin of the genital flaps. Compare figures 10 and 13. Bandakia anisitsipalpis new species Giesh Sales ai9%) Female. Length of ventral shield 5254, width 4494; ventral shield oval, with numerous, small pores; anterior portion of ventral shield separated into small right and left platelets bearing the lateral eyes and preocularia (fig. 8); a dis- tinct ridge present on each side extending from the area of the lateral eyes pos- triorly to a line even with the anterior margin of the fourth coxae; first coxae touching medially, but with a distinct suture line between them; second coxae separated medially; capitular bay extremely shallow; medial margins of third coxae bluntly pointed and only slightly separated from each other; fourth coxae separated by the genital field; fourth coxae more or less triangular in shape; genital field 145 in length, 104u in width; three pairs of genital acetabula pres- ent, these occupying most of the space along the medial margins of the genital flaps; dorsal shield oval, slightly truncate at anterior end; dorsal shield bearing four pairs of glandularia; dorsal shield 5164 in length, 3654 in width; four pairs of glandularia platelets located in the soft integument near the periphery of the (dorsal shield (fig. 18); dorsal and ventral shields purple. Dorsal lengths of the palpal segments: P-I, 214; P-II, 91u; P-III, 50u; P-IV, 87u; P-V, 24u; greatest height of P-II, 574; ventral surface of P-II very slightly a walter 7 Kn 20 Bandakia similis n. sp. Fig. 12, 1V-Leg-5 and 6, female; Fig. 13, ventral view, female; Fig. 15, distal segments of first leg, female; Fig. 20, dorsal shield, fe- male. Bandakia anisitsipalpis n. sp. Fig. 17, distal segments of first leg, female; Fig. 18, dorsal shield, female; Fig. 19, palp, female. Bandakia elongata n. sp. Fig. 11, ventral view, female; Fig. 14, [V-Leg-5 and 6, female; Fig. 16, distal segments of first leg, female. 262 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 4 DECEMBER, 1963 concave, bearing a moderately developed seta; P-IV comparatively long and nar- row, bearing small setal tubercles somewhat distal to middle of ventral side (fig. 19); dorsal lengths of the distal segments of the first leg: I-Leg-4, 574; I-Leg-5, 624; I-Leg-6, 834; figure 17 illustrates the chaetotaxy and proportions of I-Leg-4, 5 and 6; dorsal lengths of the distal segments of the fourth leg: IV-Leg-4, 864; IV-Leg-5, 974; IV-Leg-6, 95u; well developed claws present at the tip of IV- Leg-6; swimming hairs absent. Male.—Unknown. Types—Holotype, adult female, collected in a small stream near Bridal Veil Falls (on U. S. 64 northeast of Highlands), Macon Co., North Carolina, May 15, 1961. Water temperature 10°C., collection made in aquatic mosses covering the rocky bottom. Discussion.—The presence of separate anterior platelets bearing the lateral eyes (fig. 8) will separate anisitsipalpis from all known species of Bandakia. The structure of the palp with its comparatively long and narrow P-IV is unique among the surface water inhabiting spe- cies of the genus. The phreaticolous species, B. elongata n. sp., pos- Sesses_ a somewhat similar palp (fig. 9) but the latter lacks setal tubercles on the ventral side of P-IV. Bandakia elongata new species MES e235. alae Os lol Ae IG) Female.—Length of ventral shield 551m (5404-5974), width 3424 (334u-395,.) ; ventral shield elongate and oval, with numerous pores; anterior portion of ventral shield not separated from remainder of ventral shield; pigmented lateral eyes present; first coxae fused medially but with a slightly indicated suture line be- tween them; second coxae separated medially ; capitular bay relatively wide and shallow; medial margins of third coxae broad and almost touching each other; a suture line present on the third coxae slightly lateral to the gland openings; fourth coxae partially separated by the genital field; fourth coxae more or less triangular in shape (fig. 11); genital field 1244 (12lu-138u) in length, 764 (73,- 85) in width; three pairs of genital acetabula present, these oecupying most of the space along the medial margins of the genital flaps; dorsal shield elongate and oval, slightly truncate at anterior end; dorsal shield bearing four pairs of glandularia; four pairs of very small glandularia platelets present in the soft integument near the periphery of the dorsal shield; integument without pigment, giving the animal a somewhat yellowish color. Dorsal lengths of the palpal segments: P-I, 24u (244-27); P-II, 125 (107#- 133u); P-IIT, 48u (48u-54u) P-IV, 104m (97u-114u); P-V, 21u (194-28u); ventral surface of P-II convex, bearing a small seta; P-IV comparatively long and slen- der, without setal tubercles (fig. 9); dorsal lengths of the distal segments of the first leg: I-Leg-4, 73u (73u-81u); I-Leg-5, 834 (834-874); I-Leg-6, 974 (97p- 1044); figure 18 illustrates the proportions and chaetotaxy of these segments; dorsal lengths of the distal segments of the fourth leg: IV-Leg-4, 904 (90u4-97p) ; TV-Leg-5, 107 (1054-1144); TV-Leg-6, 934 (934-100u); well developed claws present at the tip of [V-Leg-6 (fig, 14); swimming hairs absent. Male—Length of ventral shield 494u, width 342u; ventral shield of male simi- lar to female except genital field is proportionally shorter (fig. 5); genital field 104u in length, 764 in width; dorsal shield 486u in length, 274« in width; dorsal PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 4 DECEMBER, 1963 263 shield similar to that of female (fig. 3); integument without pigment. Dorsal lengths of the palpal segments: P-I, 234; P-I1, 1l4u; P-IIl, 454; P-LV, 100u; P-V, 234; dorsal lengths of the distal segments of the first leg: I-Leg-4, 69u; I-Leg-5, 794; I-Leg-6, 874; dorsal lengths of the distal segments of the fourth leg: 1V-Leg-4, 864; IV-Leg-5, 974; IV-Leg-6, 884; proportions and chae- totaxy of palp and legs similar to female. Nymph.—Length between anterior end of first coxae and posterior end of the provisional genital field 334u, width of coxal area 319u; first coxae fused medially, but with a distinct suture line between them; second coxae separated medially ; third and fourth coxae separated medially; secondary sclerotization extending posteriorly from the fourth coxae to form a deep genital bay (fig. 7); suture line present on third coxae slightly lateral to the gland openings as in adults; pro- visional genital field triangular in shape, 1lly in length, 974 in width; two pairs of genital acetabula present; provisional genital field bearing three pairs of small setae; excretory pore lying free in the soft integument immediately posterior to the provisional genital field; dorsal shield consisting of two plates, the anterior plate being the largest (fig. 2); dorsal shield 3424 in length, 2824 in width; anterior plate of dorsal shield 258u in length; integument without pigment. Dorsal lengths of the palpal segments: P-I, 17u; P-I], 874; P-IIl, 354; P-IV, 76u; P-V, 17u; structure and proportions of palp similar to adults except seta on ventral side of P-II is absent. Types.—Holotype, adult female, taken in a gravel bar in Ten Mile Creek (on U. 8. 101, seven miles south of Yachats), Lane Co., Ore- gon, Aug. 13, 1961. Water temperature 14°C., bottom mostly rocks and gravel, with little vegetation present; Allotype, adult male, same data as holotype; Paratypes: three females, one nymph, same data as holotype: two females, collected in a sand bar in the Madison River (on U. S. 191 approximately four miles north of West Yellowstone), Gallatin Co., Montana, Sept. 1, 1961. Discussion —Bandakia clongata is most closely related to the species from the ground waters of Europe, B. corsica described by Angelier (1951) from Corsica. Viets (1953) proposed the name B. speciosa for the phreaticolous form from Germany. However, Schwoerbel (1959) has placed speciosa as a synonym of corsica. The North Ameri- can species is similar in body proportions but differs from the Euro- pean species in its possession of comparatively much longer and nar- rower palpal segments. REFERENCES Angelier, E., 1951. Diagnoses sommaires d’Hydracariens psammiques nouveaux de Corse. Bull. Mus. Nat. Hist. nat., 23: 508-510. , 1954. Contribution a Vetude de la faune d’eau douce de Corse. Acar- lens psammiques. Viet et Milieu, 4: 505-539. Cook, David R., 1961. New species of Bandakia, Wettina, and Athienemannia from Michigan. Proc. Ent. Soc. Washington, 63: 262-268. Schwoerbel, Jiirgen, 1959. Zur Kenntnis der Wassermilbenfauna des _ siidlichen Schwarzwaldes. 5. Beitrag: Wassermilben aus dem Grundwasser. Mitt. bad. Landesver. Naturkde. u. Natursehutz, N. F. 7 (323-330). Viets, Karl, 1953. Eine neue Bandakia-Art. Zool, Anz., 150: 67-69. 264 PROG. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 4 DECEMBER, 1963 THE HOST-PARASITE RELATIONSHIP OF XYLOCELIA VIRGINIANA ROHWER AND OMALUS INTERMEDIUS (AARON) (HYMENOPTERA: SPHECIDAE, CHRYSIDIDAE) There is a populous colony of the solitary, ground-nesting pemphre- donine wasp, Vylocelia virginiana Rohwer, near the picnic table on Plummers Island, Maryland. Males frequent the foliage of a hop- hornbeam, Ostrya virginiana (Mill.) Koch, at the edge of the nesting site from late May to late June. For several years I have collected concurrently on this same foliage a number of males of the cuckoo wasp, Omalus intermedius (Aaron), and have suspected that vir- giniana served as the host for the ehrysidid. Each of these wasps normally has only a single generation a year. Ilowever, I was never able to find intermedius females frequenting the nesting site, and, as a matter of fact, had never collected females of this species anywhere. Karly in the spring of 1963 I dug up two small areas in the wir- giniana colony site in an attempt to recover some wasp cocoons. The first digging on May 5 produced nothing. A second digging on May 12 yielded a single, light-tan, ovoid, silken cocoon (51263 A) 5 mm. long, at a depth of 2-5 em. A female of intermedius emerged from this cocoon on May 23. On June 16 I staked out several small areas containing nest en- trances of virginiana females. I dug up two of these sites (61663 C, D) on July 21. In the 2-5 em. layer T recovered two puparia of Leucophora sociata Meigen, an anthomyid parasite of virginiana, two cocoons containing resting larvae of virginiana, and one cocoon with a resting larva of intermedius. There can be no doubt now that a host-parasite relationship exists between these two wasps. This is only the second published record for a species of Omalus parasitizing a ground-nesting pemphredonine wasp. The Peckhams (Bull. Wise. Nat. Hist. Surv. 2: 104, 1898) recorded an Omalus, which was identified for them as coruscans (Norton), as a parasite of Vylocelia americana (Packard). It is prob- able that both of these wasps were misidentified specifically, but there is no reason to doubt the generic assignments. Other published host records establish that most species of Omalus parasitize twig- or wood-nesting pemphredonine wasps belonging to the genera Stigmus, Pemphredon, Passaloecus and Diodontus. KARL V. KROMBEIN Entomology Research Division, ARS, U.S, Department of Agriculture Washington 25, D.C. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 4 DECEMBER, 1963 265 MORPHOLOGY OF THE HEAD CAPSULE AND MOUTH PARTS OF CARYEDON GONAGRA FABRICIUS (COLEOPTERA: BRUCHIDAE) P. N. Maruur and (Miss) R. K. Duapiau, Department of Zoology, Government College, Ajmer. (India). INTRODUCTION The general morphology of the different familes of Coleoptera has been dealt with by Hayes (1922), Van Zwaluwenburg (1922), Kor- schelt (1923), Rivnay (1928) and Friend (1929). Some workers have made studies on the special structures of the order, ike Sharp and Muir (1912), and Muir (1918) on the genitalia, Forbes (1922), and Graham (1922) on the wings, Stickney (1923) on the head capsule, Purthi (1925), and Tanner (1927) on the genitalia, and Willams (1938) on the mouth parts. But their work is too specialized in its scope to include the study of the coleopteran family Bruchidae. Thus, there is little work on the external morphology of bruchids save for a few scattered papers on the morphology of the male and female genitalia of a few species by Zacher (1930), Mukerji and Bhuya (1937), Mukerji (1949), Mukerji and Chatterji (1951), and Srivas- tava (1953). The present paper is a study of the morphology of the head capsule and mouth parts of Caryedon gonagra. MATERIAL AND TECHNIQUE The specimens of Caryedon gonagra were collected from the hght domes along with other insects. They were preserved in 70% alcohol. For the detailed study, heads were severed from rest of the body and boiled in hot concentrated solution of potassium hydroxide till they were transparent. To study the various sclerites, dissections were made under a stereoscopic binocular microscope in a liquid medium with the help of two sharp needles. The different sclerites were stained in 1% solution of acid fuchsin and permanent mounts were made as usual. The figures were drawn with the help of a camera lucida. Heap CAPSULE (Bigs, 1 and) /2:) The head is oblong, punctate, pubescent, strongly sclerotized and is capable of free movement. It is composed of several fused sclerites so that most of the sutures have disappeared. The mouth parts are of prognathous type. The posterior end is distinctly convex. Dorsal aspect :—The dorsal surface of the epicranium can not be divided accurately into the recognized areas because of the absence of ridges and most of the sutures. The interantennal area is termed as frons. Due to the complete disappearance of the epicranial suture as in Calopteron and Photinus (Stickney, 1923), the frons is not delimited posteriorly. The posterior boundary of the frons is gen- erally demarked by the arms of the epicranial suture, but when the 266 PROC. ENT. SOC, WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 4 DECEMBER, 1963 latter is absent the posterior limits can be marked by drawing a line across the antennal fossae and at either end of this line another line drawn at an angle of 45 degrees represents the arm of the epicranial suture of its side. A well developed frontoclypeal suture or epistomal suture marks the anterior boundary of frons as in Bruchus affinis (Mathur and Dhadial, 1961). On the contrary Stickney (1923) did not observe frontoclypeal suture in any coleopteran heads studied by him. The frontoclypeal suture is shghtly arched posteriorly and forms a corresponding ridge internally which serves as a brace be- tween the mandibular articulations. From the lateral ends of this ridge in front of the antennae and near the dorsal articulations of the mandibles arise the anterior tentorial arms. The external pits of the anterior tentorial arms, the pretentorinae, lie in the lateral ends of the frontoclypeal suture. Cephalad to frons and separated from it by the frontoclypeal suture is the clypeus. It is more or less rectangular sclerite slightly broader than long. There is a ridge running on the ventrolateral margins along the posterior two thirds of the clypeus. On either side, the posterolateral end of this ridge serves as the precoila with which articulates the dorsal articulatory process, the preartis, of the man- dible of its side. There is no suture separating the clypeus into an ante- and a postclypeus. Lateral to frons and in front of the emargination of the compound eyes are the genae. Each gena bears just cephalad to the compound eye an eleven segmented, serrate and hairy antenna. The antenna extends about two fifths of the leneth of elytra. The segments are longer than broad, increasing regularly in size from fourth segment onward. The antenna is expanded and compressed except the basal four joints. The fifth segment is noticeably more expanded apically than the fourth one. The first part of the antenna is the scape by which it attaches to the head, the second is the pedicel while the rest nine segments form the flagellum or eclavola. The bulb of the scape fits into the antennal socket or antacava. There is no separate anten- nal sclerite or antennarium surrounding the antennal socket. A very small pivot-like process, the antacoila, or antennifer, represents the antennal sclerite. The antacoila fits into a sht at the base of the scape and helps in the free movement of the antenna. The base of each segment fits into the cavity found at the distal end of the preceding segment. The area posterior to frons and between the compound eyes, is the vertex. The vertex is narrow at the anterior end and diverges pos- teriorly. It carries a median carina. The compound eyes are the most conspicuous structures of the head capsule and are located near the middle of the lateral margins of the head behind the antennae. They are convex, finely faceted and hardly emarginate. The emareina- tion is less than one quarter of the entire leneth. There are no oeelli as in other beetles (Stickney, 1923). The vertex is not distinguished posteriorly from the occiput as the occipital suture is absent. How- ever, the convex occiput is pinched off from the vertex by the lateral PROC. ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 4 DECEMBER, 1963 267 fl &s oc of gu : oo Fire 2° oR™m.- —— Pig. 1. Dorsal view of the head; fig. 2. Ventral view of the head. 268 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO, 4 DECEMBER, 1963 constrictions present just caudad to the compound eyes. An imaginary line drawn across the two lateral constrictions represents the occipital suture. These constrictions merely mark the limits to which the head is telescoped into the prothorax in active state. The ventral fissure of Bridwell (1932), setting off the occiput from the vertex, is not observed here. Ventral aspect :—The caudal end of the head is marked by the oeci- pital foramen. The postoeciput is hardly discernible and is nothing more than the slight thickness of the rim of the occipital foramen. The ventral part of this thickness forms internally a ridge on either side which can be termed as postoccipital ridge. From the distal ends of this ridge arise the posterior tentorial arms, their external pits, the metatentorinae, are not clearly marked externally. The cervix is attached to the occipital rim. The middle portion of the floor of the head capsule is formed by the gula. The gular sutures extend only up to a very short distance cephalad from the occipital foramen. Therefore, the rest of the gula is not demarked laterally from the epicranium. The gula extends forward between the compound eyes to receive the labium on its distal margin from which it is not sepa- rated by any suture, the gulomental suture being absent. The portion of the epicranium laterad to the gula are the post- genae. The cephalic region of the postgena forms a U-shaped fissure, the buccal fissure (Bridwell, 1932). The inner arm of the “U” forms dorsally, the paracoila with which articulates the cardo of the maxilla by means of its cardocondyles. The laterocephalic end of each post- gena bears a deep socket, the postcoila, into which fits the postartis of the mandible of its side. Mourn Parts (a) Labrum:—(Fig. 3) The labrum is an unpaired sclerite forming the roof of the preoral cavity. It les ventral to the clypeus, therefore, the question of the presence of clypeolabral suture does not arise. According to Comstock and Kochi (1902) the labrum is the last in the series of unpaired sclerites between the epicranial suture and the mouth. The labrum is composed of two parts, the anterior antelabrum and the posterior postlabrum. The highly sclerotized antelabrum is nearly three times broader than long. Its distal margin is fringed with strong setae which are more lone toward the lateral sides. The dorsal surface bears sparsely arranged setae. The antelabrum is the free and movable portion of the labrum and is not covered by the dorsally placed clypeus. The membranous postlabrum is completely covered by the clypeus. From the middle of the caudal end of the antelabrum arises a thin Y-shaped ridge. It runs along the ventral surface of the postlabrum. Each arm of the ‘Y’ gives a lateral branch before it terminates which runs horizontally for some distance and then bends backward at right angles and continues as the marginal ridge. The marginal ridges guard the sides of the delicate postlabrum. On the ventral side between the arms of the Y-shaped ridge is a lobe-like structure, PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 4 DECEMBER, 1963 269 the epipharyngeal lobe with strong hairs. The epipharyngeal lobe represents the epipharynx. (b) Mandibles:—(Fig. 4) The mandibles lie in front of and dorsal to the maxillae. They are highly sclerotized appendages capable of great freedom of movement both by the nature of their attachment and the possession of great adductor and abductor muscles. The outer margin of each mandible is entire while the mesal or inner margin is differentiated into a distal mesally curved incisor lobe and proximal or basal molar mass provided with irregular, den- tate and highly sclerotized surface. The incisor lobe forms the cutting organ whereas the basal molar mass forms an efficient grinder. The number and arrangement of incisors and molars are same in the right and the left mandible. A membranous flap extends between the incisor and molar mass (Bridwell, 1932) of each mandible. Just in front of the membranous flap is a comb-like structure with thick hairs directed mesally. Dor- FIG 4 | FIG 6 Fig. 3. Ventral view of the labrum; fig. 4. Dorsal view of the right mandible; fig. 5. Dorsal view of the left maxilla; fig. 6. Ventral view of the labium. 270 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 4 DECEMBER, 1963 sally, along the outer margin of the mandible up to two thirds of the distance runs a ridge, the dorsal ridge. The dorsal ridge bears lone bristles directed outwardly. Each mandible articulates with the head capsule by two articula- tory processes, a dorsal one, the preartis, which articulates with the precoila of the elypeus and a ventral one, the postartis, a well devel- oped ocondyle which fits into the postcoila of the postgena. The preartis hes nearer to the postartis. There are two large apodemes attached to the inner and outer angles of the mandibular base for the imsertion of their respective muscles. The inner apodeme is the adductor apodeme and the outer one is the abductor apodeme. (c) Maxillae:—(Fig. 5) The maxilla is regarded as the highly modified derivative of a walking limb. It consists of the cardo, stipes, palpifer, galea, lacinia and maxillary palpus. Each maxilla is artic- ulated to the head capsule by its two cardocondyles. The space be- tween the cardocondyles serves as a pivot against the paracoila. The cardotendons (Crampton, 1929b) or the promoter apodemes (Misra, 1945) are attached, one to the outer cardocondyle and two to the inner cardocondyle for the attachment of their respective muscles. The cardo is an elongated structure which shows no division into basicardo and disticardo as in most of the other beetles (Williams, 1938). The distal portion of the cardo is placed horizontally at right angles to the stipes and the proximal part is deflected dorsally at right angles to the distal part. The eardo alone with the proximal portion of the stipes takes more or less an U-shaped form whieh rests in the buccal fissure of the head capsule. The inner portion of the buceal fissure forms dorsally the paracoila with which articulate the cardocondyles of the cardo. The paracoila is not seen in the ventral view. The next division of the maxilla is the stipes. The stipes forms the major portion of the maxilla and is separated from the cardo by a transverse cardostipital ridge. It is composed of two sclerites, the basal triangular basistipes and mesal irregular mediostipes. An oblique stipital ridge very clearly demarks these two sclerites from each other. The dististipes, a small membranous area between the basigalea and basistipes, is absent. It is found to be present in many coleopteran beetles (Williams, 1938). Distal half of the stipes bears another distinct sclerite, the palpifer. The palpifer supports a four segmented maxillary palpus on its distal end. The first segment of palpus is the shortest of all and the terminal one is the longest. The palpus bears scattered setae. The mediostipes bears two distal lobes of the maxilla. The inner knife-like lacinia and the outer elongated galea. The distal and inner margins of the lacinia bear a row of long setae, the lacinarastra (Yuasa, 1920). The lacinia is demarked dis- tinctly from the mediostipes, the former being more sclerotized. The galea is two segmented basal, the basigalea and distal, the distigalea. The distigalea as in Silpha (Williams, 1938) is tipped with long setae. The basigalea is small and is not distinguished from the medio- stipes. Dorsally, the galea partially overlaps the lacinia. The basi- , =—— a, | PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 4 DECEMBER, 1963 271 maxillary membrane extends between the cardo and the mediostipes up to the base of the lacinia. (d) Labiwm:—(Fig. 6) The labium forms the floor of the preoral eavity and lies in front of the gula between the maxillae. It is com- posed of the submentum, mentum, prementum, ligula (fused glossae and paraglossae), palpigers and labial palpi. Primarily the labium is divided into a proximal postmentum and a distal permentum, the line of division between the two being the labial suture. The mental suture demarks the distal sclerite of the postmentum as the mentum and the proximal one as the submentum. The gulomental suture which separates the submentum from the caudally placed gula is absent. Externally, the posterior boundary of the submentum is more or less arbitrarily marked by an imaginary line across the basal articulations of the cardines. The criterion of judging the posterior limits of the submentum by a line drawn across the gular pits does not apply in this ease as the gular pits or the metatentorinae are not clearly seen. Moreover, their supposed position is near the occipital foramen where- as the cardines le quite anteriorly. The basal articulations of car- dines are more satisfactory landmarks for determining the posterior boundary of the submentum. The posterolateral areas of the sub- mentum participate in the formation of inner arms of the buccal fissures. The submentum is separated from the bilobed mentum by the mental suture. The mentum bears long bristles. It receives the pre- mentum or eulabium of Crampton (1928) between its two lobes. The prementum is demarked from the mentum by a distinct labial suture. The palpigers are not distinguished from the prementum. Probably the fusion of the palpigers form the prementum. Ventrally, the pre- mentum bears three segmented labial palpi on either side. The palpi bear sparsely arranged setae. The paraglossae and glossae have fused to form a bilobed heula. The ligula is anterior most region of the labium. It bears setae of different sizes on its distal margin. The mental membrane of Williams (1938) is not seen here. It may be confluent with the mentum. (e) Hypopharynx—tThe hypopharynx is a thin membranous struc- ture which remains closely applied to the dorsal side of the premen- tum and the ligula. TENTORIUM The tentorium is a U-shaped, thin and weakly chitinized structure. It is composed of the anterior tentorial arms and the posterior ten- torial arms. Due to the fusion of the sclerites and absence of most of the sutures of the head, the tentorium is reduced in size. The anterior tentorial arms arise from the lateral ends of the fronto- clypeal ridge, their pits, the pretentorinae lie in the corresponding suture. The lone and thin anterior tentorial arms are posteriorly attached to the distal ends of the postoecipital ridge. The posterior tentorial arms unite to form a delicate transverse bar, the tentorial bridge. The external pits of the posterior tentorial arms, the meta- tentorinae, are not clear externally. 272 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO, 4 DECEMBER, 1963 SUMMARY The present paper is a study on the morphology of head capsule and mouth parts of Caryedon gonagra. The oblong, punctate, and pubescent heaxl is composed of several fused sclerites so that most of the sutures have disappeared. The mouth parts are of prog- nathous type. The epicranial suture is absent. The frontoclypeal suture or the epistomal suture separates the frons from the anteriorly placed clypeus. The elypeus is not divided into an ante- and a postclypeus. The lateral margins of each gena bears an eleven jointed serrate antenna. The vertex bears a median carina. The compound eyes are very prominent and the emargination is less than one quarter of the entire length. There are no oeelli. The occiput is pinched off from the vertex by the lateral constrictions. The postoceiput is hardly discernible. The gular sutures extend up to a very short dis..ance cephalad from the occipital foramen. The cephalic region of the postgena forms a U-shaped bueeal fissure with which articulates the cardo of the maxilla, The labrum is composed of an ante- and a postlabrum. A membranous flap extends between the incisor and molar mass of each mandible. The dorsal ridge bears long bristles. The cardo along with the proximal portion of the stipes takes more or less a U-shaped form and rests in the buceal fissure. The gulomental suture is absent. The thin membranous hypopharynx remains closely applied to the dorsal wall of the prementum and the ligula. The tentorium is a thin U-shaped structure. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS We express our gratitude to Shri Bhim Sen, Principal, Government College, Ajmer, for laboratory facilities. We also wish to thank Dr. M. G. Ramdas Menon, Systematic Entomologist, I.A.R.I., New Delhi, for his kind help in identifying the species. List oF ABBREVIATIONS anlb, antelabrum; ant, antenna; bf, buccal fissure; bm, basimaxillary membrane; bst, basistipes; c, comb-like structure; ca, cardo; ecd, cardocondyles; ce, com- pound eye; cl, clypeus; er, carina; csr, cardostipital ridge; dg, distigalea; dr, dorsal ridge; el, epilobe; epl, epipharyngeal lobe; fes, frontoclypeal suture; fl, flagellum; fr, frons; ge, gena; gs, sular suture; gl, galea; gu, gula; in, incisor; 1, labrum; la, lacinia; lb, labium; lbs, labral suture; lc, lateral constriction; lea, lacinarastra; lg, ligula; lp, labial palpus; Is, labial sutre; max p, maxillary palpus; md, mandible; mf, membranous flap; ml, molar; mn, mentum; mr, marginal ridge; ms, mental suture; mst, mediostipes; mx, maxilla; of, occipital foramen; oc, occiput; pd, pedicel; pf, palpifer; pge, postgena; plb, postlabrum; pmn, prementum; prar, preartis; ptar, postartis; pt, pretentorina; sc, scape; smn, submentum; sr, stipital ridge; v, vertex; vr, Y-shaped ridge. REFERENCES Bridwell, J. C. 1932. The sub-families of the Bruchidae (Coleoptera). Proe. Ent. Soe. Wash. 34, pp. 100-106. Comstock, J. H. and K. Kochi. 1902. The skeleton of head of inseets. American Naturalist. 36, pp. 13-45. Crampton, G. C. 1923, A phylogenetic study of maxillae compared throughout the orders of insects, Journ, N, Y. Ent. Soc., 31, pp. 77-107. ~! PROC. ENT. SOC, WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 4 DECEMBER, 19635 278 1928. The eulabium, mentum, submentum, and gular region of insects. Journ. Ent. and Zool. 20, pp. 19. Forbes, W. T. M. 1922. The wing venation of the Coleoptera. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 15, pp. 328-52. Graham, S. A. 1922. A study of the wing venation of the Coleoptera. Ann. Ent. Soe. 15, pp. 191-200. Hayes, W. P. 1922. The ex erval morphology of Lachnosterna crassissima Blanch. Trans. Amer, Micro. Soc. 41, pp. 1-28. Korschelt, E. 1923. Bearbeitung Hinhcimiseher Tiere I. Der Gelbrand Dytiscus marginalis LL. External Morphology: 9-79. Wihelm Engelmann. Leipzig. Mathur, P. N. and R. K. Dhadial. 1961. Studies on the external morphology of Bruchus affinis Frol. (Coleoptera, Phytophaga, Bruchidae). Part I, Head capsule and mouth parts. Entomol, Ts. Arg. 82. H. 3-4, pp. 222-230. Misra, S. D. 1945. Studies on the somatic musculature of the Desert Locust, Schistocerca gregaria Forsk. Part I, The Tead. Ind. Journ. Ent. 7(1-2), pp. 103-108, Muir, F. 1918. Notes on the ontogeny and morphology of the male genital tube in Coleoptera. Trans. Ent. Soc. London, pp. 2238-229. Mukerji, D. and H. Bhuya. 1937. Reproductive sys'cm of the bruehid beetles Bruchus quadrimaculatus Fabr., Bruchus (Callosobruchus) chinensis lL. (Bru- chidae-Coleoptera). J. Morph. Phil. 61, pp. 175-214. Mukerji, S. 1949. Structure and funetion of Bursa copulatrix and the asso- ciated organs in Bruchidae (Lariidae) (Coleoptera-Phytophaga) and the taxonomic significance. Current Science, 18, pp. 255-57. Mukerji, 8S. and S. N. Chatterji. 1951. Morphology of the genital structures of some of the Bruchidae (Lariidae) of India and Ceylon and their taxonomic importance. Ind. J. Ent. 13. pp. 1-28. Rivnay, E. 1928. External morphology of the Colorado potato beetle (Leptino- tarsa decemlineata Say), Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. 36, pp. 125-44. Sharp, D. and F. Muir 1912. The comparative anatomy of the male genital tube of Coleoptera. Trans. Ent. Soc. London, Part, II], pp. 477-642. Singh Pruthi, H. 1925. The morphology of the male genitalia in Rhynechota. Trans. Ent. Soc. London, pp. 127-267. Srivastava, U. S. 1953. Reproductive organs of certain stored grain beetles. Proc. Nation. Academy of Sei. (India) Allahabad, Vol. 23. Sec. B, Part I-IIT. Stickney, F.S. 1923. The head capsule of Coleoptera, Ill. Biol. Monogr., 8(1), pp. 1-105. Snodgrass, R. E. 1935. Principles of Insect Morphology, New York and London. Tanner, V. M. 1927. A preliminary siudy of the genitalia of female Coleoptera. Trans. Ent. Soc. Amer., 53, pp. 5-50. Van Zwaluwenburg, R. H. 1922. External anatomy of the Elaterid genus Melantotus (Coleop) with remarks of taxonomie yalue on some characters. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 24, 12-29. Williams, J. W. 1938. Comparative morphology of the mouth parts of the order Coleoptera. J. N. Y. Ent. Soc. 46, pp. 243-287. Yuasa, H. 1920. The anatomy of the head and mouth parts of the order Orthoptera and Euplexoptera. Journ. Morph. 33, pp. 251-307. Zacher, F. 1930. Untersuchungen zur Morphologie and Biologie der Samenkifer (Bruchidae-Lariidae). Arb. Biol. Reichsanst. f. Land. u. Forst, 18 pp. 233-384. Berlin, 4 bo ~l as PROC. ENT. SOC, WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 4 DECEMBER, 1963 A NEW GENUS OF CHYTODESMID MILLIPEDS FROM PERU! Ricuarp L. Horrman, Radford College, Radford, Va. The milliped described below was represented in a collection of spe- cies taken by Plant Quarantine inspectors of the Agricultural Re- search Service, and sent to me for determination by Dr. Ralph E. Crabill, Jr. The naming of a single species or even a genus from any tropical country contributes very little to an understanding of the total diplopod fauna of the region, and the recent series of papers on Peruvian millipeds by Chamberlin (1941, 1955) and Kraus (1954-60) give an indication of the profusion of Andean species. I am propos- ing the present new names because of an interesting structural de- parture which I do not know in any other known forms, and because of the opportunity to express an opinion on the family name Chyto- desmidae, a group which has been disregarded by virtually all recent students of the Diplopoda. Probolocryptus, new genus Type species: P. krausi, new species. Diagnosis: A chytodesmid genus characterized by the form of the paranota of segment 18, which are acutely produced cephalad while the caudal corners of these paranota, normally produced caudad in most polydesmoids, are rounded off completely. The partial coalescence of two of the posterior paranotal lobes of most segments appears to be also diagnostic. The gonopods bear a resemblance to those of Docodesmus. Body composed of head and 20 segments, the collum enlarged to cover the head, its margin 12-lobed; paranota of 2nd segment larger than the others; body broad in proportion to length, the W/L ratio about 28 per cent. Surface of metatergites densely granular, most segments with four longitudinal rows each composed of two enlarged tubercules; on posterior segments a third tubercule is added to each series. Segment 19 reduced in size, its paranota narrow and without definite lateral and posterior sides; segment 20 small, partially concealed by 19th, the conic-rounded epiproct nearly hidden by two large paramedian tubereules. Ozo- pores tiny, difficult to observe, located near the center of the paranota of segments 5 Hp ls al, Te alsa le). Legs relatively long and slender, not originating from elevated podosterna, their bases approximate, the sternal areas glabrous and unmodified. Stigmata tiny, round, without elevated rims. Neither anterior legs nor sterna specially modified in males. Vasa deferentia open through small pores flush with coxal surface, no produced seminal processes present. Gonopod aperture large, transversely oval, the rim slightly thickened but not particularly elevated or flared, both anterior and posterior margins slightly pro- duced at midline, causing a distinct median constriction of the opening. Gonopods large, the coxae produced mesiad and in contact over a short distance but not fused to any extent; ventral surface of coxae densely granulose-setose; no coxal 14 contribution from studies supported by a grant (G-21519) from the National Science Foundation. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 4 DECEMBER, 1963 apophyses developed. Telopodite consisting largely of a setose prefemoral region terminating distally in (1) a slender, simple, faleate branch and (2) a short, membranous, digitiform prefemoral process. No distinct femoral and tibiotarsal regions evident beyond prefemur, only a slender, simple branch which carries the seminal groove. Sternum of 3rd segment of females with a simple, erect, thin crest concealing the bases of the second pair of legs. Distribution: Peru. Probolocryptus krausi, new species (Figures 1-6) Type specimens: Male holotype and female paratype, U. S. Nat. Mus. 2930, taken from an air shipment of bromeliads from Peru by Plant Quarantine inspec- tor A. S. Mills at Miami, Florida. Precise origin of the shipment is unknown. Diagnosis: With the characters of the genus; specifie features probably occur in shape of the male gonopods and of the limbus. Description of holotype: Adult male, 13.0 mm long, maximum width across metatergites 3.6 mm, with W/L ratio about 28 per cent. Body outline essentially parallel over segments 4-16, the widths of selected segments as follows: Collum 2.4 mm 12th 3.4 mm 2nd 3.0 16th ee 4th 34a) 18th 2.9 6th 3.6 19th 1.5 8th 3.9 Head (figure 1) reflexed caudoventrad, nearly horizontal, the vertex densely granulate, with deep median depression and pronounced supraantennal shelf on each side. Genae convex, not margined, both genae and frons smooth, setose. Clypeus smooth, distinctly elevated as a transverse facial ridge; labrum smooth, depressed, with 8 labral setae. Antennae relatively long and slender for a cryptodesmoid species (fig. 1), all of the articles distinctly longer than broad, the 5th largest as usual in this group, all articles setose but none with evident sensory areas. Length relationships: 5> 38> 4 = 3 = 2> 7> 1. Terminal sensory cones long and slender, widely sep- arated basally. Collum (fig. 2) distinetly broader than head, which it completely conceals. Upper surface irregularly granulate-tubereulate, the discal area convexly ele- vated; front and side areas depressed, paranota horizontal; anterior edge 12- lobed; caudal edge nearly straight, entire, with a small but distinctly elevated marginal ridge. Outline of collum subtrapezoidal, the sides convergent anteriorly, the front edge nearly transverse and with the incisions less distinct. Segments 2-16 subsimilar: dorsum slightly arched, paranota broad and slightly depressed from the horizontal, each paranotum about as wide as diameter of body cavity. Metatergites very abruptly elevated above level of interzonal furrow and the following prozonite, this elevated surface wider distally than at its base thus forming an overhang at each edge. Surface of metatergites rough, not en- erusted with earth particles, each segment with four longitudinal rows of two tubereules each, those of the paramedian series are set in a straight line; in the outer series the anterior tubercule is slightly laterad of the posterior. Surface of segments with numerous small conical granules between the seriate tubercules, 276 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO, 4 DECEMBER, 1963 these granules becoming larger and more conspicuous on the paranota. Interzonal furrow shallow but sharply defined, its surface smooth; surface of prozonites finely reticulate. Limbus (fig. 6) consisting of long, slender, digitiform lobes basally connected by minutely fringed webbing; each process contains a medial canal, often branched, each canal is tipped with a tiny globule (?seeretion) where it meets the surface of the process. Segments 15-19 becoming progressively narrower and more strongly ornamented dorsally. A third transverse row of tubercules is added on the caudal margin of the metatergites, this marginal row becoming elongate-conical and quite promi- nent on segments 18-19 (fig. 3). Paranota of 2nd segment largest, the anterior edge curved forward and slightly crenulate, posterior edge nearly transverse, 4-lobed, caudolateral corner prolonged conieally. Paranota of most following segments transverse, narrower than the 2nd, and with the anterior margin becoming more distinctly lobed, posterior edge incised into four distinet lobes back to segment 17; of these lobes, the 2nd and 3rd are distinetly largest, and only partially separated from each other by a shal- low notch, imparting a characteristic shape indicated by the arrow in figure 3. Paranota of segment 18 unusual in form, directed cephalad, and with the ecaudo- lateral corners rounded off so that both the corner and the 4th posterior lobe are missing. Lateral ends of most paranota indistinctly 3-lobed. Ozopores very small, difficult to observe, located at base of lobe 3 nearly at center of the dorsal para- notal surface (fig. 3). Epiproct small, almost concealed by the projecting tubercules of segment 19, its dorsal surface produced in‘o 6 large tubercules in a transverse row, the two median tubercules larger and projeeting beyond apex of epiproct, latter rounded, with four terminal setae. Proctodeum everted and concealing appearance of para- procts and hypoproct, but latter seems to be of normal polydesmoid form, a trans- versely elongate, convex plate, with distinct median apical projection. Legs attached to elevated, contiguous, glabrous subcoxal swellings, no distinet podosterna formed. Legs long and slender, most of tarsus visible beyond ends of paranota when extended laterad; podomeres smooth, sparsely setose on ventral surfaces, the distalmost podomeres setose dorsally as well. Length relationships: 6 = 3 = 2> 5> 4> 1. No special lobes, hairs, or processes on any of the legs. Pleural surfaces of metazonites finely granular. Stigmata tiny circular pores, flush with surface, both located near upper end of anterior coxal socket, similar in size and shape. Sternum of 2nd pair of legs fused firmly with pleurotergite of 3rd segment. Coxae without seminal processes, the vasa deferentia open through tiny round pores flush with the surface. Anterior legs and sterna unmodified. Gonopod aperture large, transversely oval, extending laterad well beyond ends of coxal sockets of 7th segment, both anterior and posterior edges are slightly produced at the midline, causing a median constriction of the aperture. Gonopods relatively large, most of the coxae visible in situ, no particular sternal element present between them. Surface of coxae finely and densely granulate, the distal surfaces also densely setose. Telopodite set at end of coxa, essentially in the same plane with it. Prefemur setose as usual, about half the telopodite length, distally produced into a submembranous tubereulate process. Two distal elements beyond the prefemur, a slender, nearly straight, unbranched process carrying the seminal groove (fig. 5, SLM), and a parallel, slightly broader branch just laterad a : PROG. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO, 4 DECEMBER, 1963 277 Figs. 1-6. Probolocryptus krausi, new species. Fig. 1. Ventrolateral aspect of anterior end of body, showing head and first three body segments; fig. 2. Dorsal aspect of left side of first five body segments, to show relative size and shape of paranota, and major dorsal tubereules; fig. 3. Oblique dorsolateral aspect of posterior end of body, showing outlines of paranota 16-19, also a few of the larger dorsal tubercules. The arrow points out the peculiar, incompletely separated 2nd and 3rd lobes of the posterior paranotal margin; fig. 4. Left gonopod of holotype, oral aspect, tuberculation of coxa not shown; fig. 5. Left gonopod of holotype, aboral aspect. SLM: solenomerite; fig. 6. Portion of limbus from dorsal side of a midbody segment. The scale represents 20 microns. 278 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 4 DECEMBER, 1963 to it, this branch may be a second prefemoral process, or might be interpreted as being femoral or postfemoral in its homology. Dorsal surface of metatergites and vertex of head brownish-black. Prozonites, frons, clypeus, and dorsal tubercules whitish-pink. Legs testaceous to light brown. Paranota of segments 5, 7, 9, 10, 12, 13, 15-17 with a large, central whitish area just cephalad to the ozopore and thus roughly approximating location of the internal gland. Female paratype: Slightly larger than male, width to 3.8 mm., but otherwise agreeing closely in structural details. Elevation of the clypeus not so pronounced as in the male, and body eavity slightly greater in proportion to total width across paranota. Segment 3 with a high, thin, median epigymal crest, its edge smooth and unmodified, this crest extends distad about halfway to end of the femoral segment of the 2nd legs. Name: The generic name alludes to the anteriorly projecting paranota of seg- ment 18, which so far as I know is unique to the present species. The specific name is proposed in recognition of the numerous contributions of my friend and colleague, Dr. Otto Kraus, the leading authority on Peruvian Diplopoda. CLASSIFICATION The correct systematic position of this genus is not easy to deter- mine. Following the tradition of Attems, it would be placed in the “family” Cryptodesmidae, the limbo for all small polydesmoids with an enlarged flabellate collum. In my opinion, however, the group so defined is hopelessly heterogeneous, and should be dismembered into a number of smaller and more compact natural groups. Such a par- tition cannot, I think, be effectively achieved unless genera are com- pared and associated on the basis of all available characters, not merely isolated features such as gonopods, nature of the ozopores, shape of the epiproct, and so forth. Beginning in 1896, O. F. Cook proposed a considerable number of family names for the so-called eryptodesmids, but owing to the very unsatisfactory original descriptions the Cook names have never been generally accepted. Only H. F. Loomis, in numerous papers on Neo- tropical forms, has followed Cook’s classification. I have become con- vineed that Cook’s families do represent natural and valid groups of genera; whether these groups should be regarded as families, sub- families, or tribes is a subjective matter and of no real importance in the present state of our knowledge. What is important, I think, is that the groups appear to be homogeneous and made up of obvi- ously related genera. This is much more than can be said for the systems proposed by other workers. So far, the nominal families Cryptodesmidae, Decaporodesmidae, Stiodesmidae, Hercodesmidae, Chytodesmidae, Stylodesmidae, Peri- dontodesmidae, EKoromidae, and Ceratesmidae have been proposed for “eryptodesmoid” genera occurring in the New World tropics, most of the names authored by Cook. The oldest name is Cryptodesmidae, proposed by Karsch in 1879 on the basis of an erroneous observation (the ozopores were thought to be absent). In his somewhat devious essay “Cryptodesmus and its cae | Ne) PROG. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 4 DECEMBER, 1963 2 allies” Cook (1896) narrowly limited the scope of the family, after having studied the original type of Cryptodesmus olfersi (Brandt) in the Berlin Museum. The following notes were given: “The antennae are distinctly clavate; the first segment widely ex- ceeds the head, and has the anterior edge even, but with a regular row of flattish granules just behind the margin all around; it is as wide as the second segment. Segments dorsally ornamented with three regular, transverse rows of small though distinct subconie granules, each provided with a hair; the lateral and posterior margins are sinuate-dentate. Pores of the usual distribution, distinct, submarg- inal, located near the middle of the lateral edge on anterior segments, more remote and farther back on posterior.” In a subsequent paper (1911) Cook published some additional notes on Cryptodesmus, and three figures drawn from the type of olferst. Cook nowhere referred directly to the form of the gonopods in this genus, but on page 460 of his 1911 essay, there is an indirect state- ment that the coxae are not globosely enlarged to accommodate the telopodites as is the case of various other groups. But in emphasizing the close relationship of C. olfersi to another Brasilian species, Apo- mus pusillus (Attems), Cook provided a basis for comparison with forms in which the gonopods are now well-known. In recent years a number of additional genera and species have been described by Dr. Otto Schubart, these seem all to be confamihal with Cryptodes- mus in the strict sense. In my opinion, the family Cryptodesmidae can be recognized by the characters cited by Cook for Cryptodesmus, with the. addition of the peculiar eonopods. The location of the ozopores in a normal, marginal peritrematic swelling appears to be a ready key character. I must agree entirely with the opinion of Cook that Peridontodesmus is quite closely related to Or yptodesmus, and doubt that the family name Peridontodesmidae can be defended. The status of the other families mentioned above is much less easy to evaluate, particularly the four names Stylodesmidae-Hercodes- midae-Chytodesmidae-Stiodesmidae. The first was based upon the occurrence of ozopores upon long erect processes, the second was separated from the otherwise similar Stiodesmidae because of the con- cealment of the epiproct. Both of these two characters are now known to be very mutable, in fact the pores may be on stalks, or flush with the surface, or even absent, in species which are otherwise almost identical. In recent years I have published redeseriptions of Stylo- desmus and Hercodesmus, both African genera, but so far the char- acters of both Chytodesmus and Stiodesmus remain largely unknown, at least as regards the type species. Until this deficiency can be cor- rected, there seems to be little hope of putting the confusion to rights. I venture the opinion, however, that Cook’s original groupings “will be largely vindicated, and set forth below a list of the genera known to me which appear to form a natural group that can be designated by the name Chytodesmidae. In this case the group must be, for the time being, defined by the characters of its component genera, but | 280 PROG. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 4 DECEMBER, 1963 this should provide no difficulty to workers familiar with Neotropical polydesmoids. The generic names are listed chronologically by date of publication, and each is followed by the name of the type species and its place of origin. The list obviously is incomplete, and perhaps one or two of the names might better be transferred out to a different family. CHYTODESMIDAE Cook, 1896 Chytodesmus Cook, 1896 [laqueatus Karsch, Cuba]. Tridesmus Cook, 1896 [sectilis Cook, Porto Rico]. Docodesmus Cook, 1896 [vincenti Pocock, St. Vincent]. Stictodesmus Cook, 1896 [creper Cook, Colombia |. Iomus Cook, 1911 [incisus Cook, Porto Ricol. ?Choridesmus Cook, 1896 [citus Cook, Liberia, perhaps not chytodesmid]. Corypherepsis Attems, 1914 [lacertosus Brolemann, Venezuela]. Iomoides Loomis, 1934 [hispidus Loomis, Hispaniola]. Lobodesmus Loomis, 1936 [granosus Loomis, Hispaniola]. Cyphotylus Loomis, 1936 [prolatus Loomis, Hispaniola]. Coccoelasma Loomis, 1936 [incisura Loomis, Hispaniola]. Henicomus Loomis, 1941 [septiporus Loomis, Hispaniola]. Jeekelia Loomis, 1950 [granulosa Loomis, Hispaniola]. Liomus Chamberlin, 1950 [albanus Chamberlin, Porto Rico]. Tarmadesmus Kraus, 1959 [azacurensis Kraus, Peru]. Docodesmiella Loomis, 1961 [insularis Loomis, Panama]. Important substantiation to the validity of the foregoing group of genera is suggested by the geographic distribution: the northern An- dean region and the West Indies. Species of the Chytodesmidae occur over almost the same areas as millipeds of the families Epinannolen- idae, Stemmiulidae, Platyrachidae as well as various genera in other families, such as Microspirobolus. The relationship between various genera and particular geographic regions is so constant and pervasive, especially in diplopods, as to compel of itself a search for structural affinities even when these may be unsuspected. In the present ease, species of the genera listed have ample similarity, even without the confirmation of occurring in a natural and cohesive distributional pattern. REFERENCES Cook, O. F. 1896. Cryptodesmus and its allies. Brandtia, no. 5, pp. 19-28 [contains the original diagnoses of Hercodesmidae, Chytodesmidae, and Stio- desmidae, and a redefinition of Cryptodesmidae, all are very brief and phrased in general terms only]. 1911. New tropical millipeds of the order Merocheta, with an example of kinetic evolution. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 40, pp. 451-473 [a number of disconnected short essays on the status of various Neotropical chytodesmid and cryptodesmid forms, interspersed with the diagnoses of a number of new species, two new genera, and a new family]. Loomis, H. F. 1936. The millipeds of Hispaniola, with descriptions of a new family, new genera, and new species. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 80, no. 1, PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 4 DECEMBER, 1963 281 pp. 1-191 [key to Hispaniolan polydesmoid families, page 78, separates the Eoromidae, Hercodesmidae, Stiodesmidae, and Chytodesmidae]. 1941. Millipeds collected in Puerto Rico and the Dominican Re- public by Dr. P. J. Darlington in 1938. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 88, no. 2, pp. 17-80 [key, page 67, to the West Indian genera of Chytodesmidae, includes nine genera. Loomis is the only recent worker to consistently recognize Cook’s family names]. NOTES ON AMERICAN MOSQUITO PUPAE. III. DESCRIPTION OF NEARCTIC SUBGENUS MANSONIA AND KEY TO ALL NEARCTIC SPECIES OF THE GENUS MANSONIA! FrepERICK W. Kurz and Ricuarp F. Darstiz, JR. Mosquitoes of the genus Mansonia Blanchard are among the most fierce biters of all the mosquito pests (Pratt, 1953). Medically, Man- sonia perturbans (Walker) has been incriminated as a vector of east- ern encephalitis by Howitt et al. (1949), while Gilyard (1945) stated that Mansonia titillans (Walker) could be a possible vector of Vene- zuelan equine encephalitis. Therefore it is important to be able to recognize all stages of these important species, including the pupae, here described. The objectives of this study are two-fold: (1) to completely de- scribe the chaetotaxy and other taxonomic characters, e.g., trumpet and paddle, of the pupae of the subgenus Mansonia Blanchard of the Nearctic region and (2) to formulate an identification key to all the Nearctic species of the genus Mansonia. REVIEW OF LITERATURE A partial description of the pupae of Mansonia indubitans (Dyar and Shannon) was published by Pratt (1945). In 1953 Pratt de- scribed three groups of Mansonia mosquitoes: the indubitans group, the flaveolus group and the titillans group. He included some infor- mation about the chaetotaxy of the pupae, but used only trumpet and paddle characters for the separation of major groups. Perez Vigueras (1948) presented a lateral drawing of the pupa of M. titillans, but no deseription of the chaetotaxy of the pupa was included. Darsie (1951) has published a complete description of M. perturbans and the reader is referred to this for limited information concerning the subgenus Coqutllettidia Dyar. Lane (1953) characterized the pupae of the genus Mansonia, but included no description of the chaetotaxy. 1Published as Miscellaneous Paper No. 431 with the Approval of the Direetor of the Delaware Agricultural Experiment Station. Publication No. 332 and Sci- entific Article No. 348 of the Department of Entomology, 1962. *Research Fellow and Associate Professor, respectively, Department of Ento- mology, University of Delaware, Newark. The junior author resigned September, 1962 and now is Malaria Specialist, A.I.D., U. S. State Department. The authors are indebted to Dr. Harold C. Chapman, of the U. S. Department of Agriculture, 5545 East Shields Ave., Fresno, Calif., for furnishing the pupal exuviae used in this study. 282 PROG. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO, 4 DECEMBER, 1963 The revised system of nomenclature, which was set forth by Belkin (1952, 1953) and modified by Barr and Myers (1962), is used in this paper. PuPAL CHARACTERS OF THE GENUS MANSONIA Edwards (1941) stated that the pupae of the geuns Mansonia (= Taemorhynchus Lynch-Arribaezaga) are easily recognized by the special adaptation of the respiratory trumpet for piercing plants. He and also Lane (1953) specified that the dendritic tuft (seta 1) on abdominal segment 1 is absent, replaced by a simple seta. Characters on the paddle are also diagnostic. This organ is oblong to lanceolate, notehed apically or medio-apically, and with small, irregular denticles on the margins (Edwards, 1941; Darsie, 1951). The genus Mansonia is further divided taxonomically into four sub- genera, two of which occur in the Nearctic region: Coquillettidia Dyar and Mansoma Blanchard. The subgenus Coquwillettidia is char- acterized by having all abdominal setae weak and simple and in the Nearctic species by having seta 9 on the cephalothorax double, seldom single. The only species of this subgenus found in the Nearctic region is M. perturbans. The subgenus Mansonia is distinguished by having several setae on abdominal tergites II-VII long and stout and in the Nearetic species by having seta 9 on the cephalothorax single. The species of this subgenus found in the Nearctic region are M. titillans and M. indubitans. DESCRIPTION OF THE PUPAE A dark-contrast phase, compound microscope was used to examine the pupal exuviae in this study, which were mounted in Canada balsam using the technique of Darsie (1951). In order to give the reader an idea of the meaning of terms used in describing seta size, the following approximate measurements were used in the descriptions: minute—less than 5 microns, short—6 to 30 microns, medium—31 to 100 microns, and long—over 100 microns. Mansonia (Mansonia) titillans (Walker) Cephalothorax: (Figure 1) Full complement of nine pairs of setae present, all single. Setae 1, 2 and 3 short to medium; others, medium. Trumpet: (Figure 3) thick, length usually five or fewer times its greatest diameter, ranging from 4.75 to 5.2, average 4.8. Terminal portion with a pronounced hook. Trumpet three times or more as long as apical plant-piercing structure, ranging from 3.14 to 3.95, average 3.4. Metathorax: (Figure 2) Three pairs of setae present and single. Setae 10 and 12 medium; seta 11 short to medium, less than one-half (one-sixth to one twelfth) as long as the anteroposterior length of abdominal tergum 1. Abdomen: (Figure 2) All abdominal setae single with the exception of 9 on VIT and VIIT. Setae 0 minute on on II-VIII. Setae 1 medium on T; long and stout on II-VIT. Setae 2 medium to long on I, thin, generally 4% to % as long as the anteroposterior length of tergum I; medium on II-VII. Seta 3 medium on I, medium to long on II-IV; long, but not so stout on V and VI. Seta 4 medium on I and VIII; long, but not so stout on II-V; long and stout on VI and VII, Setae 5 and 6 medium on I; long and stout on II-VII, excepting 6 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 4 DECEMBER, 1963 283 (Figures 1-4) Mansonia titillans. 1. Portion of the cephalothorax showing setae; 2. Metathorax and abdomen, showing dorsal setae right and ventral setae left; 3. Respiratory trumpet (Camera lucida); 4. Paddle (Camera lucida) (Authors’ Coll. No. 14). 284 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 4 DECEMBER, 1963 which is absent on VII. Setae 7 and 8 medium on II-VII. Seta 9 short on I-VI; long and stout, generally 2- to 3-branehed (2-5) on VIL; long and stout, usually 3- to 4-braneched (2-4) on VIII. Seta 10 medium on III-VII. Seta 11 medium on VII. Seta 14 minute on III-VIII. Paddle: (Figure 4) lanceolate, pointed apically, shallowly notched medio-apically, margins irregularly denticulate; usually three or fewer times as long as wide, index ranging from 2.7 to 3.2, average 2.9. This description is based on 2 9 @ collected at Boca Raton, Fla. and 1 @ from Okeechobee, Fla. (H. C. Chapman). Mansonia (Mansonia) indubitans (Dyar and Shannon) Cephalothorax: (Figure 5) Nine pairs of setae present, all single. Setae 1, 2 and 3 short to medium; others, medium. Trumpet: (Figure 7) Long and not so thick, length usually six or more times its greatest width, ranging from 6.3 to 9.6, average 8.3. Terminal portion slightly curved, but without a pronounced hook. Trumpet 2.5 or fewer times as long as apical plant-piercing structure, ranging from 2.02 to 2.42, average 2.25. Metathorax: (Figure 6) Three pairs of setae present and single. Setae 10 and 12 medium; Seta 11 stout, long, subequal to the anteroposterior length of tergum I. Abdomen: (Figure 6) All abdominal setae single with the exception of 9 on VII and VIII. Seta 0 minute on II-VIII. Seta 1 medium on I; long and stout on II-VII. Seta 2 long and stout on I, length subequal to the anteroposterior length of tergum I; medium on II-VII. Seta 3 short on I; medium on II-LV; long and stout on V-VII. Seta 4 medium on I; long and stout on IV-VIII; long, but not as stout on II and III. Seta 5 medium on I; medium to long on Il; long and stout on III-VII. Seta 6 medium to long on I and II; long and stout on III-VI; present on VII, medium to long, single. Seta 7 medium to long on II-V; long and stout on VI and VII. Seta 8 medium on III-VII. Seta 9 short on I-VI; long and stout, generally 3- to 4-branched (2-4) on VII; long and stout, usually 4- to 5-branched on VIII. Seta 10 long and stout on III-V; medium to long on VI; medium on VII. Seta 11 medium on VII. Seta 14 minute on III-VIII. Paddle: (Figure 8) lanceolate, pointed apically, shallowly notched medio-apically, margins irregularly denticulate. Paddle usually three or more times as long as wide, index ranging from 2.9 to 3.8, average 3.4. This description is based on 2 99 and 2 44 collected at Boca Raton, Fla. and 1 @ from Okeechobee, Fla. (H. C. Chapman). DISCUSSION The pupa of MW. titillans is characterized by its relatively short, thick, respiratory trumpet, which is five or fewer times as long as its createst diameter, and terminates in a pronounced hook. The trumpet of M. indubitans is longer, not so thick, and the length is usually six or more times its greatest width. The terminal portion of its trumpet is sightly curved, but lacks a pronounced hook. The chaetotaxy of the two species differs in some respects. Seta 11 on the metathorax and seta 2 on abdominal segment I of M. titillans is short to medium, no more than half the anteroposterior length of tergum I. The same setae on M. indubitans are markedly longer, subequal to the anter- posterior length of abdominal tergum I. Ventral seta 10 on abdominal segments IIT and IV on M. titillans is short, while the same seta is AN ge PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 4 DECEMBER, 1965 285 (Figures 5-8) Mansonia indubitans. 5. Portion of the cephalothorax showing setae; 6. Metathorax snd abdomen, showing dorsal setae right and ventral setne left (Authors’ Coll. No. 292); 7. Respiratory trumpet (Camera lucida) ; 8. Paddle (Camera lucida) (Authors’ Coll. No. 3 2). 286 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 4 DECEMBER, 1963 long and stout on JJ. indubitans. Seta on abdominal segment VIL is absent on M. titillans, whereas it is present and medium to long on M. indubitans, occurring dorsolaterally on the segment and medio- anterior to seta 9. Key T0 THE PUPAE OF THE N&EARCTIC SPECIES OF THE GENUS MANSONIA 1. All abdominal setae Weak and simple, seta 9 on the cephalothorax double, seldom single (Subgenus Coquillettidia) perturbans (Walker) Abdominal segments II-VII with some long, very stout setae dorsally, seta 9 on the cephalothorax single (Subgenus Mansonia) = 2 2. Trumpet thicker and not so long, length usually less than six times its greatest width, terminal portion with a pronounced hook; seta 6 on VII absent; seta 11 on the metathorax and seta 2 on abdominal segment I short to medium, no more than half the length of abdominal tergum J; ventral abdominal seta 10 on JIL and IV short oe ES aie a eae a eee Ea ees Ee ee AeA aA AT titillans (Walker) Trumpet longer and thinner, length at least seven or more times its greatest width, terminal portion without a pronounced hook; seta 6 on VII present, medium to long; seta 11 on the metathorax and seta 2 on abdominal segment I long, subequal to abdominal tergum I; ven- tral abdominal seta 10 on III and IV long and stout indubitans (Dyar and Shannon) LITERATURE CITED Barr, A. Ralph and Charles M. Myers. 1962. Pupae of the genus Culiseta Felt. I. The homology of larval and pupal setae (Diptera, Culicidae). Ann, Ent. Soc. Amer. 55(1): 94-8. Belkin, J. N. 1952. The homology of the chaetotaxy of immature mosquitoes and a revised nomenclature for the chaetotaxy of the pupae. Proce. Ent. Soe. Wash. 54: 115-30. 1953. Corrected interpretations of some elements of the abdominal chaetotaxy of the mosquito larva and pupa. Proe. Ent. Soe. Wash. 55: 318-24. Darsie, R. F., Jr. 1951. Pupae of the culicine mosquitoes of the northeast United States (Diptera, Culicidae, Culicine). Cornell Univ. Agric. Expt. Sta. Mem. 304, p. 43. Edwards, F. W. 1941. Mosquitoes of the Ethiopian region. III. Culicine adults and pupae. London: The British Museum (Natural History). pp. 281-4. Gilyard, R. T. 1945. A clinical study of Venezuelan virus equine encephalo- myelitis in Trinidad. B.W.I. Jour. Amer. Vet. Med. Assoe. 106(818): 267-77. Howitt, B. F., H. R. Dodge, L. K. Bishop and R. H. Gorrie. 1949. Recovery of the virus of eastern equine encephalomyelitis from mosquitoes (Mansonia perturbans) collected in Georgia. Science. 110: 141-2. Lane, J. 1953. Neotropical culicidae. Sao Paulo: University of Sao Paulo, p. 589. Perez Vigueras, I. 1948. Notas sobre la Psorophora johnstonii, Mansonia titil- lans, Anopheles atropos y sobre la presencia en Cuba de la Psorophora ciliata. Univ. Havana Nos. 73-75: 293-302. Pratt, H. D. 1945. Mansonia indubitans (Dyar and Shannon)—a new mosquito addition to the United States fauna. Jour. Kan. Ent. Soe. 18(4): 121-9. . 1953. Notes on American Mansonia mosquitoes (Diptera, Culicidae). Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 55(1): 9-19. 7.’ PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 4 DECEMBER, 1963 287 OBSERVATIONS ON HISTIOSTOMA GORDIUS (VITZ.) (ANOETIDAE) AND OTHER MITES ASSOCIATED WITH IPS BEETLES!” Preston E. Hunver and Roserr Davis® The mites associated with bark beetles of the genus Ips have not been extensively investigated. An indication of the biological impor- tance of some of the mite species associated with these beetles is shown by the work of Leach et al. (1934) and by Lindquist and Bedard (1961). Leach et al. reported that the mites associated with Ips beetles were important in the dissemination of blue-staining fun- gus; however, the mites involved are not known, as neither a family or species name was given. Lindquist and Bedard studied four species of Tarsonemoides (Tarsonemidae) mites associated with Ips beetles on the West Coast and found that the female mites were predators on Ips eges. Other than the above studies, very few papers have been published on the mites associated with Zps beetles in North America. Ewing (1939) described a Tarsonemidae mite taken from Ips beetles from Idaho, but Lindquist and Bedard found Ewing’s species to be a com- plex of at least four species. An anoetid mite, Histiostoma gordius (Vitz.), originally described from Ips beetles from Europe, has been collected in the United States on Ips from Virginia and Florida (Hughes and Jackson, 1958) The present paper reports the results of a study of the mites associ- ated with some Ips beetles from the Southeastern U. S. , primarily from Georgia. Biological studies of Histiostoma gordius are also given. The three species of Jps occurring in Georgia are avulsus (Kichh. Ne grandicollis (Kichh.) and calligraph us (Germ.). Adults of all three species were obtained in large numbers for this study by collecting them from under the bark of pine logs, and by bringing infested pine bolts into the laboratory and collecting the emerging beetles. The beetles were checked under a microscope and, for those beetles with mites, the kind, developmental stage, number, and place of attach- ment of the mites were recorded. Collections of mites were also made from the tunnels of Ips beetles by bringing infested pine bolts into the laboratory and checking the tunnels and their contents for mites. Pinned specimens of the local species and other species of Ips in the University of Georgia Department of Entomology Insect Collection were also checked for mites. Six species of mites, representing six families were recovered from eight of 14 species of Ips beetles examined. The mite species, the developmental stages found on the beetle, and the host beetle and collection locality are given in Table I. Two specimens of Cheyletia 1 Journal Paper No. 263 of the College Experiment Station of the University of Georgia College of Agriculture Experiment Stations. 2This work was supported by Grant G-13939 from the National Science Founda- tion. Assistant Professor and graduate student respectively, Department of Ento- mology, Athens, Georgia. 288 PROC, ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 4 DECEMBER, 1963 virgimensis Baker were found on Ips beetles that emerged from pine bolts held in a cage in the laboratory. This mite species was not in- cluded in Table I since it is not known if the mite is an inhabitant of the beetle tunnels, or if it was brought in with the bolts and attached when the beetles were on the floor of the cage. On the sev- eral hundred Ips beetles checked, only two specimens of this mite were found. In its original collection (Baker, 1949), this mite was associated with Dendroctonus frontalis Zimm. TARSONEMIDAL Specimens of the species representing this family were sent to Dr. KE. E. Lindquist, who kindly compared them with the Tarsonemoides species he described from West Coast Jps beetles. Dr. Lindquist stated (personal communication) that the specimens represented an undescribed species of the Tarsonemoides confusus group. In our biological observations, it was noted that the Tarsonemoides mites were often seen at the entrance holes to the 7ps tunnels and were also found in the frass material pushed out of the tunnels by the adult beetles, particularly in frass from J. avulsus tunnels. The Tarsonemoides mites usually attached in the elytra declivities of the beetles and were found about evenly distributed on the two elytra. These mites were not easily dislodged from the beetle and could be found on pinned museum specimens. PYEMOTIDAE It was not possible to associate the Pygmephorus mite with a known species, and it probably represents an undescribed species. The Pygmephorus mites attached by their stronely developed first pair of legs to the setae between the beetle’s first and second pairs of legs. Specimens of this mite were taken only from living beetles. Gen- eral observations indicated that almost all beetles from some logs would have these mites while they would be absent on beetles from other logs. UROPODIDAE The uropodid nymphs taken from Ips beetles were attached by an anal pedicel to the elytrae declivities. These are large mites, when compared to the beetles, and usually never more than 2-3 nymphs were found per beetle. They were present on a rather small pereen- tage of the beetles collected. EREYNETIDAE Not all of the mite species listed in Table I attach firmly to the Ips beetles. The Ereynetoides species collected was rather common in old beetle tunnels but was only rarely found on the beetles. The species collected here is undescribed and will be described in a later paper by the senior author. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 4 DECEMBER, 1963 289 DIGAMASELLIDAE One species of Digamasellidae, a Dendrolaclaps species, was taken from the beetles. This species appears identical to the illustrations of D. quadrisetus (Berlese) given by Hirschmann (1960) and is hsted by him from /ps and other bark beetles. Only nymphs of this mite were taken from the beetles but adult mites were found in the beetle tunnels. The nymphs do not actually attach but rather cling to the Ips beetles. These mites are easily dis- lodged and will readily move from one part of the beetle to another when disturbed. They are quite common, sometimes with 4-6 mites per beetle on living beetles but they usually fall off when the beetles are killed. When these mites were confined with mite-free beetles in frass material, the mites would very quickly climb onto the legs of moving beetles and then move to other areas of the beetle’s body. Although the mites would often crawl under a non-moving beetle, possibly to get out of the light, they were never seen going onto a beetle that was not moving. ANOETIDAE Histiostoma gordius (Vitz.) was the only Anoetidae species found on the beetles examined; however, this was the most commonly found and abundant mite on the Ips beetles. Only the hypopi were found on the beetles and these attached primarily in the elytral declivity. Occasionally hypopi were found attached to the dorsal surface of the elytra or to the thorax. In the elytral declivity the mites were usually about equally divided on the two elytra. The hypopi, which attach by their suctorial plate, are not easily dislodged and commonly re- main attached to beetles killed in cyamide jars. The different species of host beetles carrying H. gordius hypopi are listed in Table I. These seven species are rather scattered geographi- cally; however, some of the species studied do have overlapping ranges (see Chamberlain, 1959). Biological investigations of the association between this mite and the three Jps species occurring in Georgia were undertaken to obtain information on the probable food, where mite development occurs, and when the hypopi attach to the beetles. Hf. gordius was reared in the laboratory using plastic dishes containine a charcoal plaster-of- Paris substrate. Strips of pine phloem and Jps beetles with hypopi attached were put in the dishes. A high relative humidity was main- tained by adding a few drops of water to each dish. In later work mites were reared using a rather dry Drosophila larval medium. Mite reproduction occurred in the plaster-of-Paris dishes; however, large populations never developed under these rearing conditions. It was not necessary to have a beetle in the dish for reproduction to take place. Rearings usine the Drosophila larval medium were quite successful if the yeast growth on the surface of the medium was not too heavy so that the mites did not become trapped in a slime layer. These rearings indicate that the mites are probably yeast or fungus feeders. 290 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 4 DECEMBER, 1963 Investigations were carried out to determine where H. gordius was found in nature by checking the adult and larval Ips beetle tunnels. This mite was found in the beetle larval tunnels and pupal chambers only in cases where the log had decayed to the extent that the bark had separated from the wood, allowing the mites to move freely over the surface of the wood. Under such conditions hypopi were found attached to Ips beetles and in addition to clerid beetle larvae, cur- culionid beetle larvae, nitidulid beetles, uropodid and Dendrolaeclaps mites, and occasionally to dipterous larvae. When the bark was still tight on the log or tree H. gordius was restricted in its distribution under the bark. Under these conditions Ips pupae were consistently free of hypopi and hypopi were not found in the larval tunnels, pupal chambers or adult tunnels when the tunnels were clear of frass. Developmental stages of the mite were often found in tunnel areas packed with frass and having a whitish fungus or yeast growing between the frass particles. Examination of Jps’ entrance holes, vent holes, and emergence holes on logs with tight bark often revealed hypopi in the bark erey- ices immediately around the holes as well as on the walls of the holes. When Jps infested logs were held in the laboratory in large glass jars, hypopi of H. gordius were found in frass collected from the bottom of the jars, although no beetles had emerged from the logs. Appar- ently some hypopi around the entrance holes were dislodged and pushed out with the frass material. When the beetles were put in petri dishes containing this frass material with hypopi, the hypopi readily attached to the beetles. Some experiments were carried out to obtain more detail informa- tion on exactly where in the beetle tunnel H. gordius develops. A beetle-free freshly cut pine log was cut into short bolts and the ends waxed to prevent drying. Ips beetles with hypopi attached were then confined on the bark of these logs using the method given by Hopping (1961). Nine replicates of this experiment were set up using 3 to 5 beetles per replicate. At weekly intervals bark covering three of these tunnels was removed and the tunnels examined under the micro- scope for H. gordius mites. In all tunnels examined mite populations were found only when the beetles died after making a short tunnel, or when a tunnel coming off the beetle’s turning-chamber was no longer occupied by a beetle. Developmental stages of the mites in these tunnels were always found in association with fungus or yeast covered areas. The largest mite populations developed in those tunnels least disturbed by the beetles but especially in tunnels where the beetle had been dead for some time. Mite populations were not found in those tunnels free of frass and in use by the beetle. In these tunnels the hypopi were still attached to the beetle up to three weeks after the start of the experiment. Throughout the experiment some live hypopi were found attached to dead beetles; however, live hypopi were never found attached to beetles that had been dead long enough that the body tissues were beginning to break down. 291 ‘sdy7 JO Somods snowva WOAF POAOWoI satu JO yuowdopVAsp JO osu4s pue puryy *] eyqeRy, oY) So lor) mY tdodcy OpRloloy “MQ apso.apuod ie} - =| tdod "Z ay ; 3 yd cu o[eVuUlos ydura ut tdod«y OpBLOfO) (*HaT) snypuibunua : tdod¢y vLOSOUUTIY "MG WmMoUsbDYya el = mf sjnpe yds ol BUF (aura tdodAy BL L004) ("ul1a+)) 5 S1]J0O puns 5 3 > s]jnpe yduau opeulo sy apVuloy ydursu tdoday BIBL) (“UL 4) ) me snydvibiyywo eB sjjnpe yur o[euos ydurcu tdoday BIS.1004) (*UlpPInp) susynap 3 (oepyowodsg) (ovprpodory) (ovpreusotg) (ovprotouos.e y, ) (oVpT]esRruMBRsiy) (oRprjeouy ) uy “dds sdy7 ; “ds spipodo. “ds ‘ds Z8NVASLUPOND smip.ob Peo] [OH 5 snoydawbn gq SIMOPIUNIAT saplowauos.n TF sdp)av]o.1pua( DUWLOJSOI]ST FT 2481S SI S) o 8 & 292 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 4 DECEMBER, 19635 DISCUSSION The mites listed in Table I apparently have a close association with Ips beetles. The beetles provide transportation of the mite to new areas and habitat niches for those mites living on the microflora of the Ips tunnels. Based on the findings of Lindquist and Bedard (1961) for Western species, the Tarsonemoides mite may be preda- tory upon Ips eggs. In this work Histiostoma gordius was the most commonly encoun- tered mite on the Ips beetles. From the biological studies carried out, it is possible to draw some general conclusions regarding this mite im nature. H. gordius is apparently a fungus or yeast feeder. These mites were found developing in the Ips beetle’s tunnels only in areas where yeast or fungus growth occurred. The movement of the beetle up and down the tunnel probably inhibits microfloral growth and this may account for the mites being found only in unused areas of the tun- nels. The hypopi are probably stimulated to leave the beetle by a chemical attrahent associated with fungus or yeast growth. This might explain why hypopi were found still attached to live beetles after three weeks in well used tunnels cleared of frass and microfloral erowth. The hypopi have an opportunity to attach to a phoretic host in one of two ways. Probably the most important is the access to the hosts afforded by the loosening of the bark with decaying of the logs. The fact that hypopi were found on a variety of arthropods living under the decaying bark would indicate movement of the hypopi between the bark and the wood. Hypopi attaching to Ips beetles or other arthropods at this time could be carried to new logs. A second way this mite may be transferred to new logs is by the hypopi around emergence, vent, and entrance holes of the beetle tun- nels attaching to hosts. The hypopi pushed out of the tunnels with the frass material could also be transferred in this manner. In labo- ratory observation it was noted that newly emerged Ips beetles would regularly wander around on the surface of the bark in the area of emergence and sometimes partially enter old holes, thus providing an opportunity for hypopi around these holes to attach to the beetles. Hypopi in and around such holes probably came from unused tun- nels or sections of tunnels where mite populations were developing. Cases were found in the laboratory experiments where more than one tunnel had been started off the turnine chamber and the female beetle died in one of these tunnels. Microfloral growth and mite populations were usualy found in such tunnels. Hypopi wandering from these areas into the used portions of the tunnels could be pushed out with the frass by the beetle or could migrate to one of the vari- ous exterior tunnel openings. REFERENCES Baker, E. W. 1949. A review of the mites of the family Cheyletidae in the United States National Museum. Proce. U. S. Natl. Mus. 99: 267-320. PROG. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 4 DECEMBER, 1963 293 Chamberlain, Williard J. 1939. The bark and timber beetles of North America, North of Mexico. Ewing, H. E. 1939. A revision of the mites of the subfamily Tarsoneminae of North America, the West Indies, and the Hawaiian Islands. U. 8S. Dept. Agr. Tech, Bull. 653, 63 pp. Hirschmann, Werner. 1960. Die Gattung Dendrolaelaps Halbert 1915. Acarologie, Mewes 1-27: Hopping, G. R. 1961. Techniques for rearing Ips DeGeer (Coleoptera: Scolyti- dae). Canad. Ent. 93: 1050-3. Hughes, Roscoe D. and Carolina Goode Jackson. 1958. A review of the family Anoctidae (Acari). Vir. Jour. Sei. 9: 5-198. Leach, J. G., L. W. Orr, and C. Christensen. 1934. The interrelationship of bark beetles and blue-staining fungi in felled Norway pine timber. Jour. Agr. Res. 49: 315-42. Lindquist, Evert E. and William D. Bedard. 1961. Biology and taxonomy of mites of the genus Tarsonemoides (Acarina: Tarsonemidae) parasitizing eggs of bark beetles of the genus Jps. Canad. Ent. 93: 982-999. A REINIERPRETATION OF CERTAIN HEAD STRUCTURES IN CALYPTRATE DIPTERA Wintiam L. Downes Jr., Department of Entomology, University of Illinois, Urbana, Illinois Certain hypotheses on the extension of the calyptrate proboscis were proposed at an early date and repeated so often that they are no longer questioned. But the facts necessitate modifications of these hypotheses. These facts are presented below togther with a few com- ments on other structures misinterpreted by some authors. Rostral Protractor Muscles The proboscis of the calyptrate Diptera consists of three main sec- tions: the basal section, or rostrum; the middle section, or haustellum ; and the terminal section, or labellum (Fig. 1). When the proboscis is retracted, the haustellum is jackknifed against the rostrum with the ‘elbow’ posterior, and both sections are roughly in a horizontal posi- tion. At this time the rostrum is withdrawn to a considerable extent into the head capsule (Fig. 2). During extension of the proboscis the haustellum separates anteriorly from the rostrum, and the ‘elbow’ moves downward. This downward extension of the rostrum has been ascribed to the ‘distension’ of air sacs in the head proper or rostrum and to increased blood pressure (Bletchly, 1953, p. 161; Dethier, 1959, p. 169; Graham-Smith, 1930, p. 49; and others). I should like to show here that increased pressures in the air sacs or blood system in the head of calyptrates (and probably all Cyclorrhapha) do not account for the normal protraction of the rostrum, but that direct muscle action is responsible. 294 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 4 DECEMBER, 1963 Gleichen (1764) is probably the author of the hypothesis that air pressure brings about the extension of the proboscis. His original German is given in Dimmock (1881, p. 32) with the following trans- lation: “The extension of the proboscis probably arises from the air which is driven by the fly into the sac, and from this into the middle tube, finally into the lips. . .’ Dimmock seems to accept this, since on p. 33 he says: “... I think that an important factor in the cause of the extension of the proboscis of Musca is the injection of air into it.” However, on p. 39 he says: “On the posterior ventral processes of the fulerum (pl. 4, fig. 2 and 3, 2) are inserted muscles, which have their origins in the anterior, lateral part of the head; these muscles, by their contraction, project the base of the proboscis, by revolving the fulerum about the point d, where it is attached.” The muscles he re- fers to are those I have identified as the rostral protractors, so Dim- mock apparently regards the extension of the proboscis as a result of both direct muscle action and higher internal air pressures. Schiemenz (1957, p. 310) has suggested a very similar mechanism for Kristalis arbustorwm Meigen (Syrphidae), the extension being accomplished by the same muscles in conjunction with increased blood rather than air pressure. This species is not a calyptrate, but its pro- boscis probably functions very much like that of calyptrates. Contrary opinions on the extension of the proboscis were expressed by Suffolk (1869, p. 332), who simply remarks regarding Gleichen: “It is most probable that the structure of the interior of the proboscis was unknown to this author, as the extension of the organ is attrib- uted to inflation, and not to muscular action.” In addition, Lowne (1870, p. 42) described the “exserter muscles” (rostral protractors), but did not mention any air or blood pressure mechanisms for pro- tracting the proboscis. By 1893 Lowne had changed his mind, and identified the “exserter muscles” as the “retractors of the fulerum” (p. 391). On p. 395, he says further: “. . . it is also very evident that there are no muscles capable of exserting the proboscis.” Lowne was evidently influenced by four authors (whom he cites on p. 395-396), all of which favor air pressure mechanisms. Macloskie (1880, p. 157) especially gives a strong argument in his rebuttal of “Mr. Suffolk’s hasty criticism” of Gleichen’s air pressure hypothesis. Nevertheless, Macloskie’s argu- ment appears to depend only on the observation that the proboscis can be protruded from the head of a fly, boiled in potassium hydroxide solution, by squeezing the head; and Macloskie does allow for aid in this protrusion from certain muscles which swing out the ‘fulerum’ (cibarial pump apparatus). With the exception of Schiemenz (1957), Lowne (1890-1895) and all subsequent authors have identified the rostral protractors of calyp- trates as retractor muscles. The contradictory interpretations can be resolved by careful attention to certain relevant facts. The cibarial pump apparatus hes rather freely within the rostrum; and is con- nected only indirectly with the membrane of the proboscis, except for its anterior face, which constitutes a sclerite (the anteclypeus) on the PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 4 DECEMBER, 1963 295 DILATORS OF ANTENNAL PULSATILE ORGAN vA AORTA ks ANTENNA Be beater 77 ta 7 — %. TENTORIUM” Hen ROSTRAL = PROTRACTORS es HINGE ROSTRUM PAE ‘ANTECLYPEUS tl EE PALP ~ CIBARIAL PUMP APPARATUS HAUSTELLUM | pe GS Lateral views of calyptrate head (based mostly on Wohlfahrtia vigil) showing the relationships of certain internal Danis: Fig. 1, head with proboscis extended, rostral protractor muscles contracted; fig. 2, head with proboscis retracted, rostral protractors elongated. front surface of the proboscis. At its dorsal edge the anteclypeus arti- eulates with the hinge plate, which in turn articulates at its dorsal edge with the facial plate. The hinge plate functions as a physical fulerum (not the fulcrum in the sense of the cibarial pump appara- tus) about which the rostrum moves in the sagittal plane of the head. The muscles in question originate on the anteroventral edges of the head capsule, and insert on the dorsal cornua of the cibarial pump apparatus. In contracting they pull the dorsal cornua ventrally ; and on this fact there is no disagreement. To be retractor muscles, how- ever, these muscles would have to rotate the ventral end of the cibarial pump apparatus dorsally—which they cannot do since their line of action lies posterior to the hinges of the hinge plate (as shown in figs. 1 and 2). On the contrary, they can obviously only force the whole cibarial pump apparatus ventrally: a movement of protraction. Support for this last interpretation comes from dissections of Wohl- fahritia vigil (Walker) (Sarecophagidae), from which Figs. 1 and 2 are drawn: in those heads with extended proboscides the rostral pro- tractors were short and thick (Fig. 1); heads with the proboscides retracted showed the La yas muse les in a long, thin condition (Fig. 2)—all of which accords with their interpretation as rostral protractors. 296 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 4 DECEMBER, 1963 Evidence against air or blood pressure mechanisms is easy to obtain. During normal extension in an intact fly, the membranes do not bulge. As a matter of fact, observations on Sarcophaga bullata Parker (Sar- cophagidae) and Calliphora vicina R.-D. (Calliphoridae) show the membranes of the proboscis sunken in and clinging even more closely to the proboscis during its extension, indicating that the extension of the proboscis may actually create some negative pressures inside the head. Furthermore, there is a time during which internal pressures might bring about the extension of the proboscis. This occurs when the fly has just hatched from the puparium, and is expanding’ its wings and body volume by swallowing air. The proboscis is extended at this time, although not fully; but its membranes also give convine- ing evidence of the internal pressures by their conspicuously swollen condition—something not observed during normal extension later on. The extension of the proboscis is a quick movement; and blood or air pressures might conceivably bring this about if some large com- pressor aparatus, such as the whole abdomen, were to contract sud- denly. The protrusion of the ptilinum is accomplished by such means; but in view of the fact that ptilinal protrusion is such a deliberate movement, even this method for extending the proboscis is unlikely. Lowne (1893, p. 396) described a valve in the tracheal system in the neck region of Calliphora vicina R.-D. (cited as Calliphora ery- throcephala), but I have been unable in a few dissections to find it either in the same species or in Pollenia rudis (Fab.) (Calliphoridae). According to Lowne’s Fie. 51, p. 396, the dimensions of the valve are considerable; and the only obvious structure of comparable size in what seems to be the same region, is the tentorium. The tentorium would have roughly the same shape in cross-section as the lower arm of Lowne’s ‘valve,’ and the main tracheal air trunks leading into the head he in contact with the upper surface of the tentorium, which fits in with Lowne’s Fie. 51. There does not seem to be anything equivalent to the upper arm of the valve with its muscle, however, although there are muscles nearby. A thorough study of the calyp- trate neck region would clear this matter up. Dethier (1959, p. 169) says that if the large air sacs in the rostrum are punctured, or the neck is hgatured, the fly is prevented from ex- tending its proboscis. The effect of ligatures does not rule out either theory of protraction. The proboscis in its retracted condition oecu- pies such a large volume that the protractor muscles might have to operate against negative pressures in the head, unless something could be added to fill the space vacated by the protracted proboscis. That is, the rostral and head air sacs may play a role as passive, ‘space fillers’ rather than pressure sacs. The effect obtained by puncturing the rostral air sacs appears to favor the air or blood pressure theory, but I believe that the extension reflex was more likely inhibited by side effects of the operation or possibly other conditions. In both Sarcophaga bullata and Phormia regina (Meigen) (Calliphoridae) decapitated by scissors, the sepa- rated heads will often extend the proboscis fully when the labellar x : > ae PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 4 DECEMBER, 1963 297 hairs are touched with a sugar solution. This certainly rules out the thoracic or abdominal pump, usually assumed to be the protractor organ for the rostrum. Dilators of the Antennal Pulsatile Organ Most authors do not mention the very delicate muscles which attach at one end between the antennae, and which course posteriorly through the opening between the circumesophageal connectives under the brain. Dethier, however (1959, p. 162), suggests that these may be the “retractors of the esophagus” of Graham-Smith; but notes that these would seem to be protractors rather than retractors of the esophagus. In sarcophagids and probably all the ‘higher’ Diptera these muscles do not attach directly to the cuticle between the an- tennae, but to the point of a pyramidal tent-hke structure, which is the antennal pulsatile organ. Their origin is on the aorta behind the brain, and not on the muscle wall of the esophagus, as mentioned by Dethier. Clements (1956, p. 7) describes the antennal pulsatile organ of “mosquitoes and other Nematocera,” with muscles having basically the same points of origin and insertion as in sarecophagids (according to Clements, the aorta and the integument beteen the compound eyes and the antennae). ‘Retractors of the Esophagus’ Dethier was unable to find these muscles (although he suggested that the dilators of the antennal pulsatile organ might be them). Lowne calls them the retractors of the fulerum (1893, p. 392), and both he and Graham-Smith describe them as attached to the ptilimum at one end and to the esophagus at the other. The absence of these muscles in Dethier’s specimens can be explained by the fact that the so-called retractors of the esophagus belong to the set of temporary ‘hatching’ muscles of the head. These particular muscles are retrac- tors of the ptilinum, not the esophagus. The temporary muscles of Calliphora vicina (Calliphora erythrocephala) have been described by Laing (1935) ; who points out that these muscles disappear after the fly has expanded itself. Whether or not one finds these muscles de- pends on how soon after wing expansion the flies are preserved or dissected. The few fibers shown by Graham-Smith (1930, p. 71) prob- ably represent a stage in which the temporary muscles have largely but not completely disappeared. I have not examined Calliphora vicina for these muscles, but in Sarcophaga bullata and Phormia re- gina the change between a newly emerged fly and an older one is astounding: the volume of muscle which disappears exceeds that which remains (in the head). Conclusions 1. The rostrum of calyptrate Diptera is protracted by direct action of a pair of muscles, the rostral protractors. Neither air nor blood pressures play any role in such protraction. 2. A pair of very slender muscles attaching between the antennae, 298 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 4 DECEMBER, 1963 originate on the aorta, not the esophagus. They function as dilators of the antennal pulsatile organ, and neither retract nor protract the esophagus. 3. The muscle, attaching at one end of the ptilinum and at the other to the esophagus, is a ptilinal retractor muscle, not a retractor of the fulcrum. This muscle disappears soon after the fly has emerged from the puparium, which accounts for the failure of some authors to find this muscle: they have used older flies for their dissections. Acknowledgments Thanks are due Drs. Leigh E. Chadwick and Gilbert P. Waldbauer, of the University of Illinois, for suggesting improvements in this paper. A part of the material included here is taken from my Ph.D. thesis (1958) completed at Iowa State University under the direction of Dr. H. M. Harris and with special assistance from Dr. Jean L. Laffoon. LITERATURE CITED Bletchly, J. D. 1953. The mouth-parts of the yellow dung-fly, Scopewma =Scatophaga) stercoraria (1..) (Diptera, Cordyluridae). Zool. Soc. London, Proe. 123: 143-166. Clements, A. N. 1956. No title. Roy. Ent. Soc. London, Ser. C., Proce. 21: 7. Dethier, V. G. 1959. The nerves and muscles of the proboscis of the blow fly Phormia regina Meigen in relation to feeding responses. Smithsn. Inst., Mise. Coll. 137: 157-174. Dimmock, George. 1881. The anatomy of the mouth-parts and of the sucking apparatus of some Diptera. Boston, A. Williams & Co. Downes, William L. Jr. 1958. The Nearctic Miltogramminae (Diptera, Sarco- phagidae) and certain allies. Unpublished Ph.D. thesis, deposited in the library of Iowa State University, Ames, Iowa. Gleichen, Friedrich Wilhelm. 1764. Geschichte der gemeinen Stubenfliege. Nurnberg, Launoy. Not seen; cited in Dimmock, 1881. Graham-Smith, G. 8. 1930. Further observations on the anatomy and function of the proboscis of the blow-fly, Calliphora erythrocephala 1. Parasitology 22: 47-115 + Pls. 20-22. Laing, J. 1935. On the ptilinum of the blow-fly (Calliphora erythrocephala). Quart. Jour. Microse. Sei., ns., 77: 497-521. Lowne, B. T. 1870. The anatomy & physiology of the blow-fly (Musca vomitoria Linn.). London, John Van Voorst. 1890-1895. The anatomy, physiology, morphology, and development of the blow fly. 2 vols. London, R. H. Porter. Macloskie, George. 1880. The proboscis of the house-fly. Amer. Nat. 14: 153- lols Echiemenz, Hans. 1957. Vergleichende functionell-anatomische Untersuchungen der Kopfmuskulatur von Theobaldia and Eristalis (Dipt. Culicid. und Syrphid.). Deutsche Ent. Zeitschr., n.s., 4: 268-331. Suffolk, W. T. 1869. On the proboscis of the blow-fly. Monthly Microse. Jour. 1; 331-342 + Pls. xiii-xvi. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 4 DECEMBER, 1963 299 NOTES ON THE LEAF-CUTTING ANTS, ATTA SPP., OF THE UNITED STATES AND MEXICO (HYMENOPTERA: FORMICIDAE) Marion R. Smuiru, Entomology Research Division, ARS, U, S. Department of Agriculture, Washington 25, D. C, This article discusses and keys the species of Atta that occur in the United States and Mexico, makes pertinent comments on their biology and other matters, and gives the known distribution records. A key based on major workers is presented for the identification of the species. Keys are not offered, however, for the identification of intermediate workers, females and males, since these castes are much more difficult to identify. Anyone attempting to collect or study Atta is urged to secure especially major workers, although it may be neces- sary to dig deeply into a nest to secure these individuals. For many years the various species of Atta were badly confused by students of this group of ants; one was therefore reluctant to accept unquestionably all identifications or distribution records. How- ever, it is now possible, with Borgmeier’s (1959) excellent revision, to identify the various species with ease and accuracy. Two species of Atta are known to occur in the United States: The common terana (Buckley); and mexicana (F. Sm.), which barely enters its southern border in Arizona. Mexico has three species: The common mexicana; texana, which occurs in at least two of its north- eastern States; and cephalotes (li.), a Neotropical species which oc- curs in two of the more southern States. As far as known, Veracruz is the only State in which all three of the species have been found. Kry TO THE SPECIES (for the identification of major workers) 1. Each side of front of head bearing a dense clump or mass of rather long, yellowish or golden, woolly hairs; anterior end of frontal groove usually with a distinct or prominent ocellus. Southern Mexico through Central America to Bolivia and Brazil; a common and widely distributed Neo- tropical species _ ee oleh a TUN EUAN gal SMC cephalotes (L.) Each side of front of ae not penne a aur clump or mass of rather long, yellowish or golden, woolly hairs ~~ Bal Wr ct ioee _ c 2 2. Posterior portion of head (ineluding occipital iebes and vertex) in a smooth and shiny appearance and either naked or almost free of hairs; first gastric segment similar; frontal groove of head shallow. United States (extreme southern Arizona) through Mexico to Honduras, Guate- mala, and El Salvador; the most common and widely distributed species iTia IN [eS CX Of eee ae Gee ESR ES f buses, bos pth _mexicana (F. Sm.) Posterior portion of head fed, entire first eaahnia seamen opaque, not naked; frontal groove of head rather strongly defined. United States (13 parishes in western Louisiana and much of the eastern part of Texas to approximately 101 degrees of longitude), and northeastern Mexico (States of Tamaulipas and Veracruz) ; texana (Buckley) 300 PROC, ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 4 DECEMBER, 1963 Atta texana (Buckley) So far as known, the Texas leaf-cutting ant in the United States is confined to Texas and Louisiana. Its exact and detailed range has not yet been mapped. The ant may be said to occupy much of the area of Texas and Louisiana lying between the 101st degree of longi- tude in Texas and the 92.5th degree of longitude in Louisiana. In Texas this would include much of the area east of the 101st degree of longitude from the extreme southern border to almost the Okla- homa boundary line, with an extension into at least two States in northeastern Mexico. In Louisiana the following 13 parishes are defi- nitely known to be infested: Bienville, Webster, Sabine, Vernon, Beauregard, Allen, Calcasieu, Jefferson Davis, Rapides, Natchitoches, Grant, Lasalle, and Winn. In Mexico, the species is known from Tamaulipas: Matamoros (R. L. McGarr). Veracruz: Veracruz (N. L. H. Krauss) ; 2 miles south of Moecambo (D. H. Janzen) ; Teco- lutla (collector ?). A. terana does not have the wide distribution nor the great adapt- ability to various environments that mericana has. It seems to show a decided preference for nesting in sandy or sandy loam soils but is also capable of nesting in heavy soils and in those of limestone origin. As early as 1907, Wheeler published excellent descriptions and figures of most castes of this ant and also gave an interesting account of cer- tain phases of its general biology. Although terana has been known for many years to have habits similar to the Neotropical species of Atta, very little research has been done or published on texana by State and Federal agencies until recent years. About 1935 the Southern Forest Experiment Station, U. S. Forest Service, New Orleans, Louisiana, began control work on this ant in the Kisatchie National Forest of Louisiana after recognizing it as an important pest of young pines, especially those used in reforestation. Begun under the direction of T. E. Snyder, these investigations re- sulted in publications by him (1937 and by M. R. Smith (1939). A more comprehensive paper on the biology and control of this ant was prepared by Walter, Seaton, and Mathewson (1988) of the Ento- mology Research Division, U. S. Department of Agriculture. Investi- gational and control work is being continued in the Kisatchie National Forest ; much of the research work on biology is under the field direc- tion of J. C. Moser. In early control work carbon bisulphide was used as a nest fumigant with considerable success. The chemical, however, had to be applied from late fall to early spring when the ants were concentrated in their nests and inactive. Johnson (1944) recom- mended methyl bromide as an even more effective nest fumigant. This method of control is now universally employed. Atta mexicana (IF. Sm.) This species is known from only one locality in the United States, the Organ Pipe Cactus National Monument in Arizona (Byars, 1949). It was found in March 1946 near a gravel pit 5 miles north of the PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 4 DECEMBER, 1963 301 Mexican boundary and 1 mile north of the Monument. A. mexicana is the most common species in Mexico and might well be called the Mexican leaf-cutting ant. It ranges from extreme southern Arizona through most, if not all, of Mexico to at least as far south as Hon- duras, Guatemala, and El Salvador. In Mexico the species is known from the following States and localities: Jalisco: Guadalajara (J. F. McClendon) ; 73 miles southeast of Guadalajara (H. A. Scullen) ; 10 miles south of Guadalajara (H. A. Scullen) ; 16 miles south of Enear- nacion, 6,600 ft. (W. S. Creighton. Durango (all W. 8. Creighton) : Durango, 6,200 ft.; 25 miles south of Durango, 6,300 ft.; 10 miles south of Durango, 6,800 ft.; 7 miles east of Durango, 6,200 ft.; Rio Mexquital, Nombre de Dios, 5,900 ft. Hidalgo (all W. 8S. Creighton) : Chapuhualean, 2,600 ft.; Chapuhualean, 3,500 ft.; 7 miles east of Jacala, 5,200 ft. Sonora: 10 miles south of Sonoyta, 1,400 ft. (W.S. Creighton) ; near La Casita, 3,500 ft. (lL. F. Byars) ; near Magdalena, 2,460 ft. (L. F. Byars). San Luis Potosi (all W.S. Creighton) : Tama- zunchale, 600 ft.; Tamuin, 200 ft.; 2 miles east of Xilitla, 1,700 ft. Nuevo Leon: El Pastor (Montemorelos), 2,200 ft. (W. S. Creighton) ; Linares (Phil Rau). Queretaro: Queretaro (W. M. Wheeler; 27 miles east of Queretaro, 6,200 ft. (W.S. Creighton). Tamaulipas: 16 miles west of Altamira, 500 ft. (W. S. Creighton) ; Ciudad Victoria (V. E. Shelford) ; Llera (V. E. Shelford) ; Santander Jiminez (V. E. Shel- ford) ; Tampico (Locke). Aguascalientes: 19 miles north of Aguasca- lientes, 6,300 ft. (W .S. Creighton). Guanajuato: Irapuato (C. HH. T. Townsend) ; 5 miles north of Irapuato, 6,900 ft. (W. S. Creighton). Nayarit: Escuinapa (J. H. Battey) ; Tepic (G. Eisen and F. H. Vas- lit). Morelos: Cuernavaca (W. M. Wheeler), (1. A. Madariaga), (N. L. H. Krauss). Veracruz: Jalapa (A. L. Herrara) ; San Rafael (T. Pergande collection) ; Tuxpan (“American Consul’) ; Campo Co- taxtla, 22 miles west of Veracruz (D. H. Janzen). Distrito Federal: Mexico City (C. Hibinger). In Central America the species is known from the following places, Honduras: Tegucigalpa (D. Iseley). Guatemala: Guatemala City (F. Schwerdtteger) ; Yepocapa (H. T. Dalmat). El Salvador: San Salva- dor (O. L. Cartwright) (S. Calderon); San Andrés (E. J. Hamble- ton). Concerning the high adaptability of this ant to its environment, W.S. Creighton in litt. remarks as follows “... The ant must have a very wide tolerance for different sorts of environments. The speci- mens which came from Sonora (10 miles south of Sonoyta, in a place locally known as Pozo Cypriano, which is to say Venus’ puddle) were living in a thicket in the middle of a stretch of howling desert. There are few areas any less verdant than the region between Sonoyta and Puerto Penasco. So that particular station enables mexicana to rank with the most hardened xerophiles. But the coleny from the station of Xilitla was living in a dense cloud forest, as were those from Tama- zunchale and Chapuhualean. The colony taken west of Jacala was in open deciduous woods that superficialy resembled those of the south- 302 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 4 DECEMBER, 1963 ern Appalachians. The colony taken west of Queretaro was in typical upland live-oak country. The colonies from Nombre de Dios, Irapuato and Aguascalientes were all in stream bottoms where trees of one sort or another were present, but the colony taken east of Durango was living on gravelly, outwash bajada w here there were no trees at all, only ‘thickets. —It is obvious that the type of environment means little to this species. It makes you wonder if mexicana may not have largely freed itself from a dependence on a particular type of environment because of its ability to ‘air condition’ its nests, coupled with the obvi- ous fact that they can grow their fungus gardens on a wide variety of vegetable substances.” It is also evident from the distribution records and data on altitudes that mexicana can inhabit areas from approximately sea level to at least 7,000 ft. Atta cephalotes (L.) In Mexico this species is known from the follwine places, Oaxaca: Tuxtepee (Dampf). Veracruz: Pueblo Nuevo (E. O. Wilson) ; Cor- doba (Dampf). This well-known Neotropical species extends from the southern part of Mexico through Central America as far south as Brazil and Bolivia. It is recorded by Boremeier from Guatemala, Nicaragua, Costa Rica, Panama, Colombia, Eeuador, Peru, Bolivia, Surinam, Gene Guiana, Trinidad, Venezuela and Brazil. It is not listed by him from British Honduras, Honduras, El Salvador, nor from French Guiana but probably occurs in these countries. Except for serdens (l.), it is probably the most widely distributed species of Atta. Much of the literature on this species is in Portuguese or Spanish and is not read- ily available to many readers. Considerable investigational or control work on cephalotes has been conducted in Brazil, Surinam, and Trinidad. LITERATURE CITED Wheeler, W. M. 1907. The fungus growing ants of North America. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. 23: 669-807, figs. 1-31; pls. 49-53. Snyder, T. E. 1937. Damage to young pine trees by a leaf-eutting ant. La. Conserv. Rev. 6(1): 14-17. Walter, E. V., L. Seaton and A. A. Mathewson. 1938. The Texas leaf-cutting ant and its control. U. S. Dept. Agr. Cire. 494, 19 pp., 5 figs., 3 tables. Smith, M. R. 1939. The Texas leaf-cutting ant (Atta terana Buckley) and its control in the Kisatchie National Forest of Louisiana. U. S. For. Serv., So. For. Expt. Sta. (New Orleans, La.). Occas. Paper No. 84, 11 pp., 1-map, 1 table. Johnson, H. R. 1944. Control of the Texas leaf-cutting ant with methyl bromide. Jour. Forestry 42: 130-132. Byars, L. F. 1949. The Mexican leaf-cutting ant in the United States. Jour. Keon. Ent. 42(3): 545. Borgmeier, T. 1959. Revision der Gattung Atta Fabricius (Hym., Formicidae). Studia Entomologica 2 (fase. 1-4): 321-390, figs. 1-29. ee Site ~—— PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VoL. 65, NO. 4 DECEMBER, 1963 303 A NEW SPECIES OF CRASIMORPHA REARED FROM SCHINUS (LEPIDOPTERA: GELECHIIDAE ) Ronatp W. Hopers, Hntomology Research Division, ARS, U, S, Department of Agriculture, Washington 25, D. C. N. L. H. Krauss reared specimens of a new species of Crasimorpha from the stems of Schinus terebinthifolius Raddi in Brazil. This species is being laboratory reared on Schinus sp. in Hawaii. Crasimorpha infuscata, n. sp. (Figs. 1, 3, 4) Head, thorax, fore wings, and legs steel-gray. Second segment of labial palpus with a long, triangular tuft; outer surface of tuft with deep steel-gray reflections, narrowly margined dorsally with pale gray-tipped scales; inner surface pale gray from base to apex, becoming dark anteriorly. Third segment of labial palpus with pale gray-tipped scales. Fore wing (Fig. 4) with a dark-brown triangular patch on costa at base (continuation of brown on base of patagium); costal margin slightly darker than rest of wing (specimens become greasy with this area appearing much darker); a few black-tipped scales along some veins apically and on fold; three patches of -black-tipped, raised scales, one on fold at one third; another slightly beyond first between costa and fold, and a third at end of cell; cilia slightly brownish in tornal area. Hind wing shining gray-buff; cilia gray apically, buff elsewhere. Legs: Scales dark gray, pale gray-tipped; apices of tarsal segments pale gray; meso and metathoracie tibiae with long dorsal scales. Abdomen buff on dorsal surface basally, becoming brown-black apically; ventral surface brown-black. Male genitalia: As in Fig. 3 (R.W.H. slide 2025). Left half of vineulum omitted in drawing for clarity. Female genitalia: As in Fig. 1 (R.W.H. slide 2026). Alar expanse: 20.5-26 mm. Type: 3g, emerged “V 1962,” bred ex Schinus sp., Honolulu, Ha- wail [USNM Type No. 66590]. Paratypes: 3 4646, 7 9 2, same data as for type (R.W.H. wing slide 49) [Bernice P. Bishop Museum, BM(NH), USNM]. 1 ¢, 22, Rio de Janeiro, Brazil, “VIII-54,” ex Schinus terebinthifolius stem (N. L. H. Krauss), R.W.H. slide 2025, and 2026; wing slide 51) [USNM]. 1 ¢, Sao Paulo, Brazil, ‘7-3-’54,” stem borer, ex Schinus terebinthifolius (N. L. H. Krauss), (J. F. G. Clarke slide 10464) [USNM]. We have a male of what we presume to be Crasimorpha peragrata Meyrick (1923) from Alhajuelo, Panama. The venation of this speci- men differs from that of the type female of peragrata in having 3 and 4 of the fore and hind wings connate rather than stalked. Both sexes of infuscata have the same venation as the male of ?peragrata. Until both sexes of peragrata can be definitely associated, it is impossible to state whether the venational differences are merely a sexual modifi- cation or that two species are involved. The males of ?peragrata and infuscata have a dorsal hair pencil at the base of the hind wing just below the costa. C. infuscata may be separated from peragrata as follows: 1. C. infuscata has steel-gray fore wings with three patches of black-tipped 304 PROC. ENT. SOC, WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 4 DECEMBER, 1963 bo Ventral views of genitalia. Fig. 1, Crasimorpha infuscata, n. sp., female; fig. C. ?peragrata Meyrick, male; fig. 3, C. infuscata, n. sp., male. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 4 DECEMBER, 1963 305 4 Fig. 4, photograph of adult of Crasimorpha infuscata, n. sp. raised scales; the fore wings of peragrata are hght brown with black scales between veins, and no raised scales are present (neither the type female nor the male is fresh). 2. The sclerotized portion of the eighth abdominal sternum of the female of infuscata is emarginate medially, that of peragrata is produced. 3. The valvae of infuscata are expanded distally; those of ?peragrata (Fig. 2, left half of vin- culum omitted) are not. 4. One pair of lobes arises from the trans- tilla of infuscata; two arise from the transtilla of ?peragrata. The illustrations of the genitalia were executed by A. Pizzini. Mr. J. Scott, Staff Photographer, Smithsonian Institution, made the pho- tograph of the adult moth. REFERENCE Meyrick, Edward. 1923. Exot. Microlepidoptera, 3: 33. 306 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 4 DECEMBER, 1963 HOST RELATIONSHIPS OF THE EUPHORINI (HyMENOPTERA: BRACONIDAE) All the members of the braconid tribe EKuphorini seem to be internal parasites of the adults (or nymphs) of various insects. For some of the genera the host relations have been known a long time; for others they have remained unknown, but gradually these gaps in our knowl- edge of this interesting group are being closed. Each genus appears to be rather closely restricted with regard to type of host. Species of Perilitus, Cryptoxilos and Microctonus are parasites of the adults of certain Coleoptera, especially of the families Chrysomelidae, Coe- cinellidae and Curculionidae; the species of Aridelus develop in the nymphs and adults of Pentatomidae; those of Huphorus and Huphor- wana in the nymphs, and occasionally the adults, of certain Miridae; and those of Rhopalophorus in the adults of bark beetles. In 1949 the new genus Chrysopophthorus was established by Goidanich for a European species of this tribe that parasitizes adults of Chrysopa. A similar species, not yet described and not yet associated with its host, is known to occur in the United States and Canada; in all likeli- hood it will eventually be found to be a Chrysopa parasite. Specimens of the older genera Euphoriella and Syntretus have been rather common in collections but until recently nothing has been known concerning the hosts of either. In 1956, however, Kathryn Sommerman (Proce. Ent. Soe. Wash. 58:149-152) listed her rearings of a species of Huphoriella from nymphs and adults of 20 different species of Psocoptera; and in 1959 Cole (Ent. Mon. Mag, 95:18-21) recorded a new species of Syntretus from adults of the ichneumonid Phaeogenes invisor Thunb. Wesmaelia pendula, described by Foerster in 1862, has been widely collected in both Europe and North America but its host has remained unknown until now. Very recently I re- ceived for identification a specimen of this species which had been reared June 19, 1963, by D. W. Jones at Columbus, New Jersey, from a nymph of one of the damsel bugs belonging to the genus Nabis. Now we still lack authentic information on the hosts of Myiocephalus and Streblocera. Presumably the species of these genera, too, will be found to parasitize adults or nymphs of certain insects. C. F. W. Murseseck, United States National Museum ee tae ‘4 is 4h PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 4 DECEMBER, 1963 307 TWO PUPAE OF THE PRIMITIVE SUBORDER ARCHOSTEMATA (COLEOPTERA ) JEROME G. RozEen, Jr.t Herein are described the pupae of Micromalthus debilis LeConte and Cupes concolor Westwood. M. debilis, with its complicated life history, is the sole representative of the family Micromalthidae. C. concolor belongs to the family Cupedidae consisting of several genera and a handful of species. These two families together com- prise the present-day members of the suborder Archostemata, gen- erally considered the most primitive of all groups of Coleoptera, as discussed by Béving and Craighead (1930-1931) and Atkins (1963). The pupae have not been treated taxonomically in detail heretofore, although Snyder (1913) pictured and briefly described the pupa of C. concolor, and Pringle (1938) and Scott (1938) did the same for M. debilis. In a study of any group presumed to be ancient, it is always in- teresting to search for characters that might be primitive and that might therefore indicate relationships between taxa—in this ease between orders. However, I cannot, with one possible exception, point out features of this sort with respect to these two species. In part this may be because we know so little about beetle pupae that primitive characteristics cannot be recognized. On the other hand, although the Archostemata separated from the other Coleoptera very early, they may have evolved both divergently from and in parallel with the others so that the pupae no longer exhibit primitive attri- butes. The possible primitive feature is the sclerotized, sharp-edged man- dibular teeth of MW. debilis. This condition, though apparently not so well developed elsewhere in the Coleoptera, suggests a similar but more pronounced feature found in the Neuroptera, Megaloptera, and Trichoptera. In the latter groups the mandibles are movable and serve as a means of cutting the cocoons for emergence or of defense. The fact that the pupa of J. debilis possesses sensory-like setae on the labrum adds weight to the possibility that the mandibles of this species also are functional. Coleopterists finding live pupae should observe whether this is true. The pupal mandibles of C. concolor, unlike those of I. debilis, do not have sclerotized, sharp-edged teeth though they are somewhat pigmented, and the labrum of the former is without setae. Other marked differences between the two pertain to the presence or absence of body setae and gin-traps and to such imago-reflecting characteris- tics as body size, elytral length and antennal length. The pupae agree in the elongate, exarate body shape, presence of a distinct pleural region on the abdomen and of a dorsal longitudinal median ridge on the abdomen, and absence of tubercles and urogomphi. 1Chairman and Associate Curator, Department of Entomology, the American Museum of Natural History, New York, N. Y. 308 PROC, ENT. SOC, WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 4 DECEMBER, 1965 The pupae of C. concolor, but not of M. debilis, exhibit modifica- tions (fig. 7) resembling gin-traps (Hinton, 1946). These structures, formed by the anterior and posterior edges of the lateral parts of the terga, are similar in position to the gin-traps of the Tenebrionidae (Daggy, 1946, Hinton, 1946). However, instead of bemg heavily sclerotized, toothed, or otherwise ornamented as in the Tenebrionidae, the anterior and posterior edges seem rather soft. Although there is some question therefore whether these structures are true gin-traps, their gross appearance is highly suggestive; the anterior edge, on the posterior margin of a tergum, lies below the rest of the tergum and, when the abdomen is moved sideways, would seem to come in contact with the posterior edge formed by the anterior margin of the follow- ing tergum. Somewhat less well-defined structures located between some abdominal sterna may also be gin-traps. If so, this is the first time ventral ones have been observed for any beetle. In describing the pupae, I have followed for the most part the format and points of comparison employed in my earlier papers on beetle pupae (Rozen, 1959, 1963). However, of necessity I have altered the style in some places to include new information that now seems pertinent to taxonomic studies on beetle pupae. The specimens employed were kindly loaned through Dr. Donald M. Anderson by the United States National Museum, Washington, DC. Micromalthus debilis LeConte (Figs. 1-4) Total body length 2.0-2.3 mm.; body color whitish; shape (fig. 1) elongate, slender, somewhat laterally compressed, especially in region of basal abdonimal segments; body surface with widely scattered microscopic pubescence and with unpigmented, elongate, sharp-pointed setae (fig. 1), and without tubercles. Head (fig. 2) with several elongate setae; labrum with apical fine setae; mandibular teeth sharp-edged and sclerotized. Pronotum (fig. 3) with setae. Mesonotum (fig. 1) with pair of setae; each elytron without setae and short, not reaching femorotibial joint of hind leg. Metanotum (fig. 1) with pair of setae. All legs without setae. Abdomen (figs. 1, 4) without gin-traps but with unsclerotized, median, dorsal, longitudinal ridge; ventral surface microscopically asperate on median part of seventh sternum and perhaps (though to a lesser extent) on comparable parts of fifth and sixth sterna; paired, posteriorly directed prolonga- tions of ninth sternum asperate. Fourth abdominal tergal sclerite (fig. 4) weakly sclerotized and not subdivided; tergum with pair of lateral marginal setae and with pair of discal setae; pleuron weakly sclerotized but represented as distinet lobe, bearing two elongate setae; sternum weakly sclerotized and bearing pair of elongate setae. Urogomphi absent. Material: Six pupae, 13 larvae, Jackson Island, Maryland, July 16-17, 1913, larvae of all forms, paedogenetic form, and pupae ez “red-rotten” oak (IH. 8. Barber). One pupa, two larvae, near Plum- mers Island, Montgomery ce Maryland, June 28, 1913, in pine timber of old lock gate, lock 13, C. & O. Canal (EB. A. Schwarz and H. S. Barber). PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 4 DECEMBER, 1963 oo S © MANDIBLE Figs. 1-4, female pupa of Micromalthus debilis LeConte; fig. 1, entire pupa, lateral view; fig. 2, face; fig. 3, dorsal surface of pronotum; fig. 4, fourth abdominal segment, dorsal view. Figs. 5-7, pupa of Cupes concolor Westwood; fig. 5, entire pupa, lateral view; fig. 6, face; fig. 7, fourth abdominal segment, dorsal view. Scales refer to figs. 1 and 5. 310 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 4 DECEMBER, 1963 Cupes concolor Westwood (Figs. 5-7) Total body length approximately 16.0 mm.; body color whitish; shape (fig. 5) elongate, slender, cylindrical; body surface without microscopic pubescence, elongate setae, and tubercles, although with conical projection on face (fig. 6) corresponding to those of adult. Labrum without setae; mandibular teeth blunt and faintly pigmented though apparently not sclerotized. Each elytron long, extending well beyond (though obscuring) femorotibial joint of hind leg. Appar- ent, paired, dorsolateral gin-traps (figs. 5, 7) between metathorax and first abdom- inal tergum and between all abdominal terga except seven and eight and eight and nine; less well-defined ventrolateral gin-traps between sterna three and four, four and five, and (at least on some specimens) five and six; abdomen with unsclerotized, median, dorsal, longitudinal ridge; this ridge, as well as other projecting ridges on body microscopically asperate (asperities too small to be shown in figure 5) but asperities not found on median parts of abdominal sterna. Fourth abdominal tergal sclerite (fig. 7) distinct though not heavily sclerotized, and not subdivided; pleuron represented as distinct rectangular plate; sternum distinet though not heavily selerotized. Urogomphi absent though paired, laterally projecting tubercles found on apparent tenth segment. Material: Seven pupae, two larvae, one adult, Virginia shore below Plummers Island, Montgomery County, Maryland, June 7, 1913 (KE. A. Schwarz and H. 8S. Barber). Three pupae, four larvae, same except larvae, pupae, and adults in decaying oak filled with fungus, Daedalia quercina. One pupa, six larvae, Connecticut, Hopk. U. S. 10081M; one pupa, Dead Run, Fairfax County, Virginia, opposite Plummers Island, Maryland, June 7, 1913, pupa in rotten log (put in alcohol June 12,1913) (Pierce, E. A. Schwarz and H. S. Barber) REFERENCES Atkins, M. D. 1963. The Cupedidae of the World. Canadian Ent. 95: 140-162. Boving, Adam G. and F. C. Craighead. 1930-1931. An Illustrated Synopsis of the Principal Larval Forms of the Order Coleoptera. Ent. Amer., new ser. IU bee aes oye Daggy, Tom. 1946. Notes on the Ecology and Taxonomy of Certain Pupae of the Family Tenebrionidae (Coleoptera). Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. 56: 253-260. Hinton, H. E. 1946. The “Gin-Traps” of Some Beetle Pupae; A Protective Device which Appears to be Unknown. Trans. Roy. Ent. Soe. London 97; 473-496. Pringle, J. A. 1938. A Contribution to the Knowledge of Micromalthus debilis LeC. (Coleoptera). Trans. Roy. Ent. Soe. London 87: 271-286. Rozen, Jerome G. Jr. 1959. Systematic Study of the Pupae of the Oedemeridae (Coleoptera). Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 52: 299-303. 1963, Preliminary Systematie Study of the Pupae of the Nitidulidae (Coleoptera). Amer. Mus. Novitates, No. 2124, pp. 1-13. Scott, Allan C. 1938. Paedogenesis in the Coleoptera. Zeit. Morphologie Okologie Tiere 33: 633-653. Snyder, Thomas EB. 1913. Records of the Rearing of Cupes concolor Westw. (Coleoptera). Proe. Ent. Soc. Washington 15: 30-31. bs o> > = i en PROG. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 4 DECEMBER, 1963 dll HAROLD MORRISON 1890-1963 Harold Morrison, internationally known seale insect specialist, died at the Washington Hospital Center, Washington, D. C., on March 11, 1963. He had been in poor health for several years, and failed rap- idly during the winter of 1962-63. He entered the hospital on Febru- ary 19, and on February 22 suffered a severe stroke from which he did not recover. Dr. Morrison was born on a farm in McCordsville, Indiana, May 24, 1890, the only child of Seymour and Harriet Morrison. When Harold was 9 years old his family moved to Indianapolis where he completed his elementary school education and entered Shortridge Tigh School. There he came under the influence of Miss Rousseau MeClelan, an outstanding teacher of science. Miss McClelan strength- ened and gave direction to his interest in natural science, particularly entomology. Contacts with Dr. David Starr Jordan, president of Stanford University, and the reputation of Dr. Vernon Kellogg, pro- fessor of entomology there, led him to seek admission to that imstitu- tion. After completing five terms at Stanford he transferred to Cornell University in order to profit from association with Professor o12 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 4 DECEMBER, 1963 John Henry Comstock. He was awarded a B. A. degree by Cornell in 1914, and then returned to Stanford where he received an M. A. degree in 1915. He took additional post-graduate work at Harvard University and was granted the degree of Doctor of Science by that institution in 1927. Dr. Morrison’s first employment in entomology was in the office of the State Entomologist of Indiana from 1911 to 1915. During this period he prepared, with Harry F. Dietz as coauthor and Robert E. Snodgrass as illustrator, his first papers on scale insects. One of these, The Coccidae or Seale Insects of Indiana, was a comprehensive publi- cation. In 1916 he entered the U. S. Department of Agriculture as a plant quarantine inspector in the Federal Horticultural Board, and in 1919 transferred to the Bureau of Entomology as an entomological explorer. In the latter capacity he visited the West Indies, collecting coccids and other insects. In 1920 he was appointed the Bureau’s scale insect specialist and remained in that position until his retire- ment in May 1960. In addition to being a member of the taxonomic staff for 40 years, he was in charge of the taxonomic investigations of the Bureau from 1928 to 1935. After his retirement he was a collab- orator in the Entomology Research Division, the successor organiza- tion to the Bureau of Entomology and Plant Quarantine, and con- tinued to work on coecids. Subsequent to 1955, Dr. Morrison was helped immeasurably in bibliographic work by his wife, Emily, an accomplished scholar, and also a Cornell University graduate, who had been his assistant before they were married. The eminence of Dr. Morrison as a coccidologist was recognized by coccid workers around the world. But persons unfamiliar “with the early methods of study and the literature on this group of insects can scarcely appreciate the impact that his work had on the study and classification of these insects. Ile pioneered in the preparation of specimens for microscopic examination, and contributed to the im- provement of mounting techniques of seale insects and other micro- scopic arthropods. He was the first person to devise a classification of a family of the Coccoidea based on all available stages and instars of the insects. A Classification of the Higher Groups and Genera of the Coceid Family Marearodidae, the thesis for his doctorate, which was published as a Technical Bulletin of the U. S. Department of Agriculture, was a masterful study. Dr. Morrison authored or coauthored 37 papers; more than 30 of them dealt with the Coccoidea and 27 were detailed systematic studies. His last published contribution, A Selected Bibliography of the Coe- coidea (U. S. Dept. Agr. Mise. Pub. 734, 222 pp., September 1957), compiled with the assistance of Miss Alice V. Renk, includes a com- plete list of his taxonomic coccid papers. A supplement to the bibliog- raphy, prepared by Dr. and Mrs. Morrison, was submitted for publi- cation early in 1963. For some time prior to his death, Dr. Morrison devoted his time and energy to the preparation of an annotated gen- PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 4 DECEMBER, 1965 3138 eric check list of the Coccoidea and this work is being completed by Mrs. Morrison. Because of his extensive and intimate familiarity with the coceids, the richness of the National Collection, and his interest in the studies of others, Dr. Morrison received numerous requests for the assistance that he willingly gave. The appreciation of coecidologists and their esteem for Dr. Morrison are well expressed by Dr. D. J. Williams, Commonwealth Institute of Entomology, London, who wrote, “I shall never forget his unstinted help on many matters. Nothing seemed to be too much trouble for him and any query was answered with meticulous care and understanding. It is saddening to know that such a store of knowledge is no longer with us and entomology has lost a ereat man.” From his early years as an entomologist, Dr. Morrison was a staunch supporter of scientific organizations. He became a member of the Entomological Society of Washington in 1916 and served as its 2nd vice president in 1931. He attended meetings regularly when his health permitted, and participated in the discussions and affairs of the Society. He was elected to membership in the Washington Acad- emy of Sciences and was one of its vice presidents in 1931. His other affiliations included the American Association for the Advancement of Science, Indiana Academy of Science (fellow), Biological Society of Washineton, Entomological Society of America (fellow), the Cam- bridge (Mass.) Entomological Club, the Canadian Entomological Club, Sigma Xi (honorary), La Real Sociedad Espanola de Historia Natural (honorary), and Nederlandsche Entomologische Vereenniging (Amsterdam) (honorary). He was a member of the Cosmos Club. Dr. Morrison had interests beyond his professional ones. In his youth he was an athlete who held the high school high jump record for the state of Indiana; and in his college years, as a member of the track teams of both Stanford and Cornell, won numerous points for high jump and other track events in intercollegiate meets. He in- herited a farm in Indiana and maintained a keen interest in it and in agricultural matters. He possessed more than an amateur’s knowl- edge of mechanies and as a hobby collected many kinds of second hand machinery that he reconditioned and put to practical use. He had a prodigious memory, seeming to remember everything he learned. Temperamentally he was direct, critical, thorough, cautious and un- compromising. He enjoyed sociability to the full, and especially enjoyed entertaining visiting entomologists whom he and Mrs. Morri- son frequently invited to dinner at their home or at the Cosmos Club. Dr. Morrison is survived by his wife, Emily Reed Morrison of the home address, 1725 Lamont Street, N. W., Washington, D. C.; by two daughters, Mrs. Emily Waterman of Stamford, Connecticut, and Mrs. Harriet Christian of San Antonio, Texas; by one son, Professor Peter R. Morrison, University of Wisconsin, Madison (presently at the Uni- versity of Alaska, College, Alaska) ; and by 11 grandchildren. LouisrE M. RUSSELL 314 INDEX, Agenia atrata, 115; perfecta, 115 Ageniella o. obscura, 115 Allochares azureus, 108 Amino acids, free, 99 Anoetidae, 289 Anopheles albimanus, mutant forms, 110 Anoplius samariensis, 108 Anthylla, 215 Apion americanum, 156; basirostre, 155; coeruleosquamosum, 157; era- taceicolle, 156; lebasi, 161; martinezi, 161; matricum, 154; peculiare, 158; xanthoxyl, 160 Apion disparipes, 40; extensum, 44; graciliforme, 42; parallelum, 44; pau- per, 42; spinipes, 41; tenuiforme, 44 Apraea fulgens, 20; jamaicensis, 19 Araucomyrmex tener, 109 Archostemata, 307 Atta cephalotes, 299; texana, 299 Austrapophua xanthopimploides, 116 mexieuna, 299; Backswimmers, control, 213 Bandakia, 257; anisitsipalpis, 260; elongata, 262; similis, 258; vietsi, 259 Benala, 201 Borxkovec, A. B., talk by, 255 Cacotemnus, 179; ecarinatus, 180; de- fectus, 184; laticollis, 186; umbrosus, 184 CAFFREY, DONALD JOHN, obit, 169 Calholaspis berlesei, 150; superbus, 150; trianothrix, 150 Jallisearta corvenda, 210; tinga, 205 Calyptrate Diptera, head structures, 293 Caryedon gonagra, 265 Ceratopogon hollensis, 68 Ceropalinae, 115 Chthoneis ferruginea, 14; insularis, 14 Cimicomorpha, 32 Collecting localities, obscure, 233 Conala corumbana, 203; faseiata, 204; tijueata, 202 Coquilletidia perturbans, 286 Crasimorpha infuseata, 303 Cratynius, 2 Culiecidae, suppl. IJ, 117; index, 139 Culicoides canithorax, 68; hollensis, 68; luglani, 68; tenuilobus, 68 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 65, NO. 4 DECEMBER, 1963 VOLUME 65 Cupes concolor, 510 Demopheles, 47; €e. atripes, 50; ¢. us, 49 Desmatogaster, 192; subeconnatus, 193 Diabrotica hispaniolae, 18 Diahetus heterognathus, 167 corruptor, 50; «. maturus, 48; ¢. rufat- Digamasellidae, 289 Digger wasps, 141 Diodontus, 264 Enderleinellus marmotae, 67 Ereynetidae, 288 Euacaina, 199 Juphorini, hosts, 306 Eusisyropa virilis, 116 Evagetes ingenuus, 108 Exolidia, 201 FRENETTE, BROTHER, talk by, 78 Gerbillophilus, 81 Ghilianella zomata, 64 Hadrobregmus, 177 Heikertingerella darlingtoni, 19 Hemicoelus, 187; gibbicollis, 188; pusil- lus, 191 Hesperocimex cochimiensis, 247 Heteroecus pacificus, 250 Histiosoma gordius, 287 Hoplopleura rukenyae, 226 Hopkinsipsylla, 1; occulta, 4 Hyadesia glynni, 163 Kelainocoris, 221; farri, 22% Lactica grenadensis, 19 LEVENBOOK, LEO, talk by, 172 Limnephilus discolor, 211; frijole, 213; hamifer, 212; solidus, 213; toussainti, 211 Macrocephalus dominicanus, 224; leuco- graphus, 226; pulchellus, 225; testa- eeus, 223 Mansonia, 282; indubitans, 284; titil- lans, 282 McKirtrick, F. A., talk by, 255 Medetera californiensis, 62; longimana, 62 Mesoveliidae, 31 Microbembex, 230 a PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. Micromalthus debilis, 308 Mites, from pocket mice, 231 Morrison, Harold, obit, 311 Mutillidae, 142 Myecotrogus, 21; angustatus, 26; men- talis, 27; paripunctatus, 23; piceus, 98 Neoanthylla, 215 Neobala huachia, 207; 207; permuta, 208 Nosinius, 81 metapanella, Nosopsyllus, 81; geneatus, 82; londi- niensis declivus, 90 Notogramma, 195; cactipeodes, 199; cimiciforme, 196; purpuratum, stig- ma, 198 Nyetiplanectus, 15; farri, 17; jamaicen- Sigh 7: Nyssorhynehus, 112 Omalus intermedius, 264 Ophthalmopsyllus, 1 Ovatus crataegarius, 55 Paradoxopsyllus, 1 Paraphymata, 215 Passaloecus, 264 Pemphredon, 264 Penicus, 82 Pentatomomorpha, 32 Pepsinae, 115 Periplaneta americana, 100 Peromyscopsylla, 2 Perubala furyata, 208 Phorodon menthae, 55 65, NO. 4 DECEMBER, 1963 315 Phymata elongata, 218; interjecta, 215; jamaicensis, 216; pilifera, 220; varie- gata, 219 Polyplax praecisa, 229 Pompilidae, 142 Pompilus brevicornis, 108; ephippager, 108; fiorentinii, obscurus, 108 Prioenemis cornica, 115; s. seitula, 115 Probolocryptus, 274; krausi, 275 Pseudagenia utilis, 115 Psibala, 206; empusa, 206 Pyemotidae, 288 Rhobala, 204; lemur, 204 Roark, RurRIC CREEGAN, obit, 69 Saldidae, 31 Scoliidae, 142 SHEPARD, H. H., talk by, 173 Sphecidae, 146 STEYSKAL, G. C., talk by, 79 Stigmus, 264 Tabanus monoensis, 168 Tarsonemidae, 288 Temnostethus crassicornis, neri, 246 Tiphiidae, 142 Traginops irroratus, 51; purpurops, 53 246; wag- Uropodidae, 288 Xanthopimpla, 116 Xenillia blanda virilis, 116 Xenopsylla, 81 Xylocelia virginiana, 264 PUBLICATION DATE The date of publication of Vol. 65, No. 3 was October 25, 1963. The date of publication of Vol. 65, No. 4, will be found in Vol. 66, No. 1. CHLORDANE HEPTACHLOR BOLL WEEVIL GRUB Chlordane, Heptachlor and Endrin are among the most versatile insecticides now in common use. They are recommended for many different types of insect control: agricultural; household, lawn and garden; and public health. Each kills a wide variety of insects, providing the effective combination of high initial kill and lasting residual action. If you are engaged in economic entomology, we think that you will find these insecticides often have the advantages of better control and lower cost. If you are in research, we think that you will find it well worthwhile to include Chlordane, Heptachlor and Endrin in your testing programs. For technical information and service, please write Velsicol Chemical Corporation, 330 East Grand Ave., Chicago 11, Ill. The versatile insecticides for agriculture, homes, lawns, gardens and public health! al de Mexico S.A, de C. I 6 eof" 2 nee = Cygon'400... 4 new low-hazard systemic insecticide Recently cleared by USDA for protection of certain vegetables, non-bearing fruits and ornamentals. Now, from the laboratories of _ American Cyanamid Company - comes another new advance in ___insecticides...cYGoNn 400. Wide- ly tested under the name di- _ methoate, CYGON brings an _ added dimension to phosphate - insecticides. It combines sys- temic activity with low-hazard to man and animal. Wide safety margin Unlike previous systemics, rather high order of toxicity, _ CYGON is so low in toxicity to warm blooded animals that its a use does not require “special” protective measures—other .. those normally taken with any pesticide. *Trademark _ which have generally been of a © Outstanding control CYGON 400 gives outstanding control of aphids, leafhoppers and leaf miners and has so far been cleared by USDA for use on potatoes, tomatoes and watermelons. CYGON can also be used on non-bearing apples, pears and citrus fruits to con- trol aphids, mites, thrips and pear psylla. In addition, CYGON can be used to control aphids, thrips, leaf miners, scales, leaf- _ hoppers and mites attacking a -number of ornamental plants. CYGON 400 will be widely available this year in one gal- lon and five gallon sizes. For further information, write ad- dress below. AMERICAN CYANAMID COMPANY PRINCETON, NEW JERSEY Preferred by Home Owners, Food Processors and Dairymen GULF HOUSE GARDEN INSECT KILLER (Bomb) A new insecticide that kills numerous insect pests in the house and in the garden, Contains 0.25% Pyrethrins, 1.00% Piperonyl aT 2.00% DDT. QUICK ACTION GULFSPRAY (Liquid) A"“space spray” for quick knockdown and kill of many kinds of flying and cra sects. Contains 0.10% Pyrethrins, 0.12% Piperonyl Butoxide, and 0. 75% Methoxychl } *GULFSPRAY AEROSOL (Bomb) Gulf's carefully researched formula provides quick knockdown action and high Contains 0.25% Pyrethrins, 1% Piperonyl Butoxide, and 2% Methoxychlor. ey hh *GULF MOTH PROOFER (Bomb) An easy-to-use pressurized spray for protecting woolens against ‘moth ond ¢ beetle damage. Contains 3% DDT and 3% Perthane. GULF LIQUID ROACH ANT KILLER An effective, economical liquid spray with built-in sprayer that kills a wide rang household pests, including resistant cockroaches. Contains 0.08% plete Chlordane and 0.33% Diazinon. *GULF ANT ROACH BOMB A convenient pressurized spray containing contact and residual iiseciddes for Kiling i ants and cockroaches, Contains 0.08% Pyrethrins and 2% Chlordane. SPECIAL GULFSPRAY (Liquid) A superlative-quality insecticide specially formulated for use where Fondsutsi ore ch processed, stored, served and sold. Contains 0.25% Pyrethrins and 0.20% | Piperonyl Butoxide, GULF LIVESTOCK SPRAY New formula with faster knockdown, and increased killing power of resistant flie Contains 0.05% Pyrethrins, 0.25% Piperonyl Butoxide and 0.6% Organic Thio cyanates (Lethane 384). ¥ *Gulf’s New Valve—permits bomb to be used in any position, even upside down. Moke i it easy to spray hard-to-reach places. er GULF OIL CORPORATIO mh é re ys i ie : Pitre La he Tah a> \ A eG NR 4 a ns 1} eh ‘ * r rs ) ‘ 4 o 1s ’ PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON VOLUME 66 OFFICERS FOR THE YEAR 1964 EE BSGIG TUE a 8 I A Ae SE ts ME ae Ross H. ARNETT, JR. EP PESO DUSIDUARE ee ee ee ee ee Pau. A. WOKE ER ONMLUILOMSCCONCLOT Ya enn ee ee ee A Leis pee W. DonALp DUCKWORTH Corresponding Secretary die det eee REEL RW ES PAuL J. SPANGLER CAE GSIINOP ane eae aes OO es Cee eee CARL BLICKENSTAFF DEV UGTE = ES ee Be Be a Be es ___JON L. HERRING LN MDUIGDD, «sn as TR Saree 0 Oe en a H. J. CONKLE HOO RanaCOmmiUuLveCrONGiMAN, 2.28 Roy J. BARKER Membership Committee Chairman —— GEORGE E. CANTWELL Delegate to the Washington Academy of Sciences... H. H. SHEPARD PUBLISHED BY THE SOCIETY WASHINGTON, D. C. 1964 TABLE OF CONTENTS VOLUME 66 ARNAUD, P. H., Jr. and W. W. WIRTH—A Name Lst of World Culicoides, 1956-1962, (Diptera: Ceratopogonidae). \-2..-...-...--- 2. = ATWOOD, C. E.: See KNERER, G. BALDUF, W. V.—Numbers of Ovarioles in the Heteroptera (Insecta). ..... BEAL, R. S., JR.—A New Superficially Cryptic Species of Trogoderma from the Southwestern United States (Coleoptera: Dermestidae).............. BELL, J. R.: See BELL, R. T. BELL, R. T. and J. R. BELL.—Platypatrobus lacustris Darlington in Ver- mont (Coleopteria: Carabidae)... ..% 5502. -\a0-.: 022-5 kee BISSELL, T. L.—Locality Records and a Host Plant for the Stinkbug, Edessa jlonda Barber (EHemipteras Pentatomidae)i 4.44. 4545-4 eee eee BLAKE, D. H.—Some Insect Collections in South America................ CONNELL, W. A.—Carpophilus fumatus Boh., a Beetle New to North Amer- ica, (Coleoptera: Nitudulidae)e saccas aces oe ee Soe eee ae eee CUNLIFFE, F.—Tropacarus, a New Genus of Arcaridae (Acarina)......... DELONG, D. W. and P. H. FREYTAG.—Studies of the Gyponinae, The Genus Dragonana Ball and Reeves (Homoptera: Cicadellidae)............ DIAKONOFF, A.—Types of Microlepidoptera Described by Edward Meyrick ime Collection ot CornelliUniversity..-- ee one ee ee oe DODGE, H. R.—Sarcophagid Flies from the Revillagigeda Islands (Diptera: Sarcophagidae)® cic. hak scar nos ba oe & aoe bie tee oe Soe DONNELLY, T. W.—Enallagma westfalli, a New Damselfly from Eastern Texas, with Remarks on the Genus Teleallagma Kenndy (Odonata: Coe- NAGTIONIAAE)|.,...s dene she wa OES HS ate Miers cues a sue oo 4 Mel tasle Chee ea FLINT, O. 8., JR.—Two Species of Limnephilidae New to North America (Brichopterayetin. a. s eidiecickee cseie eit @ Gacceite Sy oe ie Phas eee FOOTE, R. H.—A New Synonym in the Genus Eurosta (Diptera: Tephri- 30): )) on ie et err en ete eee dl olan Me cago0oc ese ———Acinia picturata (Snow), A Resurrected Synonym (Diptera: Tephritidae) ys... 45 eGo act att a. Coe ema cade ee es eee A Review of the Genus Xanthomyia Phillips (Diptera: Tephritidae) FRANCLEMONT, J. G.—Notes and Two New Genera (Lepidoptera: Noc- OLE) ane en OnE ene ee oa TAS ee ke ME Bee Fah omc asco ne FREYTAG, P. H.: See DELONG, D. W. 19 100 119 5d 101 181 113 33 47 103 140 GUPTA, A. P.—Musculature and Mechanism of the Nymphal Scent-Apparatus of Riptortus linearis H. 8. (Heteroptera: Alydidae) with Comments on the Number, Variation and Homology of the Abdominal Scent Glands in other 1HIGUGTROYDIGTED a Okc wcecerepokomretna bo diatcle Ree oec.c Lae Ocin Dane Cie Ce aRRe Cae OE eee Er GURNEY, A. B.—The Entomological Work of Bentley B. Fulton.......... HERRING, J. L.—A New Species of Halobates from the Bay of Bengal (Hem- ERC HAMMELL AC) ences fey ests att havea Hits A agents Ma illness onl set Sears HUNTER, C. A.: See HUNTER, P. E. HUNTER, P. E. and C. A. HUNTER.—A New Anoetus Mite from Pitcher eleimibse CAlCarinalcrAMOCtGAe) hem. sa chistes oh ewes Ce See se SS oie slenant HUNTER, P. E. and B. J. JUMP -- Flight in the Horned Passalus Beetle, Popilius disjunctus (Illiger) (Coleoptera: Passalidae).................... JUMP, B. J.: See HUNTER, P. E. KINGSOLVER, J. M. -- New Species of Trichoptera from Cuba............ KNERER, G. and C. E. ATWOOD—Metanotal Anomalies in Sweat Bees AElvmenoptenagelalichidae)iis cs «crn sais see cosine tae of decker ava amet KNIGHT, K. L.—Differentiation of the Larval Instars of Aedes sollicitans (Walker) and A. taentorhynchus (Wiedemann). (Diptera: Culicidae)........ KORMILEV, N. A.—The Third Species of Neoanthylla Kormiley, 1951, from Rene @aemipteras dehivamatidae)) sa. 6 sas seaces ese sae ciel a See ak seein: KRAMER, J. P.—A Key for Portanus with New Records and Descriptions of New Species (Homoptera: Cicadellidae: Nestocephalinae)................ LELONARD Vi) Aphids ona Rooftop. 4... .......2s6.265-..+-s55250% LYONS, R. J.—The Alternate Generation of Callirhytis agrifoliae (Ashmead) Bag menapterasa@ yalpGideay)), 6 2..05% sta) 6 Feats os be ga be ane os Seon Saw des MALDONADO CAPRILES, J.—Studies on Idiocerine Leafhoppers: II. The Indian and Philippine Species of /diocerus and the Genus [dioscopus (Homo- fous (Chesyolelbave yes)) aiacs, Bue cos ere ree es ee eee yee eee ates ty ee eats Mc cerrs mepartiein cere re MEDLER, J. T.—Parasitism of Eumeninae by Cuckoo Wasps in Trap-Nests IN WAScOnsIny (Ely menopteras, Clmystdidae) ees acetate cee secede MUESEBECK, K. F. W.—Identity of the Genus Miocolus Foerster (Hy- IMEMO | HOLA RAC OMI Cee) meme rap arr ween ees Sos a yak eee A Ao othe sate eke eats NEUNZIG, H. H.—Notes on the Biology of the Hurytoma rhois Complex GElymT ero beLa=p ur bOMIdae) hows aise ae aeons Hae ets teens Stems eae PIPKIN, 8S. B.—New Flower Breeding Species of Drosophila (Diptera: Wrosopailidse) eerste se teks a oyat Eee ee ee re es oe ts oad ceeds POLHEMUS, J. T.—A New Species of Joscytus from the Western United Svatest aenap tera Salgidae)) prec cee cgnmrcyee ockerte oy tiene ceed ans vcr otal usar ens ROBINSON, H.—Two New Genera of Dolichopodidae from Mexico (Dip- ili 39 260 iv RUCKES, H.—A New Genus and Species of Halyine Pentatomid from Argentina, (Evemupteras sl entatomnl Gl ae) errs secant RUHOFF, F. A.—The Proposal of a New Name (Hemiptera: Hydrome- Fd (Ok: (2) oan ee sen ON ee ee ee nie ee UE IS Bas ouan anes + RUSSELL, L. M—A New Species of Aleurocybotus (Homoptera: Aleyro- GUA ire Resets ele seks con aan eta GaN ore tesa ect aroma eco et ice eo etic oe a SEDMAN, Y.S.—The Chrysogaster (Orthonevra) bellula group in North America (Diptera: Syrphidae) su. SG. woes ats wie ee SELANDER, R. B.—A Generic Homonym in the Meloidae (Coleoptera)... . . The Systematic Position of the Genus Linsleya (Coleoptera: Mielord ae )) a2 ae cheese ane ete ea CueT ec Se ear Seo ge ae SHELL, R.—A Method of Preserving the Colors of the Cassidinae (Cole- opterd? Chrysomelidae).. «0225. oe... G00 loess See te ee ee SMILEY, R. L.—Two New Erythraeids predaceous upon Cotton Bollworm Begs) @Acarnina: Hnythnaeidae)): mae cere eeie anc ects —————.—fome tarsonemidae from The Republic of the Congo (Acarina) SOMMERMAN, K. M.—Prosimulium eselbaughi n. sp., the Alaskan P. hirtipes 2)( Diptera: Simuludae) sc... ...-..26 de need on one oe ee STEYSKAL, G. C.—A Tribe of Cecicomyiidae (Diptera) New to North AIMOTICA 5 7554 G ichas ues 804 Gi oadet Reet ete as cae Bs Sg -Notes on North American Piophilidae II (Diptera).............. SUMMERS, F. M.—Three Uncommon Genera of the Mite Family Stig- maeidae CACARITIA) ;..< cia «css Fe Aaeals &, Ghar alanine oe De TODD, E. L.—A Note on the Distribution and Recognition of Zanclognatha atriltimeelia (Lepidoptera: Noctuidae)... 2.2... 555--...2 = se eee A New Species of Jodopepla Franclemont from Cuba (Lepidoptera) INO GGUTEA ES) sie, fin oe tattue cada ceetee ice scious earn SSSA ROS RCL A Note on Nerthra praecipua Todd (Hemiptera: Gelastocori- TOWNES, H.—Mislabeled Figures in Seyrig’s Gelinae of Madagascar (Hy- menoptera? Ichneumonidae) oo oO PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 66, NO, 1, MARCH, 1964 yellow, rather densely suffused with pale fuscous; cilia light ocherous- yellow. Male genitalia (Figs. 7, 8). Uneus and vinculum of the shape char- acteristic for the genus Lecithocera H.S., of which Sarisophora Meyr., in my opinion, is only a synonym. Valva broad, rather curved up- wards, with a small short-haired sacculus from well beyond base, and a broadly rounded cucullus. Harpe (armature of the disc of the valva) is represented by a moderately curved series of dense and strong spines of moderate length, situated well above the lower mar- gin of the valva, where the end of sacculus forms an obtuse angle. Aedeagus large, dilated at base. Cornuti, a large and dense sheaf of spines. Judging from the male genitalia the species may be nearest Lect- thocera lutescens Diak., from the Snow Range. Protolechia amphiplaca Meyrick (Fig. 2) Protolechia amphiplaca Meyrick, 1932, Exotie Microlepidoptera, 4: 352. Holotype ¢?, Cornell University type no. 1273-1. January-May 1918. Genitalia slide no. 1273-1 (Fig. 13). Palpus strongly curved, ascending; tufts on vertex highly raised. Head and palpus and also anterior half of thorax purplish-brown. Fore wing with termen very oblique. All dark markings purplish- brown. Yellow basal patch on costa not reaching one-fifth. Cilia purplish-brown. Female genitalia (Fig. 13) peculiar, suggesting a hyponomeutid; certainly not a Protolechia. Sterigma little developed, a pair of erect pear-shaped sclerites flanking the ostium which is not clearly devel- oped. Ductus bursae with a colliculum represented by a small, slender sclerite fragment; ductus extremely long, tortuous, coiled. Corpus bursae large, ovoid. Signum, an ax-shaped denticulate plate with a slender stalk. SCAEOSOPHIDAE Cyphothyris pyrrhophrys Meyrick (Fig. 3) Cyphothyris pyrrhophrys Meyrick, 1932, Exotic Microlepidoptera, 4: 332 Holotype ¢, originally dee eeeted: Cornell University aah no. By. January-February 1918. Genitalia slide no. 5498 (Figs. 10 Diseal stigmata are dark, minute and raised, second double, one of these dots on upper, another, on lower angle of cell; the second oblique white line before apex not reaching costa. The specimen may have faded. Male genitalia (Figs. 9, 10), similar to those of the following, but with vineulum broader and less defined, with valva more angulate, without a costal prominence. Tegumen and gnathos similar, but lab- ides much longer, more gradually clavate and without the character- istic apical bristle. Aedeagus very similar (separated from mount). 36 PROC. ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 66, NO. 1, MARCH, 1964 (Se) ~“ PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 66, NO, 1, MARCH, 1964 Cyphothyris disphaerias Meyrick (Fig. 4) Cyphothyris disphaerias Meyrick, 1932, Exotic Microlepidoptera, 4: 333. Holotype ¢, originally designated, Cornell University type no. 1272-1. January 1918. Genitalia slide no. 5497 (Fig. 6). Palpus whitish, median segment infuscated, with a narrow sub- apical, incomplete fuscous ring; terminal segment with broad subbasal and supramedian rings. From the original description is also omitted any reference to a suffused fuscous irregular Y-shaped mark on the middle of dorsum, centered with white, its top connected by a line with the lower edge of the first circular spot. Male genitalia (Fig. 6). Tegumen and uneus little sclerotized, the latter broad, semicircular. Unecus absent. Gnathos paired, arms long, simple, porrect. Valva broad, cucullus strongly dilated, rounded and semicircular, haired ; sacculus weak, indicated at base only ; costa form- ing a rounded separate prominence with a series of long bristles; labis, a slender clavate process, slightly dilated at base, distally short-haired with a single long bristle. Aedeagus peculiar (its apical portion punctulate in figure): extremely large, long, sinuous, containing a sinuous sclerotized band, ending in a strong hook; this band strongly resembles a female cestum ! OECOPHORIDAE Syscalma pyroptera Meyrick (Fig. 5) Syscalma pyroptera Meyrick, 1933, Exotic Microlepidoptera 4: 367. Holotype, 2, Cornell University type no. 1276-1. March 1918. Genitalia slide no. 5495 (Figs. 11, 12). Palpus pale ocherous; median segment long, strongly clavate, sprin- kled with purple, tip with a broad ring; terminal segment orange- ocherous. Antenna (broken) purple, rough-scaled. Thorax purple. Forewing with dark parts deep purple. Cilia deep purple with two dark lines. Hind wing with dark markings and cilia deep purple- brown. Female genitalia (Figs. 11, 12) with the eighth sternum moderately sclerotized, with two large fields of fine, articulating bristles flanking the ostium bursae. Sterigma little sclerotized, almost submembra- nous, formed by two transversely plicate moderate sclerites converg- ing in middle, a small digitoid sclerite, darkly sclerotized, anterior to genital opening. Ductus and corpus bursae simple, the latter spheri- eal, moderate. 38 PROC. ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 66, NO, 1, MARCH, 1964 A NOTE ON THE DISTRIBUTION AND RECOGNITION OF ZANCLOGNATHA ATRILINEELLA (GROTE) (LEPIDOPTERA: NOCTUIDAE) The name Cleptomita atrilineella Grote was proposed in 1873, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., 4: 301, for an unique male noctuid collected by G. W. Belfrage in Texas in the month of April. Smith, 1895, Bull. U. S. National Museum, No. 48, p. 27, synonymized Cleptomita Grt. under Zanclognatha Led., thus transfer- ing atrilineella to that genus. The type is in the collection of the Philadelphia Academy of Natural Science. There is a photograph of the type in the collection of the U. S. National Museum, Zanclognatha atrilineella (Grote), 4 To my knowledge, no published records of other specimens of Zanclognatha atrilineella (Grote) exist. There is a penciled note, “Miss. (Benj. 1 9),” after this species in a manuscript catalog which came to the U. S. National Museum with the William Barnes collection of Lepidoptera. The specimen of atrilineella identified by Benjamin does not appear to be in the collection here. Perhaps it will be located in another collection, such as that at Mississippi State University, State College, Mississippi. In January 1962, Mrs. Joan Chapin, Baton Rouge, Louisiana sent a ¢ of this species to me for identification. It was collected at Prairieville, Ascension Parish, La., on July 8, 1961, by Glynn Lambert. In June 1963, a 2 collected by M. and E. Roshore, Sept. 24, 1961, at Clinton, Hinds Co., Miss. was received from Bryant Mather, Jackson, Miss. This species may be distinguished from other species of Zanclognatha of simi- lar size (length of forewing: Male 10 mm., female 11 mm.) by the conspicuous, dark transverse lines and reniform spot of the forewing. E. L. Topp, Entomology Research Division, A.R.S., U. S. Department of Agricul- ture, Washington 25, D. C. re bic PROC. ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 66, No, 1, MARCH, 1964 39 A NEW ANOETUS MITE FROM PITCHER PLANTS (AcARINA: ANOETIDAE) 1 Preston E. Hunver and C. A. Hunter, Department of Entomology, University : of Georgia, Athens The abliity of certain Arthropods to withstand the digestive action of the liquor in insectivorous pitcher plants is exemplified by the larvae of the mosquitoes, Wyeomyia smith (Coquillett) and W. haynei Dodge, found only in the pitchers of Sarracenia purpurea L. (see e.g. Dodge, 1947; Price, 1958). Arthropoda that live exclusively in this unique habitat are rare, and a group which has received very little attention is the species of Anoetus (Anoetidae) mites found in the pitchers of some pitcher plants. Only two species of Anoetus mites have been reported from pitcher plants. Hirst (1928) described Zwickia nepenthesiana from the pitchers of Nepenther ampullaris from Singapore, and Nesbitt (1954) described Zwickia gibsont from the pitchers of Sarracenia purpurea from Canada. Both of these spe- cies were later placed in the genus Anoetus by Hughes and Jackson (1958). The work reported here extends the range of A. gibsoni and describes a new Anoetus from the pitchers of Sarracenia minor and flava. Biological observations are reported for both mite species. During the course of the present study, field collected pitchers of Sarracenia purpurea subspecies venosa, S. minor, S. flava, and S. rubra were brought into the laboratory and examined for anoetid mites. The plants were collected from Georgia and North Carolina. All stages of Anoetus gibsoni were taken from S. purpurea pitchers eollected in Rabun County, Georgia, and Wilmington, North Caro- lina, the only two localities from which this plant was collected. In a previous study Anoetus gibsoni was also collected from S. purpurea - subspecies gibbosa from Itasca State Park in Minnesota (Price and Hunter, 1958, unpublished data). In all plants checked this was the only species of Anoetus found in the pitchers of pwrpwrea, and con- versely A. gibsoni was not found in the pitchers of any of the other species of pitcher plants listed above. These collections extend the range of A. gibsoni to Minnesota, Georgia, and North Carolina, and it seems likely this mite would be found in the pitchers of purpurea throughout the geographical range of the plant. For the other pitcher plants checked, Anoetus mites were found in the pitchers of 8S. minor and S. flava only. The mite from minor is identical to the one found in flava pitchers but is morphologically distinct in all postembryonic stages from A. gibsoni. It appears that two distinct mite species are involved, A. gibsoni being restricted to S. purpurea and the new species described below limited to S. minor and flava. At Wilmington, North Carolina, purpurea, minor and 1 Journal Paper No. 255 of the College Experiment Station of the University of Georgia College of Agricultural Experiment Stations. This work was sup- ported in part by a grant from the Committee on Grants-in-Aid of Research of the Society of the Sigma Xi. 40 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 66, NO, 1, MARCH, 1964 flava pitcher plants were collected from the same bog area. Presuma- bly, therefore, the mites would have had some opportunity to become established in all the pitcher plants of the area. The fact that A. gibsont was found only in purpurea pitchers, and the new species was found only in minor and flava pitchers provides additional evi- dence of a species distinction for these mites. All setal notation abbreviations in the following descriptions are those used by Hughes and Jackson (1958) in their review of the Anoetidae. Anoetus hughesi n. sp. In the non-hypopial stages this species has long body setae giving the mite a hairy appearance; palpal seta pp2 is long and directed laterally; propodosomal setae dp4 flagellumlike, several times the length of dp3; dp2 minute; tarsus IL has heavy spinelike setae; legs II in the male are at least twice as thick as the other legs. FEMALE. Idiosoma 490 u long, 2204 wide behind coxae II, greatest width of body 310u. Dorsum: Weak suture between propodosoma and hysterosoma; one granular plate on anterior of propodosoma, second plate on hysterosoma, exact shape of plates varies slightly from specimen to specimen. Propodosomal setae dp4 long whiplike, several times the length of dp3; dp2 very small, on edge of plate; dp1 not seen. Hysterosomal setae long, flagellumlike, position and relative lengths as shown; four pairs of pitlike structures as illustrated. Venter: Ventral setae fine, relative lengths and location as shown. A pair of small pitlike strue- tures posteriolateral of setae vml. Anal setae vo2 missing; vol small, at an- terior end of anal opening; posterior of anus a pair of long setae which were interpreted as vo3, in which case setae do7 apparently missing (this setal pattern was constant in all female specimens checked). Legs: I and II heavier than III and IV; seta f on femurs I and II short, peglike, only about twice as long as diameter of setal base. Tarsal setae, in general, heavy; ta6 of tarsi I and II distinctly longer than ta5 or ta7. Leg I ta2 and ta3 2/3 to 3/4 length of tal; g3 and g4 fine, slender setae. Leg II g3 and ta2 both flagellumlike; tal6 about twice length of claw. Claws curved. Gnathosoma: 100 yu long, 904 wide at base. Chelicerae long, slender; flagellum of chelicera not as long as serrated area. Palpal seta ppl long, flagellumlike, over twice as long as pp2; pp2 directed laterally approximately twice length of palps, tapering to a point; pp3 about as long as pp2. MALE. Idiosoma 4204 long, 1704 wide behind coxae II, 230m at greatest width of body. Dorswm: Propodosomal suture weak; propodosomal plate as in female; setae dp3 and dp4 slightly longer than in female; dp2 very small; dp1 not seen. Hysterosomal plate larger than in female; setae long, flagellumlike, those on posterior of body longer than in female, position and relative lengths as illustrated; four pairs of pitlike structures as shown. Venter: Ventral setae whiplike, of unequal lengths; uml setae anterior to ringlike structures rl. Anal setae vo2 present. Position and relative lengths of setae as shown. Legs: Legs II much heavier than other legs, genu and femur IT twice diameter of genu and femur I. Legs I slightly heavier than either IIT or IV. Seta f on femur II short, spurlike, much heavier than seta f on femur I whieh is peglike as in female. Tarsus IT setae heavy, ta7 much heavier than in female. Seta tal6 leg III only ics acai PROC. ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 66, NO, 1, MARCH, 1964 4] Fig. 1, Anoetus hughesi n. sp. Female, A, dorsal view; B, ventral view; C, palpus; D, chelicera. 42, PROC. ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 66, NO, 1, MARCH, 1964 slightly longer than claw; tal6 leg IV 1% times length of claw. Claws III and TV longer than I and II; claw II heaviest. Claws curved. Gnathosoma: 60 u long, 65 w wide at base; chelicerae as in female. Palpal setae with same relative lengths as in female. DEUTONYMPH. Oval, 250 u long, 185m at greatest width. Dorsum: Smooth, without seulpturing; setae fine, minute, those of hysterosoma of equal length and slightly shorter than propodosomal setae. An eyelike structure on each side of hysterosoma between setae dm2 and dm3. Venter: Pedipalps about twice as long as wide; length of palpal seta ppl about equal to combined lengths of genu and tibia I. Apodemata a2 extends well posterior of end of sternum stl, turns medial at posterior tip, almost reaching to a4; apodemata a4 connected by faint line to a5. Sternum st3 ending free, well posterior of level of setae on coxae II, coxae I and III with minute setae. Setae vml1 hairlike, longer than coxal setae I or III. Suctorial plate ellipsoid, suckers su of about the same size as central dise pal; other structures on plate as illustrated. Legs: Legs I and II with internal sclerotization on some segments as shown. Seta tal6 of leg I cuplike on end (this seta tends to collapse or is poorly oriented on some mounts giving it a different appearance; in well-mounted specimens seta is as illustrated). Leg II seta tal6 lancet-shaped. Legs II and IV seta ta4 long flagellumlike; seta tal6 long and whiplike; tal16 on leg IV longer than tarsus. All tarsi with claws. Type. This species was described from a series of 20 female, 20 male, and 20 hypopial specimens. Holotype and allotype with the following data: Evans Co., Georgia; June 15, 1961, from pitchers of Sarracenia minor. Paratypes from Sarracenia minor and S. flava pitchers collected from Evans, Bryant, Tift, and Wayne counties in Georgia. All collections were made by the authors. Holotype, allo- type, and paratypes will be deposited with the U. S. National Museum, Washington, D. C.; paratypes with the Institute of Acarology, Woos- ter, Ohio; and with Dr. R. D. Hughes, Department of Biology and Genetics, Medical College of Virginia, Richmond, Virginia. Remain- ing paratypes will be retained in the Department of Entomology, University of Georgia, Athens, Georgia. Remarks: This species is very similar to A. gibson. In the adult stage the species is easily separated from gibson by one or more of the following characters: pp2 is well developed and directed laterally, in gibson this seta is minute (or absent in the male?) and directed medially; dorsal setae considerably longer than in gibsoni; length of seta f of femur II only about twice diameter of setal base, this seta several times diameter of setal base in gibsoni; the chelicerae are long, slender and whiplike in the new species, in gibson they are heavier, shorter and curve medially. These characteristics will also separate the larval, proto- and tritonymphal stages of the two species. In the male leg II of hughesi is at least twice as thick as leg I, whereas in gibson these two legs are of about equal thickness. The hypopi of the two species show a greater similarity than the other stages. The most distinctive differences found were as follows: pedipalps of new species shorter than in gibsoni; sternum stl ends well short of the posterior end of apodemata a2, these end on about the same level in gibsoni; st3 shorter in the new species; dorsal setae ot ie. PROC. ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 66, NO. 1, MARCH, 1964 43 Fig. 2, Anoetus hughesi n. sp. Male, A, dorsal view; B, ventral view; Deuto- nymph, C, dorsal view; D, ventral view; E, tarsus I. 44 PROC. ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL, 66, NO, 1, MARCH, 1964 of unequal length, in gibsoni the dorsal setae are of about equal length. The eyelike spots on the dorsum of the new species are also present on.gibsont hypopi, although these were not mentioned in previous description of gibsont. In the key to the Anoetus given by Hughes and Jackson (1958) the adults of the new species would key to bushlandi and the hypopus to gibson. The following additions to the key will separate the new species. Male 2. Pedipalpal seta ppl long, flagellumlike, longer than tarsus TS 2a Pedipalpall seta’ ppl shorter: thant tarsus) (= eee 3 2a. Propodosomal setae dp3 and dp4 of about equal length, onthe isame vleveli 25 esas cee etree cate ee Pema ie bushlandi Propodosomal setae dp4 much longer than dp3; dp4 setal base il bin] SXOYSHCSS ONO (aay ee ee ul a hughesi Female The female of hughesi may be separated from bushlandi by the same character- istics given for the male. Deutonymph Sa A podemata aor free, NOt Mee ube ito LOTTI Sb ose see eae 9 Apodemata a5 not free, meeting to form st? nepenthesiana 9. Sternum stl ending at level of or slightly short of posterior end of a2; pedipalps tover) twice as) Lome vasie ville wee esa cee ene gibsoni Sternum stl ending well short of posterior end of a2; pedipalps about twice as, lom p fais) Ayr ee ear SP Sie eile YR i ee hughesi Biology During the course of this work some biological observations were made on both gibsoni and hughesi. A. hughesi was found in the green or partially green pitchers of S. minor and S. flava at all sea- sons of the year. In Georgia these plants are found in the southern or coastal areas where prolonged low temperatures would not nor- mally oceur, presumably reproduction of the mite would take place throughout the year. Over 100 pitchers of S. minor and flava were collected during the vear and examined in the laboratory for Anoetus mites. Live A. hughest were found in 86% of the flava and 72% of the minor green or partially green, opened pitchers. In the pitchers examined in the laboratory, Anoetus mites were not found in any pitcher—such as small, newly opened—where insect remains were not present, and no live Anoetus mites were found in the completely dry, dead pitchers. The largest populations of A. hughesi were found in pitchers havy- ing a large amount of partially dissolved insect remains. In general, the population size was correlated with the condition of the insect remains rather than the size of the pitcher; however, the larger pitch- PROC. ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 66, NO, 1, MARCH, 1964 45 ers often had more undissolved insects and therefore larger mite populations. Hypopi were most abundant in those pitchers where only the insect exoskeletons remained, and in some of these pitchers hypopi were the only live Anoetus found. The various developmental stages of hughest show a general verti- eal distribution within the pitchers. The hypopial stage was found on the wall of the pitchers above the insect remains, eggs were found attached to the pitcher wall at about the top level of “the insect re- mains, the larvae and protonymphs below the eggs either on the wall of the pitcher or in the insect remains, and ‘the tritonymphs and adults in the lower areas of the insect remains. In most of the pitch- ers examined, very little free liquid was found in the bottom of the pitchers, and the adult mites were usually found above this. It seems likely that these mites do not actually live in the free liquid of these pitchers. The ecological habitat of A. gibsoni appears to be quite different from that of hughes’. Mature pitchers of purpurea contain a con- siderably larger volume of liquid than is found in flava or minor nitchers, and the origin of this liquid is apparently quite different. Hepburn (1927. found that unopened purpurea pitchers did not produce enough liquor to measure, and the liquor in opened pitchers came primarily from rain water; in contrast to this, unopened flava pitchers contain an average of 0.66 ce. of liquor and this volume rose to an average of only al 50 ee. in opened plants. The chemical compo- sition of the liquor is also different. Hepburn found that the protease of purpurea acts best in the presence of dilute alkali, and that of flava and minor acts best in the presence of dilute acid. These authors also reported differences in the chemical composition of the tissues of purpurea compared to flava and minor. It was noted that the liquid from purpurea was usually teeming with microorganisms, but microorganisms were not usually seen in the liquid from flava or minor. By cutting off the pitchers of purpurea just above the level of the liquid and examining the pitcher for mites, it was possible to deter- mine the distribution of gibsoni in the pitchers. No mites were found on the sides of the pitcher above the surface of the liquid. All stages of the mite, including eggs and hypopi, were found below the surface of the liquid, indicating that the mite actually lives in the liquid of the pitcher. Presumably the Anvoetus mites in the pitcher plants feed on the decomposing insect remains or on microorganisms associated with the decomposition. In the laboratory hughest has been reared in small jars or dishes containing a solution made by washing out the pitcher plant liquid with small amounts of water. The volume of lquid in the dishes and jars was always small enough that the center of the container extended above the water level. Crushed, freshly killed house flies were placed in the jars as a food source for the mites. Anoetus mites put into these solutions lived and some reproduction occurred, but because of heavy mold growth on the flies these cul- 46 PROC. ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 66, NO, 1, MARCH, 1964 tures could not be maintained easily for long periods of time. In these cultures the mite eggs were always found above or at the edge of the water surface, and the larvae and nymphs were usually found on insect parts which extended above the surface of the water. Only the adults were commonly seen moving around below the water sur- face on the bottom of the container. A. gibsoni has been reared in the laboratory for several months by putting the contents from several purpwrea pitchers in finger bowls with distilled water added to make a liquid depth of at least one inch. Crushed, freshly killed house flies were added to the bowls at irregu- lar intervals as a food source for the mites. The feeding stages of the mite tended to congregate around the crushed flies. Eggs of the mite were found scattered throughout the debris on the bottom of the dish. In these rearings hypopi were not observed on the sides of the dish above the water surface. Under the rearing conditions used, large populations of gibsoni and hughesi did not develop, and over a long period of time the populations never much more than maintained their numbers. The Anoetus mites probably move from pitcher plant to pitcher plant by the hypopi being carried to new plants on insects which visit the pitchers. In the ease of A. gibson the Wyeomyia mosquitoes, although weak flyers, may serve as a transportation host. In this case since the hypopi apparently may live under water, they could attach to the mosquito pupae then move onto the adult mosquito when it emerges from the pupal case. No counterpart of Wyeomyva has been found in the pitchers of minor and flava. However, it would seem likely that some flying insects after entering these pitchers, are able to escape from the larger pitchers, and carry hypopi from one plant to another. REFERENCES Dodge, Harold R. 1947. A new species of Wyeomyia from the pitcher plant (Diptera, Culicidae). Proc. Ent. Soe. Wash. 49: 117-23. Hepburn, Joseph S. 1927. Biochemical studies of the North American Sar-_ raceniceae. Trans. Wagner Free Inst. Sci. Phila. V. 11. 95 pp. Hirst, Stanley. 1928. A new Tyroglyphid mite (Zwickia nepenthesiana—sp. n.) from the pitchers of Nepenthes ampullaria. J. Malay, Br. Asiat. Soc. 6: 19-22. Hughes, Roscoe D. and Caroline G. Jackson. 1958. A review of the Anoetidae (Acari). Virg. J. Sci. 9: 5-198. Nesbitt, Herbert H. J. 1954. A new mite, Zwickia gibsoni n. sp. from the ~ pitchers of Sarracenia purpurea. Canad. Ent. 86: 193-7. Price, Roger D. 1958. Notes on the biology and laboratory colonization of Wyeomyia smithii (Coquillett) (Diptera: Culicidae). Canad. Ent. 90: 473-8. — PROC. ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 66, No, 1, MARCH, 1964 47 SARCOPHAGID FLIES FROM THE REVILLAGIGEDO ISLANDS (DipreRA: SARCOPHAGIDAE) H. Ropney Doper, Box 97, Pullman, Wash. The author is indebted to Dr. John N. Belkin, University of Cali- fornia, Los Angeles and to Dr. Edward L. Kessel, California Academy of Sciences, for making available for study small but important col- lections of Sarcophagid flies from the isolated and pecuhar Islas Revillagigedo, Mexico, which lie in the Pacific Ocean, several hundred miles off the coast of Mexico. The largest Island, Socorro, is latitude 19° N., longitude 111° W., approximately 300 miles West by South of the tip of Baja California. San Benedicto, the smallest inhabited island, lies about 50 miles North of Socorro, and Clarion Island is about 250 miles West of Socorro and 480 miles 8.W. of San Jose del Cabo, Baja California. Six species are recognized in this material, of which three are new. The types of the new species have been returned to their respective institutions, designated as (UCLA) and (CAS). Paratypes, where available, are deposited in the United States National Museum (USNM), the American Museum of Natural History (AMNH), the Instituto Oswaldo Cruz (IOC) and the author’s collection at Wash- ington State University (WSU). The nomenclature of the species is in accordance with the views of Dr. William L. Downes, Jr. (unpublished theses, Ames, Iowa; arrangement of Sarcophaginae at United States National Musuem, 1957; “Sarcophagidae” of the forthcoming Catalog of North Ameri- can Diptera), with one exception: Chrysostomomyta is elevated to subgeneric rank. Kery TO THE GENERA AND SPECIES 1. Posterior dorsocentral bristles 3, strong, evenly spaced_------.---------- 2 Posterior dorsocentral bristles 4, or the anterior hairs of the row vestigial 4 Vein 1 setuled on basal half dorsally te Toate Helicobia marionella (Ald.) i aETILE Op eet tebe 83 eS hee NM osdnat ey 2 Reet La eR ss Loe LS 3 3. Propleuron pilose; median marginal pair of bristles on hind margin of 3rd apparent tergum Blaesoxipha (Acridiophaga) angustifrons (Ald.) Propleuron bare; no median marginals on 3rd tergum_.. 2) LL SEMEL ye Seer WPL eae Blaesoxipha (Kellymyia) californica (Parker) bo 4. Dorsocentral bristles 2:4... Socorromyia blodgeti new genus and species Dorsocentrals 0:1; only the preseutellar pair developed... 5 5. Genital segments entirely black or dark brown; median marginal bristles MLESENCSON Gr: qbeLods eat eee ee eR CA ter ee a) ee ee Pa aah ga aes Baa Peckia (Chrysostomomyia) nigricauda new species Genital segments wholly or in part red; median marginals usually absent on 3rd apparent tergum____ Peckia (Chrysostomomyia) craigi new species +. ed Se eee 48 PROC, EN'T, SOC. WASH., VOL. 66, NO, 1, MARCH, 1964 Norres AND DESCRIPTIONS OF THE SPECIES Helicobia morionella (Aldrich) Sarcophaga surrubea Aldrich, 1916:154, fig. 72 (not surrubea Wulp) Sarcophaga morionella Aldrich, 1930:31. Helicobia morionella, Lopes, 1939:508. This is a widespread Neotropical species, ranging from California and Georgia to Puerto Rico and Brazil. It has also been recently collected in Hawaii, where it may have been accidentally introduced through commerce. One male, 3 females from Clarion and one male, Socorro Islands (UCLA, WSU). Blaesoxipha (Acridiophaga) angustifrons (Aldrich) Sarcophaga angustifrons Aldrich, 1916:142, fig. 63. Sarcophaga caridei, Aldrich, 1927:588. Servaisia (Acridiophaga) angustifrons, Roback, 1954:86, figs. 401-404. This grasshopper parasite ranges widely in the United States and Canada, and was considered by Aldrich (1927) to be a synonym of caridei Brethes (Arg.) ; however, Roback (1954) restored it to spe- cific rank. Four males, Clarion Island (UCLA, WSU), MeDonald and Blodget collectors. These males agree very well with Aldrich’s figure and description of angustifrons, except that the front is some- what wider (0.11 to 0.13, average 0.12 of head width, compared with 0.084 to 0.12, average 0.098 for 6 males in the type series). — Blaesoxipha (Kellymyia) californica (Parker) (Figs. 9-11) Sarcophaga californica Parker, 1918:32. Sarcophaga postilla Reinhard, 1947:111, fig. 17. Kurtomyia postilla, Roback, 1954:84. Male front 0.21 to 0.234 (average 0.224) of head width. A species very closely related to cessator Aldrich, with similar female genitalia. The female genitalia (figures 9-11) have broad genital sternites and the first genital tergum visible from above and lying in the same plane but inferior to the 4th apparent tergum. In these respects the female genitalia bear a resemblance to Blaesoripha plinthopyga (Wd.) and Socorromyta blodgeti, new species. Female genital aperture posterior, transversely oval; genital seg- ments red; Ist genital tergum whitish pollinose, not divided mid- dorsally, visible from above, with marginal row of numerous (about 20) bristles; spiracle 6 on the tergum, near posterior margin; spiracle 7 at about middle of its length. Sternum 5 broader than 4; sternum 6 broadest, transverse; sternum 7 slightly narrower and shorter than 6; sternum 8 intimately fused with 7, trilobed on posterior margin, the middle lobe angular and setulose, the outer lobes triangular, glabrous, nude. Spermothecae 3, nearly globose, with 1 or 2 annuli. Twelve males, 13 females, San Benedicto Island, April 30, 1955, McDonald and Blodget collectors (UCLA, WSU). d a ———— PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 66, NO, 1, MARCH, 1964 49 Socorromyia new genus Male front narrow and without PFRO; outer vertical absent; arista long plumose on basal 0.60; acrostichals 0:0; dorocentrals 3:4; scutellum with 2 pairs of marginal bristles only; sternopleurals 2; prosternum and propleuron bare; mesosternum haired; postalar declivity with a few hairs. This genus is based on Socorromyia blodgeti new species, known only from Socorro Island. The male genitalia, by conformation and particularly by the Peckia (Chrysostomomyia) nigricauda new species. Fig. 1, profile of male genital composite with (arrow) enlarged ventral view of harpes. Peckia (Chryso- stomomyia) craigi new species. Fig. 2, profile of genital composite, with (arrow) enlarged ventral view of harpes. Fig. 3, female genital orifice, posteroventral view. Fig. 4, female sternotheea (sterna 6-8). Socorromyia blodgeti new genus and species. Fig. 5, male genital composite, profile, with ventral view of penis and tip of anterior clasper. Fig. 6, forceps, posterior view, Fig. 7, tip of female abdomen, posterior view. Fig. 8, same, ventral view. Blaesoripha (Kellymyia) californica (Parker). Fig. 9, tip of female abdomen, dorsal view. Fig. 10, sterno- theea. Fig. 11, female genital orifice, posterior view. 50 PROG. ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 66, NO, 1, MARCH, 1964 small, unmodified penis, suggest an affinity with Sarcophaga minutipenis Hall but that species has the forceps vastly different. The female sternotheca is broad — and the first genital tergum is undivided and visible from above. The type species, S. blodgeti, n. sp. Socorromyia blodgeti new species (Figs. 5-8) Length 7.5 to 10 mm. A medium sized species of the general Sarcophaga type but with distinctive male and female genitalia. Genital segments red; acro- stichal, apical seutellar and median marginal bristles of 3rd tergum absent. Male: Front at narrowest 0.155 to 0.180 (average 0.166 of four) of head width; outer vertical absent; inner vertical and reclinate frontoorbital bristles present; ocellar bristle moderately large; frontal rows of 9-10 pairs, widely diver- gent anteriorly; parafrontofacialia grey pollinose, with a row of small dark hairs. Antennae black, segment 3 3:1 and 2.5 as long as segment 2; arista long plumose ~ on basal 0.60, dark, but with whitish band at middle of its length, basal 2 seg- — ments minute. Epistoma moderately warped forward; vibrissae slightly above oral margin; cheeks black-haired, metacephalon and occiput white-haired; 3 rows of black postoeular bristles; palpi black, equal in length to haustellum, flattened basally, somewhat swollen apically. ‘ Thorax black with grey pollen, forming the usual 3 black mesonotal stripes. Chaetotaxy: acrostichals 0:0; dorsocentrals 3:4; intraalars 1:1; supraalars 2:3; humerals 3; notopleurals 4; posterior callus 2; scutellars 2 marginal, 0 apical, 0 discal; sternopleurals 2; postalar declivity with few hairs; prosternum and propleuron bare; mesosternum haired; hind coxa setuled behind. Legs black, middle and hind tibia villous on apical half; mid femur without comb. Wings hyaline, slightly yellowed on basal half along costal margin; venation ordinary, vein 3 only setuled (basally); costal spine present, small; epaulet black; squamae — white; halter dark brown, darker apically. Abdomen rather slender, with usual grey checkering; lateral bristles only on segments 1-3; 4th segment with marginal row of 8 strong bristles; sterna 1-4 exposed, haired; sternum 5 deeply cleft, each arm with elongated finger-like pos- : terior process; genital segment 1 black, pollinose apically, with marginal row 4 of 8 bristles; genital segment 2 red, shining. Foreeps long, acute, moderately ; separated, slightly angulated at middle of free portion, reddish basally becom- ; ing black apically, the tips acute; accessory plate brown, slender, subtriangular; — claspers black, about equal length, posterior clasper straight, acute, and without — bristle, anterior clasper moderately stout, with tip hooked and bifid; penis small, % brown, 2-segmented, the apical segment quite simple. Male genitalia figures 5-6. : Female: Similar to male except for usual sexual differences (front about 0.33 of head width, with 2 strong PFRO; outer vertical present; legs without ventral — villosity on tibiae; fore and middle femora with huge red modified areas pos- — teriorly). Tergum 4 with marginal row of about 14 strong, erect bristles inter- spersed with a few smaller, recumbent bristles; sterna 3-5 completely amie by the overlapping margins of the terga; sterna 2-5 with posterior marginal — bristles; sterna 6-8 (sternotheca) fused, broadened, red, 6 larger than 7 plus 85 P genital aperture posterior, rounded, genital tergum 1 visible from above, not divided dorsally, with marginal row of 12 very stout bristles, spiracles 6 and 7 ¥ both on the tergum; sternum 8 small, rectangular, intimately fused with 7; spermothecae 3, oval, with few annuli. Genital segments figures 7-8. PROG. ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 66, NO, 1, MARCH, 1964 ol Holotype male and allotype female: Socorro Island, May 1-5, 1955, McDonald and Blodget (UCLA). Paratypes: 3 males, 5 females, same data as holotype (UCLA, IOC, WSU) ; 1 female, Socorro Island, T. Craig (CAS). This species is dedicated to Mr. D. Claude Blodget, one of its ecol- lectors. It is identical with Prosthetocirca cana (Tns.) from the Galapagos Islands in one interesting feature—females of both species have terga 2-4 overlapping and completely concealing sterna 3-5, whereas in the male these sterna are completely exposed. P. cana females lack the modified fore femur as described for blodgeti, and the two genera are not otherwise closely related, though both are endemic to restricted Pacific islands. Peckia (Robineau-Desvoidy ) Peckia (sensu Downes manuscript) is a large, diverse group of Neotropical species, whose members are divisible into at least 9 de- scribed and a number of undescribed subgenera. Peckia (sensu stricto) consists of Musca praeceps Fab. and allied species with ab- domen shining black, non pollinose; squamae black. With praeceps Downes combines Chrysostomomyia and other species as subgenus Peckia. Chrysostomomyia Townsend, as a subgenus of Peckia, is a compact eroup of species with very similar male genitalia. It would seem advantageous to recognize this species group as a subgenus, rather than to obscure relationships by lumping it with Peckia (s.s.) and Paraphrissopoda as subgenus Peckia. Two new species of this group are represented in the material from the Revillagigedos Islands. Both are very similar to the type species, Sarcophaga chrysostoma Wied., but differ obviously in the coloration of the male genitalia, and both possess only one (not 2) dorsocentral bristle. Further differences be- tween them and the continental species are equally obvious: the head is grey or yellowish grey pollinose (not bright yellow), the sterno- pleural bristles are usually 2 (not 3), and the “harpes” of the male penis bears a lobe or tooth on the outer margin. Peckia (Chrysostomomyia) nigricauda new species (Figure 1) Length: 12-19 mm:; a large, black-tailed species with discal thoracic bristles wanting and male middle and hind tibiae densely villous. Male: Front at narrowest (slightly before ocelli) 0.200 to 0.231 (average 0.218 of six) of head width; outer vertical and ocellar bristles vestigial; PF RO absent; frontal rows of about 10 pairs, moderately divergent anteriorly; parafaciofron- talia yellowish grey pollinose, with a row of small black hairs becoming about 3 rows towards the vertex; cheeks, metacephalon and occiput yellowish grey pollinose, with whitish hairs except for 2 postoeular rows of black hairs, con- tinued as a few dark hairs below the eye. Vibrissae distinctly above the oral margin, with the usual adjacent black bristles continued as a row along the buccal margin and along nearly half the length of the facial ridge. Antenna 3 about 4:1, black, reddish brown basally; arista long plumose 0.75 from base, the 52 PROC. ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 66, NO, 1, MARCH, 1964 second segment nearly as long as its diameter. Palpi black, slender, as long as haustellum. Thorax greyish pollinose, with the usual 3 black stripes; chaetotaxy: acrostich- als 0:0; dorsocentrals 0:1; intraalars 0:1; supraalars 1:3; seutellars 2 marginal, 1 apical (large, cruciate), 0 diseal; humerals 2; notopleurals 4; posterior callus 2; postalar declivity setuled; propleuron bare; prosternum setuled; sternopleuron with 2 (rarely a small 3rd) bristles near dorsal border and extremely densely bristled ventrally; hind coxae setuled behind. Legs black, middle and hind tibiae densely villous, fore tibia slightly so; all femora villous ventrally and coxae densely bristled apically; hind femur slightly bowed, anterodorsally with a row of about 12 bristles; middle femur without comb. Wings hyaline, costal spine absent; vein 3 setuled at base, others bare; epaulet black; squamae white, with a large discal brownish cloud on the lower lobe. Abdomen black, grey pollinose in the usual checkered pattern; terga 1-2 with a lateral bristle only; tergum 3 with 2 lateral and a median marginal pair; tergum 4 with marginal row of numerous bristles; sterna 1-4 without bristles but uniformly clad with hairs which become shortest on sternum 4; sternum 5 large, V-shaped, each arm thickened and densely clad with short bristles near base, thin and sparsely haired along the sides, and with some longer hairs apically. Genital segments black or dark brown, shining, the first 1.5 longer than wide, with a triangular pollinose patch posterodorsally and uniformly haired, the hairs some- what longer posteriorly but without a marginal row of bristles. Forceps black, slightly curved and tapering to a point in profile, the apical portions well sepa- rated in posterior view and setuled, becoming bare apically; accessory plate tri- angular, thickly clad with long bristly hairs except at the apex, which is bare, thin and ineurved; claspers black, the posterior pair shorter, anterior pair rather simple, tapering to a curved point apically; penis very similar to chrysostoma, with a pair of long, smooth, slender filaments from near apex, which is bluntly produced; harpes of ventralia with an acute recurved hook at the middle of its outer margin (fig. 1, arrow). A similar, simple triangular process is also present in the following species, thus distinguishing both species from chrysostoma, which has none. Genitalia figure 1. Female: Unknown. Holotype male (UCLA) and 2 paratypes (IOC, WSU): Clarion Island, May 7-8, 1955, McDonald and Blodget; 2 paratypes, Clarion Island, T. Craig coll., Feb. 27, 1928 (CAS) and March 22, 1932 (WSU). Peckia (Chrysostomomyia) craigi new species (Figures 2, 3, 4) Length 9-18 mm., genital segments partly red (male) or entirely red (female) ; frontal vitta broadening to lunule. Male: Front at narrowest 0.17 to 0.210 (average 0.182 of seven) of head width; ocellar and outer vertical bristles vestigial; frontal vitta velvety black, narrowest at RFRO and broadening to lunule; frontal rows of about 11 pair, hair-like above, moderately divergent below; parafaciofrontalia brownish yellow pollinose, with 3 rows of black setules above, becoming 1 row below; parafacials broad, 0.80 of width of facial plate; vibrissae well above oral margin, index (distance above/distance between) 0.40 or greater; cheeks broad, 0.375 of head PS a i a i a a PROC. EN'T. SOC. WASH., VOL. 66, No, 1, MARCH, 1964 53 height, greyish pollinose, white haired; occiput grey, white-haired, with 1-2 rows of black postoeular bristles. Antennae black, segment 3 4:1; arista long plumose on basal 0.70. Palpi slender, blackish; haustellum black, as long as antennae. Thorax greyish pollinose (brownish grey in some individuals), with 3 black stripes. Chaetotaxy: acrostichals 0:0 (or presecutellar extremely weak) ; dorso- centrals 0:1; intraalars 0:1; supraalars 1:3; humerals 2; notopleurals 4; pos- terior callus 2; postalar declivity setuled; scutellars 2 marginal, 1 apical (strong), 0 discal; sternopleurals 2. (a weak 3rd sometimes in line with the others); prosternum setuled; propleuron bare; hind coxae setuled behind. Legs black; hind and mid tibiae villous (extremely so in large individuals); hind femur slightly bowed; mid femur without comb. Wings hyaline, veins brown, vein 3 setuled at base above and below; epaulet black; basicosta white; squamae whitish, lower lobe with a cloud or in large part translucent. Abdomen black, grey or brownish grey pollinose with usual checkered pattern; terga 1-3 with lateral bristles only; sterna 1-4 strongly narrowing, black-haired, overlapping the terga, without bristles; sternum 5 broadly V-shaped, with brushes of black spines at the base of each arm. Genital segment 1 blackish, shining, with triangular yellowish pollinose patch posteriorly, without marginal row of bristles but with larger, erect hairs on the pollinose patch; genital segment 2 red, setose, slightly pollinose on back, glabrous on sides. Forceps elongate, slightly bowed in lateral view, somewhat inflated in the smallest males, more slender in the large males; penis and claspers much like nigricauda but the penis with larger ventralia, apex more rectangular and “harpes” with an isosceles tri- angular projection on its outer margin. Female: Much as the male, but front broad, 0.28 of head width, with 2 PFRO; outer vertical 0.67 of inner; frontal vitta broadening to lunule as in male. Tibiae non-villous; ecoxae and venter of thorax not so densely bristled; abdomen broad; sterna 2-6 with strong bristles (very stout on 3-5) on posterior margin, sternum 6 with 3 pair, the inner pair smallest, sterna 3-6 overlapped by the margins of the terga, 3-8 of uniform width. Genital orifice (fig. 3) large, subtriangular, entirely concealed from above, the dorsal margin slightly rounded and with numerous bristles, of which only 3 pair are erect; genital segments fully exposed, yellowish red; genital tergite divided into two rather pentagonal, flat lateral pieces, their inner margins parallel, each with a marginal row of about 10 bristles, of which 5-6 are stout; spiracle 6 at margin, 7 at middle of width of the tergum; a middorsal pentagonal sclerotization in the dorsal membrane connecting the two halves of the tergum. Sternotheea (fig. 4) not broader than the preceding sterna; sterna 6-7 subrounded, with concave, glabrous dise, 6 bristled, 7 not so, 8 short and tranverse. Spermatheecae 3, small, globular, with smooth walls. Holotype male and allotype female (CAS) : Socorro Island, Mexico, March 1, 1928, T. Craig. Paratypes: 3 males, 4 females, same data as holotype (CAS, AMNH, WSU) ; 22 males, 8 females, Socorro Island, May 1-5, 1955, McDonald and Blodget (UCLA, AMNH, USNM, IOC, WSU). Variations in chaectotaxy and male forceps: This species varies quite clearly from one to two complete rows of black postocular hairs. The sterno-pleurals are often 3 in a straight line, the middle one weak, but in two small females and many males it is entirely lacking and one male has but a single sternopleural on one side. Median marginal 54 PROC. ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 66, NO, 1, MARCH, 1964 bristles of third tergum are lacking in all males and all but two females of the (UCLA) series. The villosity of the male mid and hind tibiae is usually dense and long, but the smallest male has sparse villosity only slightly longer than the diameter of the tibia. This male also has the forceps pereeptibly inflated, as compared with the other specimens. This species is dedicated to Mr. T. Craig, who first collected it. It is known only from Socorro Island. A further distinction between it and nigricauda is of special interest—the frontal vitta is broadened to the lunule in craigi but sub parallel its entire length in mgricauda. It would be interesting to learn if either of these two Chrysosto- momyias occur on San Benedicto Island, or if perhaps a third endemic species remains to be discovered. REFERENCES Aldrich, J. M. 1916. “Sarcophaga and allies in North America. The Thomas Say Foundation, LaFayette, Indiana, 302 pp., 16 pl. 1927. The dipterous parasites of the migratory locust of South America, Schistocerca paranensis Burm., J. Econ. Ent. 20(4): 588-593. 1930. Notes on the type of American two-winged flies of the genus Sarcophaga and a few related forms, described by the early authors. Proce. U. S. Natl. Mus. 78(12): 1-39, 3 pl. Lopes, H. de S. 1939. Contribucio ao Conhecimento do genero Helicobia Co- quillett Diptera, Sarcophagidae). Rev. Ent. 10(3): 497-517. Parker, R. R. 1918. . —” PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 66, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1964 161 branches (occasionally single). Mentum with 9-11 even teeth on either side of middle tooth. Median elements of mouth brushes with comblike tips. Thorax (fig. 2). Smooth. Prothorax: Hairs 1, 5, 6, 7, and 8 large, spiculate. Hair 8 is 0.56 to 0.72 as long as hair 7. Mesothorax: Hairs 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, and 12 large, spiculate. Hairs 13 and 14 small, densely branched. Metathorax: Hairs 7, 9, and 10 large, spiculate. Hairs 8 and 13 small, densely branched. Abdomen. (figs. 3, 4, and 5). Smooth. Seg. I: Hairs 6 and 7 large, spiculate. Seg. II: Hair 6 large, spiculate; hair 7 shorter, spiculate. Segs. III to V: Hairs 6 and 13 large, spiculate. Seg. VI: Hair 6 large, spiculate. Seg. WAUlS Is kehves} al and 13 most pronounced. Seg. VIII: Comb consisting of a patch of 10-46 spines, each spine bearing short baso-lateral spinules. Hair 1 with 4-8 branches; hairs 2 and 4 single; hair 3 with 7-11 branches; hair 5 with 4-8 branches. Siphon: Pale; index 2.03-2.37; acus present; single pair of hair tufts (hair 1) just distal to terminal pecten tooth, with 3-7 finely spiculate branches; pecten composed of a line of 18-28 teeth, rather evenly spaced, most of the teeth with a rather promi- nent denticle just before the middle and with 1-3 smaller denticles basally. Anal Segment: Anal plate complete; a paired detached acus-like structure basolater- ally; spiculation very fine, inconspicuous, without stout spicules laterally on the dorsoposterior margins; hair 1 (lh) single, shorter than width of anal plate; hair 2 (isc) with 6-14 branches; hair 3 (osc) single, about twice length of ise ; hair 4 (ventral brush) with 16 (once 17) tufts, each tuft arising from the barred area, posterior 4 bars not laterally connected. Anal gills variable in length, shorter than anal plate when larva is reared in brackish water, as long or slightly longer than anal plate when reared in fresh water. Third-Instar Larva. Similar to the fourth-instar larva except as follows: Antennal hair 4 less sharply bent. Hair 8 of the prothorax is 0.21 to 0.44 as long as hair 7. Area of sclerotization of siphon reduced basaly, as shown in figure 9. Anal plate incom- plete. Two to four of the basal ventral brush tufts not arising from well-defined grid elements (of the barred area). In general, all hairs have fewer branches than they do in the fourth-instar, and on the average there are fewer comb spines and pecten teeth. Second-Instar Larva. Generally similar to the third instar. Area of sclerotization of siphon still more reduced basally, as shown in figure 8. Differing principally in the even more incomplete development of the ventral brush, which has six to nine of the basal tufts not arising from well-defined grid elements. Comb spine and pecten teeth generally fewer in number (table 1). First-Instar Larva. Conspicuously differing from the other larval instars in having the egg burster (eb in fig. 6) present on the head, and in completely lacking the ventral brush (fig. 7). Terminally, the antennae each have two long hairs and two short ones (fig. 10). Aedes (Ochlerotatus) taeniorhynchus (Wiedemann) The fourth-instar larva of this species has been described in some detail by the following authors: Lane (1953), Carpenter, Middle- 162 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 66, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1964 kauff, and Chamberlain (1946), Dyar (1928), Matheson (1944), and Carpenter and LaCasse (1955). However, as with A. sollicitans, no one has described all of the chaetotaxy. Since there are no basic differences in the type and position of the body hairs, drawings were not prepared. However, counts of numbers of branches have been Larva of Aedes sollicitans. Fourth instar, (All figures with a center line illus- trate the ventral surface on the left and the dorsal surface on the right). Fig. 1, Head; Fig. 2, Thorax; Fig. 3, Abdominal segments I-III; Fig. 4, Abdominal segments IV-VII; Fig. 5, Terminal abdominal segments. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 66, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1964 163 made for all hairs on a small number of specimens (available upon request from the author as a mimeographed table). The first-instar larva has been figured and included in a key to the first-instar larvae of California Aedes by Bohart (1954). The other larval instars have not been previously described. Fourth-Instar Larva. Differing from the fourth-instar larva of A. sollicitans principally as follows: integument of thorax and abdomen densely spiculate (spicules easily visible at 90x). Hair 8 of prothorax is 0.06 to 0.13 as long as hair 7. Comb consisting of a patch of scales, each scale with a rather even apical fringe of spinules. Anal plate without an acus-like structure; with stout spinules laterally on the dorso- posterior margin. Siphon index 1.5-1.8; most of the pecten teeth with several basodorsal denticles, as well as 1-4 closely spaced ventral denticles before the middle. Third-Instar Larva. Similar to the fourth-instar except as follows: antennal hair 4 less sharply bent. Hair 8 of the prothorax is 0.05 to 0.07 as long as hair 7. Area of sclero- tization of siphon reduced basally similar to that shown for A. sollicitans in figure 9. Anal plate incomplete. One to three of the basal ventral brush tufts not arising from well-defined grid elements. Body spiculation present but not as pronounced as in the fourth stage. In general, all hairs have fewer branches than they do in the fourth stage, and there are fewer comb spines and pecten teeth. This instar differs from the equivalent instar of A. sollicitans in the same manner that the fourth instar does. Second-Instar Larva. Differing from the third-instar larva in the same manner as deseribed for A. sollicitans. This instar differs from the equivalent instar of A. sollicitans principally on the shape of the comb teeth. While tending to overlap with the shape of the comb teeth typical for A. sollicitans, the patch of comb teeth found on this stage of A. taeniorhynchus will differ in that inevitably some of the teeth will have more than one strong apical spine and/or an apical fringe of spinules. The spiculation of the body, so prominent on the fourth instar and less so on the third, is absent or quite indistinct here. First-Instar Larva. This stage is closely similar to the same instar of A. sollicitans but differs in the easily determined characteristic of having only one long terminal hair on the antenna. Separation of Instars Details sufficient for distinguishing between instars are contained in table 1. Measurements of the head capsule were made in the region of greatest width, which occurred commonly between the ocular areas. Care was taken to use only unflattened specimens for this purpose. The second and third instars are often difficult to distinguish from one another. Reference to figures 8 and 9 shows that the siphonal VN. Larva of Aedes sollicitans. Fig. 6, First instar. Head; Fig. 7, First instar. Terminal abdominal segments; Fig. 8, Second instar. Terminal abdominal seg- ments; Fig. 9, Third instar. Terminal abdominal segments; Fig. 10, First instar. Apex of right antenna; Fig. 11, Fourth instar. Apex of right antenna. ——— ee q 4 z ; : y *s PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 66, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1964 165 Table 1. Table for separation of the larval instars of Aedes sollicitans and Instar Ist 2nd 3rd 4th Width of head Egg capsule burster (in mm. ) (eb, fig. 6) (range) Present 0.25-0.40 Absent’ 0.44-0.58 Absent 0.70-0.92 Absent 0.92-1.35 *A. sollicitans. **4. taeniorhynchus. A. taeniorhynchus. Number Number of of comb pecten seales teeth (range) (range) 4-6 3-5 8-13 8-12 10-24 11-21 9-46 18-28* 12-19** Number of basal tufts not Anal arising from plate grid elements Incomplete No ventral brush Incomplete 6-9 Incomplete 1-4 Complete 0 Table for separation of Aedes sollicitans and A. taeniorhynchus in the various larval stages. A. sollicitans A. taeniorhynchus Two long setae With only one pro- nounced spine (fig. 7) 0.21 to 0.44 as long as hair 7 Absent Only one long seta At least some with api- eal fringe instead of apical spine 0.05 to 0.07 as long as hair 7 Present (not pro- nouneed ) Same as in 2nd instar Same as in 2nd instar 0.56 to 0.72 hair 7 as long as Table 2. Instar Character 1st Terminal antennal setae 2nd Comb teeth Prothoracie hair 8 Brd Body spiculation Comb teeth Prothoracic hair 8 Comb teeth 4th Anal plate Peeten teeth Each one a spine, bear- ing short baso-lateral spinules (fig. 5¢) With a paired detached acus-like structure baso- laterally 0.06 to 0.13 as long as hair 7 Each with rather even apical fringe of spin- ules Without such ture a strue- Without stout spicula- tion Without baso-dorsal denticles With stout spicules lat- erally on the dorso-pos- terior margins Most of teeth with sev- eral baso-dorsal denti- eles 166 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 66, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1964 selerotization of the third instar is more complete than that of the second. However, in addition to differences in head capsule width, these two stages are best distinguished on the number of the basal tufts of the ventral brush not arising from lateral grid-element bars, the third stage having significantly fewer (1-4) than the second stage (6-9). Separation of Species Table 2 summarizes the characters which aid in the separation of A. sollicitans and A. taeniorhynchus in the various larval instars. The larvae of these two species are most difficult to separate in the second stage. The only character presently known to be useful for this purpose is the shape of the comb teeth. Although considerable intergradation in shape and spinulation of the comb teeth occurs between the two species, the comb patch of A. sollicitans was not seen to have teeth other than with a single strone central spine; whereas, at least some of the comb teeth of A. taeniorhynchus have only an apical fringe of spinules or else more than one strong apical spine. A count of the number of branches of all head and body hairs for a small number of fourth instar larvae of both species is available upon request to the author. REFERENCES Belkin, J. N. 1950. A revised nomenclature for the chaetotaxy of the mosquito larva (Diptera: Culicidae). Amer. Midland Nat. 44: 678-698. Bohart, R. M. 1954. Identification of first stage larvae of California Aedes (Diptera, Culicidae). Ann. Ent. Soe. Amer. 47: 355-366. Carpenter, S. J. and W. J. LaCasse. 1955. Mosquitoes of North America (north of Mexico). Univ. of Calif. Press, Berkeley. 360 pp. Carpenter, S. J.. W. W. Middlekauff, and R. W. Chamberlain. 1946. The mos- quitoes of the southern United States east of Oklahoma and Texas. Amer. Midland Nat. Monogr. 3, 292 pp. Dyar, H. G. 1928. The mosquitoes of the Americas. Carnegie Inst. Washing- ton. 616 pp. Elmore, C. M., Jr. and R. W. Fay. 1958. Aedes sollicitans and A. taenior- hynchus larval emergence from sod samples. Mosquito News 18: 230-233. Lane, J. 1953. Neotropical Culicidae. Univ. SA0 Paulo, Brazil. 1112 pp. Matheson, R. 1944. Handbook of the mosquitoes of North America. 2nd ed. Comstock Publ. Co., Ithaca, N. Y. Mitchell, E. G. 1907. Mosquito life. G. P. Putnam’s Sons, N. Y. 281 pp. Ross, H. H. 1947. The Mosquitoes of Illinois (Diptera, Culicidae). Bull. Illinois Nat. Hist. Surv. 24, 96 pp. Smith, J. B. 1904. Mosquitoes. New Jersey State Agric. Expt. Sta. Rept. 482 pp. —— PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 66, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1964 167 APHIDS ON A ROOFTOP Mortimer D. Leonarp, Washington, D. C. Dorchester House, where I live, is a 9-story apartment building situated at the corner of Euclid & 16th Streets, N. W., in Washington, D. C. The roof of the building is about 200 feet above the street level. Across 16th St. to the east is Meridian Hill Park, an area of about 12 acres with about 60 very large red and white oaks and many large elms as well as a number of hawthorns, dogwoods and a considerable variety of ornamental shrubs and other plantings. Less than a mile to the west is the National Zoological Park of approximately 175 acres with many trees and shrubs, and northward this continues into wooded Rock Creek Park, an area of nearly 1800 acres extending along Rock Creek. Most of this area is native woodland with many kinds of wild plants. One section of our roof is finished off as a sundeck with a number of Cape Cod chairs, several of which are painted yellow. On June 3 and 4, 1961, following rains in the night, I collected about 100 winged speci- mens of the oak aphid, Myzocallis multisetis Boudreaux and Tissot, which were stuck to the wet surface of the yellow chairs. None were on the red, white or green chairs. With this experience in mind, in 1962 I conceived the notion of putting out a Moericke Trap on an unused section of the roof to see if aphids would come to it. No trap has been operated elsewhere in such a location as far as I know. I painted a shallow, 11 x 7 inch, cake tin a rich yellow and kept it filled with water. The pan was first put out on May 8 and was finally taken in on October 18. The aphids were removed daily. Due to my absence from Washing- ton, it was not in place from May 20 to June 1 and from September 12 to October 9. The total exposure was 118 days. During the season just described, a total of nearly 1000 winged aphids were taken in the water pan—a tiny spot of yellow on the dark roof surface and under the vast expanse of open sky. These aphids represented 24 genera, 48 identified species, seven determined with a query and several determined only to genus. Eleven of the species had not been identified previously from the District of Columbia or vicinity (within a radius of about 40 miles), six others only once before, and several of the rest have been collected here only a few times. Thus this trap revealed the presence of aphids rarely or never before taken in this area in the examination of plants. Although the aphids represented a rather wide range of food plants, the predominating ones came from oaks, presumably from the trees across the street. Nearly 500 individuals represented eight species in the genus Myzocallis"and about half of the oak aphids were M. punctata (Monell) which is partial to white oak. About 40 specimens of the beautiful black and yellow birch aphid, Calaphis betulella Walsh, were taken. Although hickories and walnuts have not been observed by me in the neighborhood, about 90 examples of the black pecan aphid, Melanocallis caryaefoliae (Davis), were caught, and four or five other hickory aphids were taken in small numbers. Only a few maple aphids 168 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 66, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1964 of the genus Drepanaphis came to the pan, although by early October two 40-50 foot maples on the lawn just below the location of the pan had built up an enormous population. My thanks are extended to J. O. Pepper for making a great many determinations, and to A. T. Olive, W. R. Richards, C. F. Smith, A. N. Tissot and Louise M. Russell for determinations and opinions. The ahids, with the number caught in the trap each month, are as follows: Acyrtho- siphon pisum (Harris), 30 Apr., 4 on yellow chair. Anuraphis maidiradicis (Forbes), 1-19, May, 2; June,11; July,8; Aug.,8. *A. rwmexicolens (Patch), 1-19 May, 1; June,5. *A. helichrysi (Kaltenbach), June, 2. A. tulipae (Fonsocolombe), 1-19 May, 1. *Aphis armoraciae Cowen, June, 1. A. craccivora Koch, Aug, 2. A. fabae Scopoli, June, 2; July, 1. A. gossypii Clover, 1-19, May, 5; June, 4; July, 2. A. illinoisensis Shimer, June, 1. *? A. oestlundi Gillette, June,l. ? A. pomi DeGeer, June, 2. ? A. rumicis (Linnaeus), Aug., 2. A. spiraecola Patch, 1-19 May, 1; June, 1; July, 3. Bre- vicoryne brassicae (Linnaeus), 1-11 Sept., 2. Calaphis betulella Walsh, June, 37; July, 3. Capitophorus glandulosus (Kaltenbach), June, 2. !C. hippophaes (Walker), July, 1. Capitophorus sp., June, 1. Chaitophorus sp., June, 1; Aug., 1; 10-18 Oct., 1. C. populicola (Thomas), June, 1. *Dactynotus erigeronensis (Thomas), July, 1. Dactynotus sp., 1-2 May, 2 on yellow chair. Drepanaphis acerifolii (Thomas), July, 3; Aug, 2. *D. carolinensis Smith, 1-19 May, 1; June, 5; July, 2; Aug., 1; 10-18 Oct., 12. Eriosoma lanigerwm (Hausmann), June, 2. *Huceraphis mucida (Fitch), Aug., 2. *? Hulachnus agilis (Kaltenbach), Aug., 1. *E. rileyi (Williams), July, 1; 10-18 Oct., 1. Hamamelistes spinosus Shimer, June, 1. Hyadaphis pseudobrassicae (Davis), 1-19 May, 2; June, 2. 'Hyalopterus atriplicis (Linnaeus), June, 5; July, 7; Aug., 1. Macrosiphoniella sanborni (Gillette), June, 1. Macrosiphum euphorbiae (Thomas), 30 Apr., 1 on yellow chair; Macrosiphum spp., June, 11. Melanocallis caryaefoliae (Davis), 1-19 May, 82; June, 9. M. “fumi- penellus” (Fitch), 1-19 May, 1; June, 6. !? Monellia caryae (Monell), June, 2; July, 1. ? M. caryaella (Fitch), 1-19 May, 6; June, 1. M. costalis (Fitch), 1-19 May, 1; June, 4; July, 2. M. nigropunctata Granovsky, June, 5; July, 2. ?Myzocallis alhambra Davidson, 1-19, May, 37; June, 130; July, 4, Aug., 11. M. discolor (Monell), 1-19 May, 3. 1M. erultans Boudreaux & Tissot, June, 1. M. granovskyi Boudreaux & Tissot, 1-19 May, 1; July, 1. 1M. melanocera Boudreaux & Tissot, June, 1. 'Myzo- callis multisetis Boudreaux & Tissot, 1-19 May, 16; June, 27; July, 4. 2M. punctata (Monell), 1-19 May, 169; June, 76. *M. punctatella (Fitch), 1-19 May, 2; June, 1; July 1. M. tiliae (Linnaeus), June, 1; July 3; Aug., 1. M. ulmifolii (Monell), June, 30; July, 3. M. walshit (Monell), 1-19 May, 2; June, 47; July, 10; Aug. 1. Myzus cir- cumflecus (Buckton), Aug, 1. M. persicae (Sulzer), 1-19 May, 4; June, 4; July, 17; Aug. 34. Neosymydobius annulatus (Koch), 1-19 May, 1; 10-18 Oct., 1. ?Prociphilus imbricator (Fitch), 1-11 Sept., 1. *Rhopalosiphum n. sp., June, 1. Rhopalosiphum mai- dis (Fitch), July, 3. Aug., 1; 10-18 Oct. 1. Schizaphis graminum (Rondani), June, 2. * First record for D. C. and vicinity. 1 Second record for D. C. and vicinity. * Third record for D. C. and vicinity. >of PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 66, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1964 169 THE CHRYSOGASTER (ORTHONEVRA) BELLULA GROUP IN NORTH AMERICA (DieTERA : SYRPHIDAE) YALE 8S. SepMAN, Department of Biological Sciences, Western Illinois University, Macomb!'. Confusion has existed for some time concerning the identification of the members of the genus Chrysogaster Meigen. This paper is the first of a series to treat the genus. The North American species of the subgenus Orthonevra Macquart can be divided into several groups based on eye maculations. The species to be treated here exhibit several vertical brown stripes in addition to a single transverse stripe. The Central and South American species of this group will be covered in a later paper. The species of the bellula group show close similarity in basic structure. The following description will serve as a general guide to their character- istics. GENERAL MoRPHOLOGY OF THE bellula Group Head. Face black with bluish reflections; purplish reflections predominate in the area adjacent to the lateral silvery gray pollinose side-spots present at the level of the antennae; *a triangular azure-blue spot is typical of the upper portion of the supraepistomal concavity; epistoma projects to or slightly beyond the gradual facial bulge below the antennae; the lateral areas of the face roughened into the form of longitudinal wrinkles which continue onto the front; lateral triangular pollinose side-spots small, not extending more than 1/4 the distance across the face; median facial area below antennae devoid of deep wrinkles or pile, with very fine transverse striations; front aeneous medially, excavated with deep, more or less irregular grooves; cheeks polished black; antennae elongate, brownish, usually lighter below, with light pile below and dark pile above on second antennal segment; eyes light brown with dark brown markings in the form of vertical stripes and a single transverse stripe; head clothed with wbilte pile or scales, generally rather sparse. Thorax. Scutum shining light blue, with deep, coarse punctures, and four sub- opaque broad brown to purple vittae, and usually one pair of linear lateral vittae; mesopleura, pteropleura, and hypopleura, with numberous coarse punctures and sparse white ple, with bluish reflections anteriorly and purplish posteriorly; re- mainder of pleural area polished black and devoid of pile; wings with apical cross- vein at right angles to the third longitudinal vein; wings with brownish clouds along the crossveins and with diffuse brownish spots in the wing cells; squamae white, often brown below; halteres white to yellow, the knob darker; legs shining black, often with purplish reflections, the basal tarsal segments and portions of the tibiae, yellow; scutellum subquadrate, blue along the margin and purple medially, without a ventral fringe; post-scutellum with a shining blue area surrounded by a white pollinose area. Abdomen. Dorsal opaque surface bluish or green, usually with opaque purple or bronze at apices of second and third, and sometines fourth, segments; lateral shining 1 This study was supported by a National Science Foundation grant (GB-1336). 170 PROC. ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 66, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1964 black margin of abdomen with varying amounts of shining purple which is contin- uous with the purple of the dorsum; ventral surface shining black with appressed white pile; fourth sternite asymmetrical in male, with a weak lobe at right apical extremity; last tergite of female pre-abdomen (segment five) gently concave posteri- orly. Length. Overall length, excluding antennae, of males 4.5-6 mm., females 5-7 mm. The following key will separate the species of this group known to occur in North America, north of Mexico. Kry TO THE SPECIES OF THE bellula Group i+ Face with normal pile, devoid of s¢alesu__- "45-2 ee 2 Face without pile, clothed with'scales_< 22.3) 222" 2 5 ee 4 2. Second antennal segment subequal in length to third___________ bellula Williston Second antennal segment definitely shorter than third, usually one-half as long vas third 2240326 Cbs Tee Ce a ea 3 3. Hyes with three vertical stripes (figs’7)_2 <2 8.2 eee Eee nitidula Curran Byes ‘with two vertical stripes (ig: 6) fas 2-2 ae ae eee sonorensis, n. sp. 4. Second longitudinal vein terminates at same level as the junctio between the third longitudinal vein and apical crossvein (last section of fourth longi- tudinal vein); brown wing markings on these veins forming abroad band Pag verked mh fouaved leVs} io), Coenen (inven, WA) flukei, n. sp. Second longitudinal vein ends basad of the junction between the third longi- tudinal vein and apical corssvein; brown markings on these veins discon- nected or curve , never forming a straight single broad band (fig. 14) nitida Wiedemann Chrysogaster (Orthonevra) bellula Williston Chrysogaster bellulus Williston, 1882, Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc. 20: 304. This is a relatively large and distinctive species. The hairy face which is almost shaggy, elongate second antennal segment, simple eye markings (fig. 4), and distinctive male genitalia (Sedman, 1959), will separate this species from all others inthe group. The second antennal segment is always shorter than the third, but it is subequal in length to the third. The male genitalia are quite aberrant and their general enlargement results in the hook-like ejaculatory hood being exposed in dried specimens. The purple scutal markings are rather unique. This is the only species of the group which does not possess a linear stripe between the posterior calli and thoracic suture, nor is a shining purple area visible lateral to the outer scutal stripes (fig. 11). The length of the males is 5-6 mm., the females 6-7 mm. The geographic distribution is also distinctive. The species is common at high elevations in Washington, Oregon, and Idaho, and is also com- mon throughout Utah, California, Arizona, Nevada, and New Mexico. I have not seen any specimens from Mexico. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 66, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1964 171 C. (O.) nitidula Curran Chrysogaster nitidula Curran, 1924, Kans. Univ. Sei. Bull. 15: 116. Although this species had not been recognized since its description, it is an easily distinguished species. The followmg combination of char- acteristics will separate it from the other members of this group: three ata y by 7 Figs. 1-3, Male genitalia. Fig. 1, Chrysogaster (Orthonevra) sonorensis, n. sp.; fig. 2, C. (O.) nitidula Curran; fig. 3, C. (O.) flukei, n. sp. Figs. 4-8, Eye markings. Fig. 4, C. (O.) bellula Will; fig. 5, C. (O.) nitida Wied; fig. 6, C. (O.) sonorensis, n. sp.; fig. 7, C. (O.) nitidula Curran; fig. 8, C. (O.) flukez, n. sp. Figs. 9-11, Scutal pattern, stippled areas represent opaque purple, black areas represent shining purple. Fig. 9, C. (O.) nitida Wied.; fig. 10, C. (O.) flukez, |n. sp. (identical with sonorensis, n. sp. and nitidula Curran); fig. 11, C. (O.) bellula Will. 172 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 66, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1964 vertical stripes separated from the eye margins, anterior two sinuous, posterior one gently curved (fig. 7); second antennal segment almost one-half of the length of the third; wing with apex of second vein and junction between apical crossvein and third longitudinal vein approxi- mately the same distance from wing base, and with a broad brown cloud over and connecting them (fig. 15); face with sparse, normal white hair. I have not examined the type of this species, but a number of topo- types were available and there can be no mistake about the identity of the species. The male genitalia are symmetrical and distinctive, and are illustrated for the first time (fig. 2). The geographic distribution of this species is limited to southern Arizona, Texas, and New Mexico. It would appear that further collect- ing will result in records from the states of Northern Mexico. C. (O.\ sonorensis, n. sp. Male. Eyes with two median brownish stripes which are moderately simuous below the transverse stripe, otherwise gently following the contour of the eye; the anterior and posterior margins of the eyes with normal brown markings (fig. 6). Facial color black with bluish reflection; pile normal, white. Antennae with third segment approxi- mately twice as long as the second; color reddish, brownish above on third segment. Pile sparse. Seutum bluish with four opaque longitudinal purple stripes which are broadened posteriorly; a linear stripe between the posterior calli and the scutal suture. Scutellum bluish on margin and shining purple elsewhere. Legs shining black, yellow on basal two segments of the tarsi. Wings with broad brown cloud on apical crossvein and over marginal cell; 2nd longitudinal vein proximal to apical crossvein, the latter slightly recurrent, and the cloud slightly diagonal in position (fig. 13). Abdomen washed-out opaque blue, with opaque purplish markings at base of segments two and three, and sometimes four; this purple broadened laterally, and shining on the polished black margins. Genitalia of the male symmetrical; the ejacu- latory hood shows some variation from that illustrated (fig. 1), and in some individ- uals is closer to the shape illustrated for flwkez, n. sp. (fig. 2). Female. Front with definite longitudinal groove, apical crossvein not quite so recurrent, otherwise like male. Length. Male 4.5 mm., Female 5.5. Holotype, male, from Catalina Mts., Ariz., Htchk. Hwy. Mi. 19, 18 July 1955, F. G. Werner and G. D. Butler, in the collection of the Uni- versity of Arizona. Allotype, female, same data. Paratypes. ARIZONA: Catalina Mts., Htchk. Hwy. Mo. 19, 18 July 1955, F. G. Werner and G. D. Butler, Ceanothus, 2 males; 22 Aug. 1955, Ceanothus Greggi, 1 male. Chiracahua Mts., 5 July 1950, D. E, Hardy, 2 males; 3 July 1947, L. D. Beamer, 1 male. Rustler’s Park. Chiracahua Mts., 5 July 1940, D. E. Hardy, 1 female. Santa Catalina Mts., 14 July 1950, L. D. Beamer, 1 male, 1 female. NEW MEXICO: Jemez Springs, 1 July 1941, B. Hodgen 2 males. —— PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 66, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1964 173 Figs. 12-16. Wings. Fig. 12, C. (O.) flukei, n. sp.; fig. 13, C. (O.) sonorensis, n. sp.; fig. 14, C. (O.) nitida Wied.; fig. 15, C. (O.) nitidula Curran; fig. 16, C. (O.) bellula Will. The geographic distribution is limited to southwestern United States. Like nitidula Curran, it seems reasonable that it also occurs in the northern states of Mexico. This species may be confused with nitidula, since it has a similar dis- tribution, short second antennal segment, and lacks facial scales. It is easily separated from nitidula by the distinctive genitalia and by the eye markings. In sonorensis, the superior lobes of the male genitalia are well developed and spinose, while in nitidula the lobes are degenerate and merely appear as weak ridges along the anterior margin of the penis sheath. The eye maculations are similar to those of bellula Will., but the short second antennal segment and sparse facial pile of sonorensis separate these species. C. (O.) flukei, n. sp. Male. Eye markings sinuous, varying from two parallel brown bands to coalescing bands which result in one or more sets of circular markings (fig. 8). Face aeneous black with some purple and bluish reflection; devoid of normal pile; scales of face 174 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 66, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1964 evenly distributed laterally, except for a line along the eye margin where they are more concentrated, and absent along a broad median line from the antennae to the epistoma; epistoma projecting almost as far as facial bulge. Antennae brownish, Ist segment often yellowish; segment three longer than two but subequal in length. Cheeks shining black with white scales anteriorly, and white pile posteriorly. Front aeneous, often purplish centrally; scales present. Vertex aeneous, pile blackish; ocellar triangle raised. Thorax greenish or weakly bluish, with four broad longitudinal purplish stripes and two narrow purplish streaks between posterior calli and thoracic suture; pile short and white on scutum. Scutellum bluish on margin and shining purple else- where. Legs shining black, yellow on basal two tarsal segments and basal 1/4 of hind tibiae. Wings with apical crossvein clouded, connected to cloud on 2nd longi- tudinal vein; brown spots of variable intensity in wing cells; stigma dilute yellow. Halteres pale yellow. Squamae white with darkened margin. Lateral margins of abdomen shining blue on first abdominal segment, purplish on remaining segments, or remaining segments more or less blue basally, with purple restricted to some portion of the apical margins. Dorsum of abdomen subopaque blue, more or less subopaque purple or bronze on apical portions of segments two, three, and four. Genitalia symmetrical; cerci longer than broad. Female. Front narrowed above with a longitudinal depression and more or less distinctive grooves laterally; white pile present on upper angles of front in addition to the abundant white scales; vertex with white pile; stigmal cell of wing darker: lateral margins of first segment of abdomen shining black, remainder usually purple. Lenth. Male, 4.5 mm., female 5.5. Holotype— male from 17 mi. E. Douglas, Ariz., Cochise Co, 8August 1958, C. G. Moore, in the collection of the University of California at Davis. Allotype, female, same data. Paratypes. ARIZONA: Bill Wms. Fork, Aug., F. H. Snow, 1 male. Canelo, 3 Aug. 1956, G. D. Butler, 1 male. Catalina Mts., Htchk. Hwy. Mil. 19, 9 July 1957, F. G. Werner, Ceanothus, 1 female; 18 July 1955, F. G. Werner and G. D. Butler, Ceanothus Greggi, 1 male. Chino Valley, 27 July 1956, Gebhardt & Butler, swept/alfalfa, 1 female. 8 mi. E. Douglas, Cochise Co., 8 August 1958, C. G. Moore, 1 male. 17 mi. E. Douglas, Cochise Co., 4 August 1958, C. G. Moore, P. Opler, D. D. Lins- dale, 7 males; 8 August 1958, G. B. Pitman, R. H. James, C. G. Moore, P. D. Hurd, 1 female, 15 males. 18 mi. N. Douglas, 4500’, 30 July 1946, H. A. Scullen, 1 male. Elfrida, 11 July 1955, G. D. Butler, swept/ alfalfa, 1 female. Florida Canyon, Santa Rita Mts., Pima Co., 20 July 1959, G. A. Samuelson, 1 male. Granite Dell, 11 July 1941, L. H. Banker, 1 female. Herb Martyr Dam, Cochise Co., 12 September 1958, H. V. Weems, Jr., 1 female. John Hand Park, Cochise Co., 12 Septem- ber 1958, H. V. Weems, Jr., 2 males. 9 mi. E. Lochiel, 7 Sept. 1955, G. Butler-F. Werner, Petclostemum candidum, 1 female. Madera Canyon, Santa Rita Mts., 1 June 1961. R. H. and E. M. Painter, 1 male. Nogales, 7 June 1957, G. D. Butler, Coniwm, 1 female. Oak Creek Canon, July, 6000’, F. H. Snow, 2 females, 4 males; Aug., F. H. Snow, 1 male. w. sl. Patagonia Mts., Santa Cruz Co., 7 Sept. 1955, F. G. Werner and G. D. Butler, 3 females, 4 males. Pinery Canyon, Chiricahua Mts., 6000’, PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 66, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1964 175 9 July 1955, G. D. Butler and F. G. Werner, 1 female. 8 mi. W. Portal, cochise Co., 5400’, 12 July 1956, E. Ordway, 1 male. Prescott, 27 June 1932, Timberlake, 1 female. Ramsey Canyon, Huachuca Mts., 18 July 1942, vzn Dyke, 1 male. Ruby, 16 Aug. 1961, F. Werner, 1 female. San Bernardino Ranch, Cochise Co., 3750 ft., August, F. H. Snow, 1 female. Santa Rita Mts., 17 July 1932. R. H. Beamer, 1 female, 3 males. S. Arizona, Aug. 1902, F. H. Snow, 1 male. Sunnyside Canyon, Hua- chuca Mts., 9 July 1940, R. H. Beamer, D. E. Hardy, L. J. Lipovsky, EK. E. Kenaga, 2 females, 38 males. Tanque Verde, 19 September 1954, F. Werner, Baccharis, 1 female. Tucson, 10 Nov. 1955, G. D. Butler, swept/alfalfa, 1 male. CALIFORNIA: Alpine, San Diego Co., 13 Sept. 1923, E. P. Van Duzee, 1 female. Campo, 18 July 1940, R. H. Beamer and D. E. Hardy, 3 males. Coachella, 14 May 1917, E. P. Van Duzee, 1 male. Laguna Mts., 6 July 1929, R. H. Beamer, 1 male. 2 mi. N. E. Lakeside, San Diego Co., 29 March 1961, P. D. Hurd, Salix laevigata, 1 female. Milton, 21 Oct. 1917, J. C. Bradley, 1 male. Mission Canyon, 1 Oct. 1932. Timberlake, 1 male. Oro Grande, 26 Oct. 1951, Timber- lake, 1 female, 2 males. Redlands, 1912, F. R. Cole, 1 male. Resting Springs, Inyo Co., 29-30 May 1955, Belkin et al, 1 female. Riverside, 11 March 1925, 1 female, 1 male; 13 March 1925, 1 female; 5 May 1940, 1 female; 24 May 1925, 2 males; 30 May 1925, 2 females; 29 Aug. 1926, 1 male; 22 Sept. 1929, 1 male; 29 Sept. 1928, 2 males; 8 Oct. 1939, 1 male; 24 Dec. 1934, 1 female; P. H. Timberlake. San Antonio R. 8., Santa Clara Co., 27 June 1953, R. O. Schuster, 1 male. San Diego, 7 May 1913, E. P. VanDuzee, 1 male. Temecula, Riverside Co., 4 July 1950, E. G. Linsley, 2 males. Watts Valley, Fresno Co., 23 June 1956, R. O. Schuster, 2 males. NEVADA: Las Vegas, 17 Sept. 1908, J. C. Bradley, 1 female. TEXAS: Juno, Devils River, 13 June 1953, W. W. Wirth, 1 female, 1 male. Kendall Co., 22 July 1938, R. H. Beamer, 1 male. Marathon, 9 July 1938, R. H. Beamer, 1 female, 1 male. Kerr- ville, 22 April 1908, F. C. Pratt, 1 male. BAJA CALIFORNIA (MEX- ICO): Mulege, 14 May 1921, E. P. Van Duzee, 1 male. CHIAPAS (MEXICO): Ocosingo, 9 March 1953, Bechtel and Schlinger, 1 male. JALISCO (MEXICO): Chapala, 11 Sept. 1938, L. J. Lipowsky, 1 male. MORALES (MEXICO): Cuernavaca, April 1945, N. L. Krauss, 1 male. NUEVO LEON (MEXICO): 4 mi. W. El Cercado. 6 June 1951, P. D. Hurd, 1 male. OCCIDENTAL (MEXICO): Guadalajara, 1909, McConnell, 1 female, 2 males. SONORA (MEXICO): 10 mi. E. Cana- nea, 16 August 1959, W. L. Nutting and F. G. Werner, | female. This species has a rather unique distribution amongst Syrphidae. It ranges from California and Nevada into Neotropical Mexico without any specimens yet taken in South America. I am pleased to name this species after the late Charles Lewis Fluke. C. (O.) nitida Wiedeman Chrysogaster nitidus Wiedemann, 1830, Aussereurop. Zweifl. Ins. 2: 116. Paragus aeneus Walker, 1849, List spec. dipt. ins., Brit. Mus 3: 545. Cryptineura hieroglyphica Bigot, 1859, Rev. et Mag. de Zool., p 308. 176 PROC. ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 66, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1964 This is only species of this group occuring in eastern North America. It has been recorded from South and Central America (Williston, 1892; Schiner, 1868) but on examination of the specimens in question, the identifications have been found to be incorrect. This species bears a close relationship with one species in western United States, flukez, and with a number of Central and South American species. C. (O.) nitida, flukei, and the Neotropical associates, exhibit eye markings of a more and more involved nature as well as white scales on the face and front. It is likely that there may be some confusion about the separation of North American specimens of fluket and nitida. The wing character- istic used in the key (fig. 14), the purple scutal markings, and the male genitalia, will make clear the distinction between them. The male genitalia in nitida are asymmetrical and this is the only species in the group with this characteristic (Sedman, 1959). The ejaculatory hood is twisted to the right, and the general asymmetry extends to the epandrial styli. The left style is armed with a distinct upper lope, while the right style is simple. Males of nztzda will be easily identified without dissection of the genitalia by the projecting left style usually exposed lateral to the cerci. No such lobe exists in flukez, and the undersurface of the post-abdomen of the male displays only the partially concealed velvety brown cerci. The eye markings in nitida (fig. 5) are quite distinctive, but this is a character with a considerable range of expression. Specimens in the same series will exhibit great variation in sinuosity of the vertical stripes, and some individuals will show differences between right and left eyes. The median scutal stripes are simple, but the lateral pair are divided along their length (fig. 9). In flukez, the stripes are simple. The males of nitida are often quite small and range from 4.5 to 5.5 mm., the females 5-6 mm. The geographical distribution of this species is limited to North America. On the basis of the specimens before me, its northernmost records are in Ontario, Quebec, and its southern limits in Florida. I have seen specimens from as far west as Nebraska, Kansas, and Eastern Texas. I have not seen any evidence that this species occurs within the range of the other four Nearctic species of this group. REFERENCES Schiner, J. R., 1868. Diptera. pp. 3-388, in Wiillerstorf-Urbair, B. von, Reise der osterreichischen fregatte Novara um die erde in den jahren 1857, 1858, 1859 unter den befehlen des commodore B. von Wiillerstorf-Urbair. Wien. Zoologischer theil bade Bee Sedman, Y. S., 1959. Male Genitalia in the subfamily Cheilosiinae. Genus Chryso- gaster, s. 1. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 61: 49-58. Williston, S. W., 1892. Order Diptera. pp. 57-88, in Godman, F. D., and O. Salvin, Biologia Centrali-Americana. Insecta. Diptera. 3: 1-127. “I PROC. ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 66, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1964 17 NOTES ON NORTH AMERICAN PIOPHILIDAE II.! (DipTERA) GerorGcE C. Streyskat, Entomology Research Division A.R.S., U. S. Department of Agriculture, Washington, D.C. Work on the Piophilidae in the United States National Museum collections, which now include the A. L. Melander collection, has re- vealed one new species, Piophila (Allopiophila) penicillata (described below) the synonymy of P. (A.) oriens Melander and Spuler 1917 with P. (A.) vulgaris Fallén 1820, and the distinctness of P. (A.) atrifrons Melander and Spuler. Figures are given of the male terminalia of these species, as well as of the sixth sternite of P. (Liopiophila) nigrimana Meigen. Piophila (Allopiophila) atrifrons Melander and Spuler (Fig. 1) 1917. Washington Agric. Expt. Sta. Bull. 143: 66. The types of this species were originally cited as three female speci- mens. Two from Oroville, Wash., without date, are females; one speci- men, from Troy, Idaho, June 14, 1908, is a male and is therefore here selected as lectotype. This species runs to P. calceata Duda in Hennig (1943) and is one of a group including that species, as well as P. dudai Frey, P. pectiniventris Duda, and the following new species, which are distinguishable with certainty only in the male sex, as Hennig has already remarked with regard to the Duda and Frey species. Frey (1930; and reproduced in Hennig, 1943) gave an unsatisfactory, distorted figure of the male terminalia of P. calceata. P. atrifrons 1s very much like P. calceata in the male postabdomen and the possibility that the two forms are synonymous must still be considered; however, the shape of the parts shown by Frey differ from those of figure 1 sufficiently to permit consideration of the two forms as distinct species until such time as a comparison of European material becomes feasible. The postabdomen of Piophila species is very asymmetrical and the andrium is held quite obliquely. In the figures here presented, the an- drium has been separated from the protandrium (segments 6, 7, and 8) and shown in full lateral view, but the protandrium and base of the preabdomen are shown from an almost direct (a nearly directly) ventral view. Examination of the protandrial sternites (6s, 7s) has revealed im- portant differences between species. In P. atrifrons, sternite 6 is more or less simple, with a large dextral lobe; sternite 7 is somewhat bifid, with a long, digitiform anterior lobe, posterior to which is a small, blunt process. 1 For paper I, see these Proceedings, v. 60 : 246 (1958). 178 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 66, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1964 The aedeagal apodeme (a), or phallodeme, in the three species here discussed is of the shape called fultella by Munro (1947) in his study of the African Tephritidae (Trypetidae) and shown by me (Steyskal, 1961) to be characteristic of the Pyrgotidae and Platystomatidae. The base of the aedeagus in P. atrifrons bears three short teeth and two forked gonapophyses (g), the anterior branch of the latter blunt and about half as long as other, sharply pomted branch. The hypandrium bears only one pair of processes (p), of characteristic shape. The long hairs on the inner side of the fore tibia mentioned by Duda (1924, p. 201: ‘“‘die Vorderschienen sind innen ungewohnlich lang behaart’’) in a male specimen from Moscow Mt., Idaho, received from Melander, I do not find in a similar specimen in the U. S. National Museum nor in the type. Nor do I find those hairs any different in a specimen of P. pectiniventris Duda (Ilfeld, S.-Harz, leg. et det. Duda) and in the following new species. Piophila (Allopiophila) penicillata Steyskal, new species (Fig. 2) Male. Close to P. pectiniventris Duda and so labeled by Malloch some years ago, but differing in bristling of preabdominal sternites and details of postabdomen. Length of body, 2.15-2.86 mm.; of wing, 2.7-3.3 mm. (wings of above-mentioned specimen of P. pectiniventris Duda are 2.15 mm. long). Fifth sternite (5s) mesally near its posterior margin with a tuft of stiff black bristles; those of 4th sternite in the mesal posterior part somewhat longer and more dense but not concentrated into a tuft. Sternites 6 and 7 witbout special projections. Andrium differing in a number of details from that figured by Hennig (1948, pl. III, fig. 18) for P. pectiniventris, although of very similar structure. Epiphallus (e, e;) tripartite, with one median posterior spine (e) and a pair of gently backwardly curved lateral spines (e,); gonapophyses (g) long, ensiform, only gently forwardly curved; posterior process of hypandrium (p) bearing a C-shaped anterior branch lying against the small rounded anterior process; surstyli (S) broad and gently rounded apically, with fringe of hairs of moderate length; proctiger with a pair of sclerotized bands, each of which bears one long bristle and a number of small hairs. Female. Differs from related species apparently only in the somewhat larger size: Length of body, 2.33-3.22 mm.; of wing, 2.5-3.35 mm. Holotype, male, and allotype, female, Aklavik, N. W. T., Canada, July 8, 1931; paratypes: Same locality, 9 males and 16 females, June 24 to July 18, 1931, July 18, 1932; Calgary, Alta., one male, May 31, 1924; Edmonton, Alta., one male and two females, May 20, 1924 (all Owen Bryant), Type No. 66858 in the U. 8. National Museum. Two females not designated paratypes are also in the collection, one from Banff, Alta., June 13, 1928; the other from Churchill, Man., June 20, 1930 (both Owen Bryant). PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 66, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1964 179 Male Terminalia. Fig. 1, Piophila (Allopiophila) atrifroms Mel. and Spuler, holo- type. Fig. 2, P. (A.) penicillata Steyskal, n. sp. holotype. LEGEND: a—aedeagus; a1—aedeagal apodeme; e, €;—epiphallus; g—gonapop- hysis; M—meson; p—process of hypandrium; S—surstylus; 5s, 6s, 7s—5th, 6th. 180 PROC. ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 66, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1964 _ Male Terminalia. Fig. 3. P. (A.) vulgaris Fallén, holotype of P. ortens Mel. and Spuler (syn.). Fig. 4. P. (Liopiophila) nigrimana Meigen, 6th sternite of specimen from Detroit, Mich. Piophila (Allopiophila) vulgaris Fallén (Fig. 3) 1820. Heteromyzides Sueciae: 9: (see Hennig, 1943, p. 42 for further synonymy). 1917. Piophila oriens Melander and Spuler, 1917. Washington Agric. Expt. Sta. Bull. 143: 63. New synonym. The types of P. oriens, cited by Melander and Spuler as ‘“Two males and two females. Ithaca and Geneva, New York, May; Greenfield, Massachusetts, June (Melander)’’, are now in the U. S. National Mu- seum collections. The specimen labeled ‘“‘type’’ is a male from Ithaca, N. Y., May 31, 1914 and is hereby selected as lectotype; the other Ithaca specimen, with the same date, is a female; the Geneva speci- men, May 28, 1914, is a male; the Greenfield specimen, June 1, 1914, is a female. The postabdomen of the holotype was macerated and drawn as figure 3, revealing sufficient similarity to the figure given by Hennig (1948, pl. III, fig. 19) to adduce the synonymy. Gonapophyses in anterior view (g) apically bifid, lateral branch with incurved tip, mesal branch straight. Largest, most anterad of the three processes (p) of hypandrium furnished with a number of stout denti- cles on mesal face. ——— —_ ae PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 66, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1964 181 Sternite 6 (6s) with a characteristic pair of posteriorly directed teeth midway of posterior margin. Piophila (Liopiophila) nigrimana Meigen (Fig. 4) 1826. Syst. Beschr. 5: 396; (see Hennig, 1943, p. 31, for further synonymy). The sixth sternite of the male of this species, common in North America as well as in the Palaearctic region, bears a characteristic bent prong and a small tooth on its posterior margin, as shown in figure 4. A specimen from Scotland is similar. LITERATURE CITED Duda, O. 1924. Revision der europdischen und grénlindischen sowie einiger siidostasiat. Arten der Gattung Piophila Fallén (Dipteren). Konowia 3: 97-113; 153-203. Frey, R. 1930. Neue Diptera brachycera aus Finnland und angrenzenden Lindern. Notulae Ent. 10: 82-94. Hennig. W. 1943. Piophilidae. Jn E. Lindner, Die Fliegen der palaearktischen Region, 5, Fam. 40 (Lfg. 151): 1-52, pls. I-III. Munro, H. K. 1947. African Trypetidae (Diptera), ete. Mem. Ent. Soc. 8. Africa no. 1: 1-284, 16 unnumbered pls. Steyskal, G. C. 1961. The genera of Platystomatidae and Otitidae known to occur in America north of Mexico (Diptera, Acalyptratae). Ann. Ent. Soc. Am. 54: 401-410. TROPACARUS, A NEW GENUS OF ACARIDAE (ACARINA) FREDERICK CUNLIFFE, State College Keene, N. H. In 1955 E. W. Baker collected an undescribed acarid mite from vari- ous leaves in the Congo. These mites lived in small colonies, usually forming a circle, with their bodies oriented inward. Baker again col- lected this mite in Costa Rica and Nicaragua in 1959, and Fleschner found it on citrus leaves in Assam, India the same year. Muma (1961) records it as feeding on fungus on citrus leaves in Florida. He states: “This mite is usually found in clusters, including eggs, young and adults, along the midrib of the leaf or besides clumps of trash. When disturbed the mites move clumsily about until a hiding place is found or the cluster is relocated.” U. 8. National Museum records show that this species has also been intercepted from Brazil at U. 8. Quarantine. 182 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 66, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1964 1. Female, dorsal view; 2. Female, ventral view. Tropacarus, new genus This genus is distinctive in having large genital discs, in having certain of the body setae long and whiplike, in that certain body setae are missing, in lacking most tarsal setae, and in that the male does not have anal discs. Type. Tropacarus mumaz, new species. Tropacarus mumai, new species (Figs. 1-10) Female. Plump, “pale yellow to pale orange with a red-brown to black spot on each side near the back end. Frequently one or two additional dark areas occur in the middle near the back end’? (Muma, 1961). Setae sce, he, 1p, d4 and sae are very long and whiplike; pal is about half as long as these; the other dorsal body seate are much sorter. Coxae I and III each with a seta; there are three pairs of genital setae, the posterior pair situated almost on coxae IV; there are two pairs of anal setae. The genital discs are large in relation to the body size. Leg setae are fewer in number than in other genera, especially on tarsus I and IT. Body length 380 u; width 270 u. Male. Similar to female. Tarsal IV dises are on the proximal half of the segment. There are no anal discs. Body length 320u; width 210 u. PROC. ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 66, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1964 183 3, Tarsus and tibia I, female; 4, Tarsus and tibia II, female; 5, Tarsus and tibia Ill, female; 6, Tarsus and tibia IV, female; 7, Tarsus and tibia I, male; 8, Tarsus and tibia II, male; 9, Tarsus and tibia III, male; 10, Tarsus and tibia IV, male. The holotype female, U. 8. National Museum No. 3039, twelve para- type females, and two paratype males were collected on leaves of “‘tree’”’, Leopoldville, Congo, April 16, 1955, by E. W. Baker. Other specimens were collected on Vitex congolensis, Stanleyville, April 18, 1955; Berlinia sp., same data; frangipani, same data; frangipani, Lwiro, May 17, 1955; peach, Mulunga, May 18, 1955. All were found on the ventral surfaces of the leaves, usually in colonies. The same species has been found in Florida, Costa Rica, Nicaragua, India, and Brazil (U. S. Quarantine). REFERENCE Muma, M.H. 1961. Mites associated with citrus in Florida. Univ. Fla. Agr. Expt. Sta. Bull. 640: 1-39. 184 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 66, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1964 THREE UNCOMMON GENERA OF THE MITE FAMILY STIGMAEIDAE (ACARINA) IV. M. Suvuers, University of California, Davis Some of the species in the mite family Stigmaeidae are rotund, almost globose types which are extensively covered with relatively thick and dimpled or reticulated plates and which have a prominent 3-pronged sensillum on the apex of the palptarsus. The majority of stigmaeids deviate from this form in various ways. Those described here differ radically from the rotund form of anatomical organization; they have slender, fusiform bodies, almost no idiosomal plating, and the palp- tarsus bears a single lanceolate spine or several discrete, seta-like eupathids on its apex. The naked, spindle-shaped stigmaeids to be described are rarely found in Berlese funnel concentrates of microarthropods obtained from samples of leaf mold, humus, moss and lichen. Many hundreds of sam- ples from numerous localities have yielded very few specimens. Con- sequently there are not enough geographical or ecological data to show where significant populations of these mites are likely to occur. The specimens on hand were collected over a period of about 12 years. It is for this reason that they are called rare or uncommon types. Genus Apostigmaeus Grandjean Apostigmaeus Grandjean, 1944, Arch. des Sci. phys. et nat., 5me Période, 26:105. Diagnosis: Stigmaeids having unjoined or separately movable chelicerae and body plating restricted essentially to mid-dorsal section of propodosoma. Propodosomal plate narrow, elongate, bears only setae ae and be; setae ce and de not incorporated on this plate. Dorsum of metapodosoma and opisthosoma with sclerotization restricted to very small platelets, one platelet for each seta—except suranals. Dorsal setae: 13-14 pairs. No obvious eyes. Palptarsus slightly longer than tibial claw; it bears a group of minute, simple sensilla instead of an apical trident (multiple eupathid). Tarsus of each leg has a pair of small, slightly curved claws and a multibranched empodium, the shaft of which projects beyond tips of claws before subdividing to produce 3 pairs of capitate raylets. Type Species: Apostigmaeus navicella Grandjean, 1944; monotypic. Apostigmaeus pacificus, n. sp. (Figs. 1-2) Female. Basal pieces of chelicerae slender, fusiform; fixed digits membranous, clearly discernible, coextensive with shafts of movable digits (stylets). Basis capituli and upper maxillicoxal areas covered by somewhat thickened, minutely punctate integument or skeleton; this pattern may also appear on coxae I-IV. Posterior setae on basis capituli very slender, finely pointed, ultralong, at least 59 microns, or long enough to reach bases of adoral setae at apex of rostrum. Idiosoma covered mostly with striated integeument; an unpaired propodosomal plate traverses length of propodosoma, from vertical setae to field of cross-striae between dorsocentral setae a a Pe Pea ee ee a gd Py 0 al Peet 185 Apostigmaeus pacificus, n. sp. (figs. 1-2). Fig. 1, ventral aspect of female; fig. 2, dorsum. Structural detail of dorsal setae li (left) and ce (right) between the two upper figures. Eryngiopus gracilis, n. sp. (figs. 3, 5). Fig. 3., dorsal view of female; fig. 5, its ventral side. Eryngiopus microsetus, n. sp. Fig. 4, ventral view of female. Milli- meter scale adjacent to figure 4 also applicable to figures 3 and 5, 186 PROC, ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 66, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1964 c; this plate nearly rectangular, long sides parallel, its width slightly greater than distance separating setae of pair be; phase microscopy reveals a delicate recticulum thereon; a pair of dot-like apodemal marks or pits occur on its anterior third, one mark close behind each seta of pair be. Seta ae and be arise on front margin of pro- podosomal plate; all other dorsal body setae except suranals set on very small indivi- dual platelets. Suranal region bears a pair of small suranal plates, two seta on each plate, one of pair e and one of pair le. Dorsal setae plumose, each with numerous fine barbs appressed closely to shaft; 13 pairs, none conspicuously longer than others; external suranals /e longest; preoculars be barely longer than those nearby; verticals ae and dorsocentrals a, 6, c subequal. Lateral opisthosomal setae Ir of A. navicella absent in this species. Eyes apparently absent. Intercoxal setae smooth, with very finely pointed tips; first pair between coxae II approximately equal to length of third pair between coxae IV; seta of second pair between coxae III very long (70), widely spaced; one or both setae on coxae I-IV also long, longest ones on coxae I, II. Paragenital setae (or aggenital setae) finely plumose, 4 pairs, subequal; setae of anterior two pairs originate on small individual platelets; seta of two pos- terior pairs planted close together, those of each side share a platelet which sur- mounts a faintly elevated area. Five pairs anogenital setae, 2 pairs on genital covers, 3 pairs on anal covers; middle pair slightly longer than first and third. Numbers of setae and special sensilla on legs I-IV: femora 4—4—3-3, genua 6—5-3-3, tibia 7-6-6-6, tars! 14-9-7—7. Average measurements in microns (n=5): length idiosoma, vertical setae to anus, 475; seta be 82, a 64, le 106. Males not represented in collections. Types. Holotype: female, Indonesia (intercepted at Hawaii), Sept. 12, 1961, H. A. Woolford and B. F. Wetzel, on Oryza sativa; female, Phil- ippine Islands (intercepted at Hawaii), March 24, 1961, H. A. Woolford, on Manihot esculenta; female, Philippine Islands (intercepted at Hawaii), April 17, 1959, H. Woolford, on Oryza sativa. All in collection of U.S. National Museum. Additional Material. France (Hawaii), March 6, 1961, H. A. Woolford, on Avena sativa; Tahiti (Hawaii), March 19, 1961, H. A. Woodford, on Polianthus tuberosa; Curundu, Canal Zone, March 10, 1961, C. E. Yunker, on porcupine Coendu rothschildi. A. pacificus is distinguishable from A. navicella in many respects. The new species has 13 instead of 14 pairs of dorsal setae and all are plumose. The dorsal propodosomal plate is an elongate rectangle. A. pacificus possesses but 2 pairs of setae on the genital covers. The third pair of paragenitals is not longer than the other 3 pairs of paragenitals whereas, in navicella, the length of the third paragenitals much exceeds others of the group. Femur IV of pacificus has 3 setae instead of 2. The occurrence of this mite on an animal, a porcupine, is probably fortuitous. This single specimen, probably brushed from low-growing vegetation, is not distinguishable from the other’examples studied. Eryngiopus, n. gen. (Gr. eryngion, thistle; pous, foot) Slender bodied stigmaeids with independent chelicerae. Body plating feebly developed and restricted to small raised areas on dorsum of propodosoma and to 187 i ui i \| Cann, # Peas aie / y Wie, WUBIN Barbutia anguineus (figs. 6-7). Fig. 6 venter of female. Detail of pretarsus I at upper right; fig. 7, dorsum of female, with sketch of chelicerae at upper left. Eryngi- opus longurius n. sp. Fig. 8, dorsal view of female. Detail of female genital area illustrated in insert between figures 8 and 9. Eryngiopus vagantis, n. sp. Fig. 9, dorsum of female. I aay Se eae pees. 188 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 66, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1964 suranal portion of opisthosoma. Idiosoma extensively covered with very finely striated integument, striae predominantly longitudinal, with few whorls or trans- verse bands. Terminal sensillum on palptarsus a single spikelet, not a trident or cluster of eupathids. One pair of eyes. Dorsal setae: 12-13 pairs, smooth, short, with small range of variation in lengths between different pairs. Ventral setae smooth, flagelliform, one or more pairs ultralong, especially posterior pair on maxillicoxae. Genital plate or plates absent or feebly developed around bases of posteriormost paragenital setae. Pretarsal claws plain, without accessory rays or tenent hairs. Empodium a slender shaft bearing 3 pairs capitate raylets. Type species: Eryngiopus gracilis n. sp. Ky To FEMALES OF Eryngiopus 1; Genu IT without ‘setae; icoxae 2-12-12 5) 2 oe 2 Genu II with one seta; coxae with a different formula_-______.._________- 3 bo . Tibia IV with 4 setae; trochanter IV with one seta; 3 pairs of paragenital SSAC LOS 2k Re SS ee Ace iE Nes pe Oe gracilis n. sp. Tibia IV with 6 setae; trochanter IV without seta; 2 pairs of paragenital Sits rhe NER Ce Syd ks ep ee a a Ns OR microsetus n. sp. 3. Coxae 1-1—2-1; femora 5—4—3-2; propodosoma with 4 pairs of dorsal setae __ ape eva ee nent eM SAN RT ed Rvs ME EN a 2 vagantis n. sp. Coxae 2—1—2-2; femora 4—4-2-2; propodosoma with 3 pairs of dorsal setae ___ eo Ne aE A Leg 9 pet eB See RG Ey Sl ee longurius n. sp. Eryngiopus gracilis, n. sp. (Figs. 3, 5) Female. Propodosomal plating represented by 2 narrow strips of nude integument between protruding eyes, strips joined together in front, divergent behind, separated medially by wedge-shaped field of longitudinal striae; posterior arms of sclerotized strips attenuated, extend almost to humeral sulcus. Dorsal striae uniformly longi- tudinal on metapodosoma, transverse only on hinder portion of opisthosoma. Sura- nal section of opisthosoma delimited by an incomplete transverse fissure; suranal seta e, le share a denuded area or plate on each side of midline. Dorsal setae simple, comparatively short; humeral setae he 27 (all measurements in microns, holotype only), longest of dorsals; dorsolaterals /m 13, shortest; all others within this length range. Ventral setae equal to or longer than dorsals; posterior pair on maxillicoxae at least 70, reaches palptarsus when positioned as illustrated; first intercoxal pair 20, second pair 34, third (posterior) pair 27. Three pairs paragenital setae: first 2 pairs equal, not on plates; third pair 50% longer, each seta on an incipient genital platelet. Anogenital covers with 4 pairs setae: 1 pair on genital section, flagelliform, long enough to reach posteriormost extent of anogenital covers; anal section with 3 pairs shorter, more robust setae, subequal, each one less than half as long as setae on genital section. Setae and special sensilla on legs I-IV: coxae 2—1—2-1, femora 4—4-2-2, genua 4—0-0-0, tibiae 6-6-6—4, tarsi 14-9-7—7. Overall length of mite, palpelaw to anus, 495. Types: Holotype 2°, 5 paratype @ 2, American Canyon, Solano County, California, February 15, 1951, from willow bark. Holotype PROC. ENT, SOC, WASH., VOL, 66, No. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1964 189 retained in collection at Davis, paratypes deposited in United States National Museum and British Museum (Natural History). No other specimens taken. The possession of only four setae on tibia IV separates #. gracilis from its present congeners. Although none of the intercoxal setae on the podosoma is conspicuously long, their relative lengths provide an additional basis for recognizing this species, i.e., second pair > third pair > first pair. Eryngiopus vagantis, n. sp. (Fig. 9) Female. Doisal plate of propodosoma integral, not invaded by longitudinal striae, covers entire elevated area bounded by eyes and setae ae, be, ce, its posterior margin adjoins belt of transverse striae between propodosoma and metapodosoma. A pair of small, circular apodemal marks anteriorly on propodosomal plate, one mark behind each vertical seta, both marks aligned with preocular setae. Dorsal setae fine, smooth, with several size ranges: be longest 41; ae, ce, a, b, c, lm subequal, 17-20; others of intermediate lengths. Ventral setae ultralong, flagelliform: pos- terior pair on maxillicoxae 75; first pair intercoxals 30, shortest of its series; second pair at least 80; third pair at least 64. Paragenital setae: 3 pairs, not on plates; first pair 24, second pair 30, third pair 40. Anogenital covers with 4 pairs setae; anteriormost pair flagelliform, approx. 1.5 times longer than each of 3 pairs which follow in succession. Coxae 1—1—2—1, femora 5—4-3-2, genua 4—1-0-0, tibiae 6-6-6-6, tarsi 14-9-8-8. Overall length, palpclaw to anus, 560. Types: Two co-type 9 9, 2 paratype 9 9, 2 nymphs, Napa, Napa County, California, December 22, 1959 (S. F. Bailey and R. O. Schuster), from prune orchard. One co-type deposited in United States National Museum; one paratype in British Museum (Natural History); others filed in mite collection, University of California, Davis. E. vagantis has several unique features: coxa I has only 1 seta; femur I has 5 and femur III has 3 setae; the dorsal propodosomal plate is not partitioned by median longitudinal striae. The middle (second) inter- coxal seta is ultralong; second pair > third pair > first pair. Eryngiopus microsetus, n. sp. (Fig. 4) Female: Body dimensions noticeably smaller but otherwise much like gracilis in respect to patterns of striae and relative lengths of dorsal setae. Propodosomal plat- ing feebly developed, represented by a pair of nude areas confined to region of eyes and first 2 pairs of setae, possibly not joined together between bases of vertical setae. Ventral setae all longer than dorsals; posterior pair on maxillicoxae 54 (microns), extends forward to distal ends of palpgenua; first intercoxals ultralong, 72; second intercoxals at least 40; third intercoxals about 45. Only 2 pairs of paragenital setae, none originate on plates. Trochanter IV with seta absent. Coxae 2-1-2-1, femora 442-2, genua 4-0-0-0, tribiae 6—-6-6-6; tarsi 14-10-8-8. Overall length, palpclaw to anus, 410. 190 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 66, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1964 Holotype: Female, Moss Beach, San Mateo County, California, no date recorded (W. H. Lange and E. I. Schlinger), from leaf mold under Monterey Cypress. Only example, filed in mite collection, University of California, Davis. E. microsetus has at least two characters not shared by the other known species: There are only 2 pairs of paragenital setae and tro- chanter 1V bears no seta. First intercoxal seta is ultralong; first > third > second. Eryngiopus longurius, n. sp. (Fig. 8) Female. Plated area of propodosoma completely bisected in midline by a wide band of longitudinal striae; each half of plate triangular in outline, with setae ae on or adjacent to its vertex, its base adjoins broad belt of transverse striae on front of metapodosoma; areas referred to as plates also bear extremely faint longitudinal striae. A thinly sclerotized suranal plate arches over hinderpart of opisthosoma. Integu- mental striae with microtubercles or lobules at widely spaced intervals. Patterns of dorsal striae peculiar to species: extensive bands of striae cross front and rear ends of hysterosoma; longitudinal rows whorl between dorsocentral setae a and b to create an elongate rectangular figure on middorsum of metapodosoma. Dorsal setae smooth, 12 pairs only—presumably postoculars ce absent on propodosoma; be =le, longest of dorsal setae, 40; la 15, lm 12, shortest in the dorsal group. Only one pair of ven- tral setae ultralong: posterior setae on maxillicoxae at least 68; all coxals and inter- coxals relatively short, subequal: first intercoxals 24, second 24, third 20. Chaetotaxy of ventral opisthosoma not distinguishable from vagantis. Coxae 2—1—2—2, femora 4-4-2-2, genua 4-1-0-0, tibiae 6—-6—6-6, tarsi 14-10-8-7. Numerous setae upper- most on appendages unusually long, flagelliform, e.g.: dorsal seta on tibia III 50, on tibia IV 68; dorsal setae on tarsus IV at least 64. Overall length, palpclaw to anus, 550. Male. Somewhat smaller than female, 480 overall, but recognizable according to qualitative characters ascribed to podosoma of opposite sex. Opisthosoma with most structural features common to other stigmaeid males. Dorsal striae whorl between setae a and c to form rectangular figure. Types. Holotype 2, allotype o’, Nortonville, Contra Costa County, California, Oct. 15, 1952 (W. C. Bentinck), from saltgrass (Distichlis sp); Paratype 2, 7 mi. west of Parker Dam, San Bernardino County, California, Feb. 24, 1951 (C. D. McNeill) from soil in shrub thicket. Holotype in U. 8. National Museum, others retained in collection at Davis. Microtuberculate striae and the whorling of striae middorsally be- tween setae of pairs a and ¢ are useful spot characters for EH. longurius. There are only 12 pairs of dorsal setae whereas 13 pairs is the common number. Also unique is the presence of 2 setae on coxae IV. The inter- coxal setae on the podosoma are comparatively short and subequal. PROC, ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 66, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1964. 191 Barbutia Oudemans 1927 Small, emphatically fusiform species, with humeral sulcus clearly a line of body flexion. Chelicerae fused together along basal halves to form a U-shaped stylophore. Short peritremata on dorsomedian surface of stylophore. Idiosoma without obvious plates; a broad, ovoid elevation with 2 pairs setae occurs on propodosoma, between eyes; integument covering elevation striated and possibly more rigid than integu- ment elsewhere. Thirteen pairs dorsal setae, some ultralong. One pair of eyes. Genital and anal apertures of female proximate but not sharing common covers; genital covers without setae; 3 pairs paragenital setae. Pretarsi sessile; claws diminutive, each claw with 2 pairs tenent hairs; these very short, capitate. Minute empodium with possibly 2 pairs capitate raylets. Type Species: Stigmaeus anguineus Berlese, 1910. Monotypic. Barbutia anguineus (Berlese) (Figs. 6-7) Stigmaeus anguineus Berlese, 1910, Redia 6:204. Stigmaeus (Macrostigmaeus) anguineus, Berlese, 1910, Redia 6:208. Macrostigmaeus anguineus, Oudemans, 1923, Ent. Ber. Nederland. Ent. Ver. 6:146. Barbutia anguineus, Oudemans, 1927, Ent. Ber. Nederland, Ent. Ver. 7:260. Female. Chelicerae with short, anteriorly directed stylets; proximal segments fused together near basal ends to form a deeply cleft, U-shaped stylophore. Peri- tremata located on dorsomedian surface of stylophore; these comprise a pair of juxtaposed tubes, or grooves, which extend straight backwards a short distance from points of origin in apex of cheliceral notch. Palpi with tibial claws opposable, tend- ing to meet slightly in front of cheliceral stylets; each claw large in relation to segment which bears it, and equipped with a sharp spine, or tooth, on its concave edge. Palptarsi noticeably club-like, swollen at distal ends. Rostrum truncate anteriorly, lateral lips flared, with 2 pairs inconspicuous adoral setae. Propodosoma with smaller girth than hysterosoma, humeral sulcus appears to allow telescoping of these body sections; dorsomedian surface of propodosoma surmounted by a broad, oval eleva- tion. One pair of eyes. Integument of dorsum entirely striated, striae faint, pre- dominantly longitudinal and with small granules disposed at widely spaced intervals along or between them. Striae of venter without granular ornamentation; a wide belt of transverse striae occupies sternal area behind coxae II; those in vicinity of propodosomal-hysterosomal junction assume form of broader, interdigitating rugae. Sclerotized plates not evident. Thirteen pairs completely smooth dorsal setae, all flagelliform, most so finely pointed that total lengths cannot be precisely determined; setae classed in 4 size ranges with approximate lengths and presumed homologies with corresponding setae of other stigmaeids as follows: ultralong— be 156, e 144; long—de 82, he 86, lm 86, le 94; intermediate—a 51, 6 39, c 31, li 39; ultrashort—ce 12. Ventral setae of intercoxal areas: first pair 55, reaching from base of coxa I to palptrochanter; second pair 39; third pair 27. Three pairs paragenital setae, middle pair longest: first 12, second 31, third 8. No setae on genital covers; 3 pairs on anal covers, short, subequal. Inclusive counts of setae on leg segments: coxae 2—1—2-0, femora 4—3—2-2, genua 6-0-0-0, tibiae 6—5-3-3, tarsi 12-8-8-8. Sensillum k on genu I solenidiform, not spine-like. Tarsi abruptly rounded distally, 192 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 66, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1964 without tapered peduncles; claws very small, each with 2 pairs capitate raylets arising near its distal end. Empodium with one pair, or possibly 2 pairs, capitate raylets. Length of mite when positioned as illustrated, palpclaw to anus, 418. Male. Closely resembles female in respect to prosoma and legs I-IT; extra (male) solenidion does not appear on tarsi I-IT; solenidion on tarsi III-IV noticeably larger and dorsal setae on hysterosoma much shorter than described for female. Opistho- soma conical, with 1 pair paragenital setae below. Aedeagus a slender, straight shaft, upcurved near tip. Distribution. One collection, 5 specimens, Pigeon Point, San Mateo County, California, July 12, 1958, D. W. Price, from mulch in shrub thicket. Berlese’s original illustration of B. anguineus is complete enough to allow probable identification of the species without reference to type specimens. He did not, however, give sufficient information about peritremes, claws and general chaetotoxy to reveal its distant affini- ties with species in other stigmaeid genera. Oudemans (1927) separated Macrostigmaeus serpentinus Berl. and M. anguineus Berl. by creating a new genus, Barbutza, for the latter. In 1931, he assigned both genera to his new family, the Stigmaeidae. Although other genera of this family contain small fusiform species having almost no plate-like armature, Barbutia is unique in several respects: the palpi appear to function as opposable, pincer-like append- ages; the stylophore bears dorsal peritremes, as in caligonellids; and the claws have raylets or tenent hairs, as in tetranychoids. Also the genital and anal pores are independently covered and the chaetotaxy of the legs deviates considerably from stigmaeid patterns. Since Barbutia cannot be properly referred to any other family in the presently con- stituted superfamily Raphignathoidea, it is expedient to maintain the status quo until the systematics of this group of families is better under- stood. Grandjean’s nomenclature of dorsal setae is applied to B. anguineus without certainty of the true homologies. The humeral setae he and the first lateral hysterosomals la are the key setae in question. If the writer’s assumption happens not to be the correct one of several possi- bilities, then the labels applied to at least seven of the hysterosomal setae (fig. 7) would be improper. LITERATURE CITED Berlese, A. 1910. Acari nuovi. Manipulus V. Redia 6: 199-214. Grandjean, Frangois. 1944. Observations sur les acariens de la famille des Stigmaeidae. Arch. Sci. phys. et nat. 26: 103-131. Oudemans, A.C. 1923. Acarologischen Aanteekeningen LXXI. Ent. Ber. Nederland. Ent. Ver. 6: 138-55. 1927. Acarologischen Aanteekeningen LXXXVIII. Ent. Ber. Nederland. Ver. 7: 260. 1931. Acarologischen Aanteekeningen CVIIT. Ent. Ber. Nederland. Ent. Ver. 8: 251-63. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 66, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1964 193 THE ALTERNATE GENERATION OF CALLIRHYTIS AGRIFOLIAE (ASHMEAD) (HYMENOPTERA: CYNIPOIDEA) Rosert J. Lyon, Los Angeles City College The gall produced by the cynipid wasp Callirhytis agrifoliae (Ashm.) on the oaks Quercus agrifolia Nee and Quercus Wislizenii A. DC. in California is one of the most abundant galls in this area. The gall is a beautifully mottled, spherical, monothalamous (one-chambered) growth that develops in the axils of the leaves during the summer and early fall, grows rapidly for several months and then drops to the ground where it remains until the adult insects emerge during the early months of the following year. (Figure 1 A, B). Mature galls are 4.8-5.4 mm. in diameter and contain a thick layer of nutritive tissue around the central larval cell. It is upon this material that the tiny larva feeds and grows until it pupates in the late months of the year. Mature agamic or unisexual females emerge from the galls in late January and in February; earlier in some areas. The species was originally described by H. F. Bassett (1881:53) however the first valid name was used by William Ashmead (1885 :294). Andricus wislicent (Ashmead) and Callirhytis clarimontis Kieffer are considered to be synonyms (Weld, 1951 :647). Until the present time the species has been known only from descriptions of the agamic females which have been reared in large numbers. Specimens are exceedingly easy to obtain and to rear for the galls are often so numerous that they literally cover the ground and when gathered in December or January will nearly always yield adults. No males have been described. Recent investigations in California have shown heterogony or alter- nating unisexual and bisexual generations occur as a regular part of the life cycle in several genera of the phytophagous Cynipidae on the Pacific Slope. Such alternate generations have been demonstrated in the genera Andricus (Doutt, 1960) Callirhytis (Lyon, 1959) Dryocosmus (Doutt, 1959) and Heteroecus (Lyon, MS in press). Circumstantial evi- dence indicates the existence of heterogony in the genera Antron and Loxaulus. With these facts in mind, it is surprising that the alternate generation has not been worked out for a species as abundant and as easy to rear as C. agrifoliae (Ashm.). During the second week of February 1963 a number of agamic females emerged from galls in rearing cages and were placed on young oaks growing in five-gallon containers. The insects were at first allowed to move freely on the young trees in order to ascertain that portion of the plant in which they would oviposit. The females immediately began to oviposit in the tightly packed leaf buds and spent 20 to 30 minutes on the first leaf buds that they encountered. As they moved from bud to bud, oviposition time decreased until only 5 to 10 minutes were spent on each bud. The temperature was 60 to 64° F., but as it gradually became warmer the insects began to fly off the plants. Later in the day the females were confined to individual cloth bags placed over the twigs. The insects did not appear to be highly selective in their choice of buds 194 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 66, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1964 and readily accepted buds that had already been visited by other females. All sites of oviposition were carefully marked. The new leaves began to unfold on March Ist and by the time the leaves were fully expanded, tiny red blister galls were visible on the leaf veins. Agamic females continued to emerge throughout March and early April and were placed on the plants shortly after emergence. Oviposition again took place but fewer galls developed from these late females and many that did develop, failed to mature properly. The per- centage of gall failure was quite high even when oviposition took place earlier in the year. Oviposition in the leaf causes it to buckle at the point where the egg is placed whether or not a gall develops. When the gall fails to develop, the spot where the egg was laid turns brown and later a tiny hole develops. Gall development was very rapid with the galls attaining full size by the time the leaves were fully developed. The insects were in the pupal stage by late March and adults of both sexes began to emerge on April 5th. Emergence continued until April 15. On experimental trees, 48 days elapsed between the time of oviposi- tion and the emergence of the bisexual generation from the mature galls. The males were very active and immediately began to fly about in search of females. The latter move rather slowly and when disturbed will drop from the leaf rather than fly. It is interesting to note that agamic females were still emerging in the rearing cages when specimens of the bisexual generation had matured and were emerging from their galls. Description of the Gall (Figure 1C, D, E, F). The adults of the bi- sexual generation produce galls of several different types. The most common type is a small, one-celled blister, 2 mm. long, that develops in the central or lateral veins of the new leaves. New galls are green, tinged with red and as they develop, the color deepens. At maturity they are tan, microscopically pubescent and very thin-walled. The exit hole made by the adult gall wasp may be on either the upper or lower surface of the leaf. Another type of gall develops as an almost imepr- ceptible swelling in the petiole of an apparently normal leaf. Some- times the leaf aborts, but the petiole remains in the form of a tiny gall. Still another type develops at the terminal end of the shoot or in the axils of the leaves at the base of a tiny aborted bud. Galls are sur- prisingly diffleult to locate on the native trees in spite of the fact that the agamic females are numerous. One can only speculate as to the reasons for this and in all probability their scarcity is the result of a combination of factors. In the first place they are exceedingly small, inconspicuous and are easily overlooked. Secondly, on experimental trees many failed to develop into mature galls. Finally, as is usually the case with leaf galls, a high percentage was parasitized by chalcids. BISEXUAL GENERATION Female: Rather strikingly different from the agamic females primarily because of size and color. The head and body are black, legs amber, yellow in some specimens, except the base of the front and middle coxae PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 66, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1964. 195 Figure 1. A, Spherical, monothalamous gall produced by the agamie generation of Callirhytis agrifoliae (Ashm.); B, A single gall of the same showing position of the larval cell; C, Leaf gall of the bisexual generation showing the typical bent appearance of the leaf; D, Petiole gall of the same showing aborted leaf; E, Petiole gall in normal, small leaf; F, Gall of bisexual generation developed in an aborted bud. which are smoky; hind coxae entirely dark; distal tarsal segments as well as the terminal antennal segments also darkened; eyes black, ocelli amber. Head: granular in texture similar to the agamic females, how- ever there are prominent fan-striae on the face and in the malar space. These are inconspicuous in the agamic females. Malar space nearly one-half the length of the eye. The interocular area is two and one-half times as wide as high. In the agamic females this area is three and one-half times as wide as high. The head is scarcely broadened be- hind the eyes whereas the head bulges conspicuously behind the eyes in the agamic females. The antennae are 14-segmented with the termi- nal segments distinctly fluted. Mesoscutum: anterior parallel lines not readily visible; lateral lines not impressed and represented by smooth bands. These lines are conspicuous in agamic females. Scutellum: disk entirely rugose; agamic females rugose except center which is pebbled. Ventral spine very short, twice as long as broad. Agamic females with longer ventral spine, 7X as long as broad. Wings in the bisexual genera- tion are pubescent and ciliate with very dark veins. Agamic females also have pubescent and ciliate wings but the amber veins and cilia give them a much lighter appearance. Range in length of 25 specimens 196 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 66, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1964 1.3—1.8 mm. Average length 1.7 mm. Agamic females range from 3.1— 3.8 mm. in length. Male: Average size slightly smaller than female. Antennae with 15 segments; eyes very large with interocular space only twice as wideas high; malar space very narrow and only one-sixth the length of the eye; abdomen very thin-walled often collapsed in pinned specimens. Terg- ites II and III are usually the only tergites visible along the dorsal curvature of the abdomen. Range in length of 24 specimens 1.3—1.7 mm. Average length 1.6 mm. Types: The types and ten paratypes are in the collection of the U. 8. National Museum. Other paratypes are in the collections of the Cali- fornia Academy of Sciences, University of California at Los Angeles and the Los Angeles County Museum. Host: Quercus agrifolia Nee. Habitat: The types were reared from galls produced on potted oaks in La Crescenta, California. Additional specimens were reared from galls collected on the native oaks in the Los Angeles area. Acknowledgment: The writer wishes to express his appreciation to Mr. Gerhard Bakker of Los Angeles City College for the illustrations in this paper and to Mr. Lewis Weld! of Arlington, Virginia, for review of the manuscript. Summary: An alternate, bisexual generation occurs in the gall wasp Callirhytis agrifoliae (Ashm.) previously known from agamic emales only. Heterogony has not been previously demonstrated in this species. The gall, produced by the alternate generation is a tiny, single-celled gall that develops in the veins of the leaves, in the petiole, or in the base of auxillary buds on Quercus agrifolia Nee and Quercus Wislizenii A. DC. during the months of March and April. 1 Now deceased. LITERATURE CITED Ashmead, W. H. 1885. A Bibliographical and Synonymical Cataglogue of the North American Cynipidae, with descriptions of new species. Amer. Ent. Soe., Trans. 12: 294. Bassett, H. F. 1881. New Cynipidae. Can. Eng., 13: 53. Doutt, R. L. 1959. Heterogony in Dryocosmus (Hymenoptera, Cynipidae). Amer. Ent. Soc., Annals. 52(1): 69-74. Doutt, R. L. 1960. Heterogony in Andricus crystallinus Bassett (Hymenoptera: Cynipidae). Pan. Pac. Ent. 36(4): 167-170. Lyon, R. J. 1959. An alternating, sexual generation in the gall wasp Callirhytis pomi- formis (Ashm.) (Hymenoptera, Cynipidae). So. Calif. Acad. Sci., B. 58(1): 33-37. Weld, L. H. 1951. Cynipoidea in Muesebeck, Krombein, Townes et al. Hymenoptera in America North of Mexico. Synoptic Catalogue. U. 8. Dept. of Agric. Monogr. 2: 594-654. =_— PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 66, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1964 197 HENRY SHEPARD FULLER 1917-1964 Henry 8S. Fuller, M.D., internationally known medical entomologist and microbiologist, died of a sudden heart attack at Camp Zama, Japan, on February 3, 1964. Shep, as he was called by his family and associates at Plummers Island to distinguish him from his father, Henry C., or Hank, as he was called by friends in other circles, was born June 17, 1917 in Washing- ton, D. C. There he received his early education in the public schools. In 1937, he was awarded a B.S. degree in chemistry from Worcester Polytechnic Institute in Massachusetts. The following academic year he enrolled in Harvard Medical School, from which he received the degree M.D. cum laude studiorum peculiarium causa in 1941. Following a year of internship at the Massachusetts General Hospital in Boston he was commissioned a first lieutenant in the Medical Corps of the U. S. Army. He was promoted to captain during the war and received a terminal leave promotion to major. After his military service Harvard awarded him a Moseley traveling fellowship which enabled him to continue postgraduate studies at the London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine during the academic year 1946-47. There he was awarded the William Simpson prize and the Laleaca medal for the high quality of his academic work. During the following year he was appointed assistant professor of preventive medi- cine at the Bowman Gray School of Medicine at Wake Forest College in North Carolina, and served concurrently as a medical officer in the Tropical Disease Clinic of the Veterans Administration Regional Office in Winston Salem. Thereafter, he returned to the Harvard School of Public Health for the period 1949-53 where he was first a research associate in medical entomology and then an assistant professor of microbiology. He received the degree of Master of Public Health magna cum laude from Harvard in 1951. In 1953, he returned to government service, this time as a civilian scientist with the Department of the Army, an association which lasted until his untimely death this year. Working at the Walter Reed Army Institute of Research, he was assistant chief and later chief of the Department of Entomology. In 1956, he became chief of the Depart- ment of Rickettsial Diseases. He held this position until the summer of 1963 when he accepted an assignment for what was to have been a 2- year tour of duty as chief of the Department of Virus and Rickettsial Diseases at the 406th Army Medical General Laboratory at Camp Zama, Japan. Shep was a brilliant scholar with a wide range of interests. His father, although a chemist, had a deep interest in natural history and was a long-term member (1910-42) and former president of the Washington Biologists’ Field Club. Some of Shep’s earliest recollections were of many trips he made with his parents and sisters up the Potomac River to Plummers Island, the home of that Club. Many distinguished natural- ists—H. S. Barber, E. A. Schwarz, A. K. Fisher, A. Wetmore, W. L. 198 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 66, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1964 McAtee, 8. F. Blake, H. H. T. Jackson and F. C. Lincoln—were fellow members with the elder Fuller during those years. Their specialized interests included entomology, ornithology, mammalogy and botany. From them young Fuller got a broad acquaintance with the diverse forms of life and developed a love of nature which remained at the very core of his being for the rest of his life. Plummers Island and its asso- ciations were an intimate part of his life during his boyhood years, and again during his last 15 years after he himself was elected to member- ship in 1949, Because of his deep love of nature, Shep was very fond of Thoreau and was inspired by his writings. At Plummers Island he experienced the tranquil solitude of one of earth’s lovely spots. It was to this re- treat that he went with increasing frequency during the unhappy later years of his second marriage. For him Plummers Island was an earthly “‘oreen pasture” in the true sense of the psalmist. He was a very witty person with an irrepressible tendency to pun and a love for playing with words. For example, he would take a word like somersault, scramble the letters, and come up with a number of plausible-sounding nouns for which he would formulate appropriate definitions. I now recall only two—‘‘molestraus’” and “moustrels;”’ he defined the latter as ‘“‘wee, furry minstrels.’’ For years our (HSF and KVK) standard greeting was the silly phrase, ‘Dr. Stomcock, I pre- sume,” a play on the name of the eminent pioneer entomologist, J. H. Comstock. He was impatient with pompous, long-winded people who suffered from “diarrhoea of the vocal cords.’? When the occasion warranted, he had a sharp tongue; his inelegant, though highly appropriate term for these individuals was ‘‘foldy old marts.”’ During the period 1958-62, he was the perennial chairman of the House and Grounds Committee at Plummers Island, a group which he fondly and facetiously called the “Grouse and Hounds’ Committee. He performed this assignment with great devotion, and at times with a degree of personal inconvenience. On one lovely spring day Fuller, armed with elbow length, heavy rubber veterinarian gloves, assumed the uninviting task of emptying the well-rotted contents of the box latrine into heavy grocery sacks, which were then carted downhill by Krombein. This exploit prompted a cryptic notation by Fuller in the Club register to the effect that we “removed certain formed objects as well as grossly amorphous material from the smaller of the two buildings on the property.” Shep was a firm believer in the purity and potability of the water accumulated in a rain barrel from the cabin roof at the Island. Each spring this water went through a fermentation cycle caused by perco- lation through the oak catkins in the gutters. The end product had a foul taste, but, confident that the periodic checks at Walter Reed showed the water to be at least bacteriologically safe, he drank it in preference to the ‘“‘citified,’’ chlorinated product that others of us lugged up to the Island. I can recall my consternation at one of our spring shad bakes when this water, used as a mixer, turned whiskey eS ——e ee ee ee ee PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 66, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1964. 199 Henry 8S. Fuller, Plummers Island, May 1961 green. Shep looked upon this as evidence that the whiskey could not have been very good. As a result of boyhood contacts with his father’s colleagues in the Washington Biologists’ Field Club at Plummers Island, principally H. 8. Barber the noted coleopterist, he developed an interest in Cole- optera. But even during these early years he was attracted to medical entomology, and at the age of 12 he received an award from the Gorgas Memorial Institute for an essay on malaria. The prize was presented to him by President Hoover. Perhaps this early interest in medical entomology was stimulated by another of his father’s colleagues at Plummers Island, A. K. Fisher, a medically trained naturalist. Some years later Fisher, in co-sponsoring Shep for membership in the Cosmos Club, wrote: “Maybe I had some little influence in developing his interest in medical-biological research, as among other things the sub- ject of insects as disease carriers often entered our conversation, and I led him to have deeper interest in the study of mosquitoes and fleas.”’ During his years in the Harvard Medical School, and under the guidance of J. C. Bequaert, Fuller extended his knowledge of arthropods of medi- cal importance. His first scientific papers, written during this period, were principally on fleas and their taxonomy. Shep was one of the rare medical officers to be commissioned in World War II with a background of medical entomology. In spite of his 200 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 66, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1964 unique background, the vagaries of the Army classification system led to a routine assignment as a laboratory officer in a field hospital. He could have stagnated in an area of relative entomological sterility like England or France. Fortunately for him (and more so for the Army), this hospital was sent to the China-Burma-India theater where arthro- pod-borne diseases were a tremendous problem. On his own initiative, and during time off from laboratory duties, Fuller soon undertook field studies in Burma and Assam on the ecology of scrub typhus and the bionomics and taxonomy of the vector chigger Leptotrombidium deliensis. The quality and importance of these investigations led to his subsequent assignment in October 1944 to the U. 8. Typhus Commission in the CBI theater for the duration of the war. He was awarded a Bronze Star Medal by the Army for his meritorious achievements over and above the call of duty in the ecological study of scrub typhus. He was also awarded the medal of the U. 8. Typhus Commission. His interest in rickettsial diseases and their arthropod vectors con- tinued after the completion of his military service during World War II. Important contributions to an understanding of the ecology of rickett- sialpox and of the life cycle of the mite vector, Allodermanyssus sangut- neus, were made during his tenure at the Harvard School of Public Health. While at Walter Reed Army Institute of Research, he was sent overseas once again as a member of a team to study Far Eastern Hem- orrhagic Fever. In Korea, he undertook entomological investigations of the mites thought to be associated with the transmission of the disease. After his return to Washington he carried out extensive studies of the human body louse and its infection with agents of epidemic typhus and trench fever. In collaboration with an investigator at the Harvard School of Public Health, studies on trench fever led to the successful cultivation of the etiologic agent on artificial media. Shep experimentally inoculated himself with material from infected lice, contracted a clinical case of trench fever, and provided the blood from which the microorganism was first grown. More recently he directed a coordinated field and laboratory investigation into the ecology of Rocky Mountain spotted fever, in collaboration with the Virginia State Department of Health. For the first time in North America it was demonstrated that several species of native wild mammals harbor Rickettsia rickettsii incriminating them as possible vertebrate reser- voirs. In recognition for his outstanding and distinguished performance of duty at Walter Reed Army Institute of Research he was awarded a Certificate of Achievement in July 1963. During the few remaining months of his life in Japan he returned to a subject of earlier interest, the ecology of tsutsugamushi disease. In my (KVK) last letter from him (mid-November, 1963) he mentioned that he had just been on field maneuvers for 8 days with the U. 8. Marines on the slopes of Mt. Fuji. There he collected ‘‘wee furry beasts with chiggers’”’ and took blood samples from 575 Marines. During the week prior to his death he was again in the field with the Marines. Upon his return he was greeted by a large sign in the Marine Officers’ Mess, ‘‘Weleome home, Hank,’’ and with the announcement that they ——e——OOo PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 66, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1964 201 had ordered a uniform for him and were going to make him an honorary Marine. Just 2 days later he suffered a fatal heart attack. Fuller was fully aware of the importance of systematics in relation to his investigations on arthropod-borne diseases of man. While in Europe he had the opportunity to study the chiggers in the Oudemans’ collection in Leiden; this resulted in the publication of a fundamental study on the taxonomy of these species in 1952. The same year, in collaboration with G. W. Wharton, he published a manual of chiggers. The latter work, especially, provided the necessary foundation for the systematic study of the chiggers of the world. He was a valued invita- tional lecturer on the relations of Acarina to rickettsial diseases at the Institute of Acarology during the summers it was held at the University of Maryland. He was an invitational lecturer on this subject at the Johns Hopkins School of Hygiene and Public Health also. In 1961 he was tendered, but declined, a professorship at Johns Hopkins. The historical development of medical entomology was a collateral interest to which Fuller devoted much of his limited leisure time. In 1959 he received a grant from the American Philosophical Society to aid in the preparation of a critical history of medical entomology. Con- siderable progress was made on this project during 1960. He reported in the 1961 yearbook of that Society that he had completed: ‘‘A critical, annotated translation of correspondence during 1724 between Vallis- nierl and Gherli concerning lice and the so-called morbus pedicularis; a bibliography of the lice of man (approximately 3,600 titles) ; and medi- cal entomology in the eighteenth century.”’ It is to be hoped that one or more of these fragments are complete enough to permit publication as separate essays or bibliography. It is a pity that Fuller could not have lived to complete this critical history, for his lucid style of discursive writing would have made it a highly readable one. His broad biological background and highly developed critical sense would have made it an invaluable analysis of the historical development in this important field of entomology. He was a member of many scientific societies including the Biologi- cal Society of Washington, Entomological Society of Washington, Entomological Society of America, Washington Academy of Sciences, American Society of Microbiology, American Academy of Micro- biology, American Association of Immunologists, American Society of Parasitologists, American Association for the Advancement of Science, American Society of Tropical Medicine and Hygiene, Royal Society of Tropical Medicine and Hygiene, and Sigma Xi National Honorary Re- search Fraternity. He was also a member of the Commission on Rick- ettsial Diseases of the Armed Forces Epidemiology Board. His social clubs were the Cosmos Club and the Washington Biolo- gists’ Field Club. He cherished his memberships in these and made many enduring friends among his fellow members. In his characteristically precocious way he was elected to the Cosmos Club before he was 29, very few men having been admitted so young. However, the Washing- ton Biologists’ Field Club and its home at Plummers Island were a vital part of his life from his earliest memories. In discussing our member- ships in various societies and clubs we (HSF and KVK) opined that if 202 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 66, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1964 some malign fate restricted us to a single organization, both of us would elect to remain in the Field Club, that unique band of congenial natur- alists. An excellent administrator and teacher, Fuller was respected for these abilities both by his superiors and by the specialists, technicians and enlisted personnel working under his direction. Because he did not tolerate incompetence or mediocrity, he was able to build an efficient, productive department. He was very solicitous of the welfare of his staff, and worked hard and effectively to insure that their achievements were recognized and properly honored. He is survived by his third wife, Mrs. Nell Benton Fuller, by his mother, Mrs. Henry C. Fuller, by two sisters, Mrs. Josepha F. Hege and Mrs. Katherine F. Watson, and by one niece and five nephews. His ashes were interred with those of his beloved father in Rock Creek cemetery. With Shep’s untimely death medical science lost a distinguished and original investigator who had accomplished much but who would have produced much more had he been favored with a normal life span. His trenchant wit, warmhearted interest and general spirit of camara- derie made him the dearly cherished and sought-after companion of his intimate friends. Our lives have been enriched by our associations with him. Karu V. Krompein, Chairman! and Epwarp W. BakER BIBLIOGRAPHY OF Henry S. Futuer, M.D. — . 1940. Black-flies bite woodchuck. Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc., 36:155. 2. 1940. Book Review: Fleas of Eastern United States, by Irving Fox, 1940. Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc., 35:175-177. 3. 1942. Notes on a Collection of Siphonaptera, Mainly from Pennsylvania, Ent. News, 63:136-139. 4. 1942. Notes on Neotropical Siphonaptera. Revista de Entomologia (Brazil), 13:39-44. 5. 1942. South American Cutaneous Leishmaniasis in Experimental Animals. J. Parasit., 28:429-431. (Joint paper with Q. M. Geiman.) 6. 1943. Studies on Siphonaptera of Eastern North America. Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc. 38:18-23. 7. 1943. Fleas of New England. J. N. Y. Ent. Soc., 6/:1-12. 8. 1943. Historical Note on Notiopsylla kerguelensis, an Antarctic Flea. Bull. Brook- lyn Ent. Soc., 38:164-167. 9. 1946. Observations on Tsutsugamushi Disease (Scrub Typhus) in Assam and Burma. Preliminary Report. Am. J. Hyg., 43:195-218. (Joint paper with T. T. Mackie, G. E. Davis, et al.) 10. 1947. Illustrations of Scrub Typhus in Burma and Assam. Trans. Roy. Soc. Trop. Med. & Hyg., 40:360-361. 1 We are indebted to Dr. Bennett L. Elisberg and Colonel Robert Traub for furn- ishing some information on Fuller’s contributions to medical science and certain details of his Army career. A generous contribution from the Pinellas Foundation has made it possible to distribute reprints of this biographical sketch to Fuller’s friends and associates. a 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. We 18. 19: 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30. PROC. ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 66, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1964 203 1947. The occurrence of Trombicula deliensis Walch in Southwestern China. Am. J. Hyg., 45:204-205. (Joint paper with D. D. Millspaugh.) 1947. Book Review. Pulgas, by A. da Costa Lima and C. R. Hathaway, 1946. Ent. News, 58 :244-246. 1947. Infestation of man in Burma with trombiculid mites, with special reference to Trombicula deliensis. Am. J. Hyg., 45:363-371. 1947. Note sur une Puce d’Extreme-Orient Ancistropsylla roubaudi (n. g., n. sp.) representant d’une nouvelle famille d’Aphanipteres. Comptes rendus des seances de l’Academie des Sciences, 224:1585-1587. (Joint paper with C. Tou- manoft.) 1948. Dr. C. Andresen Hubbard on Fleas of Western North America—A review, with critical notes (Siphonaptera). Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soe., 43:1-17. 1948. Some Remarks on the Trombiculinae Ewing, 1929, in Das Tierreich, Trombidiidae, by Sig Thor and Willman. Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc., 43:111-111. 1949. A New Name for the Genotype of Walchia Ewing (Acarina: Trombi- culidae). Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 62:1-2. 1949. Studies of human body lice, Pediculus humanus corporis, I. A method for feeding lice through a membrane and experimental infection with Rickettsia prowazeki, R. mooseri, and Borrelia novyi. Pub. Health Rep., 64:1287—1292. (Joint paper with E. 8. Murray and J. C. Snyder.) 1950. The harvest mites (akidani) of Japan and the Far East and their relation- ship to the autumnalis group of trombiculid mites. Parasitology, 40:50—57. (Joint paper with C. B. Philip.) 1951. Rickettsialpox in Boston: Report of a case. New Eng. J. Med., 244:509-511. (Joint paper with J. Franklin and E. Wasserman.) 1951. Studies of Rickettsialpox. I. Recovery of the causative agent from house mice in Boston, Massachusetts. Amer. Jour. Hyg., §4:82-100. (Joint paper with EK. 8S. Murray, J. C. Ayres, J. C. Snyder and L. Potash.) 1951. The generic names Blankaartia Oudemans, 1911, and Trombiculoides Jacot, 1938 (Acari: Trombiculidae). Psyche, 58 :85-88. (Joint paper with G. W. Wharton). 1951. Important Malaria Transmitters. Pages 30-31 in Shattuck, G. C., “Dis- eases of the Tropics,” Appleton—Century Crofts. 1951. The terminology and classification of trombiculid mites. J. Parasitol., 3713-31. (Joint paper with G. W. Wharton, D. W. Jenkins, J. M. Brennan and C. B. Philip.) 1952. Rickettsialpox. II. Recovery of Rickettsia akari from mites, Allodermanyssus sanguineus, from West Hartford, Connecticut. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol. Med., 80:546-549. (Joint paper with E. B. Eustis.) 1952. The mite larvae of the family Trombiculidae in the Oudemans collection: Taxonomy and medical importance. Zool. Verhandel. No. 18, 261 pp. 1952. A Manual of the Chiggers. Ent. Soc. Washington, Mem. No. 4, 185 pp. (Jointly with G. W. Wharton.) 1953. Studies of human body lice, Pediculus humanus corporis. II. Quantitative comparisons of the susceptibility of human body lice and cotton rats to experi- mental infection with epidemic typhus rickettsiae. Amer. J. Hyg., 58:188-206. 1954. Studies of Rickettsialpox. III. Life cycle of the mite vector, Allodermanys- sus sanguineus. Amer. J. Hyg., 59:236-239. 1954. Studies of human body lice, Pediculus humanus corporis. III. Initial dosage and ambient temperature as factors in influencing the course of infection with Rickettsia prowazeki. Amer. J. Hyg., 69:140-149. 204 3l. 32. 33. 34. 35. 36. 37. 38. 39. 40. 41. 42. 43. 44. 45. 46. 47. 48. 49. 50. 51. 52. PROC, ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 66, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1964 1954. Studies of human body lice. IV. Direct serial passage of typhus rickett- siae by oral infection. Proc. Soe. Exp. Biol. Med., 85:151-153. 1954. Quantitative comparisons of responses of cotton rats and albino mice to measured doses of epidemic typhus rickettsiae. J. Immunol., 73:138-145. 1954. Experimental Epidemiology in Relation to Arthropod-borne Disease. J. Econ. Ent., 47:420—429. 1954. Rickettsial Diseases and the Korean Conflict. In Recent Advances in Medicine and Surgery, pp 304-310 (Med. Sci. Publ. No. 4, Army Med. Serv. Grad. School, Washington, D. C. (Joint paper with J. E. Smadel.) 1955. Arthropods of Medical Importance. Chapter 43, pp 986-1043, 7m Simmons and Gentzkow’s, Medical and Public Health Laboratory Methods. 6th edition, Lea and Febiger. 1956. Veterinary and Medical Acarology. Ann. Rev. Eng., 1 :347-366. 1957. Occurrence of Rickettsia tsutsugamushi in Korean rodents and chiggers. Amer. J. Hyg., 66:309-320. (Joint paper with E. B. Jackson, J. X. Danauskas, J. E. Smadel, M. C. Coale and F. M. Bozeman.) 1959. Spotted fever group of Rickettsiae: Identification and Characterization. Federation Proc., 18:560. (Joint paper with F. M. Bozeman, R. P. J. Smith, J. W. Humphries and J. M. Campbell.) 1959. Biologic Properties of Pathogenic Rickettsiae. Arch. Inst. Pasteur, Tunis, 36 :311-388. 1960. Trench Fever. Commission on Rickettsial Diseases, Armed Forces Epi- demiological Board. 1960. Epidemiology and Ecology of Spotted Fever Group. Commission on Rick- ettsial Diseases, Armed Forces Epidemiological Board. 1961. Ecology of Rocky Mountain Spotted Fever. I. Rickettsia rickettsii recovered from a cottontail rabbit from Virginia. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol. Med., 107:211—214. (Joint paper with A. Shirai, F. M. Bozeman, 8. Perri and J. W. Humphries.) 1961. Studies on Trench Fever. I. Propagation of Rickettsia-like Microorgan- isms from a Patient’s Blood. Acta Pathol. Microbiol., Zurich, 1961. (Joint paper with J. W. Vinson.) 1961. Book Review. Aedes Aegypti: The Yellow Fever Mosquito, by S. R. Christophers. Amer. J. Trop. Med. Hyg., 10:112-113. 1961. Book Review. Parasites and Parasitic Infections in Early Medicine and Science. Bull. Hist. Medicine, 35:181—182. 1961. Epidemiology and Ecology of the Spotted Fever Group of Rickettsial Infections. Walter Reed Army Inst. Res., Med. Sei. Publ. No. 7:1—5. 1962. Ecology of Rocky Mountain Spotted Fever. Federation Proc., 21:34. (Joint paper with A. Shirai, F. M. Bozeman and R. E. Dorer.) 1962. A Critical History of Medical Entomology. Amer. Phil. Soc., Yearbook for 1961, pp 497-501. 1964. Introduction to Arthropod-borne Diseases Other Than Malaria. Chapter I In: U. S. Army Preventive Medicine in World War II, Vol. VII: 1-7. U. S. Govt. Printing Office. 1964. Relapsing Fever. Chapter VIII in: U. S. Army Preventive Medicine in World War II, Vol VII: 101-108. U. S. Govt. Printing Ofhce. 1964. Ecology of Rocky Mountain Spotted Fever. Soc. Path. Exot. Inst. Pasteur, Paris. 56 :568—570. In press. Isolation of Rickettsia rickettsii from Naturally Infected Mammals in the United States, Trans. 7th Int. Cong. Trop. Med. and Mal., Rio de Janeiro. (Joint paper with F. M. Bozeman and A. Shirai.) PROC, ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 66, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1964 205 SOCIETY MEETINGS 724th Regular Meeting, March 5, 1964. The 724th meeting of the Society was called to order by the President, Dr. Ross H. Arnett, Jr., on March 5, 1964, at 8:00 p.m. in Room 48, U.S. National Museum. Thirty-six members and seventeen guests were in attendence. The minutes of the previous meeting were accepted with one change. Phillip A. Hubert, Jr. and Robert M. Altman were accepted for membership. One candidate for membership was announced: Setswya Momoi of the Museum of Zoology, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor. There were no committee reports. The first speaker for the evening, Mr. F. P. Weber, discussed and illustrated a new aerial photographic method for estimating damage by the spruce budworm. The second speaker, Dr. R. T. Yamamoto, reported on control mechanisms in the reproduction of American cockroaches. The third speaker, Dr. R. J. Barker, dis- cussed the use of photoflashes as a potential new tool for the control of insect popu- lations. President Arnett announced that the Program Committee Chairman, Dr. R. J. Barker, was leaving the area and extended the Society’s best wishes to him in his new location. L. G. Davis was appointed temporary Chairman of the Program Com- mittee. President Arnett invited the Society to hold the May meeting at Catholic Uni- versity and a motion was made, seconded, and passed to accept. The possibility of conducting a field trip to Dismal Swamp for members and their families was discussed and those interested were urged to remain after the meeting to formulate plans. Dr. R. J. Barker exhibited vials containing white-eyed roaches and flies and asked the members to determine whether or not they were blind. Mr. C. W. Sabrosky reported the first record of the face fly in Montana. The specimens originated from a housewife who refused to accept her county agent’s determination of the material as the common house fly. President Arnett called the member’s attention to the new blue cover on the March issue of the Proceedings and the included article on the Society’s official seal. After the introduction of visitors, the meeting was adjourned at 9:50 p.m. W. Donatp Duckworts, Recording Secretary. PUBLICATION DATE The date of publication of Vol. 66, No. 2 was July 6, 1964. The date of publication of Vol. 66, No. 3 will be found in Vol. 66, No. 4. 206 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 66, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1964 BOOK REVIEW Insect Pathology, An Advanced Treatise. Volume 2. Edward A. Steinhaus, editor. Academic Press. New York and London, 689 pp. Published June 13, 1963. $23.00. Insect Pathology, Volume 2, completes the two volume series “An Advanced Treatise’? on Insect Pathology. The volume contains 17 chapters, as did volume 1. The first 12 chapters of volume 2 deal with the diseases caused by a rather complete array of causal organisms. The first chapter is on the taxonomy of entomogenous bacteria. This is a good leading chapter as it lays out the history of the taxonomy of the entomogenous bacteria and then goes into a discussion of the criteria used in such a taxonomy, the recent state of the taxonomy and the future of the taxonomy of entomogenous organisms. The next three chapters are devoted to bacterial diseases. In the second chapter, which is a discussion of the diseases caused by spore forming bacteria, the authors devote a large portion to Bacillus thuringiensis. The next chapter which is on milky diseases, of course, devoted a large portion to Bacillus popilliae and re- lated Bacilli which causes milky diseases in larvae other than Popillia japonica. The fourth chapter is on nonsporilating bacterial pathogens. Such a pathogen is the causal agent of European foulbrood in honeybees. The succeeding four chapters discuss various diseases caused by fungi. These include Coelomomyces infections, Entomophthorales infections, diseases caused by Hyphomocycetous fungi and Cordyceps infections. These are two chapters on in- fections caused by protozoa, one discussing the Sporozoa and one dealing with Protozoa other than Sporozoa. Other animals causing disorders in insects are nema-~ todes and insect parasites which are subjects of chapters 11 and 12. Epizootiology of infectious diseases, microbial control, commercial production of insect pathogens, diagnosis of insect diseases and techniques in insect pathology are the subjects discussed in the last five chapters. Of special interest is the chapter just mentioned on the diagnosis of insect diseases. It brings to the reader a new collection of facts which is interesting and of value. Both volumes are comprehensive treatises on insect pathology and give an accurate picture of the current work in insect pathology. Every chapter is a wealth of information, meticulously written and accurately presented. An examination of the list of contributors whose writings comprise the second volume bears out the claim that the various chapters were written by workers in the field, may, no doubt, whose authority is unequaled. Most of the seventeen chapters are composed of some original material as well as work cited from other authors. A look at the lists of references cited will give some indication of the comprehensiveness of the book. Froyp P. Harrison, Department of Entomology, University of Maryland, College Park. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 66, NO 3, SEPTEMBER, 1964 HAS AN IDEAL PESTICIDE FOR EVERY PURPOSE INSECTICIDES MALATHION—provides truly broad-spectrum control, with exceptionally low mammalian toxicity. Available in all popular formulations for application in any type of equipment. THIMET® phorate—provides sys- temic control of many pests at- tacking corn, peanuts, potatoes, sugar beets, wheat, alfalfa, orna- mentals and other crops. CYGON* dimethoate — controls house flies up to 8 weeks or longer. Also used to control many pests attacking fruit, veg- etables and ornamentals. THIOPHOS® parathion—one of the first, and still highly effective and widely-used organic phos- phates. FUMIGANTS AERO® liquid HCN—controls all common insects infesting stored grain. CYANOGAS® calcium cyanide— controls rodents (A-Dust) and stored grain pests (G-Fumigant). FUNGICIDE CYPREX® dodine—effectively *Trademark combats a wide number of dis- eases attacking fruit, nuts and ornamentals. WETTING AGENTS VATSOL® — useful in reducing the surface tension of water in order to increase the effective- ness of insecticide and fungicide sprays and dusts. Available in powder, pellet, paste and liquid forms. A70% liquid formulation is marketed under the trade- name of SUR-TEN*. HERBICIDES AMINO TRIAZOLE—provides outstanding control of Canada Thistle and other weeds. CYTROL®~—a liquid form of AMINO TRIAZOLE which is also highly effective against quack- grass and other weeds. AERO CYANATE—provides out- standing weed control in onions. GROWTH REGULANT CYCOCEL®— produces more compact red poinsettias with brighter colored bracts and deeper green foliage. Also useful on lilies, geraniums, chrysanthe- mums, camellias and carnations. Before using any pesticide, stop and read the label. oh AMERICAN CYANAMID COMPANY PRINCETON, NEW JERSEY 207 208 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 66, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1964 QUALITY INSECTICIDES Preferred by Home Owners, Food Processors and Dairymen GULF HOUSE GARDEN INSECT KILLER (Bomb) A new insecticide that kills numerous insect pests in the house and in the garden. Contains 0.25% Pyrethrins, 1.00% Piperony! Butoxide, 2.00% DDT. QUICK ACTION GULFSPRAY (Liquid) A “space spray” for quick knockdown and kill of many kinds of flying and crawling in= sects. Contains 0.10% Pyrethrins, 0.12% Piperony| Butoxide, and 0.75% Methoxychlor. *GULFSPRAY AEROSOL (Bomb) Gulf's carefully researched formula provides quick knockdown action and high kill. Contains 0.25% Pyrethrins, 1% Piperonyl Butoxide, and 2% Methoxychlor. *GULF MOTH PROOFER (Bomb) An easy-to-use pressurized spray for protecting woolens against moth and carpet beetle damage. Contains 3% DDT and 3% Perthane. GULF LIQUID ROACH ANT KILLER An effective, economical liquid spray with built-in sprayer that kills a wide range of household pests, including resistant cockroaches. Contains 0.08% Pyrethrins, 1.00% Chlordane and 0.33% Diazinon. *GULF ANT ROACH BOMB A convenient pressurized spray containing contact and residual insecticides for killing ants and cockroaches. Contains 0.08% Pyrethrins and 2% Chlordane. SPECIAL GULFSPRAY (Liquid) A superlative-quality insecticide specially formulated for use where foodstuffs are processed, stored, served and sold. Contains 0.25% Pyrethrins and 0.20% Piperony! Butoxide. GULF LIVESTOCK SPRAY New formula with faster knockdown, and increased killing power of resistant flies, Contains 0.05% Pyrethrins, 0.25% Piperonyl Butoxide and 0.6% Organic Thio- cyanates (Lethane 384). *Gulf's New Valve—permits bomb to be used in any position, even upside down. Makes it easy to spray hard-to-reach places. GULF OIL CORPORATION GULF BUILDING, HOUSTON, TEXAS VELSICOL PESTICIDES: INSECT, WEED, AND PLANT DISEASE CONTROLS Velsicol pesticides have demonstrated great utility, throughout the world. If you are interested In the protection of food or fiber crops, public health, pest control operation, or related fields, we would like to offer you technical information about these versatile compounds. Please write Velsicol Chemical Corporation, 341 E. Ohio Street, Chicago, III. 60611 BANDANE BANVEL D CHLORDANE HEPTACHLOR METHYL PARATHION ETHYLENE DIBROMIDE METHYL BROMIDE FERBAM Pre-emergence crabgrass control that's safe for new and established lawns. A herbicide for control of broadleaved perennial weeds in turf. A broad range chlorinated hydrocarbon insecticide. The leading lawn, garden, household insecticide. An Insecticide that is effective against many hard to kill insect pests of cotton, tobacco, tree fruits, etc. A versatile chlorinated hydrocarbon insecticide. Widely used for soil insect control on major crops. A versatile insecticide used in combination with Endrin in all purpose sprays and dusts. An insecticidal fumigant, nematocide and soll insecticide. Usually used in combination with methy! bromide. An Insecticidal fumigant, rodenticide, nematocide, and herbicide. Used for control of smut, blight, and decay on small grains. Also controls scab, fusarium and curvularvia on gladiolus corms. Also used to control dollar spot and brown patch on St. Augustine, Bermuda and Zoysia grasses. Fungicide used in control of scab and cedar apple rust and as a protective fungicide for other crops. Also used to control! blue mold in tobacco plant beds. Fungicide used extensively on vegetables and on some fruit crops. Best used as a preventive treatment. Turf fungicide used to control brown patch, dollar spot, snow mold and other turf diseases. An organic foliage fungicide also used for post emer- gence crabgrass control, seed treatment, and turf disease control. VELSICOL CHEMICAL CORPORATION /341 E. Ohio St., Chicago, III. 60611 VELSICOL INTERNATIONAL CORP., C.A./P. O. Box 1687, Nassau, Bahamas, B.W.I. VELSICOL CORPORATION OF CANADA, LIMITED /2 Cariton St., Suite 1018, Toronto 2, Canada VELSICOL INTERNACIONAL DE MEXICO S.A. DE C.V./ Morelos No. 110-Desp. 209, Mexico 6, O.F. CONTENTS (Continued from front cover) SMILEY, R. L.—Some Tarsonemidae from The Republic of the Congo (Acari) yee ROS OU Lae US Ulla Peal ys lee sel eat ne SOMMERMAN, K. M.—Prosimulium esselbaughi n. sp., the Alaskan P. hirtipes 2 (Diptera: Simullidae)... 2... .....0. 0.252005 es 2 te ee STEYSKAL, G. C.—Notes on North American Piophilidae II (Diptera) .... SUMMERS,¥F. M.—Three Uncommon Genera of the Mite Family Stig- maeidae (Acarina)......... Sibi afl AOUNLS eleueee de bine n 6 ais oie oe WHEELER, G. C. and J. WHEELER—The Ant Larvae of the Subfamily ; Dorylinae: Supplement...) J e.22y 0. on. ee ee 1 OBITUARY—Henry Shepard Fuller, 1917-1964.................200-0eee BOOK REVIEWS AND: NOTICES ji).0 cess eae ciple oletenioe ee 150, 159, ¢ SOCINTY: MEETINGS: .. sich. eee eteid ole. iis hn ale eto ihi eee en Vol. 66 *f : Pb, DECEMBER 1964 No. 4 on PROCEEDINGS “> .. of the ENTUMOLOGICAL SOCIETY « WASHINGTON U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM WASHINGTON 25, D. C, PUBLISHED QUARTERLY YA - Vi if 4 \ x He CONTENTS X £46, HUNTER, P. E. and B. J. JUMP—Flight in the Horned Passalus Bettle, Popilius disjunctus (Mlliger) (Coleoptera: Passalidae)..................-. 260 KINGSOLVER, J. M.—New Species of /Trichoptera from Cuba........... 257 MEDLER, J. T.—Parasitism of Eumeninae by Cuckoo Wasps in Trap-Nests in Wisconsin (Hymenoptera: Chrysididae).............0 eee ew eee ee nees 209 PIPKIN, S. B.—New Flower Breeding Species of Drosophila (Diptera: Droso- IMMEDI NEN MPa mau ioy he Wier cr sia Sie’ aleve, alas, oa Sule e/ia-eikle:e cieleee ss selec sicvaslacs 217 POLHEMUS, J. T.—A New Species of Joscytus from the Western United ree PE TCIGE DH AICI) cite stiches iin o's lek ocveslesbie'ss cies vc ewnecieed 253 ROBINSON, H.—Two New Genera of Dolichopodidae from Mexico (Diptera) 245 RUCKES, H.—A New Genus and! Species of Halyine Pentatomid from Peeeriieid (LemIpterd: PONtAtOMIGHe) .o. . os. s sce w esc ee ceeeversene suns 261 SELANDER, R. B.—The Systematic Position of the Genus Linsleya (Cole- optera: Meloidae)...........+- PE esta wt viele clove 'v ne a; nis ais) vies. chparueton tate 216 TODD, E. L.—A Note on Nerthra praecipua Todd (Hemiptera: Gelastocor- NT rr ei get 2h,a 8 vio ofS @ Aisteloieie 3,0 14 A slate o.chali ke ratahgee 265 ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON ORGANIZED MarcH 12, 1884 OFFICERS FOR 1964 Ross H. ARNETT, JR., President Dept. Biology Catholic University Washington 17, D. C. Paut A. Woxz, President-Elect 7213 Beacon Terrace Bethesda, Maryland W. DonaLtp DuckwortH, Recording Secretary Department of Entomology U. S. National Museum Washington 25, D. C. Pavut J. SPANGLER, Oorresponding Secretary Department of Entomology U. S. National Museum Washington 25, D. O. OaRL BLICKENSTAFF, Treasurer Entomology Research Division, ARS, USDA ARC, Beltsville, Maryland Jon L. HERRING, Editor c/o Department of Entomology U. S. National Museum Washington 25, D. C. H. J. CONELE, Oustodian Plant Quarantine Division, ARS, USDA Washington 25, D .O. Roy J. BARKER, Program Committee Chairman Insect Pathology Laboratory Agric. Research Center Beltsville, Maryland GEorGcE E. CANTWELL, Membership Oommittee Chmn. Insect Pathology Laboratory Agric. Research Center Beltsville, Maryland H. H. SHEPARD, Delegate to the Washington Academy of Sciences FMRD-OCSS U. S. Department of Agriculture Washington, D. O. Honorary President T. E. Snypge, U. 8. National Museum Honorary Member C. F. W. MurSEBEOK, U. S. National Museum NOTE: Send all changes of address to Corresponding Secretary. Second class postage paid at Washington. D. C. MEETINGS Regular meetings of the Society are h Room 43 of the U. S. National Museum « first Thursday of each month from Octo June, inclusive, at 8 P.M. Minutes of m are published regularly in the Proceedings. MEMBERSHIP Members shall be persons who have 4d strated interest in the science of entomo Annual dues for members are $5.00; initis fee is $1.00 (U. S. currency). , PROCEEDINGS Published quarterly beginning with Marel the Society at Washington, D. C. Members i standing are entitled to the Proceedings charge. Non-member subscriptions are $6.0C year, both domestic and foreign (U. S. currence payable in advance. All remittances should b made payable to The Entomological Socie Washington. ; The Society does not exchange its publics for those of other societies. All manuscripts intended for publication sh be addressed to the Editor. Acceptable papers & mitted by members only will be published the order received. Immediate publication m obtained at a cost to the author of about $1 per printed page, plus cost of all engraving. ' of papers should be concise but comprehensiv should indicate the systematic position of the ject insect. By-lines should indicate present m ing address of the author and his organizat affiliation, if possible. Citations in the text | pers longer than one printed page should author and date and should refer to a list cluding references in which author, year, titl name of publication, volume and page are gi that order. In shorter articles, references to | ture should be included in parentheses in the Proportions of full-page illustrations sho closely approximate 4-5/16 x 6” (26 x 36 pi this usually allows explanatory matter to app the same page. Cost of illustrations in ex that for one-full-page line cut will be borne by author. x Reprints of published papers may be obtained & the following costs plus postage and in provided that a statement of the number des accompanies the returned proofs. (Prices of dle stapling and covers available on request.) 2 pp. 4 pp. 8 pp. 12 pp. 50 copies: $4.00 $6.00 $10.00 $11.20 100 copies: 5.00 7.60 12.00 14.40 Additional copies, per 100: : 2.00 2.30 4.00 5.20 Purchase of reprints by institutions whos voices are subject to notarization or other fees will have the cost of such fees added purchase price. PROCEEDINGS OF THE EN TOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Vol. 66 DECEMBER 1964 No. 4 PARASITISM OF EUMENINAE BY CUCKOO WASPS IN TRAP-NESTS IN WISCONSIN (HYMENOPTERA: CHRYSIDIDAE)! Joun T. Meptier, Dept. of Entomology, University of Wisconsin, Madison. Several species of eumenine wasps are parasitized by cuckoo wasps in trap-nests in Wisconsin. This is a report on the data obtained on hosts and parasites during 1952-1962, and is, in part, supplementary to earlier reports on Ancistrocerus antilope (Panzer) by Medler and Fye (1956), and Rygchium foraminatum (Saussure) by Medler (1964). Methods and Results— Trap-nests, each made by boring a hole in an 8-inch length of sumac stem, were placed in various habitats throughout Wisconsin during early spring. Periodic inspections were made during the summer, and those stems utilized for nesting were brought to the laboratory and split open. Each nest was given a code letter and diagrammed on a standar- dized data sheet. The cells were numbered in sequence and the cell contents reared singly in small glass vials. The letter and number system allowed accurate association of host and parasite specimens obtained by the rearings. About 25 per cent of the eumenid nests were parasitized by chrysi- dids. The data (Table I) showed that more nests of R. foraminatum were parasitized than nests of A. antilope: 29 per cent versus 21 per cent. Only Chrysis coerulans Fab. and C. nitidula Fab. were reared, and it is probable that the same two species also were responsible for the 49 parasitized nests from which adults of the parasites were not obtained for identification. The data suggested that A. antilope was preferred by C. nitidula, and R. foraminatum by C. coerulans. This may be an ecological as well as a biological preference, as Koerber and Medler (1958) found that the eumenid hosts have different preferences 1 This work was supported in part by the Research Committee of the Graduate School of the University of Wisconsin from funds supplied by the Wisconsin Alumni Research Foundation. The writer gratefully acknowledges the help of K. V. Krom- bein, Entomology Research Division, U.S. Department of Agriculture, who identified the wasps and the parasites. 210 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 66, NO. 4, DECEMBER, 1964 for open areas or woodland locations in Wisconsin. Both species of Chrysis attacked A. catskill (Saussure) and A. tegris (Saussure), but only C. coerulans was found in nests of R. lewcomelas (Saussure). An analysis of nineteen nests of R. foraminatum parasitized by C. coerulans (Table 2) showed that the location of the parasite in the nest had no consistent pattern. In most nests it appeared that the parasite successfully attacked cells at random. However, nests 11 and 17 had a relatively long linear series of cells each of which contained a parasite. The sex of the parasite was predominantly female. A few males were reared (nests 12, 15, 18), but none of the nests contained both male and female Chrysis. There seemed to be no association between the sex of the host and sex of the parasite. Chrysidids were established successfully in 110 of the 260 cells con- structed in 54 plugged (completed) nests of R. foraminatum. The fre- quency distribution of parasitized cells (Table 3) showed that although a majority of nests (28) contained one parasite, it was not uncommon to obtain nests with 2 or 3 parasites. All cells were parasitized in at least one of those nests containing 2-5 and 7 cells. The number of para- sites in nests declined as the number of cells increased, and the nests with 10 or 11 cells each had only one parasite. The mean number of cells in the 54 parasitized nests was 4.8 + 2.24. The mean number of cells in non-parasitized nests of R. foraminatum was 4.45 + 2.38 for the summer generation and 4.76 + 3.23 for the overwintering generation (Medler, 1964). Therefore, the cell-building habits of the host wasp were not significantly changed in parasitized nests. The cell location and sex of A. antilope and C. nitidula in eleven plugged nests showed a random pattern of parasitism (Table 4). There Table 1. Number of nests of eumenid wasps parasitized by chrysidids during 1952-1962. Nests Species Percent Total With of of Cells Host Species Nests Chrysis Chrysis Parasitized* Ancistrocerus antilope (Panzer) 314 67 coerulans (9) 45 nitidula (25) 43 sp. ? (33) 67 Ancistrocerus sp., prob. antilope 124 24 coerulans (15) 95 nitidula (9) 64 Ancistrocerus catskill (Saussure) L7/ 6 coerulans (4) 36 nitidula (2) 31 Ancistrocerus tigris (Saussure) 9 3 coerulans (1) 20 nitidula (2) 21 Rygchium foraminatum (Saussure) 201 60 coerulans (41) 45 nitidula (38) 21 Os & (16) 37 Rygchium leucomelas (Saussure) 6 1 coerulans (1) 20 * Tn parasitized nests: Total parasitized cells/total provisioned cells, PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 66, NO. 4, DECEMBER, 1964 VAL Table 2. Number of cells and sex of Rygchium foraminatum or Chrysis coerulans reared from nineteen nests, each with an orifice plug. Cell Number Nest No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 26 2 Soke 2. © 3 We GR 4 ORT “2 —-29R 5 QR 2 CH 1 6 SCS Sees Vk eeu’ 7k 2 6 AG OR oR: 8 oR OR * oR.) 216 9 Ck Ou OG EO; 8) (6 10 2¢ * eee. OS) (Ol rete 11 26 ae OTe 2¢€ I) 12 DR QR OR oR ot PY Ce 13 Cue Cele i C8C oR otk 14 OR Ore Cun = Oke tO: Oe Sie 15 2 TR @ TR 2 IR OGRE io) C) , eR Mota: 16 Ce 1 ona wake 26 sie Crna eCaaht! 17 2C¢ 2 2C 26 iG: 2 © cae 18 TR oR 189 iy JR 2 TR OUR MEO: Te 19 ORR AOR. pe Oo peek Oop. = §OF CS. Col RS «Lae fae 2) R = R. foraminatum; C = C. coerulans; + = adult not reared; * = spoiled provisions. Table 3. Frequency distribution of the number of cells with chrysidid parasites in 54 completed nests of R. foraminatum. Number of cells in nest No. of Cells Parasitized eee te be Gn eS OO: ain 1 3 4 4 5 3 3 1 1 2 1 3 1 1 De 1 3 1 2, 4 il 1 1 4 1 2, I 5 1 1 6 i 1 212 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 66, No. 4, DECEMBER, 1964 Table 4. Number of cells and sex of Ancistrocerus antilope or Chrysis nitidula reared from eleven nests, each with an orifice plug. Nest No. i 2 3 4 5 6 a 8 9 20 Ci NA 21 2 ix ceN 22 ON ON 23 2 GSA cA 24 (CE Te Chrays ge rN 2N 25 QN il OPIN wei IN 26 @ A OMAN QN Om 27 SON Soa * SIN ei IN 28 2 AN * CHING) 4 ai AG Mach GAN 29 OA 2. Avot 2 Nin °O Neg GaN 30 EN To IN ORS ii PN. CA ~-o Ay sol ecu A = A.antilope; N = C. nitidula; | = adult not reared: * = unprovisioned cell. Table 5. Frequency distribution of the number of cells with chrysdid parasites in 62 completed nests of A. antilope. Number of cells in nest No. of cells Parasitized 1 2 3 4 5 6 i 8 9 il 16 13 8 2 10 1 1 2D, if 3 2 il 4 1 1 was no correlation between sex of host and sex of parasite, as demon- strated particularly in nest 30, where a female parasite was reared from a nest in which the host larvae were all males. Most of the parasites were female, but a male was present in nest 20, and 2 males and one female were reared from nest 29. The frequency distribution of parasites in nests (Table 5) showed that 40 nests had one parasite, 15 had two, five had three, and only two nests had four parasites. The nest with 9 cells had two parasites. The parasitized nests contained 2.56 + .9 cells, which is not significantly different from the 2.7 cells in an average nest in Wisconsin, reported by Medler and Fye (1956). These data indicate that the foundress did not react to parasitism by altering her normal building pattern. The pattern of provisioning was carried out normally in parasitized nests, when the size of reared wasps was a criterion. In parasitized nests of A. antilope the mean head width of 13 females was 3.35 + .31 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 66, NO. 4, DECEMBER, 1964 213 mim; of 24 males 2.79 + .29 mm. In non-parasitized nests, 205 females had a mean head width of 3.42 + .28 mm; while 113 males had 2.81 + .24 mm. Similarly, in parasitized nests of R. foraminatum, 49 females had a mean head width of 3.19 + .21 mm; 35 males had 2.58 + .26mm. The mean head width of 331 females from non-parasitized nests was 3.14 + .28 mm; 224 males were 2.59 + .29 mm, according to Medler (1964). The above information on nest architecture and size of progeny suggests strongly that the eumenid wasp either does not detect the chrysidid parasite; or, does not alter her normal nest-building pattern if the parasite is detected. Most of the trap-nests contained late-instar larvae or cocoons when opened. Life history data on Chrysis species was therefore limited. However, observations from a few nests obtained in early stages of con- struction indicated that the chrysidid deposited an egg in the eumenid cell at the time it was being provisioned. It was not determined whether the parent chrysidid or its larva destroyed the eumenid egg or larva at a very early stage, but two eggs or two larvae were never found in a single cell. As the parasite larva is very similar to the host larva, many of the rearings were made under casual observation without at first sus- pecting that a parasite was present. The parasite larva, after devouring the host and provisions, responded to the texture and geometry of the cell partition to orient head-wise toward the nest exit. This response was just as precise as that found in larvae of the host (Cooper, 1957 p. 504). The mature parasite larva spun a tough, brown-opaque, oval cocoon marked with a prominent opaque white patch on the dorsal-lateral aspect. The cocoon was attached loosely to the walls of the cell by a few strands of silk. The adult chrysi- did emerged from the rearing vials at the same time as the eumenids taken from the other cells. The males are generally smaller than females, but females were reared that were smaller than the largest males. The mean head: width of 66 females of C. coerulans was 2.56 + .23 mm. range 2.0 — 3.0 mm.; of 9 males, 2.83 + .21 mm, range 2.0 — 2.6 mm. The mean head width of 32 females of C. nitidula was 2.72 + .25 mm., range 2.1 — 3.2 mm.; the mean head width of 4 males was 2.63 + .17 mm.; range 2.4 — 2.8 mm. The hfe cycles of the eumenids and chrysidids appeared to be syn- chronous. A summer and an overwintering generation were obtained for both host and paras te. Those nests opened in July or early August usually produced Chrysis adults after a short period in rearing vials, whereas the nests opened in late August or September contained fully developed larvae in cocoons in diapause. The diapause was normally broken by 4-5 weeks of cold treatment followed by a period of warm incubation. Interesting evidence was obtained on the existence of chrysidids in diapause during the summer generation. Eleven nests which contained chrysidids in cocoons were opened July 5-22. Following transfer to rearing vials there was no emergence of adults during the next three 214 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 66, NO. 4, DECEMBER, 1964 months. Starting in October, the cocoons were given 1-6 weeks of cold treatment, after which, during warm incubation, the adults of C. coerulans and C. nitidula emerged. Four of the nests each had a single parasitized cell. Six of the nests had two cells, with both cells parasi- tized in three nests, and one cell parasitized in the other three. The eleventh nest contained six cells, but all were empty when the nest was opened on July 22, except the first-made cell which had a chrysidid cocoon. The phenomenon of summer diapause was not associated with parasite attack on one-or-two-celled nests, as several other such nests containing parasites produced the chrysidid adults during the summer without a diapause. A host wasp was not obtained from any of the above nests, but the structure of the nests was typical of A. antelope and probably were made by that species. Disecussion— The various theories of Chrysis parasitism, proposed by Westwood, St. Fargeau, Brulle, Chevrier, Smith and Packard, were summarized by Walsh (1869, p. 162). These writers variously suggested that the para- site larva fed upon the supply of food or upon the nearly fully grown host larva. It is obvious that various species differ in their habits, as Chapman (1896) observed C. zgnita (..) feeding upon caterpillars in a cell of Odynerus parietum, whereas C. bedentata oviposited during, or immediately after, the time a cocoon was spun by the full grown larva of O. spinipes. Although six to ten eggs were dropped in a host cocoon by C. bzdentata, there was no evidence of more than one egg hatching in a cell. Krombein (1958) proposed the following pattern for six species of cuckoo wasps in North Carolina; ‘‘The chrysidid egg is deposited in the cell while the host wasp is provisioning it; the chrysidid larva, a highly modified form with strongly chitinized head and heavy mandibles, usually hatches earlier than the host larva, and immediately seeks out the host egg or newly hatched larva and devours it; then it molts to the normal form of wasp larva and begins to feed on the prey stored for the host; it reaches maturity before using all the prey unless the host wasp has stored less than the normal amount.” The observations on C. coerulans and C. nitidula show that they also belong to the group of species that destroy the egg or perhaps the very young larva of the host, and then proceed to consume the caterpillar provisions. Although it was not possible to obtain direct observations on Chrysis in the act of ovipositing in the trap-nests, it seems plausible to hypo- thesize that the parasite lays a single egg in a cell as it is being pro- visioned or prior to the closure of the cell by a partition. This act is probably undetected by the wasp building the cells. The detrimental effect to the species is the mortality in those cells successfully attacked by the parasite. This mortality varies considerably from nest to nest, and in those nests with parasites it is only rarely that all cells are de- stroyed. There is no evidence that the characteristic double partitions PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 66, NO. 4, DECEMBER, 1964 215 in a Rygchium nest provide greater protection from the parasite, in comparison with the single partitions found in A ncistrocerus nests. C. coerulans is now known to parasitize wasps in three genera of Eumeninae. In addition to Ancistrocerus and Rygchium reported above, the parasite (as bella Cresson) was associated with Humenes fraternus Say by Walsh (1869, p. 135). The specimens were obtained from two small cells which had been constructed in a single large cell of a mud- dauber nest. The observation by Walsh may help to explain the appar- ently anomolous records by Ashmead (1896) and Harrington (1896) who both reported coerulans from cells of the common mud-dauber Sceliphron caementarium (Drury). It is a well known habit of certain eumenids to appropriate the cells made by different bees and wasps, and a favorite locality is old mud-dauber cells. C. nitidula apparently is restricted to Ancistrocerus and Rygchiwm. Harrington (1896) reared this species from Odynerus catskillensis Saussure (= Ancistrocerus). Cooper (1953, p. 32) reared nitidula from nests of Ancistrocerus antilope in New York. LITERATURE CITED Ashmead, W. H. 1896. The habits of the aculeate Hymenoptera—IV. Psyche 7: 75-79. Chapman, T. A. 1896. On the economy of the chrysides parasitic on Odynerus spinipes. Ent. Mon. Mag. 6: 153-158. Cooper, K. W. 1953. Biology of eumenine wasps I. The ecology, predation and com- petition of Ancistrocerus anitlope (Panzer). Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 79: 13-35. Cooper, K. W. 1957. Biology of eumenine wasps V. Digital communication in wasps. Jour. Exp. Zool. 134: 469-514. Harrington, W. H. 1896. Canadian Hymenoptera, No. 7. Canad. Ent. 28: 75-80. Koerber, T. W. and Medler, J. T. 1958. Trap-nest survey of solitary bees and wasps in Wisconsin, with biological notes. Trans. Wis. Acad. Sci., Arts and Letters 47: 53-63. Krombein, K. V. 1958. Biology and Taxonomy of the cuckoo-wasps of coastal North Carolina. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 84: 141-168. Medler, J. T. and Fye, R. E. 1956. Biology of Ancistrocerus antilope (Panzer) in trap-nests in Wisconsin. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 49: 97-102. Medler, J. T. 1964. Biology of Rygchium foraminatum (Saussure) in trap-nests in Wisconsin. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 57: 56-60. Walsh, B. D. 1869. Wasps and their habits. Amer. Ent. 1: 122-145, 162-164. 216 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 66, NO. 4, DECEMBER, 1964 THE SYSTEMATIC POSITION OF THE GENUS LINSLEYA (COLEOPTERA: MELOIDAE) In a recent and valuable review of the insect enemies of Acridoidea, Greathead (1963, Trans. Roy. Ent. Soc. London 114:493) cites two references in which the blister beetle ‘““Lytta sphaericollis Say”’ is reported as a predator of grasshoppers in Canada. These reports have an im- portant bearing on the question of the systematic position of this meloid and related species, and since they appear to have been missed by specialists in Meloidae, I feel that special attention should now be called to them. Unfortunately, neither reference indicates the species of grasshopper involved or the extent of the predation. In one, Criddle (1931, Canada Dept. Agr. Bull. No. 148 (n.s.): 12) lists “the small blister beetle (Lytta sphaericollis Say)’’ as one of several ‘‘enemies’’ of grasshoppers in Canada ‘‘east of the Rocky Mountains.” In the other, Romanow (1954, Proc. Ent. Soc. Manitoba 9:15) states that ‘‘three species of blister beetles, Macrobasis |= Epicauta] fabricii (Lec.), Macro- basis subglabra Fall. [sic], and Lytta sphaericollis Say, have been found to be predacious on grasshoppers eggs in Manitoba.” Sphaericollis Say (= Wing length, o’, 3.2 mm.; 2, 3.5 mm. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 66, NO. 4, DECEMBER, 1964 239 Internal characters of imagines and genitalia. Anterior and posterior Malpighian tubules whitish, branching at a distance of about the width of the intestine; anterior branches free; posterior branches with ends apposed, the lumen being continuous. Each testis composed of 1 and 1/2 proximal 0 Mal \ rd TE M4 ‘an WL 6 1 Mj) E yi Jk \ SS ba ' > mt! YV/. a ae me wit Figure 6, D. flexipilosa. A, lateral view of hypandrium, penis and its apodeme, lower part of genital arch and anal plate; forcipes; B, seminal receptacle; C, oviposi- tor plate; D, flexor surface of first femur; E, hypandrium; F, G, chromosomes of larval brain cells of female; H, chromosomes of larval brain cell of male. 240 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 66, NO. 4, DECEMBER, 1964 coils (the vas deferens) and 3 distal coils about the same diameter (the testis proper), the whole being yellow medially and whitish both proximally and distally. Sperm pump large, opaque, with two diverticula each twice the greater diameter of the pump. Apodeme of the penis a thick curved rod; penis slender, slightly expanded apically, the head of the penis with a long deeply bifurcated dorsal branch and a four lobed ventral branch. Hypandrium (fig. 6 E) without a bow, joined narrowly with the posterior gonapophyses, each with a prominent bristle; anterior gonapophyses rod- like, located at the base of the penis (fig. 6 A). Forceps with 9 primary teeth, no secondary teeth, prominent extenuated ventral prolongation; about 7 marginal bristles; the forcipes joined by a narrow bridge. Anal plates with prominent tuft of bristles on the ventral margin, separate from the genital arch. Pronounced toe with 7 prominent bristles; no other bristles on the genital arch. Spermatheceae almost globular, golden brown; inner duct slightly expanded apically, heavily chitinized apically (fig. 6 B); ventral receptacle with about 15 coils. Ovipositor plates golden, with about 22 spines, blunt apically (fig. 6 C). Other characteristics, relationship and ecology. Eggs. With 4 slender filaments, each about the length of the egg. Puparia. Golden brown; anterior spiracles with about 19 golden branches; horn index 1.7; posterior spiracles black, apposed. Chromosomes. Larval brain ganglion cells of males with a large V-shaped X chromosome, rod-shaped Y, and three pairs of rod-shaped autosomes (fig. 6 F, G, H,). Dot-like autosomes were not seen although salivary chromosome configuration indicates their presence. Salivary gland cells with one long arm, 4 medium arms, and one short arm. Relationship. Not related to any species here described. Ecology. Bred from nut-like fruit of forest tree near El Volean, Chiriqui, Republic of Panama, 4,500 feet, June, 1962; also from blossoms of Hedychium coronaritum Koenig (Family Zingiberaceae), collected from a house yard in the town of El Volean, August, 1961, June, 1962. : The species breeds well in laboratory medium. Drosophila xiphiphora, new species (Figure 7 A—G) External characters of imagines. 3, 2. Arista with 5 dorsal and 2 ventral branches in addition to the terminal fork. Antenna yellow; second joint with one strong bristle directed dorsally, one weak bristle ventrally, and smaller hairs; third joint covered with short pale hairs. Front tan; orbits brown; 7 frontal hairs on each side toward the apex of the frontal triangle; ocelli whitish. Proclinate orbital bristle equal in length to the posterior reclinate; anterior reclinate approximately 3/4 the other two and placed slightly closer to the proclinate; 9 orbital hairs. Anterior ocellars divergent, slightly shorter than the inner verticals, post verticals well formed, crossed. Face broad, yellowish, carina shallow, broadening below. Cheeks lead color; one pair oral bristles; distance from eye margin to base of oral bristles 1/17 greatest diameter of the eye. Eyes very large, flattened above, ventral border a shallow V; color or eyes purple; pile scant, PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 66, NO. 4, DECEMBER, 1964 241 yellow. Eye index 1.1. Palpi small and yellow, one apical bristle 4 to 5 shorter bristles below it on the lateral margin in addition to smaller hairs; proboscis yellow, much shorter than head, bearing a number of dark hairs distally; clypeus whitish; area behind palpi white; occiput shining black. Acrostichals in 10 rows, slightly irregular, 8 rows behind, last row slightly elongated. Two anterior dorsocentral bristles half the length of the two posterior dorsocentrals; distance from anterior to posterior dorsocentrals 1/4 the distance between the two Figure 7, D. xiphiphora. A, latero-ventral view of hypandrium, penis and its apodeme; genital arch and anal plates; forcipes; B, anal plates of male; C, egg; D, seminal receptacle; E, ovipositor plates; F, anal plates of female; G, lateral view of hypandrium, penis and its apodeme, genital arch, forceps; genital arch and anal plate. 242 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 66, NO. 4, DECEMBER, 1964 anterior dorsocentral bristles. Mesonotum and scutellum semi-shining orange- yellow; some pollinosity when viewed at an angle; greatest width of mesonotum approximately equal to greatest width of head; two humeral bristles. Pleura bare, shining orange; halteres yellow. Only two sternopleural bristles, the anterior one thin and 2/9 the posterior. Legs yellowish; 6 prominent bristles on the ventral border of first femur. Length of first tibia equal to combined length of first tarsi. Apical and preapical bristles fairly strong on second pair of legs; weak on first pair; a weak preapical only on third pair. Recurved hairs on foretarsi. Wing unicolorous tan, no clouding; with rudimentary auxillary vein; no warts on underside of wing; costal index 2.0; fourth vein index, 1.4; 4¢ index, 0.87; 5x index, 1.1. Third costal section with heavy hairs on approximately the basal half. One weak bristle at the apex of the first costal section. Abdomen, co, semi-shining orange-yellow, tergites with black apical bands less than the width of the tergite and fading at the lateral bend, thickened medially, the bands of tergites 2 and 3 with shallow medial indentation. Anal plates yellow, com- pressed laterally, on a stalk, with long hairs distally; genital arch yellow. Abdomen of 9, similar but apical band of tergite 6 thinner than that of others; tergite 7 much enlarged, bent at right angles to preceding, shining black, bearing a groove on its dorsal surface in which lie the elongated, yellow anal plates, possessing a tuft of bristles distally. Sternites 2,3,4,5 yellowish; sternite 6 black, elongate, without bristles. Body length (etherized), o, 3.25 mm.; 2, 3.5 mm. Wing length, %, 3 mm.; 2, 3 mm. Internal characters of imagines and genitalia. Anterior Malpighian tubule branched basally near gut, the two branches short, free distally, turned back at ends. Posterior Malpighian tubule also branched basally near gut; two long branches apposed, with continuous lumen. Malpighian tubules pale yellow. Each testis deep lemon yellow with one thick inner coil (the vas deferens) and 6 thinner outer coils plus an uncoiled portion equal in length to about two gyres. Sperm pump with prominent brown sclerite, no diverticulum. ys 6 ay sn” a OMT nT IT] Th De, ul I 6 wi 90 3